e20vf
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 1-14642
ING GROEP N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
         
    Name of each exchange on  
Title of each class   which registered  
American Depositary Shares, each representing one Ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
  New York Stock Exchange
7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.125% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
5.775% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.375% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
7.375% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
     
*   Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
         
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
    2,226,445,299  
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
    2,225,764,238  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act
Yes þ     o No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Yes o     þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ     o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ     Accelerated filer o     Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
o Item 17     Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yeso     þ No
 
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            PAGE
PART I
       
 
       
Item  
 
       
       
 
       
 1.       7  
 2.       7  
 3.       7  
 4.       16  
 5.       39  
 6.       83  
 7.       103  
 8.       107  
 9.       110  
10.       111  
11.       118  
12.       118  
       
 
       
PART II
       
 
       
13.       119  
14.       119  
15.       119  
16.       121  
            121  
            121  
            123  
       
 
       
PART III
       
 
       
18.       124  
19.       124  
       
 
       
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
       
 
       
            127  
 EXHIBIT 1.1
 EXHIBIT 1.2
 EXHIBIT 7
 EXHIBIT 8
 EXHIBIT 10.1
 EXHIBIT 10.2
 EXHIBIT 10.3
 EXHIBIT 12.1
 EXHIBIT 12.2
 EXHIBIT 13.1
 EXHIBIT 13.2

4


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
In this Annual report, and unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise dictates, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “ING Groep” and “ING Group” refer to ING Groep N.V. and references to “ING”, the “Company”, the “Group”, “we” and “us” refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”)  and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively. References to “Executive Board” or “Supervisory Board” refer to the Executive Board or Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V.
ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “US$” and “Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” are to euros.
Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $ 1.5369, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 10, 2008.
Except as otherwise noted, financial statement amounts set forth in this Annual Report are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). In this document the term “IFRS-EU” is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU. See Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the basis of presentation.
IFRS-EU differs from International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”) in respect of certain paragraphs in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.
ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. Under the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied, in respect of fair value macro hedges, to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness is only recognised when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount of that bucket and is not recognized when the revised amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is less than the original designated amount. Under IFRS-IASB, hedge accounting for fair value macro hedges can not be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness arises whenever the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is either more or less than the original designated amount of that bucket.
Effective March 4, 2008, amendments to Form 20-F permit Foreign Private Issuers to include financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS-IASB without reconciliation to US GAAP. The amendments also include a two-year transition provision to accommodate Issuers, such as ING Group that apply the EU IAS 39 hedge accounting carve-out and provide a reconciliation of profit and equity under IFRS-EU to IFRS-IASB. This reconciliation is included in Note 2.4 to the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of profit under IFRS-EU to US GAAP for the comparative years ending December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and of equity under IFRS-EU to US GAAP for the year ending December 31, 2006, is provided in Note 2.5 to the consolidated financial statements.
Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.

5


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-
LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to, without limitation,
  changes in general economic conditions, in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
  changes in performance of financial markets, including developing markets,
 
  changes in the availability of, and costs associated with, sources of liquidity such as interbank funding, as well as conditions in the credit markets generally, including changes in borrower and counterparty creditworthiness,
 
  the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
  changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
  changes affecting persistency levels,
 
  changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
  changes affecting currency exchange rates,
 
  changes in general competitive factors,
 
  changes in laws and regulations,
 
  changes in the policies of governments and/or regulatory authorities,
ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information-Risk Factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors Affecting Results of Operations.”

6


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors
Not Applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable
Not Applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
The selected consolidated financial information data set forth below is derived from the consolidated financial statements of ING Group. ING Group adopted IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005. The 2004 figures have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted under IFRS 1, First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”), the 2004 comparatives exclude the impact of IAS 32, Financial Instruments; Disclosure and Presentation (“IAS 32”), IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (“IAS 39”) and IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”), which were implemented starting from January 1, 2005.
IFRS-EU differs in certain respects from IFRS-IASB and U.S. GAAP. See Note 2.4. to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the differences between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to IFRS-IASB. See Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

7


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2007     2006(3)     2005(3)     2004(3)  
    USD(2)     EUR     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions, except amounts per share and ratios)  
IFRS-EU Consolidated Income Statement Data (1)
                                       
Income from insurance operations:
                                       
Gross premiums written:
                                       
Life
    62,601       40,732       40,501       39,144       36,975  
Non-life
    9,354       6,086       6,333       6,614       6,642  
 
                             
Total
    71,955       46,818       46,834       45,758       43,617  
Commission income
    2,922       1,901       1,636       1,346       1,198  
Investment and Other income
    20,730       13,488       11,172       10,299       10,787  
 
                             
Total income from insurance operations
    95,606       62,208       59,642       57,403       55,602  
Income from banking operations:
                                       
Interest income
    118,125       76,859       59,262       48,342       25,471  
Interest expense
    104,237       67,823       49,927       39,180       16,772  
 
                             
Net interest result
    13,888       9,036       9,335       9,162       8,699  
Investment income
    1,455       947       483       937       363  
Commission income
    4,497       2,926       2,681       2,401       2,581  
Other income
    2,602       1,693       1,696       1,348       1,035  
 
                             
Total income from banking operations
    22,442       14,602       14,195       13,848       12,678  
Total income (4)
    117,707       76,586       73,621       71,120       68,159  
 
                             
 
                                       
Expenditure from insurance operations:
                                       
Life
    76,117       49,526       49,106       47,156       44,988  
Non-life
    9,450       6,149       5,601       6,269       6,292  
 
                             
Total expenditure from insurance operations
    88,567       55,675       54,707       53,425       51,280  
 
                                       
Total expenditure from banking operations
    15,510       10,092       9,190       8,932       9,260  
 
                             
Total expenditure (4,5)
    100,735       65,543       63,681       62,226       60,419  
 
                             
 
                                       
Profit before tax from insurance operations:
                                       
Life
    8,168       5,314       3,436       2,666       2,647  
Non-life
    1,873       1,219       1,499       1,312       1,675  
 
                             
Total
    10,041       6,533       4,935       3,978       4,322  
Profit before tax from banking operations
    6,931       4,510       5,005       4,916       3,418  
 
                             
Profit before tax
    16,972       11,043       9,940       8,894       7,440  
Taxation
    2,358       1,535       1,907       1,379       1,709  
Minority interests
    410       267       341       305       276  
 
                             
Net profit
    14,202       9,241       7,692       7,210       5,755  
 
                             
Dividend on Ordinary shares
    4,887       3,180       2,865       2,588       2,359  
Addition to shareholders’ equity
    9,315       6,061       4,827       4,622       3,396  
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
    14,202       9,241       7,692       7,210       5,755  
Ordinary share attributable to equity holders of the Company(6)
    6.64       4.32       3.57       3.32       2.71  
Distributable net profit per Ordinary share (6)
    6.64       4.32       3.57       3.32       2.71  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent (fully diluted) (6)
    6.58       4.28       3.54       3.32       2.71  
Dividend per Ordinary share (6)
    2.27       1.48       1.32       1.18       1.07  
Interim Dividend
    1.01       0.66       0.59       0.54       0.49  
Final Dividend
    1.26       0.82       0.73       0.64       0.58  
Number of Ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)
    2,226.4       2,226.4       2,205.1       2,204.9       2,204.7  
Dividend pay-out ratio (7)
    34.3 %     34.3 %     37.0 %     35.5 %     39.5 %

8


Table of Contents

                                 
    2006   2005   2004   2003
    (EUR millions)
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                               
Total income
    47,588       47,960       49,733       48,025  
 
Net profit U.S. GAAP, excluding cumulative effects
    6,827       6,976       6,688       4,512  
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
                    (91 )        
 
                               
Net profit U.S. GAAP, including cumulative effects (8)
    6,827       6,976       6,597       4,512  
 
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(6)
    3.17       3.21       3.10       2.23  
                                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2007   2007   20063)   2005(3)   2004(3)
    USD(2)   EUR   EUR   EUR   EUR
    (in billions, except amounts per share and ratios)
IFRS-EU Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                       
Total assets
    2,017.2       1,312.5       1,226.3       1,158.6       876.4  
Investments:
                                       
Insurance
    203.3       132.3       140.5       144.5       112.1  
Banking
    246.5       160.4       171.1       180.1       164.2  
 
                                       
Total
    449.9       292.6       311.6       324.6       276.3  
Loans and advances to customers
    849.9       553.0       474.4       439.2       330.5  
Insurance and investment contracts:
                                       
Life
    357.2       232.4       237.9       232.1       205.5  
Non-life
    14.8       9.6       10.1       12.8       11.4  
Investment contracts
    36.4       23.7       20.7       18.6        
 
                                       
Total
    408.4       265.7       268.7       263.5       216.9  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit:
                                       
Savings accounts of the banking operations
    422.8       275.1       283.1       269.4       219.4  
Other deposits and bank funds
    384.4       250.1       213.6       196.3       129.8  
 
                                       
Total
    807.2       525.2       496.7       465.7       349.2  
Amounts due to banks
    256.7       167.0       120.8       122.2       95.9  
Share capital (in millions)
    2,242.4       2,242.4       2,268.1       2,292.0       2,291.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    57.2       37.2       38.3       36.7       24.1  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share (6)
    27.25       17.73       17.78       16.96       12.95  
                                 
    2006   2005   2004   2003
    (EUR billions, except amounts per share)
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                               
Total assets
    1,228.4       1,159.3       920.4       818.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    40.6       41.6       35.1       28.0  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(6)
    18.88       19.21       16.00       13.27  
 
(1)   Selected historical financial data is based on financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU and accordingly is shown for the four years subsequent to the date of transition to IFRS
 
(2)   Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $1,5369 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 10, 2008 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(3)   For the impact of divestments see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” .
 
(4)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

9


Table of Contents

(5)   Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
(6)   Net profit per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding and equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of Ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies are deducted from the total number of Ordinary shares in issue. Shareholders’ equity per share is based on Ordinary shares outstanding at end of period.
 
(7)   The dividend pay-out ratio is based on net profit attributed to equity holders of the Company.
 
(8)   Upon adoption of SOP 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for certain Nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate Accounts”, and the related Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) effective January 1, 2004, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of EUR 91 million.
EXCHANGE RATES
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate.
                                 
    U.S. dollars per euro
    Period   Average        
Calendar Period   End(1)   Rate(2)   High   Low
2003
    1.2597       1.2074       1.2597       1.0361  
2004
    1.3538       1.2478       1.3625       1.1801  
2005
    1.1842       1.2397       1.3476       1.1670  
2006
    1.3197       1.2661       1.3327       1.1860  
2007
    1.4603       1.3794       1.4862       1.2904  
2008 (through March 10, 2008) (2)
    1.5369       1.5132       1.5369       1.4495  
 
(1)   The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s consolidated financial statements as of such date. See Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.
The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of U.S. dollars per euro for the last six months
                 
    High   Low
September 2007
    1.4219       1.3606  
October 2007
    1.4468       1.4092  
November 2007
    1.4435       1.4862  
December 2007
    1.4718       1.4344  
January 2008
    1.4877       1.4574  
February 2008
    1.5187       1.4495  
March 2008 (through March 10, 2008)
    1.5369       1.5195  
The Noon Buying Rate for euros on December 31, 2007 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.4603 and the Noon Buying Rate for euros on March 10, 2008 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.5369.

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry
Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business and changes in such factors may adversely affect the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.
Factors such as interest rates, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, real estate market, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, higher corporate and private debt defaults, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products would be adversely affected and our reserves and provisions would likely increase, resulting in lower earnings. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets could cause a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, as well as income generated and capital base from our own proprietary portfolios, each of which is generally tied to the performance and value of such portfolios. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices, corporate and private default rates, the value of real estate assets, exchange rates and credit spreads. In addition, a mismatch of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in any given period may, in the event of changes in interest rates, have a material effect on the financial condition or result from operations of our banking and insurance businesses.
Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims amount may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net profits and have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include, without limitation, weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, epidemics, as well as terrorist attacks. The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and can not always be adequately reserved. In accordance with industry practices, modeling of natural catastrophes are performed and risk mitigation measures are made. In case claims occur, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time the reserves are originally established and includes updates when more information becomes available. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, and based on current information, we believe our claim reserves are sufficient in total, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim amounts exceed the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net profits may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions, insurance and pension benefits to employees and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.
Because we operate in highly regulated industries, laws, regulations and regulatory policies or the enforcement thereof that govern activities in our various business lines could have an effect on our reputation, operations and net profits.
We are subject to detailed banking, insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Regulatory agencies have broad administrative power over many aspects of the financial services business, which may include liquidity, capital adequacy and permitted investments, ethical issues, money laundering, privacy, record keeping, and marketing and selling practices. Banking, insurance and other financial services laws, regulations and policies currently governing us and our subsidiaries may also change at any time in ways which have an adverse effect on our business, and it is difficult to predict the timing or form of any future regulatory or enforcement initiatives in respect thereof. Also, bank regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-

11


Table of Contents

corruption measures. Regulation is becoming increasingly more extensive and complex and regulators are focusing increased scrutiny on the industries in which we operate, often requiring additional Company resources. These regulations can serve to limit our activities, including through our net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements, and restrictions on businesses in which we can operate or invest. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, appropriately any of these matters, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to additional legal risk, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Despite our efforts to maintain effective compliance procedures and to comply with applicable laws and regulations, there are a number of risks in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear, subject to multiple interpretation or conflict with one another, where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn previous rulings, or we fail to meet applicable standards. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, amongst other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY
Ongoing volatility in the financial markets has impacted and may continue to impact us.    
As a result of ongoing and unprecedented volatility in the global financial markets in recent quarters, we have incurred negative revaluations on our investment portfolio, which have impacted our shareholders’ equity. Furthermore, we have incurred certain impairments and other losses, which have impacted our profit and loss accounts. Such impacts have arisen primarily as a result of valuation issues arising in connection with our exposures to US mortgage-related structured investment products, including sub-prime and Alt-AResidential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS), Collateralized Loan Obligations (CDOs) and Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs), monoline insurer guarantees, Structured Investment Vehicles (SIVs) and other investments.  In many cases, the markets for such instruments have become highly illiquid, and issues relating to counterparty credit ratings and other factors have exacerbated pricing and valuation uncertainties.  Valuation of such instruments is a complex process involving the consideration of market transactions, pricing models, management judgment and other factors, and is also impacted by external factors such as underlying mortgage default rates, interest rates, rating agency actions and property valuations.  While we continue to monitor our exposures in this area, in light of the ongoing market environment and the resulting uncertainties concerning valuations, there can be no assurances that we will not experience further negative impacts to our shareholders’ equity or profit and loss accounts from such assets in future periods.  For additional information, see “Item 5—Operating and financial review and prospects—Factors affecting results of operations—Market Developments in 2007”.
Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including in our home market, we may not be able to further increase, or even maintain, our market share, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking, asset management and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as Latin America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. We derived approximately 41% of our profit before tax in 2007 from the Netherlands. Based on geographic division of our operating profit, the Netherlands is our largest market for both our banking and insurance operations. Our main competitors in the banking sector in the Netherlands are ABN Amro Bank, Fortis and Rabobank. Our main competitors in the insurance sector in the Netherlands are Achmea, Fortis and Aegon. We derived approximately 12% of our profit before tax in 2007 from the United States. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as Lincoln National, Hartford, Aegon Americas, AXA, Met Life, Prudential, Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors.

12


Table of Contents

Because we have many counterparties that we do business with, the inability of these counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
General
Third-parties that owe us money, securities or other assets may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers whose securities we hold, borrowers under loans originated, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps, credit default and other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing house and other financial intermediaries. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other reasons.
Reinsurers
Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life businesses. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As a percentage of our (potential) reinsurance receivables as of December 31, 2007, the greatest exposure after collateral to an individual reinsurer was approximately 10%, approximately 29% related to four other reinsurers and the remainder of the reinsurance receivables balance related to various other reinsurers. The inability of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our net profits and our financial results.
Because we use assumptions about factors to determine the insurance provisions, deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and value of business added (VOBA), the use of different assumptions about these factors may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The establishment of insurance provisions, including the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products, the adequacy test performed on the provisions for life policies and the establishment of DAC and VOBA are inherently uncertain processes involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour (e.g. lapses, persistency, etc.) and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
Because we use assumptions to model client behavior for the purpose of our market risk calculations, the difference between the realization and the assumptions may have an adverse impact on the risk figures.
We use assumptions in order to model client behavior for the risk calculations in our banking and insurance books. Assumptions are used to determine insurance liabilities, the price sensitivity of savings and current accounts and to estimate the embedded optional risk in the mortgage and investment portfolios. The realization or use of different assumptions to determine the client behavior could have material adverse effect on the calculated risk figures and ultimately future results.
Because we also operate in markets with less developed judiciary and dispute resolution systems, in the event of disputes in these markets, the quality and the effectiveness of such systems could have an adverse effect on our operations and net results.
In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. As a result in case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties and, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defense against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.
When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing aims to present a balance view of the product (however there is a focus on potential advantages for the customers). Whilst we engage in a due diligence process when we develop products, if the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in

13


Table of Contents

a loss, or otherwise do not meet expectations, customers may file claims against us. Such claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Our business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity, regulatory actions or litigation with respect to the Company, other well-known companies and the financial services industry generally.
Adverse publicity and damage to ING’s reputation arising from its failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, financial reporting irregularities involving other large and well known companies, increasing regulatory and law enforcement scrutiny of “know your customer” anti-money laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures and anti-terrorist-financing procedures and their effectiveness, regulatory investigations of the mutual fund, banking and insurance industries, and litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure by ING to comply with legal, regulatory and compliance requirements, could result in adverse publicity and reputational harm, lead to increased regulatory supervision, affect our ability to attract and retain customers, maintain access to the capital markets, result in cease and desist orders, suits, enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal penalties, other disciplinary action or have other material adverse effects on us in ways that are not predictable.
Because we are a Dutch company and because the Stichting ING Aandelen holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions, which could affect your rights as a shareholder.
While holders of our bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at the General Meetings of Shareholders, voting rights are not attached to the bearer depositary receipts. Stichting ING Aandelen (“the Trust”) holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, and exercises the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares (for which bearer receipts have been issued). Holders of bearer receipts who attend – in person or by proxy – the General Meeting of Shareholders must obtain voting rights by proxy from the Trust. Holders of bearer receipts and holders of the ADSs (American Depositary Shares) representing the bearer receipts, who do not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders, may give binding voting instructions to the Trust. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Voting Instructions of holders of bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust. The Trust is entitled to vote any Ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In exercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of bearer receipts, while taking into account
  §   our interests;
 
  §   the interests of our affiliates; and
 
  §   the interests of our other stakeholders.
in such a way that all interests are balanced and safeguarded as effectively as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs in exercising its voting rights in respect of any Ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ from practices in other jurisdictions, and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs and their power to affect the Company’s business and operations.
The share price of our bearer receipts and ADSs has been, and may continue to be, volatile which may impact the value of our bearer receipts or ADSs you hold.
The share price of our bearer receipts and our ADSs has been volatile in the past due, in part, to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particular in shares of financial institutions. Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact our share price include, but are not limited to:
  §   market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
  §   investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
  §   a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
  §   potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING Group or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;

14


Table of Contents

  §   announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and general market circumstances.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and most of the members of our Supervisory and Executive Board and many of our officers reside outside of the United States, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards or our officers.
Most of our Supervisory and Executive Board members, and some of the experts named in this Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents of the United States, and most of our and their assets, are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on those persons within the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.
You also may not be able to enforce judgments of U.S. courts under the U.S. federal securities laws in courts outside the United States, including the Netherlands. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, you will not be able to enforce in the Netherlands a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, even if the judgment is not based only on the U.S. federal securities laws, unless a competent court in the Netherlands gives binding effect to the judgment.

15


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company
GENERAL
ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991, through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, which was the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, which was one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.
     
The official address of ING Group is:
  The name and address of ING Groep N.V.’s agent in the United States is:
 
   
ING Groep N.V.
  ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500
  1325 Avenue of the Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam
  New York, NY 10019
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
  United States of America
The Netherlands
  Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Telephone +31 20 541 5411
   
Our mission
We want to deliver our financial products and services in the way our customers want them delivered: with exemplary service, maximum convenience and at competitive prices. This is reflected in our mission statement: to set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future.
Our profile
ING is a global financial services company providing banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services. We serve more than 75 million customers in Europe, the United States, Canada, Latin America, Asia and Australia. We draw on our experience and expertise, our commitment to excellent service and our global scale to meet the needs of a broad customer base, comprising individuals, families, small businesses, large corporations, institutions and governments. Based on market capitalization (December  31, 2007), ING is one of the 20 largest financial institutions worldwide.
Our strategy
Capitalizing on changing customer preferences and building on our solid business capabilities, ING’s strategic focus is on banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services. We want to provide retail customers with the products they need during their lives to grow savings, manage investments and prepare for retirement with confidence. We will build and invest more in bank distribution platforms. We will increasingly invest in high-growth markets. The successful execution of the strategy is underpinned by continued efficient reallocation of capital through redeploying the capital we generate in mature markets to high-growth businesses, or returning it to our shareholders. With this strategy, ING remains focused on creating value for its shareholders and rewarding them with a better total return on investment than the average of our peers in the financial sector over the longer term.
Our stakeholders
ING conducts business on the basis of clearly defined business principles. In all our activities, we carefully weigh the interests of our various stakeholders: customers, shareholders, employees, business partners and society at large. ING strives to be a good corporate citizen.
Our corporate responsibility
ING wants to pursue profit on the basis of sound business ethics and respect for its stakeholders. Corporate responsibility is therefore a fundamental part of ING’s strategy: ethical, social and environmental factors play an integral role in our business decisions.
CHANGES IN PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Reference is made to Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

16


Table of Contents

CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP
Acquisitions effective in 2007
In September 2007 ING paid EUR 20 million to increase its shareholding in ING Piraeus Life (the joint venture between ING and Piraeus Bank) from 50 to 100%.
In April 2007 ING acquired 100% of AZL, an independent Dutch provider of pension fund management services, for EUR 65 million.
In July 2007 ING announced that it had reached agreement to acquire full ownership of Landmark Investment Co Ltd, the twelfth largest asset manager in Korea. The purchase price paid for Landmark was EUR 255 million.
In November 2007, ING acquired 100% of Sharebuilder Corporation, a Seattle-based brokerage company for EUR 152 million, to extend its retail investment products range and geographical spread in the United States.
In November and December 2007, ING acquired the Latin American pension businesses of Banco Santander in Mexico for EUR 349 million, Columbia for EUR 88 million, Uruguay for EUR 20 million and Argentina for EUR 235 million. The pension business in Chile was acquired in January 2008 for EUR 450 million. The total cost of the entire deal was approximately EUR 1,100 million.
In December 2007 ING announced the completion of the acquisition of 100% of the shares in Oyak Bank for an amount of EUR 1,903 million. Oyak Bank is a leading bank in the Turkish market, offering a full range of banking services with a focus on retail banking. Goodwill of EUR 1,015 million was recognized on acquisition. There was no significant difference in the carrying values of the net assets acquired immediately before the acquisition and their fair values. The profit for the year (before amortization of the intangibles recognized on purchase accounting) was approximately EUR 80 million, but no profit or loss was included in the ING Group net profit in 2007.
Disposals effective in 2007
In June 2007 ING sold its investment in Nationale Borg, a specialist provider of guarantee insurance to HAL Investments BV and Egeria.
In July 2007 ING sold ING Trust to management of ING Trust and Foreman Capital, an independent investment company based in the Netherlands. The sale is part of ING’s strategy to focus on its core banking, insurance and asset management businesses.
In July 2007 ING sold its entire shareholding in ING Regio BV, a subsidiary of Regio Bank NV to SNS REAAL for EUR 50.5 million, resulting in a gain of EUR 26 million. This entity conducts most of the business of Regio Bank. The legal entity Regio Bank NV itself was not part of the transaction.
In September 2007 ING sold its Belgian Broker and Employee Benefits insurance business to P&V Verzekeringen for EUR 777 million, resulting in a gain of EUR 418 million.
Disposals announced and expected to occur in 2008
In December 2007 ING announced that agreement had been reached to sell NRG, a reinsurance unit, to Berkshire Hathaway. The sale for approximately EUR 300 million will result in a loss of approximately EUR 129 million. A provision has been recognised for this loss in Other liabilities. The net assets of NRG at 31 December 2007 amounted to EUR 397 million. Individually significant assets and liabilities consisted of Investments of EUR 578 million and Technical provisions of EUR 194 million, respectively.
In February 2008, ING Group announced that it has reached an agreement with AXA to sell part of its Mexican business, Seguros ING SA de CV and subsidiaries, for a price of approximately EUR 1.0 billion. Under the terms of the agreement, ING will divest companies that comprise its non-life businesses of Property and Casualty and Auto, in addition to its Health and Life insurance lines, its Health Maintenance Organization (ISES) and its Bonding Business. This sale, which is subject to regulatory approval and is expected during the course of 2008, will allow ING to focus on growing its existing Mexican pension (Afore) and Annuities businesses. Seguros ING SA de CV and subsidiaries are presented within the Insurance Americas segment in Note 49 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
For the years 2006 and 2005 as well as a description of on-going capital expenditures, see Note 29 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.

17


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
For recent changes in the Executive Board and Supervisory Board reference is made to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
On March 5, 2008, ING announced a tender offer (the “Tender Offer”) to acquire the remaining issued and outstanding depositary receipts of the preference A shares. The Tender Offer period commenced on March 5, 2008 and ends on June 26, 2008, unless extended or earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Tender Offer. The Tender Offer is not made, directly or indirectly, in or into any jurisdiction where it would be unlawful, including the United States. At the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders, ING will propose to cancel all of the preference A shares.
GROUP STRATEGY
Focusing the strategy to accelerate growth
Key points
  §   Focus on banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services
 
  §   Provide retail customers with the products they need to grow savings, manage investments, and prepare for retirement
 
  §   Invest in bank distribution and high-growth markets
 
  §   Continue to improve business fundamentals and maintain strength in capital and risk management
In a very challenging environment in 2007, ING performed strongly, both on the commercial front and in the areas of risk management and capital allocation. We believe this illustrates the strength of our strategy which is to capitalize on changing customer preferences that are transforming the financial industry. We are accelerating the allocation of capital to high-growth areas by focusing on banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services. In 2007, we also returned capital to our shareholders through an attractive dividend and a significant share buy-back program.
Strong performance confirms sound business fundamentals
In 2007, ING performed strongly in what has been a very difficult year for the financial sector. The environment was characterised by a weak U.S. dollar, a flat yield curve and notably the problems in the US sub-prime mortgage market which spread to the larger financial markets in the second half of the year. In this challenging environment, ING enjoyed good commercial performance. We achieved solid volume growth in banking, illustrated by an increase in client balances at ING Direct and Retail Banking. In our life insurance business, we witnessed strong growth in sales and value of new business across the board.
The turbulence in the financial markets has put a spotlight on risk management across the financial sector. ING has weathered the turmoil in credit markets with limited direct impact. All in all, we believe that our performance in 2007 demonstrates that the fundamentals underpinning our business are sound.
Focused strategy going forward
We believe customer preferences are changing and these changes are reshaping the financial industry. We have chosen to focus on where we believe our greatest opportunities lie as a financial services provider, given our strengths. Therefore, we narrow our strategic focus to banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services, thus providing retail customers with the products they need to grow savings, manage investments and prepare for retirement with confidence.
Capitalizing on changing customer preferences
Customer preferences are changing and reshaping the industry. As more customers live longer they know they need to increasingly save enough to enjoy retirement comfortably. And across the globe, especially in emerging markets, people are becoming wealthier. As customers accumulate more wealth, this drives strong growth in total client balances. In particular there is a growing demand for savings and investment products, irrespective of whether these products are provided by a bank or insurer. And with many products and services to choose from, customers expect strong investment performance from their financial services providers.
Against this backdrop, the life insurance sector is going through a paradigm shift from traditional to investment-linked products. And because of this shift, distribution is moving increasingly into the domain of banking. With the

18


Table of Contents

surge in technological developments, customers can access financial services faster and in many different ways. Customers increasingly obtain easy, direct access to financial products, and advice only when they want it. This has led to growth of direct distribution channels, as reflected in the success of Postbank and ING Direct.
Building on our solid business capabilities
ING has three important strengths driving our business. These are (1) high performance product capabilities; (2) a strong distribution reach; (3) a leading retail financial brand.
Our high performance product capabilities include vast experience in building savings products, mortgages, variable annuities, pensions and other investment products. With our full suite of products, we can accompany customers throughout their lifecycle. We also have scale in each product category, and are one of the largest savings banks in the world when the balances from different business units — including those in Retail Banking and ING Direct — are aggregated. Our product manufacturing is supported by vast expertise and investment skills in our Investment Management businesses, and asset generation and transformation in our Wholesale Banking businesses.
We have a strong retail customer franchise and an extensive distribution reach, including a broad presence in developing markets. We are able to serve our 75 million customers through different distribution channels — our own online and banking channels, through tied agents, and via distribution agreements with other parties. We adapt our distribution model to the market and have a track record for building innovative bank distribution models in mature and developing markets. In certain markets, we have built a strong agent and broker distribution network.
ING has created one of the world’s leading retail financial services brands. Increasing awareness for the ING brand, across the globe has again been a key priority over the last years. In 2007, the global sponsorship of the ING Renault Formula One team along with its first-ever global branding campaign was very successful. As a result of the F1 sponsorship, ING’s brand awareness has increased significantly across the globe. And the activation of the sponsorship has generated business leads and new business.
New strategic focus
Capitalising on changing customer preferences and building on our solid business capabilities, we have chosen to sharpen our strategic focus to banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services:
    We want to provide retail customers with the products they need during their lives to grow savings, manage investments and prepare for retirement with confidence.
 
    We will build and invest more in bank distribution platforms.
 
    We will increasingly invest in high-growth markets.
As a result, ING will focus its product offerings on certain key products and business areas, including current accounts, savings, mortgages, mutual funds, pensions, life insurance, investment-linked insurance and variable annuities. We want to further strengthen our product manufacturing capabilities, including in the field of asset management. Excellent asset management skills are crucial to the success of our strategy. We will further invest in strengthening our global capabilities and investment expertise to deliver first-class investment performance for our clients and to increasingly develop products which blend asset management, insurance and capital markets features. Our Wholesale Banking expertise is also fundamentally important. The essence of our business is to collect consumer deposits and redeploy them as investments in the economy. Wholesale Banking generates high-quality assets where we can invest retail deposits. Also, it provides us with many relevant skills in risk management as well as access to financial markets around the world. Furthermore, developments in recent months have again strengthened our belief that it is essential to be able to generate a good portion of our own assets to maintain a healthy profile of the company.
Another priority is to build and invest in bank distribution platforms. Banks fulfil many customer needs, covering the full range of products from liquidity to lending and investing. Banking is structurally well-positioned as it offers opportunities for early customer acquisition and maintaining customer relationships. Moreover, it is a rapidly growing industry in developing markets, with Turkey as an important example. There is also a steady and fundamental shift taking place towards online banking — already one of our key differentiators which we will continue to build on.
We will put more emphasis on developing markets in order to capture their fundamental long-term growth, supported by a strong home market to fuel that expansion. Starting from strong footprints in Asia, Central Europe and Latin America, we will accelerate our investments in these growth markets.

19


Table of Contents

In the context of our strategic focus we will significantly invest in organic growth and add-on acquisitions. We will also accelerate our portfolio management, assessing our current business in line with the sharpened strategic focus.
Business initiatives in 2007
We have already stepped up the pace of our investment efforts in 2007 and started a major acquisition program that gives us strategic positions in important growth markets, such as Turkey, South Korea, Thailand and Latin America. We acquired Oyak Bank in Turkey, for example, adding 1.2 million customers to our client base. We also acquired a significant stake in TMB, a retail bank in Thailand. In addition, we continued to invest in strengthening product manufacturing capabilities. We bought Santander’s Latin American pension business, which gives us access to over 5 million customers in 5 attractive high-growth markets in that region. In South Korea, we built scale by acquiring full ownership of Landmark Investment Management, the 12th largest asset manager in that country. We also introduced new variable annuity products in Japan, the United States and Europe. And in the US, ING Direct’s acquisition of NetBank added USD 1.4 billion in customer deposits. We also sold several non-core businesses in 2007 including Regio Bank in the Netherlands. In Belgium, we divested our Broker and Employee Benefits insurance business as these businesses did not have critical mass, and we expect the bank distribution channel to become more dominant in the future with above industry average growth rates. ING will continue to sell its insurance products in Belgium through its own bank channels. Early 2008, we sold our non-core insurance business in Mexico in line with our strategy to focus our activities on banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services.
In mature markets, we increased efficiency and optimized our competitive position. In the Netherlands, we are bringing together ING Bank and Postbank under a single brand to better and more effectively meet the needs of our retail customers there. This is a major investment and demonstrates a strong commitment to the Dutch banking market. To respond to changing customer preferences in Belgium, we are also optimizing the service and retail distribution model in that market. ING Belgium has developed a program that will allow the bank to accelerate its growth by leveraging its direct channels with its branch network. And at Wholesale Banking, after having successfully sharpened the strategic focus and improved capital efficiency and returns, new initiatives for growth are geared towards the Benelux and Central Europe, and global franchises in Structured Finance, Financial Markets and Real Estate.
Continued effect allocation of capital
Successful execution of the strategy is underpinned by continued efficient reallocation of capital through redeploying the capital we generate in mature markets to high-growth business, or returning it to our shareholders. This process is supported by actively managing our portfolio of businesses.
In 2007, as a result of disciplined capital management and solid profitability of our businesses, we have been able to maintain a strong capital position. On balance, ING was able to widen its spare leverage by a third, further securing the capital base and providing maximum financial flexibility to pursue our renewed strategic objectives. A position that is even stronger under the new Basel II regime. ING employed its excess capital to fund acquisitions, pay dividends to shareholders and buy back shares. A EUR 5 billion buy-back program was started in June 2007 and is expected to be completed by June 2008. By the end of 2007, 56% of the program had been completed.
Risk Management fully integrated
In recent years, ING has systematically invested to improve its risk management capabilities. We have built a risk management function and fully integrated risk management into the daily management of all business units and strategic planning, embedding a philosophy of sound risk management at ING. The turmoil in financial markets over recent months illustrated the importance of having sound risk management in times of stress. ING has weathered this market turmoil with limited direct impact. Moreover, risk management also functions as an enabler, working with the businesses to identify and execute business opportunities, lower the cost of funding and support strategic decisions.
Conclusions and ambitions
In 2007, ING performed strongly in a challenging environment reflected in an excellent commercial development. Moreover, with risk management fully integrated at all levels, ING is well-insulated from the worst effects of the market turmoil.
Capitalizing on changing customer preferences and building on our solid business capabilities, we have chosen to sharpen our strategic focus to banking, investments, life insurance and retirement services. We want to provide retail customers with the products they need during their lives to grow savings, manage investments and prepare for retirement with confidence. We will build and invest more in bank distribution platforms. We will increasingly invest in high-growth markets. In 2007, we already stepped up the number of initiatives that support this strategy.

20


Table of Contents

With this sharpened strategy, ING remains focused on creating value for its shareholders and rewarding them with a better total return on investment than the average of our peers in the financial sector over the longer term.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
New legislation
The Netherlands implemented the EU Takeover Directive in 2007. Under the implementation act, Dutch listed companies may opt to be unprotected against takeovers. If companies want the “unprotected regime”, they must state in their Articles of Association that either (1) the implementation of anti-takeover measures should be subject to approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders or (2) that a shareholder with an interest of 75% or more as a result of a public bid may change the supervisory board and the executive board shortly after completion of the bid.
ING Group already has an anti-takeover device: the right of the ING Continuity Foundation to acquire cumulative preference shares. This has been in place since 1991 and there is currently no reason to consider changing this device.
Shareholder participation
The 2007 annual General Meeting of Shareholders produced a turnout of 36.7% of the (depositary receipts of) ordinary shares, which was the first time the 35% threshold for reconsidering the position of the Stichting ING Aandelen (the ‘Trust Office’) was passed. A major reason for this high turnout was a change in the law which permitted the record date for a General Meeting of Shareholders to be set at 30 days (rather than seven days as used to be the case) before the meeting. The record date is the date on which a shareholder must own shares or depositary receipts in order to vote at the General Meeting of Shareholders. For the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders, ING Group will again set the record date at 30 days (the maximum allowed) before the meeting.
Electronic voting
Following a resolution adopted at the 2007 annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the Articles of Association were amended to allow shareholders and depositary receipt holders who do not attend a General Meeting of Shareholders in person to participate nevertheless in the decision making by means of real-time electronic voting by internet (‘E-voting’). An investigation was made into whether an internet application to enable E-voting would be available. Such an application would require multi-layer security measures for access control, identification and validation, as well as a solid technology against hostile activities. Regrettably, it turned out that there is no such internet application available. Furthermore, it was discovered that an internet application meeting these technical requirements would still not enable an efficient cross-border E-voting process considering the lack of cross-border legislation on E-voting and the fact that shares or depositary receipts are currently held through securities custodians in various jurisdictions.
Dialogue with shareholders
In 2007, investors were allowed to ask questions about items on the agenda for the annual General Meeting of Shareholders, and they will be allowed to do so in 2008. Shareholders and holders of depositary receipts can visit the website of ING Group (www.ing.com) to submit their questions and they will be answered on the same website.
Elimination of preference A shares and preference B shares
Following the repurchase of the depositary receipts of the preference A shares held by Aegon in 2006, the depositary receipts of the preference A shares held by Fortis and ABN AMRO were also repurchased in 2007. The preference A shares underlying the repurchased depository receipts were all cancelled by February 2008.
ING Group intends to eliminate the remaining six million preference A shares by either repurchasing or redeeming such shares or the depositary receipts thereof, and as described in “—Recent Developments,” ING recently announced a tender offer to acquire the remaining depositary receipts of the preference A shares. At the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders, ING will propose to cancel all of the
preference A shares. All ING Group shares then outstanding will have voting rights proportional to their economic value as recommended under section IV.1.2 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
As ING Group sees no need to issue preference A shares or preference B shares in the near future, such shares will be eliminated from the Articles of Association and the conditions of administration. A proposal to amend the Articles of Association accordingly will be submitted at the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

21


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODES
In compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code
In its corporate governance structure and practices, ING Group uses the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (Tabaksblat Code or the Code) as reference. The ING Group corporate governance structure described in the document ‘The Dutch Corporate Governance Code — ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code for good corporate governance’ was approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 26, 2005. As a result, ING Group is considered to be in full compliance with the Tabaksblat Code, although it does not apply all best-practice provisions of the Code in full. The document is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com) and has been expanded with an update of ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code since 2005. The following deviations from the Tabaksblat Code are reported for 2007:
Michel Tilmant, being appointed as an Executive Board member before January 1, 2004, remains appointed for an indefinite period of time and retains his agreed exit arrangement, which exceeds one year’s salary (best-practice provisions II.1.1. and II.2.7), as existing contractual arrangements cannot be changed unilaterally;
existing rights for severance payments with respect to Executive Board members who were already employed by ING prior to their appointment to the Executive Board, are taken into account. As a result thereof, their exit arrangement as Executive Board members may exceed the maximum mentioned in the Code (best-practice provision II.2.7);
Executive Board members may sell shares awarded to them without financial consideration within the five-year retention period in order to cover the wage tax which is to be withheld over the vested award (best-practice provision II.2.3), so as to avoid the total wage tax being withheld in the month of vesting exceeding the gross salary payment of that month;
performance criteria for variable remuneration are disclosed only to the extent that this information is not share price sensitive or competition-sensitive (best-practice provisions II.2.3, II.2.10 and II.2.11);
Executive Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business and on terms that apply to all employees. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts (best-practice provisions II.2.8, II.3.2. and II.3.3). These exceptions are based on a lack of materiality;
if a Supervisory Board member does not meet the independence criteria of the Code, the Supervisory Board may decide to still consider such member to be independent in order to take into account specific circumstances, such as family and employment relations (best-practice provision III.2.2), so as to allow for situations of non-independence that are not material;
the legally required second candidate on a binding nomination for appointment to the Supervisory Board does not need to meet the independence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code nor the requirements of the Supervisory Board profile (best-practice provisions III.2.2. and II.3.1), in view of the contemplated abolition of this legal requirement;
Jan Hommen, who was appointed in the 2005 annual General Meeting of Shareholders as a Supervisory Board member, had more than five positions as a supervisory board member with other Dutch-listed companies until May 2007 (best-practice provision III.3.4). He was appointed chairman of the Supervisory Board, effective January 1, 2008. As of this date, the number of his board memberships exceeds the number of five. This was approved by the Supervisory Board in view of the fact that Jan Hommen is planning to give up his chairmanship of the Supervisory Board of TNT N.V. as soon as a suitable replacement in a position to take over has been found. In any case, Jan Hommen plans to resign from the supervisory board of TNT N.V. at its 2009 General Meeting of Shareholders.
under special circumstances the Supervisory Board may deviate from the general rule that a member of the Supervisory Board may not be re-appointed for more than two subsequent four-year terms (best-practice provision III.3.5);
ING Group established a combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee instead of a separate remuneration committee and a nomination committee (best-practice provision III.5.1);
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee is being chaired by the chairman of the Supervisory Board (best-practice provision III.5.11) so that he can be involved in this important subject directly and at an early stage;
in the case of a transaction with a family member that entails a conflict of interests according to the Code, the Supervisory Board may decide that no conflict of interests exists if the relationship is based on a marriage that is now over, (best-practice provision III.6.1) to allow for situations where the family relationship no longer exists;
transactions with Supervisory Board members or persons holding at least 10% of the shares of ING Group in which there are significant conflicting interests will be published in the annual report, unless (i) this conflicts with the law, (ii) the confidential, share-price sensitive or competition-sensitive character of the transaction prevents this and/or (iii) the information is so competition-sensitive that the publication could damage the competitive position of ING Group (best-practice provision III.6.3 and III.6.4);
Supervisory Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts (best-practice provisions III.7.4). These exceptions are based on a lack of materiality;

22


Table of Contents

the voting rights of the Preference A shares are based on their nominal value (best-practice provision IV.1.2) as these voting rights cannot be changed unilaterally;
if a notarial report is drawn up of the General Meeting of Shareholders, shareholders will not have the opportunity to react to the minutes of the meeting (best-practice provision IV.3.8), as this would be in conflict with the laws applicable to such notarial report.
NYSE Requirements
Under the New York Stock Exchange’s (‘NYSE’) listing standards, ING Group as a foreign private issuer must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards. An overview of what we believe to be the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).

23


Table of Contents

CORPORATE ORGANIZATION
ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). For more information about the Supervisory and Executive Boards, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Business Lines
Each business line formulates the strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget, which is then approved and monitored by the Executive Board. In addition, each business line approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its business line and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that business line and its business units.
The following chart shows the breakdown by business line of ING’s total income and total profit before tax for the year 2007. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, Segment Reporting” for the total income and profit before tax by business line for the years ended 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Total income EUR 74,806 million
     (excluding corporate line)
(PIE CHART)
Total profit before tax EUR 9,600 million
         (excluding corporate line)
(PIE CHART)

24


Table of Contents

INSURANCE EUROPE
ING Insurance Europe operates in the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Italy, Spain, Greece, Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria and Russia. The operating companies in these countries have tailored their insurance products, investment and asset management services and pension fund services for certain target markets and distribution channels. ING Insurance Europe has three key priorities. First, in the mature markets of the Benelux with moderate growth, ING focuses on improving efficiency and optimizing distribution. Second, in the fast growing markets of Central Europe, the focus is on accelerating growth. Third, across all regions, ING leverages on the opportunities created by the ageing of the European population by reinforcing as a specialist provider of banking, life insurance, investments and retirement services for retail customers.
In the Netherlands, ING offers basic retail insurance products via direct marketing (Postbank), while independent intermediaries (Nationale-Nederlanden), tied agents (RVS) and bank branches (ING Bank) are more suitable for selling complex products requiring personal service and specialized advice. In the countries in Central Europe, tied agents are the main distribution channel. In this region too, ING continues to strive towards a multi-distribution approach with banks, brokers and direct marketing as additional channels. ING considers the client’s need/demand for personal service and specialized advice as an important factor in determining how to distribute its products and services within Europe.
ING Investment Management Europe (“ING IM Europe”) is the principal proprietary asset manager for ING Insurance Europe. ING IM Europe also manages equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Bank, ING Belgium, Postbank, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors. In addition, ING IM Europe is responsible for managing the treasury activities of ING Insurance.
ING’s life insurance products in Europe consist of a broad range of participating (with profit) and non-participating (without profit) policies written for both individual and group customers. Individual life products include a variety of endowment, term, whole life and unit linked insurance policies. In some countries, Group policies are designed to fund private pension benefits offered by a wide range of businesses and institutions as a supplement to government provided benefits. ING is also a prominent provider of mandatory and voluntary pension funds in several countries in Central Europe.
ING’s non-life products, mainly in the Netherlands, include coverage for both individual and commercial/group clients for fire, automobile, disability, transport and aviation insurance, third party liability insurance and indirect premiums (incoming reinsurance premiums). In the Netherlands, the government is limiting its role in the field of disability insurance and sick pay, potentially creating new opportunities for insurance companies to provide private-sector coverage for benefits previously provided by the Dutch government. ING offers a broad range of disability insurance products and complementary services for employers and self-employed professionals (such as dentists, general practitioners and lawyers).
INSURANCE AMERICAS
ING Insurance Americas (“ING Americas”) operates in three main geographic areas: Canada, the United States, and Latin America. ING Americas offers life and non-life insurance, retirement services, (primarily defined contribution plans) annuities, mutual funds, broker-dealer services and institutional products, including group reinsurance and institutional asset management products and services.
In 2007, ING Americas in the United States operated through three divisions: Wealth Management (retirement services, annuities and broker-dealer services), Insurance (individual life, group life and reinsurance) and Asset Management. Through these divisions, ING provides a wide variety of financial products and services to individual and institutional customers. Distribution channels for Wealth Management and Insurance include career agents, independent producers, brokers-dealers and financial institutions as well as financial planners and affiliated distribution channels. Career agents, affiliated and independent broker-dealers and an institutional sales force support the Asset Management division’s product distribution. The U.S. life insurance market remains segmented and subject to intense competition as the overall market is growing at mid to high single digit rates.
The U.S. Wealth Management business includes Retirement Services (which includes Defined Contribution pension plans and Rollover/Payout products and services) and Annuities, which collectively represent the majority of earnings and value creation for the U.S., as well as the ING Advisors Network, a distribution channel

25


Table of Contents

of wholly owned broker-dealers with independent registered representatives. In the institutional market, Retirement Services sells 401(k), 403(b) and 457 and related defined contribution plans, plan services and investment options, targeting the higher growth segments of small (under 500 employees) corporations and teachers and educational institution staff in the “K-12” segment (kindergarten through 12th grade). ING’s Annuity business primary targets the mass affluent segment. Besides providing access to financial products, ING Advisors Network offers services such as financial planning, investment advisory services, pension plan administrative services and trust services through its approximately 8,700 affiliated and licensed financial professionals.
The Asset Management organization includes ING Investment Management Americas (“ING IM Americas”), Mutual Funds and Institutional Markets. ING IM Americas manages proprietary assets for ING Americas’ insurance entities, investing such assets in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, commercial mortgages and alternative assets. ING IM Americas third party business units (mainly in the U.S.) include mutual fund sub-advisory, institutional assets, alternative assets and managed accounts, and their products are distributed through internal, affiliated and outside distribution channels. Third party assets are managed in a wide range of investment styles and portfolios including: domestic and international equity portfolios of various value, blend and growth styles and of small, mid- and large capitalization, domestic and international fixed income portfolios across the major bond and loan market sectors, balanced portfolios, hedge funds, funds of funds and private equity. The Institutional Markets unit of Asset Management provides principal protection products such as guaranteed investment contracts and funding agreements to institutional customers.
The U.S. Insurance businesses focus on both individual and institutional clients and provide a wide range of insurance products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term insurance. Individual retail markets include the high net worth and mass affluent markets. Institutional customers are served by the Retail Life unit, which sells bank-owned and corporate-owned life insurance, the Employee Benefits unit, which provides both group and voluntary insurance products and by ING Reinsurance, with group reinsurance coverage.
ING Canada is the leading provider of property and casualty insurance in Canada. ING Canada’s principal insurance products are automobile and property and liability insurance, which are marketed to individuals and to small and mid-size businesses. Following an initial public offering in 2004, ING Group’s ownership share in ING Canada was reduced to 70%. ING Canada uses independent brokers as its primary distribution channel, accounting for approximately 80% of direct premiums written. ING Canada also sells products directly to customers through the internet and by telephone call centers in Quebec and Ontario.
ING Americas sells life insurance, health insurance, auto, property and casualty insurance, and pension and financial services and asset management products through subsidiaries and joint venture affiliates in selected Latin American markets. Until recently, activities have been conducted primarily in the Mexican and Chilean markets and through joint ventures in Peru and Brazil. In July of 2007, ING reached agreement with Santander to acquire its pension businesses in, Mexico, Chile, Colombia and Uruguay. In November of 2007 ING reached agreement with Santander and Grupo Bapro to acquire their pension and annuity businesses in Argentina. These acquisitions will make ING the second largest pension fund manager in Latin America. Distribution channels in Latin America include independent brokers and affiliated agents. ING’s joint venture in Brazil, SulAmerica, completed an initial public offering in October 2007 through which ING’s stake in the company was reduced from 49% to 36%.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
ING Insurance Asia/Pacific (“IAP”) is a leading provider of life insurance and wealth management products and services. It is the number two, based on new sales, international life insurer in Asia/Pacific with twelve life operations in ten markets. It is also the region’s fourth largest investment manager, based on assets under management, particularly in Japan and Australia) with asset management operations in thirteen markets. ING has flagship operations in the mature and larger markets of Australia and New Zealand, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan, and is well positioned to secure an increasing share of future growth in the large and emerging markets of Malaysia, China, India and Thailand, which are also among the fastest growing in Asia.
An IAP regional office in Hong Kong leads, controls and supports all IAP business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards and encourages regional and global synergies.
The business units in Asia/Pacific offer select types of life insurance, wealth management, retail and institutional asset management products (including annuities, endowment, disability / morbidity insurance, unit linked / universal life, whole life, participating life, group life, accident and health, term life and employee benefits) and services. In Hong Kong non-life insurance products (including medical, motor, fire, marine, personal accident

26


Table of Contents

and general liability) are also offered. Each business unit is subject to regulation by its respective insurance or investment regulatory commission, which generally requires a separate operating license and product approvals.
The core Asia/Pacific traditional distribution network of tied or career agents and financial advisors is increasingly complemented by alternative distribution channels including bancassurance, brokers, worksite and direct marketing as well as online sales capabilities.
IAP’s market ranking is based on an analysis of public disclosures by regulators and competitors as well as data provided by independent publications. IAP estimates that its combined insurance operations rank second among regional foreign life insurers by annualized premium equivalent (annualized premium equivalent represents the aggregate of new regular premium sales and 10% of new single premium sales of life insurance products) and its combined investment management operations in Asia excluding Australia and Japan rank second in terms of total assets under management.
WHOLESALE BANKING
ING offers Wholesale Banking services to mid-corporates, corporates and financial institutions in more than 40 countries. In all areas, we are striving to boost growth by offering a range of leading banking services and products. Wholesale Banking has six product units: General Lending Products and Payments and Cash Management; Structured Finance; Leasing and Factoring; Financial Markets; Other Wholesale Products and ING Real Estate.
In the Netherlands and Belgium, we are a full-service bank with a wide range of products, from cash management to corporate finance. We offer an extensive range of services in Poland and Romania and other Central and Eastern European markets. In other countries, Wholesale Banking has a more selective product and client range.
Wholesale Banking achieved resilient results in 2007 despite highly challenging business conditions and significant turbulence in financial markets. We achieved profitable growth by concentrating on client needs and high value-added products, especially in our home markets. We deepened our client relationships, closed a number of landmark deals, reduced costs and improved returns though more efficient use of capital.
Wholesale Banking continued to invest in existing and new products to improve returns and deliver profitable growth.
Significant investment was channeled into Payments and Cash Management, where preparations were made for the Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA) introduced in January 2008. Payments and Cash Management signed agreements with several clients to provide SEPA services for sizeable volumes.
Structured Finance boosted staff numbers to support a number of growth initiatives and generally had a good year due to robust demand and solid revenue growth in most product areas. The one exception was Leveraged Finance where the markets came to a halt in the second half due to concerns about credit quality in the global credit markets. Further expansion of the Structured Finance business is planned in 2008 to strengthen our market position.
Financial Markets clients and products division held up well but overall income from the trading division was down due to difficult market conditions. In Q4 2007, Financial Markets announced an ambitious three-year strategy to build on its success in the clients and products function, especially in the emerging markets.
ING Real Estate had another year of solid growth in 2007 thanks to its diversified business model and the further broadening of its product offering in Investment Management and continued geographic growth in Development.
Our businesses also benefited from buoyant Central and Eastern European demand. ING Lease achieved double-digit volume growth in that region, launching operations in Ukraine and agreeing to buy Citileasing in Hungary. Financial Markets’ emerging markets operations performed well, especially in money markets and foreign exchange, and it played key roles in a Greek benchmark bond and in Mongolia’s first foreign currency issue, a dollar-denominated bond.
Wholesale Banking initiated a new corporate client coverage model to improve the quality of account management and to prioritize high value-adding products. Capitalizing on cross-selling opportunities boosted

27


Table of Contents

revenues in areas such as General Lending Products, Leasing and Factoring and Financial Markets. Significant transaction fees were also contributed from Structured Finance products including asset-based finance, natural resources finance and telecommunications finance.
Wholesale Banking completed a number of important deals in 2007 that illustrate its array of services and capabilities. ING acted as advisor to Akzo Nobel on a EUR 1.6 billion share buyback, to KPN on its acquisition of Getronics, and to Vedior on an intended public offer by Randstad. Wholesale Banking was a joint book runner on General Electric Capital Corp’s, largest to date, euro-denominated deal, and financed an Indonesian integrated energy provider.
We sought to contain expenses without impairing growth opportunities, implementing cost containment initiatives to reduce operating expenses and to stimulate growth. We worked on re-engineering the lending process, reducing the number of full-time equivalents and cutting support services. We initiated GLOBE (Global Lending Operating and Business Environment), a strategic program aimed at improving business lending and streamlining product numbers, reducing production and administration costs, enhancing control and compliance and improving the overall client experience.
ING took the decision to transfer mid-corporate clients in its home markets from Wholesale Banking to Retail Banking with effect from January 1, 2008. The transfer allowed ING’s domestic banking operations in the Netherlands, Belgium, Poland and Romania to operate under a single management and a single brand. At the same time it enables Wholesale Banking to focus its resources on the larger, listed, companies and financial institutions that traditionally demand the higher added-value products.
The takeover of ABN Amro by a consortium of Royal Bank of Scotland, Fortis and Banco Santander has also created new opportunities for Wholesale Banking — especially in the Netherlands. Our creation of a full-service bank in the Netherlands, operating under one brand, puts ING in a strong position to gain market share in that country and Wholesale Banking has set itself the ambitious goal of becoming the number one bank for Dutch corporates within the coming years.
We continued to invest in compliance to ensure that we remain competitive and demonstrate to our clients that we have the highest possible compliance standards. We focused on preparation for Basel II (the Revised International Capital Framework) and MiFID, the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive. We continue to ensure we apply the highest standards across all our businesses.
Looking ahead, we will focus on growing further and gaining competitive advantage in a tough business environment. Wholesale Banking will seek to increase efficiencies and further improve its cost/income ratio. Capital will be allocated to support growth in key product areas and markets to ensure returns remain at attractive levels.
RETAIL BANKING
The retail banking business focuses on retail banking services to individuals, and to small- and medium-sized businesses and on private banking. These businesses are supported by a multi-product, multi-channel distribution approach. We serve two types of retail markets, each reflecting our different market positions and therefore each requiring a slightly different approach with regard to the retail strategy. In the mature markets of the Netherlands and Belgium, our strategy is to assist our clients in areas such as wealth accumulation, savings and mortgages. We seek to distribute these different products through an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products. In a number of selected developing markets (India, Poland, Romania, Turkey) with the right demographics, economic growth potential and stable institutional environment, our strategy is to become a prominent player in the local retail banking markets, providing our clients with simple but quality products. In the mature markets, achieving operational excellence and cost leadership, combined with the right level of customer satisfaction, will be important for continuing profit growth. ING considers developing economies as opportunities for structural growth due to their strong demographics, rapid income growth, emerging middle classes and relatively low penetration of the financial services sector.
The Netherlands
Postbank is ING’s direct bank in the Netherlands. Postbank reaches its individual customers through home banking, telephone, call centers, internet banking, mailings and post offices. Using direct marketing methods, Postbank leverages its position as a leading provider of current account services and payments systems to provide other financial services such as savings accounts, mortgage loans, consumer loans, credit card services, investment and insurance products. Mortgages are offered through a tied agents sale force and direct and intermediary channels.

28


Table of Contents

ING Bank Netherlands operates through a branch network of 250 branches. It offers a full range of commercial banking activities and also life and non-life insurance products. It also sells mortgages through the intermediary channel.
In May 2007, ING announced it will be combining the forces of ING Bank and Postbank. The new bank will operate under the ING brand as of January 1, 2009. It will have over 8 million retail clients with a market share of 40% in terms of salary accounts and 600,000 SME (Small Medium Enterprises) clients. The new bank will improve customer service by combining the direct banking model of Postbank with the professional advice capabilities of ING Bank.
Belgium
ING Belgium provides banking, insurance (life, non-life,) and asset management products and services to meet the needs of individuals, families, companies and institutions through a network of local head offices, 800 branches and direct banking channels (fully automated branches, home banking services and call centers). ING Belgium also operates a second network, Record Bank, which provides a full range of banking products through independent banking agents and credit products through a multitude of channels (agents, brokers, vendors).
Central Europe
In Poland, ING Bank Slaski provides a full range of banking services to business and individual customers through a network of 400 branches, supported by ATMs and telephone, internet and electronic banking. Since 2004 we have opened 150 fully automated outlets in Romania that provide selected banking products to individual clients. On December 24, 2007 the acquisition of Oyak Bank was completed. Oyak Bank is a leading bank in the Turkish market with 5,900 employees, offering a full range of banking services with a focus on retail banking.
Asia
In India, ING Vysya Bank has a network of 370 branches supported by a sales force of tied agents, who provide a full range of banking services to business and individual clients. In China, ING acquired a 19.9% participation in Bank of Beijing in 2005, reduced by the IPO to 16.1%. In Thailand ING finalized the acquisition of a 30% stake (on a fully diluted basis) in TMB Bank.
Private Banking
Private Banking provides wealth management services to high net worth individuals throughout the world. We have continued to raise the visibility of the Private Banking activities in the Benelux to penetrate ING’s existing client base in these markets. In new international markets (Asia, Central Europe, Latin America), we continue to seek to attract new assets to the group, serving them in part out of our branch in Switzerland.
ING DIRECT
ING Direct is a direct banking business, which is an important part of ING Group’s international retail strategy. The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services in large, mature markets by offering clients simple and transparent products and excellent service via call-centers, direct mail and the internet. The main products offered by ING Direct are savings accounts and mortgages. ING Direct also sells a focused range of financial products such as mutual funds, e-brokerage, payment accounts and pensions.
ING Direct’s direct banking business is active in nine countries, which are Canada, Spain, Australia, France, the United States, Italy, Germany, Austria and United Kingdom and as of the end of 2007, provides services to 20.3 million customers. Each country forms a separate business unit.
In 2007, ING Direct continued to invest in growth by expanding into new geographies, increasing the residential mortgage portfolio, and further expanding the product range through the launch of investment products and payment accounts.
In 2007 ING Direct showed resilient commercial growth bringing the total client retail balance (includes funds entrusted, off balance sheet funds and retail lending) to EUR 310 billion at the end of December. ING Direct is focusing on maintaining an attractive customer offering in savings and term deposits while continuing to grow the mortgage portfolio. At year-end 2007 total funds entrusted to ING Direct worldwide amounted to EUR 192 billion and total residential mortgages were EUR 97 billion. Residential mortgages are firmly embedded as a second core product. Growth in mortgages was primarily attributable to Germany, the United States, Australia and Canada.

29


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES
Reference is made to Exhibit 8 “ List of subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.”
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The insurance, banking, asset management and broker dealer business of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive supervision in all the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business. This supervision is based in a large part on European Union (“EU”) directives, discussed more fully below.
The Dutch regulatory system for financial supervision consists of prudential supervision - monitoring the soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct-of-business supervision — regulating institutions’ conduct in the markets. Prudential supervision is exercised by De Nederlandsche Bank (“DNB”), while conduct-of-business supervision is performed by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, Autoriteit Financiële Markten (“AFM”). On January 1, 2007, the new Dutch Financial Supervision Act came into force. This law replaced numerous existing laws and regulations in the area of supervision, and represents a significant adjustment in the legislation in the Netherlands to reflect market conditions.
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID”) aims to establish a comprehensive regulatory regime for the organised execution of investor transactions by stock markets, other trading systems and investment firms. In so doing, it will create a “European passport” for investment firms which will enable them to do business anywhere in the EU on the basis of home-country authorization. The MiFID also enables investment firms to process client orders outside regulated markets. The MiFID has been transposed into the Financial Supervision Act and entered into force on November 1, 2007.
As a result of our frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic and risk perspectives, ING Bank N.V. has closed its representative office in Cuba and the Netherlands Caribbean Bank, which is now a 100% subsidiary, is being liquidated. In addition, ING has concluded that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued, which includes that ING will not enter into new relationships with clients from these countries while a process has started to discontinue existing relationships involving these countries. At present these countries include Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, Iran and Cuba.
Financial institutions continue to experience close scrutiny by regulatory authorities, governmental bodies, shareholders, rating agencies, customers and others to ensure they comply with the relevant laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Bank and insurance regulators and other supervisory authorities in Europe, the US and elsewhere continue to oversee the activities of financial institutions to ensure that they operate with integrity and conduct business in an efficient, orderly and transparent manner. ING seeks to meet the standards and expectations of regulatory authorities and other interested parties through a number of initiatives and activities, including scrutinising account holder information, payment processing and other transactions to support compliance with regulations governing money-laundering, economic and trade sanctions, bribery and other corrupt practices. The failure or perceived failure by ING to meet applicable standards in these areas could result in, among other things, suspension or revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil or criminal penalties and other disciplinary action which could materially damage ING’s reputation and financial condition, and accordingly ING’s primary focus is to support good business practice through its Business Principles and group policies.
ING Bank N.V. has been in discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the US and other authorities. These discussions prompted ING Bank to engage in a review regarding transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with this review and related discussions ING Bank has undertaken to complete the global implementation of enhanced compliance and risk management procedures, and to monitor the implementation of such procedures on an ongoing basis, as instructed by DNB. ING Bank also remains in discussions with authorities in the US and in other jurisdictions concerning these matters, and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof.
As discussed under “Item 3 Key Information—Risk Factors”, as a large multinational financial institution we are subject to reputational and other risks in connection with regulatory and compliance matters involving such countries.

30


Table of Contents

INSURANCE
Europe
Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision by insurance supervisory authorities in their home country. This principle of “home country control” was established in a series of directives adopted by the EU, which we refer to as the “1992 Insurance Directives”. In the Netherlands, DNB monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. Pursuant to the 1992 EU Directives, ING may also conduct business directly, or through foreign branches, in all the other jurisdictions of the EU, without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states, though it has to deal with local legislation and regulation in all the European countries where it is active.
In Belgium, ING’s insurance operations are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission (CBFA), created as a result of the integration of the Insurance Supervisory Authority (ISA) and the Banking and Finance Commission. Since January 1, 2004, it has been the single supervisory authority for the Belgian financial sector. In other European Union countries ING’s insurance operations are subject to supervision by similar supervisory authorities.
ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed audited annual reports with their home country insurance supervisory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorizations granted by the insurance supervisory authorities stipulate the classes of business that an insurer may write an insurance policy for, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance supervisory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.
On the basis of the EU directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves), plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims. The former is based on 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims.
The European Commission, jointly with Member States, is carrying out a fundamental review of the regulatory capital regime of the insurance industry (the Solvency 2 project). Its objective is to establish a solvency system that is better matched to the true risks of insurers enabling supervisors to protect policyholders’ interests as effectively as possible and in accordance with common principles across the EU. The Commission has produced a ‘Framework for Consultation’ setting out the policy principles and guidelines that will act as a framework for the development of the Solvency 2 regime. Work on the Solvency 2 Framework Directive is still in progress, and adoption is expected not before 2008.
Americas
United States
ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive and detailed regulation of their activities under U.S. state and federal laws. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to conduct business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards for capital and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies, require investment portfolio diversification and prescribe the type and amount of permitted investments. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accountant, and in addition, are subject to an insurance department financial condition examination by their state of domicile approximately every three to five years.
ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines which provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should maintain, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC guidelines are used by state insurance regulators as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possibly inadequately capitalized insurers which may need additional regulatory oversight. Each of the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios at year-end 2007.

31


Table of Contents

Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e., the corporation or individual that controls the insurer). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in, or transactions with, affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the domestic insurer to its immediate parent company. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of U.S. insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.
Although the U.S. federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, many federal laws affect the insurance business in a variety of ways, including federal privacy legislation which requires safeguarding and confidentiality of customer information, federal tax laws relating to insurance and annuity product taxation, and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requiring, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering programs. In addition, a number of the products issued by ING Group’s U.S. insurance companies are regulated as securities under state and federal law. Finally, a variety of U.S. retirement savings products and services may be subject to Department of Labor regulation under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
Canada
Our insurance businesses in Canada are subject to various provincial and territorial laws and regulations. Regulators ensure that insurance companies have adequate capital, regulate related party transactions, approve acquisitions and changes of control, verify the risk management programs of companies under their jurisdiction and enact rules to ensure sound market conduct and suitability and professionalism of management. Automobile insurance is highly regulated and insurers must file their rates with applicable supervisory authorities and are subject to rate constraints in certain provinces. Certain provinces, like Ontario and Quebec also provide for accountability on the part of the insurers for the acts of the distributors in certain circumstances.
Mexico
The insurance and pension businesses in Mexico are subject to general rules and detailed regulation of their operations under federal law. ING’s insurance and pension subsidiaries in Mexico are supervised by the Ministry of Finance, in the case of insurance through the Ministry’s National Insurance and Bonding Commission (“CNSF”), and in the case of pensions through the Ministry’s National Retirement Savings System Commission (“CONSAR”). The main legal framework applicable to insurance companies in Mexico includes the Insurance Companies Law, the Insurance Contract Law, and regulations issued by the CNSF. In the case of pension companies, the main legal framework includes the Retirement Savings Systems Law and regulations issued by the CONSAR. The Commerce Code, the Mercantile Companies Law, the Foreign Investment Law, Income Tax Laws, and regulations issued by the Ministry of Finance are also applicable to both insurance and pension companies.
The Ministry of Finance has authority to grant or revoke licenses to conduct insurance and pension businesses in Mexico, and to prescribe rules on anti-money laundering. The CNSF and the CONSAR, respectively regulate insurance and pension companies’ activities through inspection and ongoing supervision, and have issued regulations that provide specific rules regarding the conduct of operations by businesses, including capital requirements and reserves, financial information standards and reporting, corporate governance guidelines, investment rules, risk management, and related party transactions. In addition, the CNSF has issued rules concerning issuance of new insurance products and reinsurance. Insurance and pension companies are also subject to a mandatory annual audit of their financial statements and tax reports by independent auditors.
Argentina
ING’s insurance companies in Argentina are subject to supervision at the federal level by the Superintendent of Retirement, the rules and directives of the Superintendent, and the Insurance Law (No. 17.418). The Superintendent has issued directives regarding the conduct of insurance operations, approval of policy forms, premium rates, insurance claims, risk management, and investment rules. The Superintendent also has the power to examine insurance companies and require financial and operational information. In 2007, the Superintendent issued a new directive (No. 32.275) regarding annuities that establishes surplus requirements and fixed expense rates for annuities in order to provide annuity policyholders with greater transparency with respect to product pricing.
ING Group ´s pension business is subject to supervision at the federal level by the Superintendent of Pension Fund Managers, regulations issued by the Superintendent, and the Pension Law (No. 24.241). Pension Law (No. 24.241) established Argentina’s integrated retirement system and also imposes requirements on pension fund managers regarding transactions with affiliates, marketing policies, investment trading, permitted investments for pension funds and other pension fund manager rights and obligations.

32


Table of Contents

Peru
ING’s pension business in Peru is subject to supervision at the federal level by the Superintendent of Banking, Insurance and Private Pension Fund Administrators and various laws and regulations including those related to capital maintenance, disclosure to clients with respect to client funds under administration, minimum investment yield, marketing activities and investment trading, safeguarding of confidential information, proper complaint handling, risk management, supervision of sales force activities, and anti-money laundering standards and procedures.
Chile
ING’s insurance business in Chile is subject to supervision by the Chilean Securities and Insurance Commission (“SVS”), the rules and directives issued by the SVS, and the Insurance Law (“Decree Law No. 251”). The SVS is the authority that licenses and regulates insurers in Chile. Only Chilean corporations may operate an insurance business in Chile. The Insurance Law establishes requirements and regulations regarding the conduct of operations by insurance businesses, including rules regarding technical reserves, permitted investments and legal solvency requirements such as minimum solvency margins and limits on indebtedness.
ING’s pension business in Chile is subject to supervision by the Chilean Superintendent of Pension Fund Administrators (“SAFP”), regulations issued by the SAFP, Decree Law No. 3.500 of 1980 (“DL 3.500”) and by its regulation (“Supreme Decree No. 57”). The SAFP is the authority that licenses and regulates pension funds in Chile. According to DL 3.500, pension funds must be managed by corporations that are pension funds administrators (“AFPs”). The DL 3.500 regulates the structure of funds, investment limits, transactions with related parties, the transfer of pension members’ participations between AFPs, and other pension fund administrator rights and obligations. AFPs are incorporated as stock corporations and are also subject to supervision by the SVS.
Colombia
ING’s pension business in Colombia is subject to Law 100 of 1993 and Decree 656 of 1994, which regulate the general regime of social security, including corporate requirements for incorporating a Pension and Severance Funds Administrator (“PFA”); Financial System Statute- Decree 663 of 1993, which regulates the authorized activities, liabilities, obligations and minimum profitability of funds administered by PFAs; and External Circular No. 007 of 1996 of the Finance Superintendency. The Finance Superintendency is the authority that licenses and regulates PFAs. The Superintendency has the power to examine PFAs and request financial and operational information and to apply sanctions for failure to comply with applicable regulations.
PFAs are required to have specialized personnel and technical capacity to properly manage pension funds. The requirements vary based on the nature and size of the pension funds managed. PFAs are also required to invest pension funds in accordance with rules established by the Finance Superintendency. PFAs must guarantee pension fund minimum returns, based on a methodology adopted by the Finance Superintendency. All institutions under Finance Superintendency supervision must also adopt anti-money laundering mechanisms.
Asia/Pacific
Japan
ING Group’s life insurance subsidiary in Japan is subject to the supervision of the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”), the chief regulator in Japan, the rules and regulations as stipulated by the Commercial Code, Insurance Business Law and ordinances of the Cabinet Office. The affairs handled by the FSA include, among others, planning and policymaking concerning financial systems and the inspection and supervision of private sector financial institutions including banks, securities companies, insurance companies and market participants including securities exchanges.
New products, revision of existing products etc. require approval by the FSA. The Cabinet Office ordinances stipulate the types and proportions of assets in which an insurance company can invest The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term

33


Table of Contents

contracts. In addition to the required audit by external auditors, insurance companies are required to appoint a corporate actuary and have such corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial, accounting and compliance matters.
South Korea
ING Group’s South Korean insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Insurance Development Institute (“KIDI”) advises the FSC, FSS and the Ministry of Finance and Economy on policies and systems related to life insurance and may calculate net insurance premium rates that insurance companies can apply and report such premium rates to the FSC. The KIDI must approve all new products and revisions of existing. Since 2006 the FSS has sharpened its supervisory policies based on the Risk Assessment and Application System (“RAAS”) from 2006 onwards.
Australia
The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers. APRA also requires superannuation trustees to be licensed under the Registrable Superannuation Entity Licensing regime. All relevant entities obtained their licenses in January 2006. ASIC is responsible for consumer protection and market integrity across the financial systems, including the areas of insurance, banking and superannuation.
Taiwan
The Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) was established on July 1, 2004 and supervises insurance companies, banks and securities houses in Taiwan. New solvency requirements were issued, stipulating that the paid-in capital held by Taiwanese life insurance companies must be at least 200% of their risk based capital (“RBC”). This applies to both local and foreign insurance companies in Taiwan; should the paid-in capital to risk capital ratio fall below 200%, the life insurance company is required to raise new funds to achieve the target. ING Group’s operations in Taiwan are regulated by the FSC. In accordance with the Regulations Governing Pre-sale Procedures for Insurance Products, last amended on August 30, 2006 of the FSC, all insurance products must be filed with the Insurance Bureau of the FSC before they are marketed.
BANKING
Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct
Basel II and European Union Standards as currently applied by ING Bank
In June 2004, the Basel Committee issued the “Revised Framework” (“Basel II”) to replace the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) with a new capital accord. The purpose of Basel II is to lay down capital requirements that are more risk-sensitive. There is greater emphasis on internal methods of risk measurement by banks. For example, the accord further refines the system of risk weightings and permits capital requirements to be calculated based upon internal ratings or the ratings issued by recognized rating agencies. It also includes capital requirements for operational risk in addition to those laid down for credit risk and market risk. Finally, it contains guidelines on banks’ own capital adequacy assessment processes (“economic capital”) and the disclosure of capital and risk information to the outside world.
The European Union has drawn up a directive, the Capital Requirement Directive (“CRD”), which applies to all European banks and investment firms. Through this European directive, Basel II has been incorporated into EU legislation. In 2006 and 2007, all EU Member States have incorporated the Directive into national law and regulations. In the Netherlands, the Directive has been incorporated into the Dutch Financial Supervision Act.
Basel II and the CRD set forth the required ratio of qualifying capital (“own funds”) to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. They require a bank to have a ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance sheet items of at least 8%. At least one-half of the own funds in the numerator of the ratio must be “original own funds”, or “Tier 1” capital. The rest may be “additional own funds”, or “Tier 2” capital. As of January 1, 1997, Tier 1 capital consists solely of paid-up share capital plus Tier 1 capital instruments, share premium

34


Table of Contents

accounts and certain other reserves, less a deduction for goodwill. Tier 2 capital includes revaluation reserves, value adjustments of certain assets and certain categories of long-term subordinated debt and cumulative preferred shares. The aggregate of a bank’s Tier 2 capital may not exceed 50% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.
DNB, the Dutch Central Bank and bank regulator, has given ING permission to use the most sophisticated approaches for solvency reporting under the Financial Supervision Act, the Advanced IRB Approach for credit risk and the Advanced Measurement Approach for operational risk, as from January 1, 2008 (first reporting date: March 31, 2008). During 2008 and 2009 a Basel I regulatory floor of 90% and 80%, respectively, will still apply.
ING Bank files consolidated quarterly and annual reports of its financial position and results with DNB in the Netherlands. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports on an annual basis.
Our banking operations in Belgium are supervised by the CBFA Commission. Banking supervision in Germany is carried out by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Agency (BAFIN), working in co-operation with the German Central Bank (‘Deutsche Bundesbank’). Similar authorities supervise ING’s banking operations in other European Union countries, such as, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.
An EU member state credit institution is not permitted to start operations through a branch in another EU member state until it has received confirmation from its home country banking supervisory authority that the information required by the Second Directive on the Coordination of Legislation to the Taking Up and Pursuit of the Business of Credit Institutions (the “Second Banking Coordination EC Directive”) has been submitted to that supervisor and until, following this confirmation, a period of two months has elapsed or until, before the expiry of this period, it has received confirming information by that home country banking supervisory authority.
Americas
United States
ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although the office’s activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e., the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), the office is subject to the regulation of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve.
A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law.
Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and countries subject to sanctions
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as our bank, insurance, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies are imposing heightened standards, and law enforcement authorities have been taking a more active role. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
ING Bank N.V. has been in discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the US and other authorities. These discussions prompted ING Bank to engage in a review regarding transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with this review and related discussions ING Bank has undertaken to complete the global implementation of enhanced compliance and risk management procedures, and to monitor the implementation of such procedures on an ongoing basis, as instructed by DNB. ING Bank also remains in discussions with authorities in the US and in other jurisdictions concerning these matters, and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof.

35


Table of Contents

Financial institutions continue to experience close scrutiny by regulatory authorities, governmental bodies, shareholders, rating agencies, customers and others to ensure they comply with the relevant laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Bank and insurance regulators and other supervisory authorities in Europe, the US and elsewhere continue to oversee the activities of financial institutions to ensure that they operate with integrity and conduct business in an efficient, orderly and transparent manner. ING seeks to meet the standards and expectations of regulatory authorities and other interested parties through a number of initiatives and activities, including scrutinizing account holder information, payment processing and other transactions to support compliance with regulations governing money-laundering, economic and trade sanctions, bribery and other corrupt practices. The failure or perceived failure by ING to meet applicable standards in these areas could result in, among other things, suspension or revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil or criminal penalties and other disciplinary action which could materially damage ING’s reputation and financial condition, and accordingly ING’s primary focus is to support good business practice through its Business Principles and group policies.
As a result of our frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic and risk perspectives, ING Bank N.V. has closed its representative office in Cuba and the Netherlands Caribbean Bank, which is now a 100% subsidiary, is being liquidated. In addition, ING has concluded that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued, which includes that ING will not enter into new relationships with clients from these countries while a process has started to discontinue existing relationships involving these countries. At present these countries include Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, Iran and Cuba.

Canada
ING Bank of Canada (“ING BOC”) is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary supervisor of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks and insurance companies) and federally administered pension plans.
ING BOC operates a wholly-owned mutual fund dealer subsidiary, ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited that is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited’s home province supervisor is the Ontario Securities Commission, which regulates the sale of mutual funds and equities in Ontario. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited is also a member of the Mutual Funds Dealer’s Association, a mandatory self-regulatory body, which governs and oversees the conduct of mutual fund dealers in Canada.
Asia/Pacific
Australia
The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers.

36


Table of Contents

BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
Americas
United States
ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states in which they operate, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the self-regulatory organization which succeeded to the regulatory functions of the National Association of Securities Dealers and the New York Stock Exchange. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. These and other laws, and the regulations promulgated there under, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital requirements, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside) information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers, clearance and settlement procedures and anti-money laundering standards and procedures. The rules of FINRA, the self-regulatory organization, in some respects duplicate the above-mentioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that FINRA oversees. For example, FINRA imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market.
Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e., providing transactional advice to customers for a fee), and are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage registered investment funds (such as mutual funds); the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, ERISA imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in this act.
The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or FINRA on those entities of ING which have committed the violations. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violations, and the managers of these employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.
Canada
ING Investment Management, Inc. (“ING IM”), a federally incorporated, wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Canada Inc., is registered in the provinces of Ontario and Quebec as an adviser with specific investment authorities. While substantially all of ING IM’s current business consists of providing investment management services to ING Canada Inc. and its insurance subsidiaries, ING IM is seeking to expand its business by providing asset management services to third party institutional investors across Canada.
ING IM is subject to regulation by securities regulatory authorities of the provinces in which it is registered and conducts business. Regulation issued by provincial securities regulatory authorities imposes requirements (among others) regarding registration of investment management entities and their employees, governance, ongoing disclosure to clients and regulatory authorities, marketing activities, transactions with affiliates and derivatives transactions. Additionally, ING IM is subject to applicable federal laws, including those related to privacy and anti-money laundering.

37


Table of Contents

COMPETITION
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and in the other countries in which ING undertakes business in insurance, retail and wholesale banking, and other products and services provided. Competition is more pronounced in the mature markets of the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia than in the developing markets. In recent years, however, competition in developing markets has increased as financial institutions from mature markets have sought to establish themselves in markets perceived to offer higher growth potential. ING and all its competitors have sought to form alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which have become more sophisticated and competitive.
Competition with respect to the products and services provided by the Group in both mature and developing markets is based on many factors, including brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes its major competitors are the leading global European, United States and Asian commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.
RATINGS
ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “Aa2” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) at December 2007         .
ING Verzekeringen, N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s.
ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt held a “AA” (with a stable outlook) rating by Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2007. At the same date, Moody’s rated ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt at “Aa1” (with a stable outlook). Finally, ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt was rated “AA” by Fitch Ratings, Ltd. as of December 31, 2007.
ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term senior debt is rated “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1(P-1) by Moody’s as of December 31, 2007
ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt held a rating of “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1 (P-1) by Moody’s as of December 31, 2007.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
In the Netherlands, ING owns a significant part of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. Outside the Netherlands, ING predominantly leases all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2007, ING had more than 1,500 branch, representative and similar offices worldwide of which approximately 500 offices, principally branch offices, were located in the Netherlands. In addition, ING has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.

38


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU differs in certain respects from IFRS-IASB and U.S. GAAP. See Note 2.4. to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the differences between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB and to Note 2.5. of the consolidated financial statements for a description of the differences between IFRS-EU and U.S.GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under IFRS-EU.
FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates.
Market developments in 2007
2007 was characterised by a great deal of turbulence in the financial markets, beginning with concerns over US sub-prime mortgages in early 2007 and then widening into a general banking liquidity crisis. The turmoil put a spotlight on risk management across the financial sector.
Pre-tax P&L impact directly related to credit and liquidity crisis
                         
    (EUR millions)
    3Q   4Q   3Q + 4Q
Sub-prime RMBS
    17       47       64  
Alt-A RMBS
    0       0       0  
CDOs/CLOs
    15       36       51  
Monolines
    0       66       66  
Investments in SIVs, ABCP
    0       45       45  
Leveraged Finance
    29       0       29  
 
                       
Total
    61       194       255  
US Sub-prime RMBS, Alt-A RMBS and CDO/CLO exposures and revaluations at year-end 2007
                                 
                            Pre-tax
    Amortised                   revaluation
    cost(1) in   Market value   Fair value   via equity in
    EUR billion   in EUR billion   in %   EUR million
US Sub-prime RMBS
    3.1       2.8       90.1 %     (307 )
Alt-A RMBS
    28.4       27.5       96.7 %     (936 )
CDO/CLO
    2.0       1.9       93.4 %     (134 )
 
                               
Total
                            (1,377 )
 
(1)   purchase price +/- amortization – cumulative impairments
It has been ING’s policy to maintain a high quality and well diversified portfolio. To that effect ING has limits and investment policies in place which are defined in mandates for every portfolio. Investment and trading decisions are based on internal research, and not only on published ratings. Some limits were at more stringent levels since early 2007, anticipating a potential downturn of the market.
ING applies conservative standards in mortgage underwriting and has not originated US sub-prime mortgages. Moreover, ING is not in the business of manufacturing sub-prime RMBS or CDOs nor has it purchased a material amount of US sub-prime backed CLOs. ING’s exposure to the US housing market is predominantly via highly rated RMBS investments. As a result the total direct pre-tax negative impact on ING’s 2007 profit and loss account was EUR 255 million (EUR 61 million in the third quarter and EUR 194 million in the fourth quarter) from

39


Table of Contents

exposures to sub-prime and Alt-A RMBS, and CDO and CLO asset classes and leveraged finance in the third quarter, as well as monoline insurers, SIVs and Asset-Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP) in the fourth quarter.
ABS portfolio
The US sub-prime RMBS, US Alt-A RMBS, CDO and CLO portfolios are part of ING’s Asset Backed Security (ABS) portfolio. The investments ABS portfolio, almost entirely available for sale, was EUR 84 billion at year end. The ABS portfolio comprises mainly AAA rated securities (89%) and AA rated securities (10%). Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to available for sale (fixed income) securities, including Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS), are taken to the revaluation reserve in shareholders equity, unless there is evidence of impairment, in which case the negative revaluation reserve is recognized in profit or loss account. In addition, Loans and advances to customers, valued at amortized costs, contained EUR 13 billion European asset-backed products with market value around 100% and an average credit rating of AAA.
US sub-prime mortgages
ING has a very limited exposure to US sub-prime RMBS and does not originate sub-prime mortgages. Investment decisions have been based on internal research. Exposure to US sub-prime RMBS amounted to EUR 2.8 billion at December 31, 2007, representing 0.2% of total assets and was fair valued at 90.1% of its cost. The negative pre-tax revaluation on US sub-prime RMBS at December 31, 2007 was EUR 307 million. Net impairments and trading losses combined amounted to EUR 64 million (EUR 17 million in the third quarter and EUR 47 million in the fourth quarter). At year end, 96.0% of the portfolio was rated AA or higher, and in the fourth quarter only EUR 31 million was downgraded by ratings agencies.
Alt-A portfolio
Alt-A mortgage loans are regular residential mortgage loans in the US market which are frequently packaged into RMBS. Notwithstanding the widespread existence of Alt-A RMBS a single standardized definition does not exist. At times, ING has generally applied a ‘broad’ definition to Alt-A RMBS. Under the broad definition of Alt-A RMBS, the applicable RMBS contains at least one of the following three characteristics: on average a Loan-to-Value ratio between 70%-100%, a FICO credit score between 640-730, and ‘low documentation’ (referring to reduced requirements regarding personal income and / or asset verification) of 50% of the debt holders in the portfolio or more. ING’s exposure under the broad definition amounted to EUR 27.5 billion at December 31, 2007, representing 2.1% of total assets. ING Direct’s share of this exposure was EUR 23.6 billion. At times ING Direct reports Alt-A RMBS under a so called ‘narrow definition’. In this instance a security qualifies as Alt-A RMBS if it meets all three criteria simultaneously. Hence, average FICO scores higher than 730, LTVs of less than 70% and ‘low documentation’ less than 50% are excluded from Alt-A. In accordance with the narrow definition ING’s Direct exposure amounted to EUR 9.7 billion at December 31, 2007. On average, the ING Direct Alt-A RMBS portfolio is near prime and of high-quality with a loan-to-value ratio of 71%, an average FICO score of 723 and more than 99% of the portfolio is rated AAA. S&P’s estimates average AAA Alt-A RMBS credit enhancement at approximately 7.5%, whereas ING Direct’s Alt-A RMBS portfolio has a 12% average credit enhancement. ING Direct’s average credit enhancement can absorb 8 times the current pipeline losses in the underlying Alt-A mortgages. The portfolio had a negative pre-tax revaluation of EUR 936 million at December 31, 2007. The rating agencies downgraded EUR 10 million of ING’s Alt-A RMBS portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2007. There were no impairments or trading losses taken in respect of the Alt-A RMBS portfolio. ING continues to review its RMBS portfolio very closely, and performs structural monitoring activities at the level of the individual security.
CDOs and CLOs
At the year end, the Group’s net exposure to CDOs and CLOs was EUR 1.9 billion, or 0 .1% of assets. Net impairments and trading losses combined taken on CDOs/CLOs totalled EUR 51 million (EUR 15 million in the third quarter and EUR 36 million in the fourth quarter.) At the end of the year, the portfolio was valued at 93.4% of cost, with a negative pre-tax revaluation of EUR 134 million. The revaluation reflects limited investments in CDOs backed by US sub-prime mortgages (EUR 15 million at year end).
Leveraged Finance
ING’s leveraged finance pipeline is limited and transactions are in various stages of syndication and negotiation. At the end of the year ING had a leveraged finance pipeline of EUR 2.3 billion or 0.2% of total assets, over 13 deals. Existing underwriting standards, which were tightened from the first quarter 2007 onwards, and leverage limits have resulted in negligible mezzanine and covenant-lite lending. A small markdown of EUR 29 million was taken at the Wholesale Bank in the third quarter to reflect the decrease in fair value during the underwriting period.
Monoline insurers
ING Group has a limited exposure to monoline insurers. ING’s direct exposure to monoline insurers is negligible. However, ING has some indirect exposure to monoline insurers as it has insured EUR 3.5 billion, or 0.3%, of assets with several monoline insurers, either through embedded guarantees (“wrapped bonds”) or through credit

40


Table of Contents

derivatives. Changes in the monoline insurer’s rating (and as a result the asset’s fair value) impact the equity (unrealised losses) for wrapped bonds. Underlying wrapped bonds in the available for sale securities portfolio are monitored through the regular credit review process and were not impaired as of December 31, 2007. The rating of the monoline insurers impacted ING’s profit and loss account in the fourth quarter by EUR 66 million, due to the downgrading of a monoline insurer, which resulted in EUR 630 million of underlying assets on the trading book of Wholesale Banking no longer being protected.
Liquidity impact
Since the start of the market turmoil in August 2007, ING’s Liquidity Crisis Committee has met on a regular basis in line with ING’s liquidity policy. The Committee discusses ING’s liquidity and funding profile and is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. Other members include the Chief Financial Officer, all the main treasurers of ING Group, the head of Market Risk Management and the head of Corporate Communications and Affairs. The Liquidity strategy and market conditions are monitored on a daily basis. Large buffers of liquidity were retained throughout 2007, and as a result, contingency funding plans, in place at all levels, were not required to be executed as ING’s liquidity position remained sound during the year.
General market conditions
Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products in ING’s principal life insurance markets in the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government have been, or in the coming years are expected to be, curtailed. Management believes this will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets, positions ING Insurance to benefit from these developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance operations in these emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence which will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in these regions. In addition, conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results, and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.
Fluctuations in equity markets
Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity-linked products are influenced by equity markets. The fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. In addition, our direct shareholdings that are classified as investments are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. The securities we hold may become impaired in the case of a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost. Our banking operations are also exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. ING Bank maintains an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio. Accordingly market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute for customers and therefore to a decline in related commissions. In addition to this ING Bank also maintains equity investments in its own non-trading books. Fluctuations in equity markets may affect the value of these investments.
Fluctuations in interest rates
Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales, but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments. Declining interest rates may also affect the results of our reserve adequacy testing which may in turn result in reserve strengthening. Rising interest rates may increase the surrender of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market interest rates on the one hand and on the other changes in both net interest income and the results of our trading activities for our own account. Both the composition of our banking assets and liabilities and the fact that interest rate changes may affect client behavior in a different way than assumed in our internal models result in a mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income and trading results to be affected by changes in interest rates

41


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in exchange rates
ING Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates. Our management of exchange rate sensitivity affects the results of our operations both through the trading activities for our own account and because of the fact that we publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our income and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Japanese yen, the Korean won, the Pound sterling and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. This exposure is mitigated by the fact that realized results in non-Euro currencies are translated into euro by monthly hedging. See Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of our hedging activities with respect to foreign currencies. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that income and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. For the main foreign currencies, in which ING’s income and expenses are denominated namely the U.S. dollar, Pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Turkish lira and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a Value-at-Risk limit.
The weakening of most currencies against the euro during 2007 had a negative impact of EUR 159 million on net profit. In 2006 and 2005 exchange rates positively influenced net profit by EUR 20 million and EUR 81 million, respectively.
For the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average annual exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows for the currencies specified below:
                         
    Average
    2007   2006   2005
U.S. dollar
    1.3746       1.2568       1.2481  
Australian dollar
    1.6386       1.6639       1.6363  
Canadian dollar
    1.4703       1.4220       1.5104  
Pound sterling
    0.6862       0.6823       0.6849  
Japanese yen
    161.6854       146.1882       137.1460  
South Korean won
    1,275.5530       1,199.3280       1,276.3890  
Polish zloty
    3.7806       3.8974       4.0288  
                         
    Year-end
    2007   2006   2005
U.S. dollar
    1.4723       1.3183       1.1822  
Australian dollar
    1.6759       1.6688       1.6130  
Canadian dollar
    1.4437       1.5281       1.3750  
Pound sterling
    0.7344       0.6715       0.6868  
Japanese yen
    164.8184       156.7861       138.9972  
South Korean won
    1,378.1000       1,225.9710       1,186.9300  
Polish zloty
    3.5858       3.8322       3.8612  
Critical Accounting Policies
See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

42


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations, including Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct, using the financial performance measure of underlying profit before tax. Underlying profit before tax is defined as profit before tax and, excluding, as applicable for each respective segment, either all or some of the following items: profit/losses from divested units, realized gains/losses on divestitures and special items such as certain restructuring charges and other non-operating income/(expense).
While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of underlying profit before tax enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting profit before tax attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. For example, we believe that trends in the underlying profitability of our segments can be more clearly identified without the effects of the realized gains/losses on divestitures as the timing is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Underlying profit before tax is not a substitute for profit before tax as determined in accordance with IFRS-EU. ING Group’s definition of underlying profit before tax may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. For further information on underlying profit before tax as well as the reconciliation of our segment underlying profit before tax to our profit before taxation see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Segment Reporting” and Note 49 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its insurance and banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
                                                                 
    Insurance     Banking     Eliminations     Total  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    46,818       46,834                                       46,818       46,834  
Interest result banking operations
                    9,036       9,335       60       143       8,976       9,192  
Commission income
    1,901       1,636       2,926       2,681                       4,827       4,317  
Investment and Other income
    13,488       11,172       2,640       2,179       163       73       15,965       13,278  
 
                                               
Total income
    62,208       59,642       14,602       14,195       223       216       76,586       73,621  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
    48,833       48,188                                       48,833       48,188  
Other interest expenses
    1,326       1,233                       223       216       1,103       1,017  
Operating expenses
    5,515       5,275       9,967       9,087                       15,481       14,362  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    1       11       125       103                       126       114  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    55,675       54,707       10,092       9,190       223       216       65,544       63,681  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    6,533       4,935       4,510       5,005                       11,043       9,940  
Taxation
    775       702       759       1,205                       1,534       1,907  
 
                                                   
Profit before minority interests
    5,758       4,233       3,751       3,800                       9,509       8,033  
Minority interests
    155       281       112       60                       267       341  
 
                                                   
Net profit (attributable to shareholders)
    5,603       3,952       3,638       3,740                       9,241       7,692  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    6,533       4,935       4,510       5,005                       11,043       9,940  
Gains/losses on divestments(1)
    (382 )     (49 )     (32 )     112                       (414 )     63  
Profit/loss divested units
    (42 )     (79 )             (65 )                     (42 )     (144 )
Special items (2)
                    489                               489          
 
                                                   
Underlying profit before tax
    6,110       4,807       4,967       5,052                       11,077       9,859  
 
                                                   
 
(1)   Divestments Insurance: sale of Belgian broker business (EUR 418 million, 2007), sale of NRG (EUR (129) million, 2007), IPO SulAmerica in Brazil (EUR 93 million, 2007), unwinding Piraeus (EUR 34 million, 2006), sale of Australia non-life (EUR 15 million, 2006); Divestments Banking :sale of RegioBank (EUR 32 million, 2007), sale of Willams de Broë (EUR (9) million, 2006), sale of Deutsche Hypothekenbank (EUR (80) million, 2006), sale of Degussa Bank (EUR (23) million, 2006);
 
(2)   Special items Banking: provision for combining ING Bank and Postbank EUR 299 million and restructuring provisions and hedge on purchase price Oyak Bank acquisition EUR 190 million.

43


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its insurance and banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
                                                                 
    Insurance     Banking     Eliminations     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    46,834       45,758                                       46,834       45,758  
Interest result banking operations
                    9,335       9,162       143       95       9,192       9,067  
Commission income
    1,636       1,346       2,681       2,401                       4,317       3,747  
Investment and Other income
    11,172       10,299       2,179       2,285       73       36       13,278       12,548  
 
                                               
Total income
    59,642       57,403       14,195       13,848       216       131       73,621       71,120  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
    48,188       47,120                                       48,188       47,120  
Other interest expenses
    1,233       1,100                       216       131       1,017       969  
Operating expenses
    5,275       5,194       9,087       8,844                       14,362       14,038  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    11       11       103       88                     114       99  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    54,707       53,425       9,190       8,932       216       131       63,681       62,226  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    4,935       3,978       5,005       4,916                       9,940       8,894  
Taxation
    702       455       1,205       924                       1,907       1,379  
 
                                                   
Profit before minority interests
    4,233       3,523       3,800       3,992                       8,033       7,515  
Minority interests
    281       255       60       50                       341       305  
 
                                                   
Net profit (attributable to
    3,952       3,268       3,740       3,942                       7,692       7,210  
shareholders)
                                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    4,935       3,978       5,005       4,916                       9,940       8,894  
Gains/losses on divestments(1)
    (49 )     13       112       (379 )                     63       (366 )
Profit divested units
    (79 )     (93 )     (65 )     4                       (144 )     (89 )
Special items
                                                               
 
                                                   
Underlying profit before tax
    4,807       3,898       5,052       4,541                       9,859       8,440  
 
                                                   
 
(1)   Divestments Insurance: unwinding Piraeus (EUR 34 million, 2006), sale of Australia non-life (EUR 15 million, 2006); sale of Freeler (EUR 10 million, 2005), gain from IPO Canada (EUR 19 million,2005), sale of Life of Georgia (EUR (89) million, 2005), sale of ING Re (EUR 20 million, 2005), sale of Austbrokers (EUR 27 million, 2005). Divestments Banking: sale of Willams de Broë (EUR (9) million, 2006), sale of Deutsche Hypothekenbank (EUR (80) million, 2006), sale of Degussa Bank (EUR (23) million, 2006); sale of Baring Asset Management (EUR 240 million, 2005), sale of 12.8% in ING Bank Slaski shares (EUR 92 million, 2005), restructuring of NMB-Heller (EUR 47 million, 2005).

44


Table of Contents

GROUP OVERVIEW
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Total profit before tax increased by EUR 1,103 million, or 11.1% from EUR 9,940 million in 2006 to EUR 11,043 million in 2007 and total underlying profit before tax increased by EUR 1,218 million or 12.4% from EUR 9,859 million in 2006 to EUR 11,077 million in 2007. The increase in profit before tax was supported by EUR 2,087 million in gains on the sale of stakes in ABN Amro and Numico. However, the profit before tax of ING Direct decreased by 23.3% due to losses related to repositioning the UK business as well as an impairment on asset-backed commercial paper in Canada in the fourth quarter 2007. The increase in total profit before tax is also impacted by divestments which resulted in a gain of EUR 414 million and a loss of EUR 63 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively, special items in 2007 influenced profit before tax negatively by EUR 489 million.
Net profit rose by EUR 1,549 million, or 20.1% from EUR 7,692 million in 2006 to EUR 9,241 million in 2007. This higher growth compared with the increase in profit before tax was due to a lower effective tax rate in 2007. The effective tax rate decreased to 13.9% in 2007 from 19.2% in 2006 mainly due to high tax-exempt gains on equity investments (ABN Amro and Numico) in 2007 compared to 2006. Underlying net profit increased from EUR 7,681 million in 2006 to EUR 9,172 million in 2007.
Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company increased to EUR 4.32 in 2006 from EUR 3.57 in 2006.
Currency impact
Currency rate differences had a negative impact of EUR 159 million on net profit and EUR 211 million on profit before tax, mainly due to the weakening of the US dollar, the Canadian dollar and the South Korea won. In 2006 currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 20 million on net profit and EUR 48 million on profit before tax.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital (see the discussion under “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Liquidity and Capital Resources-ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows”), which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities and the cash flow hedge reserve and includes hybrid capital. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group increased to 9.5% in 2007 compared with 9.0% in 2006, partly due to the buyback of own shares. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. decreased to 244% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2007, compared with 274% at the end of December 2006, due to the decrease in regulatory capital. The Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. stood at 7.39% at the end of 2007, down from 7.63% at the end of 2006, but still remains above the 7.20% target. This decrease was caused by strong growth in risk-weighted assets and the deduction of EUR 1.2 billion in goodwill and other intangibles related to the purchase of Oyak Bank, partly compensated by a capital injection of EUR 2.2 billion from ING Group to ING Bank in the fourth quarter. Total risk-weighted assets of the banking operations increased by EUR 64.8 billion, or 19.2%, to EUR 402.7 billion as of December 31, 2007 from EUR 337.9 billion as of December 31, 2006, driven by growth in Wholesale Banking and Retail Banking.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income decreased EUR 16 million from EUR 46,834 million in 2006 to EUR 46,818 million in 2007. Life premiums increased 0.6%, or EUR 231 million to EUR 40,732 million in 2007 from EUR 40,501 million in 2006, primarily due to growth in the United States, Asia, all countries with the exception of Japan, and Central Europe and the Rest of Europe partly offset by a decline in premium income in the Netherlands. Non-life premiums decreased 3.9%, or EUR 247 million, from EUR 6,333 million in 2006 to EUR 6,086 million in 2007, as lower premiums in Europe and Latin America were only partly offset by higher premiums in Canada.
Investment and Other income increased 20.7%, or EUR 2,316 million to EUR 13,488 million in 2007 from EUR 11,172 million in 2006, reflecting higher dividend income and capital gains on equities (ABN Amro and Numico). Commission income increased 16.2%, or EUR 265 million to EUR 1,901 million in 2007 from EUR 1,636 million in 2006 supported by robust net inflows and growth in assets under management across all lines of business.
Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 645 million, or 1.3% from EUR 48,188 million in 2006 to EUR 48,833 million in 2007. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 440

45


Table of Contents

million, or 1.0%.. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations increased by EUR 205 million, or 4.5%, resulting in an overall higher non-life claims ratio of 65.2% in 2007 compared with 58.7% in 2006, primarily attributable to a higher claims ratio in the Netherlands and Canada.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations increased 4.5%, or EUR 240 million to EUR 5,515 million in 2007, from EUR 5,275 million in 2006, mainly due to ongoing cost reduction initiatives offset by higher start-up costs in 2007 to support our growth in Central Europe and the Rest of Europe and Asia. The efficiency ratios for the life insurance operations deteriorated mainly reflecting the investments in growth areas. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products deteriorated slightly to 0.76% in 2007 compared with 0.75% in 2006. Expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products decreased to 14.3% in 2007 from 13.3% in 2006. The cost ratio for the non-life operations was flat at 31.8% .
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax from insurance increased 32.4%, or EUR 1,598 million, to EUR 6,533 million in 2007 from EUR 4,935 million in 2006, mainly due to the gains on equities. This increase was also impacted by divestments which resulted in a profit of EUR 382 million in 2007 and a gain of EUR 49 million in 2006. Divested units contributed EUR 79 million profit before tax in 2006 and EUR 42 million to profit before tax in 2007. Net profit from insurance increased by 41.8%, or EUR 1,651 million to EUR 5,603 million in 2007 from EUR 3,952 million in 2006 due to a decrease in minority interests to EUR 155 million in 2007 from EUR 281 million in 2006, but especially the high tax exempt gains on equity investments caused a reduction of the effective tax rate from 14.2% in 2006 to 11.9% in 2007.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from the insurance operations increased by 27.1%, or EUR 1,303 million to EUR 6,110 million in 2007 from EUR 4,807 million in 2006, primarily due to the gains on the sale of ING’s stakes in ABN Amro and Numico. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance increased 48.3%, or EUR 1,627 million from EUR 3,370 million in 2006 to EUR 4,997 million in 2007. The life insurance activities in the US, Central Europe, the Rest of Europe and Latin America showed strong profit growth, supported by increased sales, growth in assets under management and investment gains. The non-life operations decreased by 22.5%, or EUR 324 million from EUR 1,437 million in 2006 to EUR 1,113 million in 2007. In the Netherlands, the deterioration was mainly caused by rate pressure as well as high one-off claims provisions related to last year. Canada results declined due to lower underwriting results and a decrease in investment gains.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 2.9%, or EUR 407 million, to EUR 14,602 million in 2007 from EUR 14,195 million in 2006. This increase was experienced despite a decrease in the interest result, which was primarily attributable to a sharp decline in margins, but which was more than offset by increases in commission income and investment income.
The net interest result decreased by EUR 299 million, or 3.2%, to EUR 9,036 million in 2007 from EUR 9,335 million in 2006, driven by lower interest results in Wholesale Banking and ING Direct, which were only partially offset by higher interest results in Retail Banking. The interest margin in 2007 was 0.94%, a decrease from 1.06% in 2006, due to the flattening or even inverse yield curves, pressure on client margins and intensified competition for savings and deposits.
Commission income increased 9.1%, or EUR 245 million to EUR 2,926 million in 2007 from EUR 2,681 million in 2006. The increase in commission income was primarily due to the strong growth of management fees (mainly from ING Real Estate) by EUR 169 million. Fees from funds transfer and brokerage and advisory fees also increased, but fees from securities business decreased slightly by EUR 38 million.
Investment income increased by EUR 463 million, or 95.9%, to EUR 946 million in 2007 from EUR 483 million in 2006. The increase was partly due to EUR 56 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2007 and losses of EUR 78 million on divestments in 2006. Furthermore, rental income increased EUR 113 million and realized gains on equities grew EUR 181 million compared to 2006, mainly due to the substantial capital gains following the sale of shares in the stock exchange and the derivatives market in Sao Paulo and a sizeable gain from the sale of an equity stake at Wholesale Banking.
Other income decreased by EUR 3 million, or 0.2%, to EUR 1,693 million in 2007 from EUR 1,696 million in

46


Table of Contents

2006. Net trading income declined EUR 151 million and valuation results from non-trading derivatives, for which hedge accounting is not applied, were EUR 11 million lower. This was largely offset by an increase of EUR 104 million in other revenues, including higher income from operating lease. The share of profit from associates increased by EUR 55 million from EUR 183 million in 2006 to EUR 238 million in 2007, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by EUR 880 million, or 9.7%, to EUR 9,967 million in 2007 from EUR 9,087 million in 2006. The increase of EUR 445 million is attributable to special items in 2007, comprising EUR 295 million in provisions and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy (combining ING Bank and Postbank), EUR 139 million in restructuring provision for Wholesale Banking and EUR 11 million in restructuring provision for Retail Banking. Divestments in 2006 had a mitigating impact of EUR 111 million on expense growth, but an additional increase of EUR 546 million or 6.1%, was experienced in 2007 due, in part, to investments to support the growth of the business, notably at ING Direct, ING Real Estate and the Retail Banking activities in developing markets.
The addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2007 was EUR 125 million compared to EUR 103 million in 2006, an increase of 21.4% or EUR 22 million. Retail Banking showed an increase by EUR 11 million, from EUR 161 million in 2006 to EUR 172 million in 2007 and ING Direct showed an increase by EUR 8 million, from EUR 60 million in 2006 to EUR 68 million in 2007. The net release in Wholesale Banking decreased by EUR 3 million to EUR 115 million. As a percentage of average credit-risk weighted assets, the addition to the provision for loan losses in 2007 was 4 basis points, up slightly from 3 basis points in 2006.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax decreased 9.9%, or EUR 495 million, to EUR 4,510 million in 2007 from EUR 5,005 million in 2006. Divestments and special items had a negative impact of EUR 458 million on profit before tax in 2007, including EUR 489 million in special items, partly offset by EUR 32 million realized gains on divestments. In 2006, divestments resulted in a realized loss of EUR 112 million. The divested units contributed EUR 65 million to profit before tax in 2006.
Net profit from banking declined 2.7%, or EUR 102 million from EUR 3,740 million in 2006 to EUR 3,638 million in 2007. This decrease is moderated due to the effective tax rate for ING’s banking operations which decreased from 24.1% (EUR 1,205 million) for 2006 to 16.8% (EUR 759 million) for 2007, caused by high tax-exempted gains, the release of some tax liabilities, a lower corporate tax rate in the Netherlands and the impact of a tax asset in Germany.
Underlying profit before tax
Excluding the effects of divestments and excluding special items, ING’s banking operations showed a decrease in underlying profit before tax of EUR 85 million, or 1.7%, from EUR 5,052 million in 2006 to EUR 4,967 million in 2007. Underlying net profit increased by EUR 166 million, or 4.4%, from EUR 3,816 million in 2006 to EUR 3,982 million in 2007, due to the low effective tax rate.
GROUP OVERVIEW
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Total profit before tax increased by EUR 1,046 million, or 11.8% from EUR 8,894 million in 2005 to EUR 9,940 million in 2006 and total underlying profit before tax increased by EUR 1,419 million or 16.8% from EUR 8,440 million in 2005 to EUR 9,859 million in 2006. The increase in profit before tax was driven by strong growth at ING Direct as well as good results from the insurance business lines due to strong equity markets, which helped to drive growth in sales and assets at ING’s life insurance business, while the non-life business continued to benefit from favorable underwriting experience in most markets. The increase in total profit before tax is also impacted by divestments, which resulted in a loss of EUR 63 million and a gain of EUR 366 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net profit rose by EUR 482 million, or 6.7% from EUR 7,210 million in 2005 to EUR 7,692 million in 2006. This lower growth compared with the increase in profit before tax was due to a higher effective tax rate in 2006. The effective tax rate increased to 19.2% in 2006 from 15.5% in 2005 due to lower releases from tax provisions in 2006 compared to 2005.

47


Table of Contents

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company increased to EUR 3.57 in 2006 from EUR 3.32 in 2005.
Currency impact
Currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 20 million on net profit and EUR 48 million on profit before tax, mainly due to strengthening of the Canadian dollar, Polish zloty and South Korea won, which was partially offset by a weakening of the U.S. dollar. In 2005 currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit and EUR 116 million on profit before tax.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital (see the discussion under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Liquidity and Capital Resources – ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows”), which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities and the cash flow hedge reserve and includes hybrid capital. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group improved to 9.0% in 2006 compared with 9.4% in 2005 supported by growth in equity. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 274% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2006, compared with 255% at the end of December 2005. The Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. stood at 7.63% at the end of 2006, up from 7.32% at the end of 2005, as growth in capital was partially offset by growth in risk-weighted assets. Total risk-weighted assets of the banking operations increased by EUR 18.2 billion, or 5.7%, to EUR 337.9 billion as of December 31, 2006 from EUR 319.7 billion as of December 31, 2005, driven by growth in Retail Banking and ING Direct.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income increased 2.4%, or EUR 1,076 million from EUR 45,758 million in 2005 to EUR 46,834 million in 2006. Life premiums increased 2.1%, or EUR 844 million to EUR 40,501 million in 2006 from EUR 39,657 million in 2005, primarily due to growth in Central and Rest of Europe, the United States, South Korea and Australia, which was partially offset by a decline in premium income in the Netherlands, Belgium and Japan. Non-life premiums increased 3.8%, or EUR 232 million, from EUR 6,101 million in 2005 to EUR 6,333 million in 2006, due to growth in the portfolio in Canada, which was partially offset by a decline of 2.1% in the Netherlands.
Investment and Other income increased 8.5%, or EUR 873 million to EUR 11,172 million in 2006 from EUR 10,299 million in 2005, reflecting higher dividend income, capital gains on equities, revaluation of real estate and private equity, higher fixed margins and favorable DAC unlocking offset by investment related losses resulting from the rising interest rate environment in the United States. Commission income increased 21.5%, or EUR 290 million to EUR 1,636 million in 2006 from EUR 1,346 million in 2005, mainly driven by higher assets under management.
Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 1,068 million, or 2.3% from EUR 47,120 million in 2005 to EUR 48,188 million in 2006. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 1,027 million, or 2.4%, primarily due to an increase in profit sharing and rebates and an increase in technical provisions. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations increased by EUR 41 million, or 0.9%, resulting in an overall lower non-life claims ratio of 58.7% in 2006 compared with 62.7% in 2005, primarily attributable to the improvement in the claims ratios from Loss of Income/Accident.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations increased 1.6%, or EUR 81 million to EUR 5,275 million in 2006, from EUR 5,194 million in 2005, mainly due to a release of employee benefit provisions in the Netherlands in the fourth quarter of 2005 as well as expenses made in 2006 to support our growth in Central and Rest of Europe and Asia. The efficiency ratios for the life insurance operations improved mainly reflecting the growth of assets under management. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved to 0.75% in 2006 compared with 0.82% in 2005. Expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved to 13.26% in 2006 from 13.28% in 2005. The cost ratio for the non-life operations remained stable at 31.8% in 2006 compared to 31.9% in 2005.

48


Table of Contents

Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax from insurance increased 24.1%, or EUR 957 million, to EUR 4,935 million in 2006 from EUR 3,978 million in 2005. This increase was impacted by divestments which resulted in a profit of EUR 49 million in 2006 and a loss of EUR 13 million in 2005. Divested units contributed EUR 93 million to profit before tax in 2005 and EUR 79 million in 2006. Net profit from insurance increased by 20.9%, or EUR 684 million to EUR 3,952 million in 2006 from EUR 3,268 million in 2005 due to an increase in minority interests to EUR 281 million in 2006 from EUR 255 million in 2005, and an increase of the effective tax rate from 11.4% in 2005 to 14.2% in 2006 due to lower releases from tax provisions.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from the insurance operations increased by 23.3%, or EUR 909 million to EUR 4,807 million in 2006 from EUR 3,898 million in 2005, mainly due to strong growth in retirement services and life insurance in developing markets, higher investment results and a favorable claims environment for the non-life business. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance increased 21.7%, or EUR 602 million from EUR 2,768 million in 2005 to EUR 3,370 million in 2006, driven by increased sales, growth in assets under management and investment gains. The non-life operations increased by 19.0%, or EUR 230 million from EUR 1,207 million in 2005 to EUR 1,437 million in 2006. Lower results in Canada, due to less favorable developments in prior-year reserves and lower investment-related gains, were offset by higher results in all regions benefiting from a favorable underwriting cycle.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 2.5%, or EUR 347 million, to EUR 14,195 million in 2006 from EUR 13,848 million in 2005, as a sharp decline in investment income, primarily attributable to gains/losses on divestments, was more than offset by increases in commission income, net trading income and interest income.
The net interest result increased by EUR 173 million, or 1.9%, to EUR 9,335 million in 2006 from EUR 9,162 million in 2005, driven by higher interest results in Retail Banking and ING Direct, which were partially offset by lower interest results in Wholesale Banking. The total net interest margin in 2006 was 1.1%, a decrease from 1.2% in 2005, due to the flattening of yield curves, pressure on client margins and the ongoing growth of ING Direct with a lower interest margin.
Commission income increased 11.7%, or EUR 280 million to EUR 2,681 million in 2006 from EUR 2,401 million in 2005. The increase in commission income was primarily due to the strong growth of management fees (mainly from ING Real Estate) and higher fees from securities business at ING Direct and the international Wholesale Banking units. The increase in commission income from insurance is largely attributable to ING Belgium, primarily resulting from a changed sales agreement with Insurance Belgium.
Investment income decreased by EUR 454 million, or 48.5%, to EUR 483 million in 2006 from EUR 937 million in 2005. The decrease was primarily due to EUR 379 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005 and a loss of EUR 112 million on divestments in 2006.
Other income increased by EUR 348 million, or 25.8%, to EUR 1,696 million in 2006 from EUR 1,348 million in 2005. The increase is largely due to a EUR 479 million increase in net trading income, partly offset by EUR 89 million lower valuation results from non-trading derivatives and a decrease of EUR 85 million of other revenue. The share of profit from associates increased by EUR 43 million from EUR 140 million in 2005 to EUR 183 million in 2006, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by EUR 243 million, or 2.7%, to EUR 9,087 million in 2006 from EUR 8,844 million in 2005. Excluding divestments, operating expenses increased by EUR 416 million or by 4.9%, from EUR 8,560 million in 2005 to EUR 8,976 million in 2006. The increase is in large part attributable to EUR 198 million higher expenses to support the growth of the ING Direct activities, EUR 27 million higher expenses at the fast growing ING Real Estate and EUR 164 million compliance-related costs in 2006. Releases from employee benefit provisions decreased by EUR 53 million from EUR 119 million in 2005 to EUR 66 million in 2006, while the reclassification of payment expenses from operating expenses to funds transfer commission lowered total operating expenses by EUR 74 million.

49


Table of Contents

The addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2006 was EUR 103 million compared to EUR 88 million in 2005, an increase of 17.0% or EUR 15 million. The increase by EUR 50 million in Retail Banking, from EUR 90 million in 2005 to EUR 140 million in 2006, due to lower releases outside the Netherlands which was partly offset by a EUR 10 million increase in net release in Wholesale Banking and a EUR 25 million lower addition at ING Direct, from EUR 106 million in 2005 to EUR 81 million in 2006. As a percentage of average credit-risk weighted assets, the addition to the provision for loan losses in 2006 equaled 3 basis points, similar to 2005.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax increased 1.8%, or EUR 89 million to EUR 5,005 million in 2006 from EUR 4,916 million in 2005. Divestments had a negative impact on profit before tax in 2006, including EUR 112 million realized losses on divestments compared with gains of EUR 379 million in 2005. Divested units contributed EUR 65 million to profit before tax in 2006 compared to a loss of EUR 4 million in 2005. Net profit from banking declined 5.1%, or EUR 202 million from EUR 3,942 million in 2005 to EUR 3,740 million in 2006. This decrease is related to the effective tax rate for ING’s banking operations which increased from 18.8% (EUR 924 million) for 2005 to 24.1% (EUR 1,205 million) for 2006, mainly due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a release of EUR 35 million from the tax provisions in 2005, and the establishment of a EUR 148 million deferred tax asset related to net operating losses in the U.S. in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
ING’s banking businesses benefited from a strong increase in profit in 2006 driven by strong income growth in all three business lines and continued low additions to the provision for loan losses, offset by a 4.9% increase in expenses, including EUR 176 million in additional compliance-related costs. Underlying profit before tax rose 11.3%, or EUR 511 million to EUR 5,052 million in 2006 from EUR 4,541 million in 2005. Growth was driven by increased savings and strong demand for mortgages at both Retail Banking and ING Direct.

50


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR billions, except amounts per share)
Investments
    292.7       311.6       324.6  
Financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account
    327.1       317.5       268.1  
Loans and advances to customers
    553.0       474.4       439.2  
Total assets
    1,312.5       1,226.3       1,158.6  
Insurance and investment contracts:
                       
Life
    232.4       237.9       232.1  
Non-life
    9.6       10.1       12.8  
Investment contracts
    23.7       20.7       18.6  
 
                       
Total insurance and investment contracts
    265.7       268.7       263.5  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits (1)
    525.2       496.7       465.7  
Debt securities in issue/other borrowed funds
    94.1       107.8       113.5  
Total liabilities (including minority interests)
    1,275.3       1,188.0       1,121.9  
Shareholders’ equity
    37.2       38.3       36.7  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share (in EUR)
    17.73       17.78       16.96  
 
(1)   Customer deposits and other funds on deposits consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Total assets increased by 7.0% in 2007 to EUR 1,312.5 billion, mainly due to increased loans and advances to customers and financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account. Investments decreased by EUR 18.9 billion, or 6.1%, to EUR 292.7 billion in 2007 from EUR 311.6 billion in 2006, representing a decrease of EUR 8.2 billion in insurance investments and a decrease of EUR 10.7 billion in banking investments.
Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 78.5 billion, or 16.6%, rising to EUR 553.0 billion at the end of December 2007 from EUR 474.4 billion at the end of December 2006. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations decreased EUR 10.0 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 88.5 billion. The Netherlands operations increased by EUR 30.7 billion and the international operations by EUR 57.8 billion. The impact of the inclusion of Oyak Bank was EUR 4.8 billion. ING Direct contributed EUR 25.1 billion to the increase, of which EUR 28.0 billion was due to personal lending.
Shareholders’ equity decreased by 2.8% or EUR 1,058 million to EUR 37,208 million at December 31, 2007 compared to EUR 38,266 million at December 31, 2006. Net profit from the year 2007 added EUR 9,241 million to equity and unrealized revaluation shares added EUR 2,997 million, partially offset by unrealized revaluations debt securities of EUR 4,725 billion, realized gains equity securities released to profit and loss of EUR 3,044 million, change due to treasury shares of EUR 2,304 million and a cash dividend of EUR 2,999 million.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Total assets increased by 5.8% in 2006 to EUR 1,226.3 billion, mainly due to increased fixed income investments, loans and advances to customers and customer deposits and other funds on deposits. Investments decreased by EUR 13.0 billion, or 4.0%, to EUR 311.6 billion in 2006 from EUR 324.6 billion in 2005, representing a decrease of EUR 4.0 billion in insurance investments and a decrease of EUR 9.0 billion in banking investments.
Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 35.2 billion, or 8.0%, rising to EUR 474.4 billion at the end of December 2006 from EUR 439.2 billion at the end of December 2005. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations decreased EUR 0.9 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 34.7 billion The Netherlands operations increased by EUR 18.4 billion and the international operations by

51


Table of Contents

EUR 16.3 billion, for EUR 16.4 billion negatively influenced by the sale of Deutsche Hypothekenbank. ING Direct contributed EUR 20.0 billion to the increase, of which EUR 16.4 billion was due to personal lending.
Shareholders’ equity increased by 4.2% or EUR 1,530 million to EUR 38,266 million at December 31, 2006 compared to EUR 36,736 million at December 31, 2005. Net profit from the year 2006 added EUR 7,692 million to equity and unrealized revaluation shares added EUR 1,726 million, partially offset by unrealized revaluations debt securities of EUR 2,901 billion, exchange rate differences of EUR 1,335 million and a cash dividend of EUR 2,681 million.

52


Table of Contents

SEGMENT REPORTING
ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. The following table sets forth the contribution of our six business lines to our underlying profit before tax for each of the years 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                                                                 
2007   Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail             Other     Total  
(EUR millions)   Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking     ING Direct     (1)(2)     Group  
Total income
    16,262       29,681       14,383       5,860       6,424       2,196       1,781       76,586  
 
Total expenditure
    13,962       27,529       13,807       3,600       4,641       1,667       338       65,544  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    2,300       2,152       576       2,260       1,783       530       1,443       11,043  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (418 )     (93 )                     (32 )             129       (414 )
Profit/loss before tax from divested units
    (42 )                                                     (42 )
Special items
                            139       310                       489  
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    1,840       2,059       576       2,399       2,062       530       1,611       11,077  
 
(2)   Includes the gains on the sale of stakes in ABN Amro and Numico
                                                                 
2006   Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail                    
(EUR millions)   Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking     ING Direct     Other1)     Total Group  
Total income
    16,170       29,779       13,378       5,818       6,086       2,289       101       73,621  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    13,808       27,787       12,742       3,337       4,151       1,598       258       63,681  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    2,362       1,992       636       2,481       1,935       691       (157 )     9,940  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (34 )             (15 )     89               23               63  
Profit/loss before tax from divested units
    (79 )                     (45 )             (20 )             (144 )
Special items
                           
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    2,249       1,992       621       2,525       1,935       694       (157 )     9,859  
                                                                 
2005   Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail                     Total  
(EUR millions)   Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking     ING Direct     Other1)     Group  
Total income
    16,033       28,034       13,191       5,957       5,881       2,034       (10 )     71,120  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    14,002       26,093       12,713       3,358       4,017       1,404       639       62,226  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    2,031       1,941       478       2,599       1,8764       630       (649 )     8,894  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (10 )     50       (27 )     (317 )     (62 )                     (366 )
Profit/loss before tax from divested units
    (77 )     (12 )     (4 )     17               (13 )             (89 )
Special items
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    1,945       1,979       447       2,299       1,802       617       (649 )     8,440  
 
(1)   Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines and intercompany relations
See Note 49 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of our segment reporting.

53


Table of Contents

The business lines are analyzed on a total basis for Income, Expenses and Profit before tax, the geographical analyses are based on underlying figures.
INSURANCE EUROPE
                         
            Insurance Europe    
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Premium income
    10,616       10,552       10,702  
Commission income
    477       348       303  
Investment and Other income
    5,169       5,270       5,028  
 
                       
Total income
    16,262       16,170       16,033  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    11,595       11,458       11,644  
Other interest expenses
    591       544       481  
Operating expenses
    1,774       1,805       1,869  
Other impairments
    1       1       7  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    13,962       13,808       14,001  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    2,300       2,362       2,032  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (418 )     (34 )     (10 )
Profit before tax from divested units
    (42 )     (79 )     (77 )
 
                       
Underlying profit before tax
    1,840       2,249       1,945  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Income
Total premium income increased by 0.6%, or EUR 64 million to EUR 10,616 million in 2007 from EUR 10,552 million in 2006, as continued strong life premium growth in Central and Rest of Europe was largely offset by lower life premiums in the Netherlands and Belgium, including the impact of the divestment of the Belgian broker and employee benefits business in September 2007. Life production slowed down in the second half of 2007 due to faltering stock markets and less intensive marketing for investment products in Belgium. Unit-linked volumes in the Netherlands were impacted by negative media attention concerning cost loads. Non-life premium income declined by 6.8%, or EUR 135 million to EUR 1,839 million from EUR 1,974 million in 2006, due to lower premiums in all regions after rate reductions in the Benelux as well as the disposition of bond insurer Nationale Borg in the Netherlands and the broker and employee benefits business in Belgium.
Commission income advanced by 37.1%, or EUR 129 million to EUR 477 million in 2007 from EUR 348 million in 2006 fuelled by higher management fees in all regions. Investment and Other income declined by 1.9%, or EUR 101 million from EUR 5,270 million in 2006 to EUR 5,169 million in 2007, driven by lower capital gains and fair value changes on real estate and private equity investments. In the Netherlands direct investment income decreased EUR 136 million, after the deconsolidation of a real estate mutual fund at year-end 2006 and the distribution of EUR 5.0 billion in extraordinary dividends to the Corporate Line Insurance during 2007. Direct investment income in Belgium included the EUR 418 million gain on the divestment of the broker and employee benefits business.
Expenses
Operating expenses declined by 1.7%, or EUR 31 million to EUR 1,774 million in 2007 from EUR 1,805 million in 2006, with the decline concentrated in the Benelux. In the Netherlands, expenses decreased 1.5%, or EUR 21 million to EUR 1,350 million in 2007 from EUR 1,371 million in 2006, as regular cost increases related to inflation and merit salary increases were offset by staff reductions following the completion and implementation of a new insurance administration platform at Nationale-Nederlanden and EUR 33 million software impairments in 2006. The 2007 release of provisions for employee benefits in the Netherlands almost matched similar releases in 2006. Operating expenses in Belgium declined from EUR 150 million in 2006 to EUR 96 million in 2007, following the disposition of the broker and employee benefits business. Expenses in Central and Rest of Europe were EUR 44 million higher at EUR 324 million, after EUR 30 million higher investments in greenfields (business in new country) in Romania and Russia and organic business growth across the region.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax in 2007 included a gain of EUR 418 million from the sale of Belgian broker and employee benefits business, whereas the 2006 pre-tax profit reflected a EUR 34 million gain on the unwinding of a cross-

54


Table of Contents

shareholding with Bank Piraeus in Greece. Notwithstanding those gains, total profit before tax of Insurance Europe declined by 2.6%, or EUR 62 million to EUR 2,300 million in 2007 from EUR 2,362 million in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Europe declined by 18.2%, or EUR 409 million from EUR 2,249 million in 2006 to EUR 1,840 million in 2007, driven by lower insurance results in the Netherlands following lower capital gains and fair value changes on real estate and private equity investments and significant disability provision releases in 2006. Central Europe continued to show strong growth of life underwriting results, partly compensated by EUR 26 million higher greenfield strain in Romania and Russia. Underlying profit from life insurance declined by 15.7%, or EUR 263 million to EUR 1,412 million in 2007 from EUR 1,675 million in 2006, mostly resulting from a EUR 327 million decrease in life results from the Netherlands partly offset by a EUR 51 million increase in Central and Rest Europe, primarily in Hungary and Poland as well as the Czech and Slovakia republics. Underlying profit from non-life insurance declined by 25.4%, or EUR 146 million from EUR 574 million in 2006 to EUR 428 million in 2007, including 2006 releases of actuarial provisions caused by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in the Netherlands.
Insurance Europe - 2007 Underlying Profit before Tax by
Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Belgium includes underlying profit before tax from Luxembourg.
 
(2)   Central Europe includes Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Greece and Russia.
 
(3)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2007 was as follows: Netherlands EUR 1,445 million (life EUR 1,030 million and non-life EUR 415 million), Belgium EUR 62 million (life EUR 59 million and non-life EUR 3 million), Central and Rest of Europe EUR 333 million (life EUR 323 million and non-life EUR 10 million).
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax decreased by 24.4%, or EUR 466 million to EUR 1,445 million in 2007 from EUR 1,911 million in 2006, as lower investment income and actuarial provision releases more than offset the slight decline in operating expenses. Results included EUR 217 million lower gains and revaluations from real estate investment declining from EUR 443 million in 2006 to EUR 226 million in 2007 and EUR 42 million lower gains and revaluations from private equity investments from EUR 166 million in 2006 to EUR 124 million in 2007, as well as a EUR 98 million release of disability provisions triggered by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006. In 2007, the increase in the shortfall in investment guarantees on certain group pension contracts deteriorated EUR 74 million compared to 2006.
Underlying profit before tax from the life insurance businesses declined by 24.1%, or EUR 327 million from EUR 1,357 million in 2006 to EUR 1,030 million in 2007 driven by lower investment income, especially lower gains and revaluations on real estate and private equity investments. Life premium income declined by 4.2%, or EUR 374 million from EUR 5,230 million in 2006 to EUR 5,008 million in 2007, mainly due to lower single-premium sales due to enhanced pricing discipline to improve profitability and negative media attention around unit-linked products.
Underlying profit before tax from the non-life insurance businesses decreased by 25.1%, or EUR 139 million from EUR 554 million in 2006 to EUR 415 million in 2007, driven by EUR 98 million disability provision releases in 2006 as well as lower results from real estate and private equity investments. Non-life premiums declined by 1.2% to EUR 1,587 million, a decrease of EUR 19 million compared to EUR 1,606 million in 2006 largely attributable to the disposition of guarantee insurer Nationale Borg in the second quarter of 2006. Increased distribution through the proprietary bank channel more than compensated for the impact of rate pressure in automobile and group income insurance.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax from insurance rose by 8.8%, or EUR 3 million from EUR 57 million in 2006 to EUR 62 million in 2007, due to higher results from life insurance. Underlying profit from life insurance, including Luxembourg, rose by EUR 12 million, or 25.5% to EUR 59 million in 2007 from EUR 47 million in

55


Table of Contents

2006, driven by higher sales and investment income. Underlying profit before tax from non-life insurance, declined sharply to EUR 3 million in 2007 from EUR 10 million in 2006, partly caused by a strengthening of the claims provisions for disability based on recent claims experience. Following the divestment of the broker and employee benefits business in 2007, the insurance activities in Belgium are focused exclusively on the sale of insurance products through ING’s proprietary bank channels (ING Bank and Record Bank). Life premium income increased by 15.0%, to EUR 1,160 million in 2007 from EUR 1,009 million in 2006, due to strong sales of investment products with a capital guarantee and high profit participation potential. Non-life premiums were up 12.5%, mainly due to the compulsory natural disaster cover introduced in 2007.
Central and Rest of Europe
In Central and Rest of Europe, underlying profit before tax increased by 17.7%, or EUR 50 million to EUR 332 million in 2007 from EUR 282 million in 2006, driven by a 18.8% increase in life results to EUR 323 million. The new life operation in Russia and second-pillar pension fund in Romania caused a EUR 26 million higher greenfield strain on underlying pre-tax profit. The Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland and Slovakia all showed strong growth in life and pensions, driven by higher premiums and pension fund inflows. Life premium income rose by 25.6%, or EUR 488 million from EUR 1,906 million in 2006 to EUR 2,394 million in 2007, propelled by high sales of unit-linked products in Greece and the Czech Republic, group life in Spain as well as the launch of the variable annuities in Hungary and Spain.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total premium income declined by 1.4%, or EUR 150 million to EUR 10,552 million in 2006 from EUR 10,702 million in 2005, through a decrease of 1.4% in Life premium and 1.6 % in Non-life premium. Life premium declined especially in the Netherlands decrease of 4.1%) and was partially offset by Central and Rest of Europe which showed an increase of 18.0%. Non-life premium income declined also in the Netherlands (decrease of 2.1%) but Belgium and Rest of Europe showed premium growth of 0.6% and 2.2% respectively
Commission income increased by 14.9%, or EUR 45 million to EUR 348 million in 2006 from EUR 303 million in 2005, mainly due to increased assets under management in Central and Rest of Europe. Commission income in the Netherlands remained stable at EUR 113 million compared to EUR 105 million in 2005. Investment and Other income increased by 4.8%, or EUR 242 million from EUR 5,028 million in 2005 to EUR 5,270 million in 2006, attributable to the life operations in the Netherlands, which increased by EUR 153 million, due to higher dividend income, increased capital gains on equities, revaluations of real estate and private equity and Belgium which increased by EUR 44 million as well as higher gains on divestments (Piraeus in 2006 against Freeler in 2005).
Expenses
Operating expenses declined by 3.4%, or EUR 64 million to EUR 1,805 million in 2006 from EUR 1,869 million in 2005 primarily due to a decrease of 6.7% or EUR 99 million in the Netherlands mainly due to a decrease in the work force resulting from reorganizations, especially at Nationale-Nederlanden and higher releases from employee benefit provisions. Operating expenses in Belgium increased by 4.2% or EUR 6 million (due to a release of a legal claim provision in 2005) and in Central and Rest of Europe by 11.4% or EUR 29 million due to growth of business and the developing of greenfields (business in new countries). Expenses as a percentage of assets under management improved from 0.93% to 0.76% and expenses as a percentage of life premiums improved from 23.38% to 22.50%.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax included a gain of EUR 34 million from the unwinding of Piraeus (Greece) in 2006, and a gain of EUR 10 million from the sale of the internet provider Freeler in 2005.As a result of those gains and the special item operating result Belgian broker and employee benefits business, total profit before tax rose 16.2%, or EUR 330 million to EUR 2,362 million in 2006 from EUR 2,032 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Europe rose by 15.6%, or EUR 304 million from EUR 1,945 million in 2005 to EUR 2,249 million in 2006, mainly driven by strong underwriting results at the non-life businesses in the Netherlands, which increased by 49.7% or EUR 184 million, primarily due to an increase in underwriting results for especially loss of income / accident and motor risks. In addition life insurance in the Netherlands increased by 11.2%, or EUR 137 million, due primarily to favorable investment results and lower expenses.

56


Table of Contents

Insurance Europe - 2006 Underlying Profit before Tax by
Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Belgium includes underlying profit before tax from Luxembourg.
 
(2)   Central and Rest of Europe includes Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Greece and Russia.
 
(3)   Underlying profit before tax by segment in 2006 was as follows: Netherlands: life EUR 1,357 million and non-life EUR 554 million, Belgium: life EUR 47 million and non-life EUR 10 million, Central Europe and Spain: life EUR 272 million and non-life EUR 9 million.
 
(4)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2005 was as follows: Netherlands EUR 1,589 million (life EUR 1,220 million and non-life EUR 370 million), Belgium EUR 98 million), Central and Rest of Europe and Spain EUR 258 million (life EUR 217 million and non-life EUR 41 million).
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax increased by 20.2%, or EUR 321 million to EUR 1,911 million in 2006 from EUR 1,590 million in 2005 due to higher investment and other income and lower expenses. Underlying profit before tax from the life insurance businesses rose by 11.2%, or EUR 137 million from EUR 1,220 million in 2005 to EUR 1,357 million in 2006 driven by higher investment income largely due to higher dividends received, gains on equity, gains and revaluations on real estate investments and private equity, and were partly offset by lower reduction in Nationale-Nederlanden’s guaranteed separate account contracts (contracts with a guaranteed yield for the customer regardless of the realized yield on the investments). In addition expense and actuarial provision releases were higher in 2006. Life premium income declined by 4.1%, or EUR 221 million from EUR 5,451 million in 2005 to EUR 5,230 million in 2006, mainly due to fewer acquired group life contracts and lower addition (through premium income) to buffer regarding certain group life contracts (positive product experience). Underlying profit before tax from the non-life insurance businesses increased by 49.7%, or EUR 184 million from EUR 370 million in 2005 to EUR 554 million in 2006, driven by better claims ratios following higher one-off claims provision releases on previous underwriting years. Non-life premiums declined by 2.1% to EUR 1,606 million, a decrease of EUR 35 million compared to EUR 1,641 million in 2005 which was attributable to all branches, but primarily to loss of income/accident insurance due to the new long-term disability act and fierce competition in short-term disability insurance.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax from insurance declined by 41.8%, or EUR 41 million from EUR 98 million in 2005 to EUR 57 million in 2006, mainly due to the new commission agreement with ING Bank Belgium. Life premium income decreased by 11.5%, to EUR 1,442 million in 2006 from EUR 1,630 million in 2005, due to lower sales of single premium investments products through the bank channel.
Central and Rest of Europe
In Central and Rest of Europe, underlying profit increased by 8.5%, or EUR 22 million to EUR 280 million in 2006 from EUR 258 million in 2005, driven by a 7.5% or EUR 19 million increase in life results due to higher assets under management and increased sales in Greece, Poland and the Czech Republic, partly offset by start-up costs for greenfields in Russia and Bulgaria and expenses for a project to determine the required economic capital. Life premium income rose by 18.0%, or EUR 289 million from EUR 1,617 million in 2005 to EUR 1,906 million in 2006 within all countries, primarily in Spain and Hungary.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 830 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,362 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR (797) million in 2006 compared to EUR 686 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR 91 million in 2006 compared to EUR (112) million in 2005 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR 155 million in 2006 compared to EUR 73 million in 2005 related to differences in the deferred acquisition costs and provision for insurance liabilities and EUR (256) million in 2006 compared to EUR (290) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences in real estate and the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to a change in the scope of consolidation of property investment funds; EUR 0 million in 2006 compared to EUR 147 million in 2005 related to the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on

57


Table of Contents

adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please see Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.
INSURANCE AMERICAS
                         
    Insurance Americas
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Premium income
    23,537       24,118       22,744  
Commission
    1,036       984       785  
Investment and Other income
    5,108       4,677       4,505  
 
                       
Total income
    29,681       29,779       28,034  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    24,682       24,981       23,597  
Other interest expenses
    328       316       98  
Operating expenses
    2,519       2,490       2,397  
Other impairments
    0       0       1  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    27,529       27,787       26,093  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    2,152       1,992       1,941  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (93 )             50  
Profit before tax from divested units
                    (12 )
 
                       
Underlying profit before tax
    2,059       1,992       1,979  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Income
Premium income decreased by 2.4%, or EUR 581 million, from EUR 24,118 million in 2006 to EUR 23,537 million in 2007. Excluding unfavorable currency effects of EUR 1,905 million, premium income rose by 6.0%, due to an increase in Life premium of 6.6%, primarily attributable to the US (increase of 6.7%) driven by variable annuities and retirement services, partly offset by lower fixed annuities; Latin America (increase of 3.8%) driven by annuities in Chile and Argentina and group life premiums in Mexico, and an increase in Non-life premium of 3.0%, attributable to Canada (increase of 2.7%) due to an increase in the number of insured risks and Latin America (increase of 3.4%) through higher premiums from health business.
Commission income increased by 5.3%, or EUR 52 million to EUR 1,036 million in 2007 from EUR 984 million in 2006, primarily as a result of higher assets under management, which were due to sales, persistency and positive fund performance. Investment and Other income increased 9.2% or EUR 431 million from EUR 4,677 million in 2006 to EUR 5,108 million in 2007, mainly due to net investment gains, including the gain on the initial public offering of shares by the Brazilian composite insurer SulAmérica, in which ING is a major shareholder as well as the disposition of a minority equity investment in the US, and higher private equity gains, partly offset by credit related losses and impairments.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 1.2%, or EUR 29 million from EUR 2,490 million in 2006 to EUR 2,519 million in 2007. Excluding unfavorable currency impact of EUR 183 million,, operating expenses increased 9.2%, due to the acquisitions of the annuity and pension business from Santander in Latin America, marketing and organic business growth, mainly in the US. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products deteriorated from 0.72% to 0.74%, while expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products deteriorated from 14.3% in 2006 to 14.7% in 2007.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax in 2007 included a gain of EUR 93 million, which resulted from the dilution of ING’s share in Brazil’s SulAmérica, following an initial public offering.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Americas increased by 3.4%, or EUR 67 million from EUR 1,992 million in 2006 to EUR 2,059 million in 2007. Underlying profit before tax in the US grew by 12.7%, or EUR 153 million from EUR 1,203 million in 2006 to EUR 1,356 million in 2007, due to net investment gains and commission income, partially offset by increased operating expenses . The Canadian business had a 22.3%, or EUR 135 million decrease in underlying profit before tax from EUR 605 million in 2006 to EUR 470 million in 2007, due to less favorable developments in current and prior-year reserves and impairments and investment losses. In Latin America underlying profit before tax increased 27.3%, or EUR 50 million to EUR 233 million in

58


Table of Contents

2007 from EUR 183 million in 2006, due to life operations increase, partly offset by non-life operations. Life operations rose 84.6% or EUR 99 with higher results across the region, including investment gains in Mexico. Non-life operations decreased 74.2% or EUR 49 million, due to higher fire and weather-related claims and provision strengthening in automobile insurance in Mexico, partly offset by the results from the health business in Brazil.
Insurance Americas - 2007 Underlying Profit
before Tax by Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Latin America includes Argentina, Chile, Peru, Brazil and Colombia
 
(2)   United States is only life insurance; Canada and Latin America are mainly non-life insurance.
United States
Underlying premium income decreased 2.4%, or EUR 453 million to EUR 18,677 million in 2007 from EUR 19,130 million in 2006. The decrease is attributable to the depreciation of the US dollar against the EUR. Excluding this impact, premium income increased 6.7%, mainly due to higher sales of variable annuity and retirement services, but was partially offset by lower premiums from fixed annuities. Operating expenses were almost flat as they increased only by 0.9%, or EUR 14 million. Excluding unfavorable currency impact of EUR 127 million, operating expenses increased 10.4%, due to marketing, continued business growth and personnel-related expenses. Underlying profit before tax rose by 12%.7%, or EUR 153 million from EUR 1,203 million in 2006 to EUR 1,356 million in 2007. Net investment gains, including the EUR 21 million gain on the disposition of a minority equity investment, contributed EUR 83 million to the underlying profit growth in the US. Excluding investment gains, underlying profit before tax increased 5.5% to EUR 1,316, due to higher fee income from higher assets under management, higher result from private equity investments and positive impact from equity related deferred acquisition costs and reserves unlocking.
Canada
Underlying premium income of EUR 2,788 million EUR in 2007 was almost flat compared with 2006. Excluding the impact of the depreciation of Canadian dollar against the EUR, premium income increased 2.7% primarily attributable to the increase in the number of insured risks. Operating expenses of EUR 553 million in 2007 was almost flat compared with 2006. Excluding unfavorable currency impact of EUR 18 million, operating expenses rose by 4.3%. Underlying profit before tax decreased 22.3%, or EUR 135 million from EUR 605 million in 2006 to EUR 470 million in 2007, due to lower underwriting results and investment losses. Underwriting results decreased in 2007 after a deterioration of the automobile insurance results and higher property insurance losses. The claims ratio deteriorated to 65.7% in 2007 from 59.2% in 2006, but the expense ratio improved to 28.5% from 29.9%. The combined ratio deteriorated to 94.2% in 2007 from 89.1% in 2006.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Premium income rose by 6.0%, or EUR 1,374 million, from EUR 22,744 million in 2005 to EUR 24,118 million in 2006. Excluding currency effects premium income rose by 5.8%, due to an increase in Life premium of 6.9% primarily attributable to the US (increase of 6.5%) driven by fixed and variable annuities and retirement services; Latin America (increase of 17.7% following strong production in group life contracts in Mexico and Chile) and in Non-life premium of 2.3%, primarily attributable to Canada (increase of 2.2%) due to an increase in the number of insured risks and Latin America (increase of 2.5%) through higher motor and health sales in Mexico and higher health premium in Chile.
Commission income increased by 25.4%, or EUR 199 million to EUR 984 million in 2006 from EUR 785 million in 2005, primarily as a result of higher assets under management, which were due to sales, persistency and higher fund performance. Investment and Other income increased 3.8% or EUR 172 million from EUR 4,505

59


Table of Contents

million in 2005 to EUR 4,677 million in 2006, mainly due to higher fixed margins and favorable DAC unlocking partly offset by investment related losses resulting from the rising interest rate environment and lower private equity gains.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 3.9%, or EUR 93 million from EUR 2,397 million in 2005 to EUR 2,490 million in 2006, due to normal business growth and increased sales agents in the competitive pension market in Mexico. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 0.75% to 0.72%, while expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products deteriorated from 13.76% in 2005 to 14.33% in 2006.
Profit before tax
Divestments resulted in a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 (mainly due to the disposal of Life of Georgia) and divested units generated a profit before tax of EUR 12 million in 2005. Including these items, total profit before tax increased 2.6%, or EUR 51 million from EUR 1,941 million in 2005 to EUR 1,992 million in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Americas increased by 0.7%, or EUR 13 million from EUR 1,979 million in 2005 to EUR 1,992 million in 2006. Underlying profit before tax in the U.S. grew by 5.0%, or EUR 57 million from EUR 1,147 million in 2005 to EUR 1,204 million in 2006, despite investment related losses resulting from the rising interest rate environment. The Canadian business had a 10.0%, or EUR 67 million decrease in underlying profit before tax from EUR 671 million in 2005 to EUR 604 million in 2006, due to less favorable developments in prior-year reserves and lower investment-related gains. In Latin America underlying profit before tax increased 14.3%, or EUR 23 million to EUR 184 million in 2006 from EUR 161 million in 2005, mainly due to life operations which rose 16.8% or EUR 17 million as higher results in Chile were partly offset by lower results in Mexico as the pension market continued to be highly challenged by competitive market conditions.
Insurance Americas - 2006 Underlying Profit
before Tax by Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Latin America includes Argentina, Chile and Peru.
 
(2)   United States is only life insurance; Canada and Latin America are mainly non-life insurance.
United States
Premium income increased 5.8%, or EUR 1,043 million to EUR 19,130 million in 2006 from EUR 18,087 million in 2005 mainly due to higher fixed and variable annuity sales and higher sales in retirement services but was partially offset by lower premium income from individual life products. Operating expenses were almost flat as they increased only by 1.1%, or EUR 16 million, despite the sales and the portfolio growth. Underlying profit before tax rose by 5.0%, or EUR 57 million from EUR 1,147 million in 2005 to EUR 1,204 million in 2006, despite investment-related losses. Excluding these losses, underlying profit before tax increased 12.6% to EUR 1,252 million due to higher fee income from growth in assets under management, higher interest margins and favorable equity-related deferred acquisition cost unlocking in 2006.
Canada
Premium income rose by 8.5%, or EUR 221 million, from EUR 2,585 million in 2005 to EUR 2,806 million in 2006, primarily attributable to currency impacts as well as to an increase in the number of insured. Operating expenses rose by 14.2% or EUR 68 million, mainly due to currency impact, expenses of brokerage acquired, higher pension costs, higher premium taxes and increased salary and benefits expenses. Underlying profit before tax decreased 10.0%, or EUR 67 million from EUR 671 million in 2005 to EUR 604 million in 2006; excluding currency impact the decrease is 15.5%, due to less favorable developments in prior-year reserves and lower investment-related gains. The claims ratio deteriorated to 59.2% in 2006 from 56.3% in 2005, but the

60


Table of Contents

expense ratio improved to 29.9% from 30.5%. The combined ratio deteriorated to 89.1% in 2006 from 86.8% in 2005.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 34 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,992 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR (19) million in 2006 for the depreciation of goodwill related to management rights compared to EUR (326) million in 2005 for the write-off of goodwill related to Sul America, the reversal of goodwill on disposals and the depreciation of goodwill related to management rights; EUR (28) million in 2006 compared to EUR (17) million in 2005 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR (3) million in 2006 compared to EUR 203 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR 150 million in 2006 related to deferred acquisition costs and provision for life policy liabilities, compared to EUR (82) million in 2005; and, EUR (30) million in 2006 compared to EUR (89) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please see Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
                         
    Insurance Asia/Pacific
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Premium income
    12,632       12,136       12,286  
Commission
    382       298       254  
Investment and Other income
    1,369       944       651  
 
                       
Total income
    14,383       13,378       13,191  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    12,517       11,745       11,838  
Other interest expenses
    175       22       8  
Operating expenses
    1,115       965       867  
Other impairments
    0       10       0  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    13,807       12,742       12,713  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    576       636       478  
Gains/losses on divestments
            (15 )     (27 )
Profit before tax from divested units
                    (4 )
 
                       
Underlying profit before tax
    576       621       447  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Income
Premium income increased by 4.1%, or EUR 496 million to EUR 12,632 million in 2007 from EUR 12,136 million in 2006, due primarily to sales of unit-linked products and high persistency in South Korea, new sales in life risk and personal investment products, along with favorable in-force business in Australia and sales of investment-linked products in Taiwan, in part offset by lower premiums in Japan caused by regulatory changes and economic volatility. Double-digit growth rates in premium income were recorded in local currency terms in most of Asia/Pacific’s other markets.
Commission income increased by 28.2%, or EUR 84 million to EUR 382 million in 2007 from EUR 298 million in 2006, due to higher funds under management arising from strong investment markets and higher net inflows in Australia and New Zealand as well as the full year consolidation of asset management business in Taiwan, which was acquired in the fourth quarter of 2006.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 15.5%, or EUR 150 million to EUR 1,115 million in 2007 from EUR 965 million in 2006, reflecting the increase of business volumes and the focus in building organizational capabilities and investing in greenfield operations. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 0.83% in 2006 to 0.81% in 2007, but expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products deteriorated from 8.2% in 2006 to 9.4% in 2007.

61


Table of Contents

Profit before tax
Following the sale of Australia’s non-life business in 2004, provisions were made for claims experience of several lines of business. As claims experience was favorable, the hold-back provision was released in 2006 resulting in a profit before tax of EUR 15 million. Including the profit from the divested unit, profit before tax decreased by 9.4%, or 60 million to EUR 576 million in 2007 from EUR 636 million in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax decreased by 7.2%, or EUR 45 million to EUR 576 million in 2007 from EUR 621 million in 2006. This decrease was primarily due to Japan, which recorded a profit before tax of EUR 24 million in 2007 from EUR 156 million in 2006 largely due to the impact of market volatility on its Single Premium Variable Annuity or SPVA business, and a EUR 24 million Collateralized Debt Obligation or CDO markdown in the Corporate-Owned Life Insurance or COLI business. Excluding Japan, the underlying profit was up 19%, driven by business in South Korea experiencing growth in investment-linked product sales and in-force premium as well as a one-off recognition of EUR 10 million from the consolidation of Best Equity Fund and business in Australia/New Zealand experiencing funds under management growth, investment earnings and release of provisions.
Insurance Asia/Pacific - 2007 Underlying Profit
before Tax by Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Rest of Asia includes China, India, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.
Australia and New Zealand
Underlying profit before tax increased 33.5%, or EUR 54 million to EUR 215 million in 2007 from EUR 161 million in 2006 driven by funds under management growth, investment earnings and release of provisions. Life premium income rose by 19.6%, or EUR 45 million to EUR 275 million in 2007 from EUR 230 million in 2006, driven by new sales in life risk and personal investment products, along with favorable in-force business. Operating expenses increased 14.4% due to higher volume-driven expenses such as investment management, direct campaign and stamp duty costs.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying profit before tax rose by 14.1%, or EUR 37 million to EUR 300 million in 2007 from EUR 263 million 2007, driven primarily by growth of investment-linked product sales and in-force premium as well as a one-off recognition of EUR 10 million from the consolidation of Best Equity Fund. Premium income rose by 11.9%, or EUR 383 million to EUR 3,607 million in 2007 from EUR 3,224 in 2006, driven primarily by sales of unit-linked products as well as continued high persistency on existing contracts. Operating expenses rose by 29.1%, or EUR 57 million, from EUR 196 million in 2006 to EUR 253 million in 2007 due to the support provided for the growing and future business.
Taiwan
As in 2006, ING recorded zero profit for Taiwan in 2007 due to measures taken to strengthen reserves . A total charge of EUR 110 million was taken in 2007 to strengthen reserves, compared with EUR 182 million in 2006. For the reserve adequacy position please see the discussion under “Risk Management – ING Insurance – ING Insurance – Liquidity Risk – Reserve Adequacy” of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Japan
In Japan, underlying profit before tax decreased by 84.6%, or EUR 132 million to EUR 24 million in 2007 from EUR 156 million in 2006 largely due to the impact of market volatility on its SPVA business, and a EUR 24 million CDO markdown in the COLI business. Sales momentum slowed down triggered by regulatory changes and economic volatility. Consequently, premium income declined by 5.0%. Operating expenses increased by 6.6%, mainly due to higher promotional and branding activities.

62


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Premium income decreased by 1.2%, or EUR 150 million to EUR 12,136 million in 2006 from EUR 12,286 million in 2005. Higher sales in South Korea, due to high persistency, in Taiwan, particularly due to higher unit-linked premiums and Australia, were more than offset by lower single-premium variable annuity (SPVA) sales in Japan following tougher competition and new product launches by key competitors. Double-digit growth rates in premium income were recorded in local currency terms in most of Asia/Pacific’s other markets.
Commission income increased by 17.3%, or EUR 44 million to EUR 298 million in 2006 from EUR 254 million in 2005. This was due to a joint venture in Australia resulting from the increasing value of assets under management attributable to the strength of investment markets and improved net flows and retention, Japan through the sale of mutual funds and SPVA products and investment management fees of ING Funds. Investment and Other income increased by 45.0% or EUR 293 million to EUR 944 million in 2006 from EUR 651 million in 2005, mainly due to Japan, especially from the SPVA business. South Korea, supported by growth in assets under management and Taiwan where higher direct investment income on bonds was only partly offset by lower fair value changes in bonds.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 11.3%, or EUR 98 million to EUR 965 million in 2006 from EUR 867 million in 2005, reflecting the increase of business volumes and the focus in building organizational capabilities and investing in greenfield operations. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 0.94% in 2005 to 0.83% in 2006 and expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 8.33% in 2005 to 8.24% in 2006.
Profit before tax
A divestment gain of EUR 27 million from the IPO of 90% of the shares in Austbrokers Holdings in Australia impacted profit before tax in 2005 due to a gain of EUR 27 million from the IPO of 90% of the shares in Austbrokers Holdings in Australia. Following the sale of Australia’s non-life business in 2004, provisions were made for claims experience of several lines of business. As claims experience was favorable, the hold-back provision was released in 2006 resulting in a profit before tax of EUR 15 million. Including those gains and profit from the divested unit, profit before tax increased by 33.1%, or 158 million to EUR 636 million in 2006 from EUR 478 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax increased by 38.9%, or EUR 174 million to EUR 621 million in 2006 from EUR 447 million in 2005, driven by a 44.5% increase in South Korea due primarily to strong sales, 110.8% increase in Japan due primarily to hedging gains and 105.0% increase in Rest of Asia driven by strong sales in Malaysia and Hong Kong. Underlying profit before tax in Australia showed a decrease of 5.8% because of lower investment earnings and one-off software write-off in 2006 of EUR 7 million. As in 2005 Taiwan recorded zero profit in 2006 due to further measures taken to strengthen reserves in what continues to be a low interest rate environment.
Insurance Asia/Pacific - 2006 Underlying Profit
before Tax by Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Rest of Asia includes China, India, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.
 
(2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2005 is as follows: Australia and New Zealand EUR 169 million, South Korea EUR 181 million, Taiwan EUR 0 million, Japan EUR 74 million and rest of Asia EUR 23 million
 
(3)   Asia/Pacific is mainly life insurance.

63


Table of Contents

Australia and New Zealand
Underlying profit before tax decreased 5.8%, or EUR 10 million to EUR 161 million in 2006 from EUR 171 million in 2005. Life premium income rose by 27.1%, or EUR 49 million to EUR 230 million in 2006 from EUR 181 million in 2005, driven by the success of the ‘OneCare’ product launched in the fourth quarter of 2005. Operating expenses were 4.0% lower, but excluding currency impact only 1.8% lower as in 2005 a provision of EUR 7 million was booked regarding doubtful debts.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying profit before tax rose by 44.5%, or EUR 81 million to EUR 263 million in 2006 from EUR 182 million 2005, driven by higher margins due to increased volume as well as strong sales. Premium income rose by 41.5%, or EUR 945 million to EUR 3,224 million in 2006 from EUR 2,279 in 2005, driven by sales of variable and universal life products as well as continued high persistency on existing contracts. Operating expenses rose by 44.1%, or EUR 60 million, from EUR 136 million in 2005 to EUR 196 million in 2006 due to the support provided for the growing and future business.
Taiwan
As in 2005, ING recorded zero profit for Taiwan in 2006 due to measures taken to strengthen reserves. A total charge of EUR 182 million was taken in 2006 to strengthen reserves, compared with EUR 220 million in 2005. For the reserve adequacy position see the discussion under “Risk Management – ING Insurance – ING Insurance – Liquidity Risk – Reserve Adequacy” of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Japan
In Japan, underlying profit before tax increased by 110.8%, or EUR 82 million to EUR 156 million in 2006 from EUR 74 million in 2005 largely due to hedging gains. Sales momentum slowed down after an exceptional 2005 year as domestic competition increased. Meanwhile assets under management continued strong growth with 36% in 2006. Growth in the COLI market slowed down. However sales were up in the more protection driven COLI products. Premium income declined by 22.1% due to lower sales of SPVA (Single Premium Variable Annuity). Operating expenses increased by 7.8%, mainly due to higher staff expenses and higher IT expenses.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 166 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 636 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to the premium deficiency loss recognized in relation to the Taiwan reserves under US GAAP of EUR (315) million in 2006 compared to EUR (386) million in 2005, offset by the reversal of certain reserve strengthening in the business line under IFRS-EU of EUR 238 million in 2006 compared to EUR 179 million in 2005 which is not allowed under US GAAP; EUR (76) million in 2006 for differences in debt securities valuation compared to EUR (106) million in 2005. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please see Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.

64


Table of Contents

WHOLESALE BANKING
                         
    Wholesale Banking
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Interest result
    2,492       2,742       2,928  
Commission income
    1,437       1,349       1,199  
Investment income
    779       343       819  
Other income
    1,152       1,384       1,011  
 
                       
Total income
    5,860       5,818       5,957  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    3,715       3,455       3,466  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    (115 )     (118 )     (108 )
 
                       
Total expenditure
    3,600       3,337       3,358  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    2,261       2,481       2,599  
Gains/losses on divestments
            89       (317 )
Profit before tax from divested units
            (45 )     17  
Special items
    139                  
 
                       
Underlying profit before tax
    2,399       2,525       2,299  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Income
Total income increased 0.7%, or EUR 42 million, to EUR 5,860 million in 2007 from EUR 5,818 million in 2006. Excluding the impact of the divestment of Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank in 2006, income rose 1.0% or EUR 56 million. The total interest result declined 9.1%, or EUR 250 million, to EUR 2,492 million in 2007 from EUR 2,742 million in 2006, due to divestments and pressure on margins. Commission, investment and other income rose by 9.5%, or EUR 292 million, to EUR 3,368 million in 2007 from EUR 3,076 million in 2006. Excluding divestments the increase was 8.5% or EUR 263 million, of which ING Real Estate contributed EUR 169 million, driven by growth in the investment management activities and by higher realized gains and fair value changes in the investment portfolio. The remaining increase of EUR 94 million mainly includes higher capital gains on equities partly offset by the direct impact of the market and credit turmoil in the second half of 2007.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by EUR 260 million, or 7.5%, to EUR 3,715 million in 2007 from EUR 3,455 million in 2006. Excluding the impact of divestments in 2006, and excluding EUR 139 million in special items in 2007, operating expenses rose by EUR 176 million or 5.2% to EUR 3,576 million. Of this increase 2.8%-point can be attributed to fast growing ING Real Estate. The EUR 139 million in special items related to provisions for initiatives started in 2007 to stimulate growth and reduce operating expenses, including EUR 45 million for the reduction of 300 full-time functions across Wholesale Banking, EUR 49 million to reinforce its Financial Markets business in selected developing markets and EUR 45 million to streamline the lending process in General Lending. The cost/income ratio deteriorated to 63.4% in 2007 compared with 59.4% in 2006. Excluding the impact of divestments and special items of EUR 139 million, the underling cost/income ratio deteriorated to 61.0% from 58.6% in 2006.
The addition to the provision for loan losses was a net release of EUR 115 million in 2007 compared with a net release of EUR 118 million in 2006. Gross additions remained low, reflecting the strong quality of the credit portfolio. The net release equalled 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2007, similar to 2006.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax decreased EUR 220 million, or 8.9%, to EUR 2,261 million in 2007 from EUR 2,481 million in 2006. Special items in 2007 (provisions for initiatives to stimulate growth and reduce operating expenses) had a negative impact of EUR 139 million. The divestment in 2006 of Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank resulted in a loss of EUR 89 million, while these divested units contributed EUR 45 million to profit before tax in 2006.

65


Table of Contents

Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Wholesale Banking declined 5.0%, or EUR 126 million, to EUR 2,399 million in 2007 from EUR 2,525 million in 2006. Higher underlying profits before tax were recorded in General Lending & Payments and Cash Management, Leasing & Factoring, ING Real Estate and the Other Wholesale Products. Underlying profit from Structured Finance decreased 20.6% to EUR 409 million, including a markdown of EUR 29 million on the Leveraged Finance book in the third quarter of 2007. Financial Market profit declined 30.5% to EUR 354 million. The sub-prime crisis and related issues had a negative pre-tax impact on Financial Market profit of EUR 106 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
Wholesale Banking - 2007 Underlying Profit
before Tax by product
(PIE CHART)
General Lending & PCM
In General Lending & Payments and Cash Management (PCM), underlying profit before tax rose 3.9%, or EUR 26 million, to EUR 696 million in 2007 from EUR 670 million in 2006, supported by a higher release from the provision for loan losses. Total income decreased by 5.0%, or EUR 85 million, to EUR 1,613 million in 2007 from EUR 1,698 million in 2006 and operating expenses decreased by 5.2%, or EUR 59 million, to EUR 1,076 million in 2007 from EUR 1,135 million in 2006. The decrease of both income and expenses is mainly due to the transfer of the SME business in Poland from Wholesale to Retail Banking and the reclassification of Trade Finance Services from General Lending to Structured Finance. The net release from the loan losses provisions increased to EUR 159 million in 2007 from a net release of EUR 107 million in 2006, supported by the recovery of a single provision of EUR 115 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
Structured Finance
In Structured Finance, underlying profit before tax declined 20.6%, or EUR 106 million, to EUR 409 million in 2007 from EUR 515 million in 2006. Income decreased 1.1%, or EUR 9 million, to EUR 775 million in 2007 from EUR 784 million in 2006, mainly caused by the disruption in the Leveraged Finance market, including a EUR 29 million markdown on Leveraged Finance deals in the third quarter of 2007. Operating expenses increased by 19.8%, or EUR 60 million, to EUR 363 million in 2007 from EUR 303 million in 2006. Half of the expense increase was caused by the reclassification of Trade Finance Services from General Lending to Structured Finance, while the other half relate to higher personnel and deal-related costs to support growth initiatives. The addition to the loan loss provisions changed from a net release of EUR 34 million in 2006 to a net addition of EUR 2 million in 2007.
Leasing & Factoring
In Leasing & Factoring, underlying profit before tax slightly increased to EUR 220 million from EUR 214 million in 2006. Total income rose by 5.0%, or EUR 26 million, to EUR 542 million in 2007 from EUR 516 million in 2006, driven by volume growth in general leasing, car leasing and factoring, partly offset by lower margins. Operating expenses increased by 7.7%, or EUR 21 million, to EUR 295 million from EUR 274 million in 2006, mainly due to investments to grow the business. The addition to the loan loss provisions was 15 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets in 2007, down from 18 basis points in 2006.
Financial Markets
Underlying profit before tax from Financial Markets decreased 30.5%, or EUR 155 million, to EUR 354 million from EUR 509 million in 2006, mainly due to the EUR 106 million in losses related to subprime (residential mortgage-backed securities) and monoline insurers in the proprietary trading and credit markets business in the fourth quarter of 2007. Total income decreased 11.2%, or EUR 136 million, to EUR 1,073 million in 2007 from EUR 1,209 million in 2006, mainly in the proprietary trading and credit markets business, partly offset by higher income from the client-related business within Financial Markets. Operating expenses increased 2.1%, or EUR 15 million, to EUR 715 million in 2007 from EUR 700 million in 2006. The addition to the loan loss

66


Table of Contents

provisions in 2007 was only EUR 4 million or 2 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets compared with nil in 2006.
Other Wholesale products
Underlying profit before tax from the Other Wholesale products turned to a profit of EUR 57 million in 2007 from a loss of EUR 14 million in 2006, supported by higher results from Corporate Finance & Equity Markets as well as higher capital gains not allocated to the product groups, including the gain on the sale of stakes in the stock and derivatives exchanges in Sao Paulo.
ING Real Estate
Underlying profit before tax of ING Real Estate increased 5.2%, or EUR 33 million, to EUR 664 million in 2007 from EUR 631 million in 2006. Total income rose 11.7%, or EUR 129 million, to EUR 1,235 million in 2007 from EUR 1,106 in 2006, while operating expenses increased by 19.7%, or EUR 94 million, to EUR 570 million from EUR 476 million in 2006. Profit before tax of the Investment Management activities increased 13.9% to EUR 156 million supported by continued growth of the assets under management. The profit of the Investment Portfolio rose 31.2% to EUR 261 million reflecting higher realized gains and fair value changes on investments. Profit at the Finance activities increased 16.9% to EUR 214 million, driven by strong growth in the lending portfolio. Profit from Development declined to EUR 33 million from EUR 112 million in 2006 when profits included exceptionally high gains on the sale of completed projects.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total income decreased 2.3%, or EUR 139 million, to EUR 5,818 million in 2006 from EUR 5,957 million in 2005. The decrease was mainly attributable to EUR 89 million realized losses on divestments in 2006, Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank, compared with EUR 317 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005, NMB Heller and Baring Asset Management. Excluding the impact of divestments income rose 7.4% or EUR 398 million. Interest income declined 6.4%, or EUR 186 million, to EUR 2,742 million in 2006 from EUR 2,928 million in 2005, due to divestments and pressure on margins. Commissions and other income rose by 1.6%, or EUR 47 million, to EUR 3,076 million in 2006 from EUR 3,029 million in 2005. Excluding divestments the increase was 20.3% or EUR 524 million, of which ING Real Estate contributed EUR 325 million or 47.9%, driven by growth in the investment management activities following the strong demand for property funds among institutional investors and a sharp improvement in results from the development activities.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased slightly by EUR 11 million, to EUR 3,455 million in 2006 from EUR 3,466 million in 2005. Excluding the impact of divestments, in 2006 of Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank, operating expenses rose by EUR 166 million or 5.1%, next to EUR 15 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions (EUR 21 million in 2006 compared with EUR 36 million in 2005) due to EUR 79 million in compliance-related costs and the growth of ING Real Estate. The cost/income ratio almost remained steady 64.0% at the end of 2006 compared with 63.9% in 2005. Excluding the impact of divestments, the cost/income ratio improved to 58.6% from 59.8% in 2005.
The addition to the provision for loan losses was a net release of EUR 118 million in 2006 compared with a net release of EUR 108 million in 2005, due to the continued benign credit environment and the limited inflow of large new problem loans. Belgium was the only region which recorded an addition to loan loss provisions in 2006 of EUR 16 million, which was more than offset by releases in other regions. The net release equaled 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006, similar to 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2006 (Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank) resulted in losses of EUR 89 million, while gains on divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 317 million to profit before tax due to the sale of Baring Asset Management, as well as the gain on the NMB Heller transaction and Wholesale Banking’s part on the sale of ING Bank Slaski shares. Divested units contributed EUR 45 million to profit before tax in 2006, compared with a loss of EUR 17 million in 2005. Profit before tax decreased by 4.5%, or EUR 118 million, to EUR 2,481 million in 2006 from EUR 2,599 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Wholesale Banking rose by 9.8%, or EUR 226 million, to EUR 2,525 million in 2006 from EUR 2,299 million in 2005, driven by higher profits from General Lending & Payments and Cash Management, Leasing & Factoring and at ING Real Estate. Structured Finance continued to perform strong. Underlying profit before tax from Financial Markets declined to EUR 509 million from a very strong EUR 665

67


Table of Contents

million in 2005. Despite the decline in profit, Financial Markets remains a big generator of profit within the Wholesale Banking line of business.
Wholesale Banking - 2006 Underlying Profit
before Tax by product
(PIE CHART)
Note: Other Wholesale products EUR (14) million is excluded from the above table
General Lending & PCM
In General Lending & Payments and Cash Management (PCM), underlying profit before tax rose by 21.8%, or EUR 120 million, to EUR 670 million in 2006 from EUR 550 million in 2005, due to higher income and a decline in operating expenses. Total income increased by 2.2%, or EUR 37 million, to EUR 1,698 million in 2006 from EUR 1,661 million in 2005. Operating expenses decreased by 7.6%, or EUR 94 million, to EUR 1,135 million in 2006 from EUR 1,229 million in 2005. The decrease in expenses is partly caused by significant non-recurring costs in Germany in the first half of 2005. The net release from the loan losses provisions in 2006 was EUR 107 million, a decline of EUR 11 million compared with a net release of EUR 118 million in 2005.
Structured Finance
In Structured Finance, underlying profit before tax declined 3.4%, or EUR 18 million, to EUR 515 million in 2006 from EUR 533 million in 2005. Income increased 5.4%, or EUR 40 million, to EUR 784 million in 2006 from EUR 744 million in 2005. Operating expenses increased by 20.7%, or EUR 52 million, to EUR 303 million in 2006 from EUR 251 million in 2005, due to higher bonuses, investments for further growth and an increase in the number of employees. The net release from the provision for loan losses declined to EUR 34 million in 2006 from a net release of EUR 40 million in 2005.
Leasing & Factoring
Underlying profit before tax from Leasing & Factoring rose by 25.9%, or EUR 44 million, to EUR 214 million from EUR 170 million in 2005, driven by higher income and lower risk costs. Total income rose by 6.6%, or EUR 32 million, to EUR 516 million in 2006 from EUR 484 million in 2005, supported by the acquisition in 2006 of Autoplan in France and Appleyard in the UK. Operating expenses increased by 0.4% to EUR 274 million from EUR 273 million in 2005, as the impact of the acquisitions was largely offset by one-off items in 2005. The addition to the provision for loan losses was 18 basis points of average credit-risk weighted assets in 2006, down from 28 basis points in 2005.
Financial Markets
Underlying profit before tax from Financial Markets declined 23.5%, or EUR 156 million, to EUR 509 million from EUR 665 million in 2005. Total income decreased 6.4%, or EUR 82 million, to EUR 1,209 million in 2006 from EUR 1,291 million in 2005, as higher income from the client-related business was more than offset by a sharp drop in ALCO and Strategic Trading income. Operating expenses increased 11.8%, or EUR 74 million, to EUR 700 million from EUR 626 million in 2005, due to higher IT and project costs, an increase in staff numbers and higher bonuses due to the strong performance of the client-related business and market pressure. The addition to the loan loss provisions in both years was nil.
Other Wholesale products
Underlying profit before tax from the Other Wholesale products declined from a profit of EUR 32 million in 2005 to a loss of EUR 14 million in 2006, driven by EUR 79 million in compliance-related costs in 2006.
ING Real Estate
Underlying profit before tax of ING Real Estate increased by 80.8%, or EUR 282 million to EUR 631 million in 2006 from EUR 349 million in 2005, due to a very strong rise in income. Total income rose by 40.2%, or EUR 317 million, to EUR 1,106 million in 2006 from EUR 789 million in 2005, while operating expenses increased by 6.0%, or EUR 27 million, to EUR 476 million from EUR 449 million in 2005. Underlying profit before tax of the development activities improved from a loss of EUR 124 million in 2005, primarily related to impairments on

68


Table of Contents

development projects in Poland and the Czech Republic of EUR 78 million, to a profit of EUR 112 million in 2006, supported by high results on the sale of finished projects. Underlying profit before tax of the investment management activities increased by 57.5%, or EUR 50 million, due to strong growth of assets under management following the strong demand for property funds and the purchase of portfolios in 2005, including the Gables Residential Trust in the U.S. and the Abbey National portfolio in the U.K.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 291 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,481 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR (125) million in 2006 compared to EUR (15) million in 2005 for differences in investment property valuation; EUR 11 million in 2006 compared to EUR (115) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation; EUR (73) million in 2006 compared to EUR (3) million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (30) million in 2006 compared to EUR 57 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU fair value option; EUR (24) million in 2006 compared to EUR (6) million in 2005 for differences in expenses on employee benefits; and, EUR (30) million in 2006 compared to EUR (45) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please see Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.
RETAIL BANKING
                         
    Retail Banking
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Interest result
    4,610       4,531       4,439  
Commission income
    1,389       1,250       1,141  
Investment income
    123       128       93  
Other income
    302       177       208  
 
                       
Total income
    6,424       6,086       5,881  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    4,469       3,990       3,906  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    172       161       111  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    4,641       4,151       4,017  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    1,783       1,935       1,864  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (32 )             (62 )
Profit before tax from divested units
                       
Special items
    310                  
 
                       
Underlying profit before tax
    2,062       1,935       1,802  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Income
Total income increased by 5.6%, or EUR 338 million, to EUR 6,424 million in 2007 from EUR 6,086 million in 2006 as strong growth in most products helped offset the impact of challenging market conditions as inverse yield curves persisted and competition intensified for retail savings. Excluding the EUR 32 million gain on the divestment of RegioBank in 2007 and the EUR (4) million in special items related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy, underlying income rose 5.1%. The impact of composition changes in Retail Banking, like the transfer of mortgage portfolios from ING Insurance, the sale of RegioBank as well as the transfer from a SME portfolio in Poland from Wholesale to Retail Banking resulted in EUR 117 million additional income, against EUR 45 million in 2006. Excluding these composition changes and the EUR 44 million gain on the sale of Banksys shares in Belgium in 2006, income increased 4.7%.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 12.0%, or EUR 479 million, to EUR 4,469 million in 2007 from EUR 3,990 million in 2006. The increase is for EUR 307 million attributable to special items in 2007, of which EUR 295 million results from a provision and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy (combining ING Bank and Postbank). Excluding these special items, operating expenses rose EUR 172 million or 4.3%, driven by investments to grow the business in Poland, India, Romania and the Private Banking activities in Asia. The

69


Table of Contents

cost/income ratio increased to 69.6% in 2007 from 65.6% in 2006. Excluding divestments and special items, the underlying cost/income ratio improved to 65.1% from 65.6%.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 6.8%, or EUR 11 million, to EUR 172 million in 2007 from EUR 161 million in 2006. In the Netherlands the addition rose EUR 34 million to EUR 152 million, mainly due to provisions for an isolated SME lending portfolio. This was partly offset by decreases in Poland, ING Card and Belgium. The total addition equaled 16 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2007 compared with 17 basis points in 2006.
Profit before tax and underlying profit before tax
Profit before tax decreased by 7.9%, or EUR 152 million, to EUR 1,783 million in 2007 from EUR 1,935 million in 2006. Divestments in 2007 contributed EUR 32 million to profit before tax, representing the capital gain from the sale of RegioBank. Special items, mainly the aforementioned provision and costs related to the Retail Netherlands Strategy, had a negative effect of EUR 310 million on profit before tax. Excluding divestments and special items, underlying profit before tax increased by EUR 127 million or 6.6%.
Retail Banking - 2007 Underlying Profit before Tax
by Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Mainly ING Vysya Bank, Private Banking Asia, Romania, Ukraine and the stakes in Kookmin Bank and the Bank of Beijing
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax rose by 9.8%, or EUR 138 million, to EUR 1,548 million in 2007 from EUR 1,410 million in 2006, as volume growth in almost all products offset the impact of a flattening and in the second half of 2007 even inverse yield curve combined with the increasing competition for retail savings. The residential mortgage portfolio in the Netherlands grew by 16.8% to EUR 116.1 billion, supported by the EUR 11.5 billion transfer of portfolios from ING Insurance, partly offset by the sale of RegioBank. Also excluding the impact of these portfolio changes, underlying profit before tax rose by 8.1%, with income up 3.8%, while operating expenses were flat due to efficiency improvements and lower compliance costs. Risk costs increased to 20 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets from 17 basis points in 2006, due to a catch-up in provisions in an isolated SME lending portfolio.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax declined 28.7%, or EUR 137 million, to EUR 341 million in 2007 from EUR 478 million in 2006, due to 6.6% lower income and 3.4% higher expenses. The decline in income was next to a EUR 44 million gain of the sale of Banksys shares in 2006, mainly caused by margin pressure. Margins came under pressure as competition intensified, while customers shifted from variable savings to lower margin term deposits. Average retail balances grew by 10%. Operating expenses increased 3.4% partly caused by the impact of allocation refinements. Risk costs decreased from a net addition of 8 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006 to a net addition of 6 basis points in 2007.
Poland
In Poland, underlying profit before tax from the retail banking activities of ING Bank Slaski increased 124.5% to EUR 110 million in 2007 from EUR 49 million in 2006, driven by strong volume growth and partly due to the shift of SME companies from Wholesale Banking to Retail Banking. Excluding this shift profit before tax rose 94.7%, while income was up 31.0%, partly offset by 18.1% higher expenses due to strong business growth and investments in the franchise distribution network. Net releases from the loan loss provisions increased to EUR 12 million compared with a net release of EUR 5 million in 2006, reflecting the significant strengthening of credit risk management in Poland.

70


Table of Contents

Other Retail Banking
The other retail banking activities posted an underlying profit before tax of EUR 63 million compared with a loss of EUR 2 million in 2006, mainly due to higher results in India and from the Private Banking activities in Asia as well as the high dividend received from Kookmin Bank. This was partly offset by higher investments in the greenfield franchises in Romania and Ukraine.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total income increased by 3.5%, or EUR 205 million, to EUR 6,086 million in 2006 from EUR 5,881 million in 2005, due to strong growth in almost all products, higher asset management fees and a capital gain on the sale of the stake in Banksys in Belgium. This was partially offset by the effect of the capital gain of EUR 62 million in 2005 on the sale of part of our stake in ING Bank Slaski, the impact of flattening yield curves, the continued low interest environment putting pressure on investment returns and a reclassification of payment expenses from operating expenses to funds transfer commission which had an effect of EUR 59 million.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 2.2%, or EUR 84 million, to EUR 3,990 million in 2006 from EUR 3,906 million in 2005, primarily due to EUR 85 million in compliance-related costs, EUR 38 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions and continued investments in Poland, India and Romania. The cost/income ratio improved to 65.6% in 2006 from 66.4% in 2005.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 45.0%, or EUR 50 million, to EUR 161 million in 2006 from EUR 111 million in 2005, mainly due to Belgium, where in 2005 a net release of EUR 11 million was performed while in 2006 an addition of EUR 15 million was made, and Poland where in 2005 a net release of EUR 16 million was performed while in 2006 a net release of EUR 5 million was made. The addition equalled 17 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006 compared with 13 basis points in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 62 million to profit before tax, representing Retail Banking’s portion of the gain on the sale of a 12.8% stake in ING Bank Slaski in Poland, reducing ING’s stake to 75%. Including that item total profit before tax rose by 3.8%, or EUR 71 million, to EUR 1,935 million in 2006 from EUR 1,864 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Retail Banking increased by 7.4%, or EUR 133 million to EUR 1,935 million in 2006 from EUR 1,802 million in 2005, despite EUR 85 million compliance-related costs in 2006 and EUR 38 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions, driven by strong growth in most products, though partly offset by the impact of flattening yield curves.
Retail Banking - 2006 Underlying Profit before Tax
by Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
 
(1)   Other Retail banking EUR (2) million is excluded from the above table
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax rose by 1.7%, or EUR 23 million, to EUR 1,410 million in 2006 from EUR 1,387 million in 2005, as volume growth in almost all products was largely offset by the impact of a flattening of the yield curve and high compliance related costs in 2006. The residential mortgage portfolio in the Netherlands grew by 8.5% to EUR 99.3 billion. Operating expenses increased by 1.3% from EUR 2,360 million in 2005 to EUR 2,390 million in 2006, as EUR 85 million in compliance-related costs and the effect of EUR 38 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions were largely offset by lower pension costs and the

71


Table of Contents

reclassification of payment expenses to commission income. The addition to the loan loss provisions was 17 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006 compared with 18 basis points in 2005.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax increased by 41.8%, or EUR 141 million, from EUR 337 million in 2005 to EUR 478 million in 2006, driven by 9.7% higher income and 2.6% lower operating expenses, partly offset by EUR 26 million higher additions to the provisions for loan losses due to lower releases. The increase in income was related to a EUR 44 million capital gain on Banksys, as well as driven by higher volumes and increased fees from securities brokerage, insurance brokerage and asset management, mitigated by the flattening of the yield curve and higher client rates on savings. Operating expenses declined by 2.6%, or EUR 29 million, to EUR 1,071 million in 2006 from EUR 1,100 million in 2005, due to the reclassification of payment expenses and some small divestments in 2005. The addition to the loan loss provisions increased from a net release of 8 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 to a net addition of 8 basis points in 2006.
Poland
In Poland, underlying profit before tax from the retail banking activities of ING Bank Slaski increased by 19.5%, or EUR 8 million, to EUR 49 million in 2006 from EUR 41 million in 2005, despite substantial lower releases from debtor provisions. In 2006, ING Bank Slaski achieved, in local-currency, growth in mortgages, savings and current accounts. There was also growth in mutual funds sales. Total income rose by 20.4%, partly offset by 12.7% higher operating expenses, including investments in the branch network, and lower releases from the loan loss provisions.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 80 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,932 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR 3 million in 2006 compared to EUR (76) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation; EUR (28) million in 2006 compared to EUR 6 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (21) million in 2006 compared to EUR (21) million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU fair value option; and, EUR (40) million in 2006 compared to EUR (25) million in 2005 for differences in expenses on employee benefits. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please see Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.
ING DIRECT
                         
            ING Direct        
    2007     2006     2005  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    1,932       2,148       1,905  
Commission income
    98       86       61  
Investment income
    53       20       36  
Other income
    113       35       32  
 
                 
Total income
    2,196       2,289       2,034  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    1,598       1,538       1,319  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    68       60       85  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    1,667       1,598       1,404  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    530       691       630  
Gains/losses on divestments
            23          
Profit from divested units
            (20 )     (13 )
 
                   
Underlying profit before tax
    530       694       617  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Income
Total income decreased by 4.0%, or EUR 93 million, to EUR 2,196 million in 2007 from EUR 2,289 million in 2006, as the increases in commission income, investment income (including realized gains on bonds) and other income (including realized gains on loans) could only partly offset the EUR 216 million lower interest result. The decrease in the interest result is mainly driven by the narrowing of the interest margin to 0.75% from 0.89% in 2006 as a result of higher central bank rates in the Euro, British pound and Australian currency zones and the intensified competition for retail funds. The total client retail balance in 2007 grew EUR 27.7 billion or 9.8%, to EUR 310.1 billion at year-end, including EUR 5.3 billion from add-on acquisitions in the fourth quarter.

72


Table of Contents

The EUR 5.3 billion consists of a EUR 3.9 billion mortgage portfolio acquired by ING-DiBa in Germany and EUR 1.4 billion in off-balance sheet funds following the acquisition of Sharebuilder Corporation in the United States. Commission income increased due to further growth in off-balance sheet funds. Investment and other income was up EUR 111 million, supported by higher gains on the sale of bonds and loans and increased net trading income. This was in part offset by an EUR 29 million impairment on asset-backed commercial paper in Canada in the fourth quarter of 2007. The divestment of Degussa Bank at the end of 2006 had a negative effect on income of EUR 56 million, including the loss of EUR 23 million on the sale. Excluding the divestment, underlying income decreased EUR 37 million, or 1.7%.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose by 3.9%, or EUR 60 million, to EUR 1,598 million in 2007 from EUR 1,538 million in 2006. Excluding the EUR 56 million expenses of the divested Degussa Bank in 2006, underlying operating expenses increased by 7.8%, or EUR 116 million, to EUR 1,598 million, reflecting higher staff numbers to drive the growth in mortgages and payments accounts, preparations for the launch of ING Direct in Japan, the consolidation of Sharebuilder in the US, as well as costs for repositioning the UK business. The underlying cost/income ratio increased to 72.8% in 2007 from 66.4% in 2006. The operational cost to client retail balance ratio, which excludes marketing expenses, rose to 0.37% compared with 0.36% in 2006. The number of full-time staff increased to 8,883 at the end of 2007 from 7,565 a year earlier.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 13.3%, or EUR 8 million, to EUR 68 million in 2007 from EUR 60 million in 2006. The addition equalled 9 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, up from 7 basis points in 2006.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct declined by 23.4%, or EUR 161 million, to EUR 530 million in 2007 from EUR 691 million in 2006, primarily driven by a narrowing of the interest margin, the outflow of funds entrusted in the UK and an impairment in Canada.
Underlying profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct in 2006 included a loss of EUR 23 million on the sale of Degussa Bank, while the operating profit from Degussa Bank was EUR 20 million. Excluding both the loss and the profit, ING Direct’s underlying profit before tax declined by 23.6%, or EUR 164 million, to EUR 530 million from EUR 694 million in 2006.
Country developments
ING Direct’s overall profit was driven by the business units in Germany, Australia, US, Spain, Italy and France. In the UK, ING Direct posted a pre-tax loss of EUR 120 million compared with a profit of EUR 19 million in 2006. The decrease is mainly caused by a 39% net outflow of funds entrusted from rate-sensitive customers as it lagged rate increases by the Bank of England. Measures have been taken to reposition the business. Savings rates were increased and marketing has been stepped up to attract less rate-sensitive customers. Profit before tax in ING Direct Canada declined to breakeven from EUR 60 million in 2006. This was next to lower interest results caused by an impairment of EUR 29 million on asset-backed commercial paper investments in the fourth quarter of 2007. In Austria, results are still negative as the market is highly competitive. The loss decreased to EUR 9 million from EUR 22 million.
ING Direct - 2007 Underlying Profit before Tax by
Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
UK EUR (120) million, Austria EUR (9) million and Japan EUR (22) million are excluded from the above table!

73


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total income rose by 12.5%, or EUR 255 million, to EUR 2,289 million in 2006 from EUR 2,034 million in 2005, mainly driven by a 12.8% increase in the interest result due to the continued strong growth in funds entrusted and residential mortgages. The total interest margin in 2006 narrowed to 0.89% from 0.93% in 2005, mainly due to the flattening of the yield curves and the strategic decision to maintain competitive rates offered to clients across all markets.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose by 16.6%, or EUR 219 million, to EUR 1,538 million in 2006 from EUR 1,319 million in 2005, reflecting investments to support long-term value creation of the business. The cost/income ratio increased from 64.8% in 2005 to 67.2% in 2006, mainly as a result of a lower income margin and additional staff being hired to keep pace with commercial growth, particularly in mortgages. The operational cost base (excluding marketing expenses) in 2006 was 0.41% of total assets compared with 0.40% in 2005, due to investments in mortgages. Marketing expenses increased 15.6% to support the strong growth in both savings and mortgages. The number of full-time employees at the end of the year 2006 rose to 7,638 from 6,964 at the end of the year 2005, to keep pace with strong commercial growth, especially in Italy, the U.S. and Spain.
The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by 29.4%, or EUR 25 million, to EUR 60 million in 2006 from EUR 85 million in 2005. The addition equalled 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, down from 14 basis points in 2005 due to an improvement in loss given defaults.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct rose by 9.7%, or EUR 61 million, to EUR 691 million in 2006 from EUR 630 million in 2005, primarily driven by the continued strong growth in the euro zone (Germany, France, Spain and Italy) and in the United Kingdom. This increase was partially offset by declines in the US and Canadian operations profit before tax mainly due to the flattening of the yield curves and the strategic decision to maintain competitive rates offered to clients.
Underlying profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct in 2006 includes a loss of EUR 23 million on the sale of Degussa Bank. Excluding this loss and the operating profit of EUR 20 million from Degussa Bank in 2006 and the operating profit of EUR 13 million from Degussa Bank in 2005, ING Direct’s underlying profit before tax increased by 12.5%, or EUR 77 million, to EUR 694 million from EUR 617 million in 2005.
Country developments
ING Direct’s overall profit growth was driven mainly by the business-units in Germany, UK which posted profits for the first time in the first quarter of 2006, France, Italy and Spain. This reflects the impact of client rate adjustments in most of these countries and continued strong commercial growth. In the UK, ING Direct saw a slow down of growth in savings after its rates dropped below the official interest rate of the Bank of England. ING Direct’s German business-unit ING-DiBa sold Degussa Bank at the end of 2006, in line with its strategy to focus on its core direct banking activities. Excluding the impact of the divestment of Degussa Bank, ING DiBa’s underlying profit before tax increased to EUR 332 million from EUR 257 million in 2005. In the U.S., profit before tax declined to EUR 85 million from EUR 156 million in 2005, and in Canada profit before tax declined to EUR 62 million from EUR 73 million last year, in both cases due to an environment of higher interest rates for clients, inverse yield curve developments and increased competition.
ING Direct - 2006 Underlying Profit before Tax by
Geographic Region
(PIE CHART)
Austria EUR (22) million is excluded from the above table

74


Table of Contents

US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 40 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 694 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR 206 million in 2006 compared to EUR 20 million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation; and, EUR (181) million in 2006 compared to EUR (98) million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please see Note 2.5. to the consolidated financial statements.

75


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.
As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt and capital securities outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2007 was EUR 14,709 million, December 31, 2006 EUR 12,376 million and at December 31, 2005 EUR 11,095, respectively. The EUR 14,709 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2007 consisted of EUR 988 million principal amount of 7.375% perpetual debt securities issued in October, 2007, EUR 690 million principal amount of 6.375% perpetual debt securities issued in June, 2007, EUR 1,014 million principal amount of 8.439% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2000, EUR 529 million principal amount of 7.05% perpetual debt securities issued in July 2002, EUR 726 million principal amount of 7.20% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2002, EUR 682 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in June 2003, EUR 330 million principal amount of 6.20% perpetual debt securities issued in October 2003, EUR 937 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in 2004, EUR 497 million principal amount of 4.176% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 462 million principal amount of 6.125% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 674 million principal amount of 5.775% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 810 million principal amount of 5.14% perpetual debt securities issued in 2006 and EUR 6,370 million debentures. The details with respect to the debentures are as follows:
                     
                Balance sheet
Interest rate (%)   Year of issue   Due date   value
(EUR millions)
4.699
    2007     June 1, 2035     117  
4.75
    2007     May 31, 2017     1,761  
variable
    2006     June 28, 2011     744  
variable
    2006     April 11, 2016     1,009  
4.125
    2006     April 11, 2016     744  
6.125
    2000     January 4, 2011     998  
5.5
    1999     September 14, 2009     997  
 
                   
 
                6,370  
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 55 million, EUR 35 million and EUR 991 million, respectively, to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR
55 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2007, EUR 55 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 0 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 0 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 162 million, EUR 103 million and EUR 5 million of cash, respectively. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 5,900 million, EUR 3,450 million and EUR 2,296 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calendar year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 4,600 million, EUR 1,650 million and EUR 1,595 million were received from ING Insurance in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively; EUR 1,300 million, EUR 1,800 million and EUR 700 million were received from ING Bank in 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively, and for 2007 EUR 0 million was received from other ING Group companies. Repayments to ING by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 0 million, EUR 563 million and EUR 0 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 563 million and EUR 0 million were received from ING Bank in 2006 and 2005, respectively and EUR 0 million in 2007 from other ING Group companies. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of (1) paid-up capital and (2) shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of the Group

76


Table of Contents

companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows
ING’s Risk Management, including liquidity, is discussed in Risk Management of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 11,708 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of 22.3% compared to EUR 9,570 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was mainly due to trading assets/trading liabilities, a lower cash flow from customer deposits and other funds on deposit due to less funds by large customers as well as, on balance, from amounts due to/from banks not available on demand. The cash flow generated through the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 26,494 million and through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations of EUR 28,640 million. The cash outflow employed in lending increased from a cash flow of EUR 59,800 million in 2006 to a cash outflow of EUR 75,501 million in 2007.
Net cash used in investment activities in 2007 was EUR 13,933 million, compared to EUR 31,320 million in 2006. The increase was mainly caused by higher disposals and redemptions of available-for-sale investments.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR (12,831) million in 2007, compared to EUR 17,005 million in 2006. The decrease of EUR 29,836 million in net cash flow from financing activities is mainly due to a higher repayments of borrowed funds and debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2007 of EUR (16,811) million, compared to EUR (1,795) million at year-end 2006, a decrease of EUR 15,016 million from 2006 levels, mainly reflected in a decrease in amounts due from/to banks, as well as higher balances of borrowed funds and debt securities.
                         
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    4,130       4,333       11,572  
Amounts due from/to banks
    (33,347 )     (20,454 )     (21,321 )
Cash and balances with central banks
    12,406       14,326       13,084  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    (16,811 )     (1,795 )     3,335  
 
                       
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 9,570 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of 71.8% compared to EUR 34,089 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This decrease was mainly due to a lower cash flow from customer deposits and other funds on deposit as well as on balance from amounts due to/from banks not available on demand. The cash flow generated through the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 17,689 million and through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations of EUR 47,521 million was to a large extent used for the lending and investment portfolios. The cash flow employed in lending decreased from a cash flow of EUR 62,709 million in 2005 to a cash outflow of EUR 59,800 million in 2006, reflecting the growth of the mortgage portfolio and corporate lending both inside and outside the Netherlands, partly offset by a decline of loans to public authorities.
Net cash used in investment activities in 2006 was EUR 31,320 million, compared to EUR 50,305 million in 2005. The decrease was mainly caused by higher disposals and redemptions of available-for-sale investments.

77


Table of Contents

Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 17,005 million in 2006, compared to EUR 6,971 million in 2005. The increase of EUR 10,034 million in net cash flow from financing activities is mainly due to a higher balance of proceeds from repayments of borrowed funds and debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2006 of EUR (1,795) million, compared to EUR 3,335 million at year-end 2005, a decrease of EUR 5,130 million from 2005 levels, mainly reflected in a decrease in amounts due from/to banks, as well as higher balances of borrowed funds and debt securities.
ING Insurance Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments. See “Risk Management” of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
Premium income and Investment and Other income totaled EUR 46,818 million and EUR 13,488 million in 2007, and EUR 46,834 million and EUR 11,172 million in 2006. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 48,833 million, EUR 5,515 million and EUR 1,326 million in 2007 and EUR 48,188 million, EUR 5,275 million and EUR 1,233 million in 2006.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 3,115 million at December 31, 2007 and EUR 3,017 million at December 31, 2006.
                 
    2007   2006
    (EUR millions)
Cash and bank balances
    2,648       2,683  
Short term deposits
    467       334  
 
               
Total
    3,115       3,017  
 
               
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 23,118 million in 2007 and EUR 13,769 million in 2006.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 15,072 million in 2007 and EUR 12,798 million in 2006.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR (7,941) million and EUR (485) million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Premium income and Investment and Other income totaled EUR 46,834 million and EUR 11,172 million in 2006, EUR 45,758 million and EUR 10,299 million in 2005. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 48,188 million, EUR 5,275 million and EUR 1,233 million in 2006 and EUR 47,120 million, EUR 5,194 million and EUR 1,100 million in 2005.

78


Table of Contents

ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 3,017 million at December 31, 2006 and EUR 2,745 million at December 31, 2005.
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 13,769 million in 2006 and EUR 18,151 million in 2005.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 12,798 million in 2006 and EUR 20,554 million in 2005.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR (485) million and EUR 2,794 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements
In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance U.S. operations, have been subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) guidelines. (see Item 4, “Information on the Company — Regulation and Supervision — Insurance — Americas.”)
ING Bank Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses (see Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”).
Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to year ended December 31, 2006
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, ING Bank had EUR (19,389) million and EUR (4,352) million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents. The decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents is mainly attributable to a large change in overnight funding (contracts with a maturity of one day) from non bank financial institutions to banks.
The EUR 6,753 million decrease in ING Bank’s operating activities, consisting of EUR 9,207 million cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with a EUR 2,454 million cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2006, was largely attributable to the liquidity crisis. Non-bank financial institutions demanded higher rates for the short term funding. Consequently ING decided to switch to the cheaper inter-bancaire market to maintain or improve interest margins. This change has major impact on the Cash position in the Cash Flow Statement because short-term inter-bancaire funding is deducted from the Cash position while short term funding from non-banks is not deducted. The negative impact on the Cash position amounts to EUR 10.6 billion. In addition to the overnight contracts , the repurchase agreements or Repos and Reverse Repos had a negative impact on cash at the end of the period of respectively EUR 5.8 billion
Specification of cash position (EUR millions):
                         
    2007   2006   Change
    (EUR millions)        
Cash
    9,829       11,769       (1,940 )
Short dated Government Paper
    4,130       4,333       (203 )
Banks on demand
    19,655       16,164       3,491  
 
                       
Cash Balance and cash equivalents
    33,614       32,266       1,348  
Overnight deposits
    (25,871 )     (15,240 )     (10,631 )
 
                       
Repos/Reverse repo’s
    (27,132 )     (21,378 )     (5,754 )
 
                       
 
                       
Cash Balance and cash equivalents (including Repro\Reverse Repro)
    (19,389 )     (4,352 )     (15,037 )
 
                       
Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 1,526 million cash inflow and EUR 19,132 million cash outflow in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 95,546 million and

79


Table of Contents

EUR 106,902 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 101,119 million and EUR 91,247 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2007 ING acquired the Oyak Bank which led to a cash outflow of EUR 1,830 million.
Net cash outflow from financing activities in 2007 amounted to EUR 7,403 million compared to a cash inflow of EUR 16,372 million in 2006, as ING ended the securitization programs of SIMBA and Mane.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 15,084 million in 2007 and a negative net cash flow of EUR 5,214 million in 2006.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, ING Bank had EUR (4,352) million and EUR 969 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.
The EUR 19,495 million decrease in ING Bank’s operating activities, consisting of EUR 2,454 million cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with a EUR 17,041 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2005, was largely attributable to the stronger increase in cash outflow related to the loans and advances compared to a lower increase of the cash inflow from savings and was also attributable to the divestment of the Deutsche Hypotheken Bank and Degussa bank.
Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 19,132 million cash outflow and EUR 29,754 million cash outflow in 2006 and 2005, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 106,902 million and EUR 95,905 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 91,247 million and EUR 65,964 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net cash inflow from financing activities amounted to EUR 16,372 million and EUR 2,759 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 5,214 million in 2006 and a negative net cash flow of EUR 9,954 million in 2005.
Capital Adequacy
Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes. See “Item 4, Information on the Company”.
The following table sets forth the risk-weighted capital ratios of ING Bank N.V. as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR million, other than percentages)
Risk-Weighted Assets
    402,727       337,926       319,653  
Consolidated group equity:
                       
Tier 1 Capital
    29,772       25,784       23,408  
Tier 2 Capital
    14,199       12,367       11,605  
Tier 3 Capital
    0       330       363  
Supervisory deductions
    (2,407 )     (1,250 )     (650 )
 
                       
Total qualifying capital
    41,564       37,230       34,726  
 
                       
 
                       
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    7,39 %     7.63 %     7.32 %
Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1, 2 and 3)
    10,32 %     11.02 %     10.86 %
ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.

80


Table of Contents

Adjusted Capital
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of “adjusted capital”. Adjusted capital differs from Shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The main differences are that adjusted capital excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities and the cash flow hedge reserve and includes hybrid capital. Adjusted capital for 2007 and 2006 is reconciled to shareholders’ equity as follows:
                 
    2007   2006
    (EUR million)
Shareholders’ equity
    37,208       38,266  
Group hybrid capital
    8,620       7,606  
Revaluation reserves debt securities and other
    (963 )     (3,352 )
 
               
Adjusted capital
    44,865       42,520  
 
               
“Group hybrid capital” comprises subordinated loans and preference shares issued by ING Group, which qualify as (Tier-1) capital for regulatory purposes, but are classified as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
“Revaluation reserves debt securities and other” includes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities of EUR 1,895 million in 2007 and EUR (1,709) million in 2006, the cash flow hedge reserve of EUR (438) million in 2007 and EUR (1,357) million in 2006 and capitalized goodwill of EUR (2,420) million in 2007 and EUR (286) million in 2006.
ING uses adjusted capital in calculating its debt/equity ratio, which is a key measure in ING’s capital management process. The debt/equity ratio based on adjusted capital is used to measure the leverage of ING Group and ING Insurance. The target and actual debt/equity ratio based on adjusted capital are communicated internally to key management and externally to investors, analysts and rating agencies on a quarterly basis. ING uses adjusted capital for these purposes instead of Shareholders’ equity presented in the balance sheet principally for the following reasons:
  adjusted capital is calculated based on the criteria in the capital model that is used by Standard and Poor’s to measure, compare and analyze capital adequacy and leverage for insurance groups, and the level of our adjusted capital may thus have an impact on the S& P ratings for the Company and its operating insurance subsidiaries;
 
  ING believes its Standard and Poor’s financial strength and other ratings are one of the most significant factors looked at by our clients and brokers, and accordingly are important to the operations and prospects of our insurance operating subsidiaries, and a major distinguishing factor vis-à-vis our competitors and peers; and
 
  adjusted capital is also a measure used by regulatory authorities to measure and monitor the safety and soundness of our insurance subsidiaries, and in the event that our adjusted capital levels are insufficient we can expect regulatory scrutiny, including requirements for additional capital or restrictions on our business.
To the extent our debt/equity ratio (based on adjusted capital) increases or the components thereof change significantly period over period, we believe that rating agencies and regulators would all view this as material information relevant to our financial health and solvency. On the basis of adjusted capital, the debt/equity ratio of ING increased to 9.5% in 2007, from 9.0% in 2006. The debt/equity ratio of ING Group between December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2006 has been in the range of 19.9% to 9.0% and has declined consistently during this period as a result of capital management action and favorable equity markets. Although rating agencies take many factors into account in the ratings process and any of those factors alone or together with other factors may affect our rating, we believe that an increase of our debt/equity ratio in a significant way, and for an extended period of time, could result in actions from rating agencies including a possible downgrade of the financial strength ratings of our operating subsidiaries. Similarly, although regulatory authorities do not currently set any explicit leverage requirements for ING Group, such an increase of our debt/equity ratio could also likely result in greater scrutiny by regulatory authorities. ING has targeted a 10% debt/equity ratio for ING Group during 2007. This target is reviewed at least once a year and approved by the Executive Board. During the yearly review many factors are taken into account to establish this target, such as rating agency guidance, regulatory guidance, peer review, risk profile and strategic objectives. During the year, the ratio is managed by regular reporting, forecasting and capital management actions. Management has full discretion to change the target ratio if circumstances change.

81


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet-Arrangements
See Note 26 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
                         
            Less   More
            than   than
    Total   one   one
    2007   year   year
    (EUR millions)
Insurance operations
                       
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    181       171       10  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    2,436       2,189       247  
Guarantees
    173               173  
Other
    1,860       1,189       671  
 
                       
Banking operations
                       
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                       
- discounted bills
    1               1  
- guarantees
    19,018       10,862       8,156  
- irrevocable letters of credit
    11,551       10,160       1,391  
- other
    350       263       87  
 
                       
Irrevocable facilities
    100,707       50,337       50,370  
 
                       
Total
    136,277       75,172       61,105  
 
                       
Contractual obligations
The table below shows the cash payment requirements from specified contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2007:
                                         
    Payment due by period  
            Less                     More  
            than     1-3     3-5     than  
    Total     1 year     years     years     5 years  
2007   (EUR millions)  
Operating lease obligations
    1,269       213       391       326       339  
Subordinated loans of Group Companies
    13,663       66       1,594       2,061       9,942  
Preference shares of group companies
    1,014                               1,014  
Debenture loans
    66,995       42,386       7,370       7,418       9,821  
Loans contracted
    9,454       4,791       2,360       1,019       1,284  
Loans from Credit Institutions (1)
    2,927       1,340       355       447       785  
Insurance obligations (1)
    218,859       10,587       14,367       17,281       176,354  
 
                             
Total
    314,181       59,653       26,437       28,552       199,539  
 
                             
 
(1)   Amounts included in the table reflect best estimates of cash payments to be made to policyholders. Such best estimate cash outflows reflect mortality, retirement, and other appropriate factors, but are undiscounted with respect to interest. As a result, the sum of the cash outflows shown for all years in the table differs from the corresponding liability included in our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2007.
Furthermore, the table does not include insurance or investment contracts for risk of policyholders, as these are products where the policyholder bears the investment risk.

82


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
SUPERVISORY BOARD
Appointment and dismissal
Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders from a binding list to be drawn up by the Supervisory Board. This list shall mention at least two candidates for each vacancy, failing which the list will be non-binding. The list will also be non-binding pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the General Meeting of Shareholders adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast which together represent more than one-third of the issued capital.
Candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board must comply with the reliability requirements set out in the Wet financieel toezicht (Dutch Financial Supervision Act).
Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed at any time by the General Meeting of Shareholders. A resolution to suspend or dismiss members of the Supervisory Board which has not been brought forward by the Supervisory Board may only be adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders by an absolute majority of the votes cast that together represent at least one-third of the issued capital.
Function of the Supervisory Board and its committees
The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events in the company and its business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board. The Supervisory Board has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. The organization, powers and modus operandi of the Supervisory Board are detailed in the Supervisory Board Charter. Separate charters have been drawn up for the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. These charters are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). A short description of the duties for the three Committees follows below.
The Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of ING Group, ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V., in monitoring the compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and in monitoring the independence and performance of ING’s internal and external auditors.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee advises the Supervisory Board amongst others on the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board, on the compensation packages of the members of the Executive Board and on stock-based compensation programs for top senior management, including the Executive Board.
The Corporate Governance Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring and evaluating the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the reporting of this in the Annual Report and to the General Meeting of Shareholders, and advises the Supervisory Board on improvements.
Profile of members of the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for its composition. The profile was submitted for discussion to the annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
In view of their experience and the valuable contribution that former members of the Executive Board can make to the Supervisory Board, it has been decided, taking into account the size of the Supervisory Board and ING’s wide range of activities, that such individuals may become members of the Supervisory Board of ING Group. There is, however, a restriction in that only one in every five other members of the Supervisory Board may be a former member of the Executive Board. In addition, this member must wait at least one year after resigning from the Executive Board before becoming eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Former members of the Executive Board are not eligible for appointment to the position of chairman of the Supervisory Board. After being appointed to the Supervisory Board, a former member of the Executive Board may also be appointed to one of the Supervisory Board’s committees. However, appointment to the position of chairman of a committee is only possible if the individual in question resigned from the Executive Board at least four years prior to such appointment.

83


Table of Contents

Reappointment of Supervisory Board members
Members of the Supervisory Board will resign from the Supervisory Board at the annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in the calendar year in which they will complete the fourth year after their most recent reappointment. As a general rule, they shall also resign at the annual General Meeting of Shareholders in the year in which they attain the age of 70 and shall not be reappointed. The schedule for resignation by rotation is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). Members of the Supervisory Board may as a general rule be reappointed for two four-year terms, based on a proposal from the Supervisory Board to the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
Members of the Supervisory Board are asked to provide details of any other directorships, paid positions and ancillary positions they may hold. Such positions are not permitted to conflict with the interests of ING Group. It is the responsibility of the individual member of the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board’s Corporate Governance Committee to ensure that the directorship duties are performed properly and not affected by any other positions that the individual may hold outside the group.
Details of transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of any relationships that members of the Supervisory Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of any loans that may have been granted to them.
Independence
Annually, the Supervisory Board members are requested to assess whether the criteria of dependence of the Tabaksblat Code do not apply to them and to confirm this in writing. On the basis of these criteria, all members of the Supervisory Board, except Piet Hoogendoorn, are to be regarded as independent as of 31 December 2006. Members of the Supervisory Board to whom the dependence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code do not apply and members of the Supervisory Board to whom the criteria do apply but who can explain why this does not undermine their independence, are deemed to be independent.
Remuneration and share ownership
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is set by the General Meeting of Shareholders and is not dependent on the results of the company. Members of the Supervisory Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. Transactions by Supervisory Board members in ING Group shares and depositary receipts for shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the ING Group website (www. ing.com).
MEMBERS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Cor A.J. Herkströter, chairman (until January 1, 2008)
(Born 1937, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 1998, retirement on January 1, 2008)
Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee (until 1 January 2008). Former president of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company and chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors, Royal Dutch/Shell Group. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke DSM N.V. (listed company). Member of the Advisory Committee, Robert Bosch GmbH. Chairman of the Social Advisory Council, Tinbergen Institute. Emeritus Professor of International Management, University of Amsterdam. Chairman of the Advisory Committee Royal NIVRA (Netherlands Institute of Chartered Accountants). Member Committee Capital Market, Authority Financial Markets, Amsterdam.
Jan H.M. Hommen (chairman from January 1, 2008)
(Born 1943, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2005, term expires in 2009)
Chairman of the Audit Committee until January 1, 2008; member of the Audit Committee until January 24, 2008. Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee (from January 1, 2008). Former vice-chairman and CFO of the Board of Management of Royal Philips Electronics. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Reed Elsevier and TNT N.V. (listed companies). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Academisch Ziekenhuis Maastricht (hospital) and TiasNimbas Business School. Member of the Supervisory Board of Campina BV.
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière, vice-chairman
(Born 1939, French nationality, male; appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008)
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former managing director of JP Morgan France and chief financial officer of Michelin. Other business activities: chairman

84


Table of Contents

of the Supervisory Board of Michelin and member of the Supervisory Board of Thomson (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Oddo et Cie, American Hospital of Paris and Associés en Finance.
Henk W. Breukink
(Born 1950, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Member of the Corporate Governance Committee (from January 24, 2008). Former managing director of F&C and country head for F&C Netherlands (asset management firm). Vice-chairman of VastNed Offices/Industrial (real estate fund) and non-executive director of F&C hedge funds, Ireland (listed companies). Other business activities: non-executive director of Heembouw Holding B.V. and B&S Vastgoed Nederland NV.
Peter A.F.W. Elverding
(Born 1948, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Member of the Audit Committee (from January 24, 2008). Former chairman of the Managing Board of Directors of Royal DSM N.V. and former vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of De Nederlandsche Bank N.V. (Dutch Central Bank). Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Océ N.V. (listed company). Member of the Supervisory Board of SHV Holdings N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Maastricht University and member of the Supervisory Board of the cross-border University of Limburg.
Luella Gross Goldberg
(Born 1937, American nationality, female; appointed in 2001, retirement in 2008)
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee (until 24 January 2008). Former member of the Board of Directors of ReliaStar Financial Corp. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of TCF Financial Corporation, Hormel Foods Corporation and Communications Systems Inc. (listed companies). Member of the Advisory Board of Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota. Member of the Supervisory Board of the Minnesota Orchestra. Member (emerita) of the Board of Trustees, Wellesley College. Member of the Board of Trustees, University of Minnesota Foundation.
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
(Born 1942, German nationality, male; appointed in 2003, term expires in 2011)
Member of the Audit Committee (until January 24, 2008). Member of the Corporate Governance Committee (from January 24, 2008). Former chief financial officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Other business activities: managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of EnBW AG (listed company). Member of the Supervisory Board of Bauerfeind AG and de Boer Structures Holding B.V. Chairman of the Charlottenklinik Foundation (hospital). Chairman of the Board of Trustees (Vereinigung der Freunde) of Stuttgart University.
Piet Hoogendoorn
(Born 1945, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Member of the Audit Committee (from January 24, 2008). Former chairman of the Board of Directors of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu and CEO of Deloitte in the Netherlands. Former chairman of Royal NIVRA (Netherlands Institute of Chartered Accountants).
Piet C. Klaver
(Born 1945, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee (from January 24, 2008). Former chairman of the Executive Board of SHV Holdings N.V. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of SHV Holdings N.V., Jaarbeurs Holding B.V. and Dura Vermeer Groep N.V. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Dekker Hout Groep B.V. Chairman of the Board of African Parks Foundation. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Utrecht School of the Arts.
Wim Kok
(Born 1938, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2003, term expires in 2010)
Member of the Audit Committee; chairman of the Audit Committee from 1 January 2008. Former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands. Other business activities: non-executive member of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch Shell plc, member of the Supervisory Board of TNT N.V. (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Anne Frank Foundation, Amsterdam. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Nationale Ballet, Amsterdam. Member of the Supervisory Board of Het Muziektheater, Amsterdam. Member of the Supervisory Board of the Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Netherlands Cancer Institute — Antoni van Leeuwenhoek Hospital. Member of the Board of Start Foundation.

85


Table of Contents

Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
(Born 1940, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2001, term expires in 2009)
Member of the Audit Committee. Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 2000). Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Siemens Nederland N.V. and Stadsherstel Amsterdam NV. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of Universitair Medisch Centrum Groningen (hospital). Treasurer of Vereniging Natuurmonumenten (Dutch foundation for nature conservation). Member Siemens Group Pension Advisory Board München.
Karel Vuursteen
(Born 1941, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2002, term expires in 2010)
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee (from January 24, 2008). Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of Akzo Nobel N.V., TomTom N.V. and Henkel KGaA (listed companies). Member of the Board of Directors of Heineken Holding N.V. Member of the Advisory Board of CVC Capital Partners. Chairman of World Wild Life Fund Netherlands and The Concertgebouw Fund Foundation. Member of the Supervisory Board of Nyenrode Foundation.
Changes in the composition
Cor Herkströter retired from the Supervisory Board on January 1, 2008. Luella Gross Goldberg will retire after the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Wim Kok will reach the age of 70 in 2008 but, having been appointed chairman of the Audit Committee, will remain in office one extra year to ensure a balanced composition of the Supervisory Board. He will retire after the 2009 annual General Meeting of Shareholders.
At the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders four new candidates will be proposed for appointment: Joan Spero, Harish Manwani, Aman Mehta and Jackson Tai.
EXECUTIVE BOARD
Appointment and dismissal
Members of the Executive Board are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders from a binding list to be drawn up by the Supervisory Board. This list shall mention at least two candidates for each vacancy, and if not the list will be non-binding. The General Meeting of Shareholders may declare the list non-binding by a majority resolution supported by at least one-third of the issued capital.
Candidates for appointment to the Executive Board must comply with the expertise and reliability requirements set out in the Wet financieel toezicht (Dutch Financial Supervision Act).
Members of the Executive Board may be suspended or dismissed at any time by a majority resolution at the General Meeting of Shareholders. A resolution to suspend or dismiss members of the Executive Board that has not been introduced by the Supervisory Board needs the support of at least one-third of the issued capital.
Function of Executive Board
The Executive Board is responsible for the management of the company, which includes being responsible for achieving the company’s aims and for the company’s results, as well as for determining the company’s strategy and policy. It also includes the day-to-day management of the company and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). The organization, powers and modus operandi of the Executive Board are detailed in the Executive Board Charter, which was approved by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board Charter is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Profile of members of the Executive Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for selecting members of the Executive Board. This Executive Board Profile was submitted for discussion to the annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Remuneration and share ownership
Members of the Executive Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. Transactions in these shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).

86


Table of Contents

Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests

To avoid potential conflicts of interest, ING Group has a policy that members of its Executive Board do not accept corporate directorships with listed companies outside ING. The only exception is currently Jacques de Vaucleroy, who is on the Board of Directors of Delhaize Group in Belgium. He held this position prior to his appointment to the Executive Board of ING Group.
Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest

Details of relationships that members of the Executive Board have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of information on any loans that may have been granted to them. In all these cases, the company complies with the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code.
MEMBERS OF EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Michel J. Tilmant, chairman
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality; male; appointed in 1998, contractual retirement date 2012)
Michel Tilmant graduated from Louvain University with a Licence in Business Administration. He is also a graduate of Louvain School for European Affairs. He started his career with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York. In 1992 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, where he was appointed chairman of the Executive Board in 1997. After the acquisition of BBL by ING in 1998, Michel Tilmant was appointed vice-chairman in May 2000. He was appointed chairman in April 2004. Five Group staff departments report directly to Michel Tilmant: Corporate Legal Department, Corporate Human Resources, Corporate Development, Corporate Communications & Affairs and Corporate Audit Services.
Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality, male; appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008)
After completing his degree in commercial engineering at the Free University of Brussels and a master in Business Administration at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, Eric Boyer started his career with Citibank in 1978. In 1984 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING Group in 1998, where he held various management positions in the fields of capital markets, treasury and corporate and investment banking. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Wholesale Banking and ING Real Estate.
Dick H. Harryvan
(Born 1953, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Dick Harryvan graduated from the Erasmus University Rotterdam with a master’s degree in Business Economics, majoring in finance. He joined ING as a management trainee at Nationale-Nederlanden in 1979. Before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006, he held various management positions in the United States, Canada and the Netherlands, where he was lastly chief financial officer/chief risk officer and member of the Global Management Team of ING Direct. Dick Harryvan is responsible for ING Direct.
John C.R. Hele, CFO
(Born 1958, Canadian nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
John Hele graduated from the University of Waterloo, Canada, in 1980 with a bachelor’s degree in Mathematics. He joined ING in 2003. Before he joined the Executive Board John Hele has been deputy chief financial officer of ING Group since 2006. Prior to assuming this role, he was the general manager and chief insurance risk officer responsible for global insurance risk management and also functioned as the Group actuary. Before joining ING, John Hele held various positions at Crown Life in Canada, Merrill Lynch in the United States and at Worldinsure, Bermuda. He is responsible for Group Capital Management, Group Tax, Group Finance and Control, Group Finance Bank and Group Finance Insurance.
Eli P. Leenaars
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008)
Eli Leenaars studied Civil Law at the Catholic University of Nijmegen and received an LLM from the European University Institute in Florence, Italy and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. After a traineeship at ABN AMRO, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions, including chairman of ING Poland and of ING Latin America. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Retail Banking and Private Banking. He is also in charge of Operations/IT and Corporate Operations and Information Services.

87


Table of Contents

Tom J. McInerney
(Born 1956, American nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Tom McInerney has a bachelor’s degree from Colgate University (Hamilton, New York) and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business, Dartmouth College (Hanover, New Hampshire). He started his career in 1978 with Aetna Financial Services, which was acquired by ING in 2000. He has been CEO of ING’s insurance activities in the United States, which position included the responsibility for ING Mexico. Tom McInerney is now responsible for Insurance Americas, ING Investment Management Americas and the global coordination of ING Investment Management.
Hans van der Noordaa
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Hans van der Noordaa graduated in Public Administration at the University of Twente, the Netherlands. After a career in retail banking at ABN AMRO, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions. He was CEO of the Retail Division of ING Netherlands, responsible for Postbank, ING Bank and RVS, before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006. Hans van der Noordaa is responsible for Insurance Asia/Pacific and ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific.
Koos (J.V.) Timmermans, CRO
(Born 1960, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2007, term expires in 2011)
Koos Timmermans graduated from Erasmus University in Rotterdam in 1986 with a master’s degree in Economics. Until 1991 he worked at ABN AMRO in the field of derivatives and before joining ING in 1996 he was stationed in Ireland for IBM’s European treasury. He has been deputy chief risk officer of ING Group since March 2006. Prior to this he was head of Corporate Market Risk Management. Koos Timmermans is responsible for ING’s risk departments including compliance.
Jacques M. de Vaucleroy
(Born 1961, Belgian nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Jacques de Vaucleroy graduated from Louvain University with a degree in Law. He also has a master’s degree in Business Law from the Free University of Brussels, Belgium. In 1986 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING in 1998. Before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006, he was Group president ING Retail at US Financial Services. Jacques de Vaucleroy is responsible for Insurance Europe and ING Investment Management Europe.
Executive Board composition
The Supervisory Board will propose reappointing Eric Boyer de la Giroday and Eli Leenaars to the Executive Board at the annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 22, 2008.
REMUNERATION REPORT
The remuneration policy was adopted by the annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004. In 2006, the Executive Board pension scheme was revised in alignment with the approved amendment to the remuneration policy. The revised Executive Board pension scheme is further described in “General Policy Senior-Management Remuneration — Pensions Executive Board Members”. There were no changes to this policy in 2007 and therefore, the approval of the 2006 annual General Meeting of Shareholders still applies for 2007. The chapter starts with the general policy for senior-management remuneration, followed by the Executive Board compensation for 2007 and the compensation structure for 2008. In addition, information is included on loans and advances to the Executive Board and Supervisory Board members as well as ING depositary receipts for shares held by members of both boards.
GENERAL POLICY SENIOR-MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION
Background
The prime objective of the remuneration policy is to enable the company to recruit and retain qualified and expert leaders. The remuneration package supports a performance-driven culture that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING rewards performance on the basis of previously determined, challenging, measurable and influenceable short-term and long-term targets.
ING’s remuneration policy is based on five key principles that apply throughout ING. These principles are:
Total compensation levels are benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent. ING aims for total compensation at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance.
The remuneration package includes variable-pay components (short-term and long-term incentives) to ensure that executive remuneration is linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance.

88


Table of Contents

To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets are set at the beginning of each year.
Long-term incentives ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets and create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders. A broad selection of ING’s senior leaders participate in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.
Remuneration structure
Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:
Fixed or base salary, which represents the total guaranteed annual income.
Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, which compensates for past performance measured over one year.
Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, which compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.
In addition to the base salary and incentive plan participation, senior management and Executive Board members enjoy benefits similar to most other comparable employees of ING Group. These include benefits such as the use of company cars, contributions to company savings plans and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.
Base salary
The base salaries of the Executive Board should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre management needed to achieve our business objectives. The Supervisory Board assesses the experience, background, responsibilities, performance and leadership competencies of the CEO and the members of the Executive Board when making decisions on base-salary levels.
To ensure that base-salary levels are in line with the relevant market for talent, the Supervisory Board reviews the base-salary levels of the Executive Board on an annual basis.
Short-term incentive plan
The short-term incentive plan (STIP) is a key component of ING’s performance-driven culture. The short-term incentive is paid in cash. The ‘at target’ bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target levels are based on benchmarks reflecting external market competitiveness as well as internal objectives. Three financial parameters were used in the 2007 STIP for the members of the Executive Board and top senior management across the organization (the top-200 executives) to measure performance at Group level. These financial parameters are: underlying net profit, underlying operating expenses and economic profit/embedded value profit (excluding financial variances). The quantitative elements of the targets are considered stock price sensitive and competition sensitive; accordingly these are not disclosed.
We believe that by combining a profit, a cost and a return parameter, the overall performance of ING is properly reflected. Each element is weighted equally to determine the final award. The three performance targets are set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the performance period. Under the short-term incentive plan, the actual payout in any year may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level.
In addition to the financial targets, part of the short-term incentive award is based on individual performance, assessed over pre-defined measurable targets set for each senior executive. These targets depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual Executive Board members and are determined and assessed by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board sets the targets for senior management. For this layer directly reporting to the Executive Board, the emphasis is on individual performance in their primary business-related responsibility.
Short-term incentive: relative weight of Group and individual performance
         
      Group performance    Individual performance
Executive Board
  70% of total bonus   30% of total bonus
Top senior management in business
  15% of total bonus   85% of total bonus
Top senior management in Group staff
  30% of total bonus   70% of total bonus
Long-term incentive plan
The long-term incentive plan (LTIP) at ING includes both stock options and performance shares. LTIP awards are granted to ensure alignment of senior management with the interests of shareholders, and to retain top management over a longer period of time. The LTIP awards will be granted with a total ‘fair value’ split between stock options and performance shares. The LTI plan was tabled and approved during the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004.

89


Table of Contents

The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years after which they can be exercised for the remaining seven years. After three years, the options will vest only if the option holder is still employed by ING. The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext market price of the ING depositary receipts on the grant date. For members of the Executive Board the grant date is a specific date during the first ‘open period’ after the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Performance shares are conditionally granted. The number of ING depositary receipts that is ultimately granted at the end of a three-year performance period depends on ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders receive in that period) relative to the TSR performance of a pre-defined peer group. The criteria used to determine the performance peer group are: a) considered comparable and relevant by the Supervisory Board, b) representing ING’s current portfolio of businesses (e.g. banking, insurance and asset management) and ING’s geographical spread, c) global players, d) listed and with a substantial free float.
On the basis of these criteria the performance peer group established in 2004 is composed as follows: Citigroup, Fortis, Lloyds TSB (bank/insurance companies); ABN AMRO, Bank of America, BNP Paribas, Banco Santander, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, HSBC (banks); Aegon, AIG, Allianz, Aviva, AXA, Prudential UK, Hartford Financial Services, Munich Re (insurance companies); Invesco (asset manager).
The Supervisory Board has determined that in light of the disappearance of ABN AMRO from the peer group, it will be replaced by Unicredito Italiano. This replacement is based upon a thorough replacement process using the above objective criteria to determine the performance peer group.
ING’s TSR ranking within this group of companies determines the final number of performance shares that vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The initial number of performance shares granted is based on a mid-position ranking of ING. This initial grant will increase or decrease (on a linear basis) on the basis of ING’s TSR position after the three-year performance period as specified in the table below.
Number of shares Awarded after each three-year performance period related to peer group
         
    Number of shares  
1 - 3
    200 %
4 - 8
  Between 200% and 100 %
9 - 11
    100 %
12 - 17
  Between 100% and 0 %
18 - 20
    0 %
The Supervisory Board reviews the peer group before each new three-year performance period. The performance test itself will be carried out at the end of every three-year performance period by an independent third party.
The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell depositary receipts obtained either through the stock-option or the performance-shares plan within a period of five years from the grant date. They are only allowed to sell part of their depositary receipts at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested performance share award. Depositary receipts obtained from exercised stock options may only be sold within a period of five years from the grant date of the options to pay tax over the exercised award.
Remuneration levels
Every year a compensation benchmark analysis is performed based upon a peer group of companies. This peer group, established in 2003, is a mix of European financial services companies and Dutch-based multinationals. The peer group reflects ING’s business structure and environment. ING competes with these companies for executive talent. The following companies are part of this compensation peer group: ABN AMRO, Aegon, Ahold, AXA, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Fortis, KPN, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale.
Considering the disappearance of ABN AMRO and the natural evolvement of the companies in the compensation peer group, the Supervisory Board has undertaken a review of this group. The composition of the adjusted peer group is based upon a thorough review process using objective criteria and reflects the evolved environment and ING’s business structure. The Supervisory Board has decided to adjust to a European financial industry peer group effective as of compensation year 2009. This financial industry peer group will comprise of the following companies: Aegon, Allianz, AXA, Banco Santander, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, Fortis, HSBC, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale, Unicredito Italiano, Zurich Financial Services.

90


Table of Contents

In line with ING’s overall remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board has focused on increasing variable (performance-driven) pay components which has resulted in a gradual convergence of the Executive Board total compensation to the median benchmark over a period of four years. This has been achieved by raising the target levels of both the short-term and long-term incentives. This ensures that future payouts more directly reflect short-term and long-term performance. As a result, the mix of total target compensation (in case of at-target performance) is divided equally between each component (i.e. 1/3rd base salary, 1/3rd short-term incentives, and 1/3rd long-term incentives). This balance of variable remuneration provides the right amount of focus on both the short and long term.
Pensions Executive Board members
At the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 25, 2006, it was agreed to amend the Executive Board remuneration policy with respect to pensions. This revised pension plan applies to all members of the Executive Board regardless of the time of appointment to the Executive Board except for John Hele, Tom McInerney and Cees Maas (retired June 1, 2007). The revised pension plan does not apply to a) Cees Maas, who was born before January 1, 1950 and who therefore continued to participate in the previous Executive Board defined-benefit pension scheme, and b) John Hele and Tom McInerney as they participate in the US pension plans. The pensions of the Executive Board are now based on a defined-contribution plan, which are insured through a contract with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. Starting in 2006, members of the Executive Board have been required to pay a portion of their pension premium. The Employment Contract will terminate by operation of law in case of retirement (‘Standard Retirement’), which will take place on the first day of the month that the individual reaches the age of 65.The retirement age has been changed from previous years (age 60) as a result of the Dutch tax reform.
Employment contract for newly appointed Board members
The contract of employment for Executive Board members appointed after January 1, 2004 provides for an appointment for a period of four years (the appointment period) and allows for reappointment by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
In the case of an involuntary exit, Executive Board members will be entitled to an amount which has been set at a multiple of their Executive Board member base salary, preserving their existing rights. These rights slightly exceed the exit-arrangement provision in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, i.e. no more than two times base salary (first appointment period) or one time base salary (all other situations).
As existing contracts cannot be adapted unilaterally, Executive Board members appointed before 2004 remain appointed for an indefinite period of time and, in case of an involuntary exit remain entitled to an exit payment of three years base salary.
The term of notice for Executive Board members is three months for the employee and six months for the employer.
REMUNERATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 2007
Executive Board base salary 2007
The base salary of the Executive Board members has been frozen for 2007, as was the case in 2004, 2005 and 2006.
Executive Board short-term incentive plan 2007
The target STI payout over 2007 was set at 100% of the individual Executive Board member’s base salary. The final award is based on the achievement of a set of common Group financial targets and specific individual qualitative and quantitative objectives for each Executive Board member. Specifically, 70% of the total award is based on the Group’s underlying net profit, underlying operating expenses and economic profit/embedded value profit (excluding financial variances), while the remaining 30% is based on individual objectives set at the beginning of the year by the chairman of the Executive Board and approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Supervisory Board.
Early in 2008, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviewed the actual results of ING against the 2007 targets. Over 2007, ING exceeded on average the three Group financial targets set, resulting in a score of 136% of target on this component. The individual performance of the Executive Board members was on average 182%. ING’s external auditor has reviewed the extent to which the objectives of both the Group and the individual have been met. The Audit Committee was involved in the review of the underlying financial data.

91


Table of Contents

Executive Board long-term incentive plan 2007
Under the LTIP for the Executive Board, two instruments are used: stock options and performance shares. As mentioned earlier, an identical plan has been adopted by the Executive Board for the top senior managers across ING. As a result, approximately 7,000 senior leaders participate in a similar plan.
The target level for the 2007 LTIP was set at 100% of base salary for each Executive Board member. The final grant level depends on the Group STIP performance and will vary between 50% of the target level (if Group STI would be 0%) and 150% (if Group STI would be 200%).
As the Group STIP performance outcome over 2007 was 136%, the resulting LTIP award is 118% of target. The number of options and performance shares is determined based on a reference price set at the end of 2007 (EUR 26.79) and a ‘fair value’ calculation of options and performance shares (based on a pricing model).
The grant to the Executive Board members is subject to shareholder approval of the maximum number of stock options, performance shares and conditional share awards pursuant to the 2007 LTIP.
Tom McInerney will receive a conditional share award on the same grant date as the other long-term incentive awards. The conditional share award will be 100% vested four years after the grant date with the condition being an active employment contract at the date of vesting. This award is part of Tom McInerney’s employment contract to align his total remuneration with the market practice of senior executives in the United States
The exercise price of the options will be fixed at the Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext opening price of the ING share on May 15, 2008. The performance shares are granted provisionally at the beginning of 2008; the final number will depend on the ranking within the performance peer group after the three-year period (2008 – 2010) based on the performance/payout scale as indicated above.
The performance shares granted in 2005 had a three-year performance period of 2005 – 2007 and will vest in 2008. The actual results of 71% are based upon ING’s TSR ranking of 13 within the designated peer group. The results were determined by an independent third party. ING’s external auditor has reviewed the calculations performed. For members of the Executive Board who received an award as an Executive Board member in 2005, such award will vest in the final number of performance shares in May 2008. For the other senior leaders who participated in the 2005 – 2008 performance share award, such award vested in March 2008.

92


Table of Contents

Compensation in cash of the individual members of the Executive Board
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (EUR thousands)  
Michel Tilmant
                       
Base salary
    1,289       1,289       1,289  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    2,001       2,299       1,520  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    3,290       3,588       2,809  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
                       
Base salary
    850       850       850  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,319       1,477       945  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    2,169       2,327       1,795  
 
                       
Dick Harryvan (1)
                       
Base salary
    634       423          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    842       710          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    1,476       1,133          
 
                       
John Hele (2) (3)
                       
Base salary
    412                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    621                  
 
                     
Total cash compensation
    1,033                  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars
                       
Base salary
    634       634       634  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    956       1,102       705  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    1,590       1,736       1,339  
 
                       
Tom McInerney (1) (3)
                       
Base salary
    946       690          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,425       1,157          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    2,371       1,847          
 
                       
Hans van der Noordaa (1)
                       
Base salary
    634       423          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    956       710          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    1,590       1,133          
 
                       
Koos Timmermans (2)
                       
Base salary
    423                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    637                  
 
                     
Total cash compensation
    1,060                  
 
                       
Jacques de Vaucleroy (1)
                       
Base salary
    634       423          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    956       710          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    1,590       1,133          
 
                       
Cees Maas (4)
                       
Base salary
    291       697       697  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    438       1,244       806  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    729       1,941       1,503  
 
(1)   Dick Harryvan, Tom McInerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy were appointed to the Executive Board on April 25, 2006. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2006 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(2)   John Hele and Koos Timmermans were appointed to the Executive Board on April 24, 2007. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2007 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.

93


Table of Contents

(3)   John Hele and Tom McInerney get their compensation in US dollars. For each year the compensation in US dollars was converted to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(4)   Cees Maas stepped down from his position in the Executive Board on April 24, 2007 and retired on June 1, 2007. The figures for this member reflect compensation earned until the last day of employment. Thus, the figures for 2007 reflect the partial year. In addition to his base salary, Cees Maas received a one-off retirement payment in 2007 of EUR 727 thousand .
Compensation in cash of former members of the Executive Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2007, EUR 3,412 thousand in 2006 and EUR 5,068 thousand in 2005.

94


Table of Contents

Long-term incentives of the individual members of the Executive Board (1)
fair market value at grant
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (EUR thousands)  
Michel Tilmant
                       
Number of options
    132,054       132,163       108,200  
Number of performance shares
    31,293       27,650       19,300  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    1,521       1,734       1,160  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
                       
Number of options
    87,066       87,138       71,400  
Number of performance shares
    20,632       18,230       12,800  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    1,003       1,143       765  
 
                       
Dick Harryvan (3)
                       
Number of options
    64,967       43,347          
Number of performance shares
    15,396       9,069          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    748       569          
 
                       
John Hele (4)
                       
Number of options
    42,228                  
Number of performance shares
    10,007                  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    486                  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars
                       
Number of options
    64,967       65,021       53,200  
Number of performance shares
    15,396       13,603       9,500  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    748       853       571  
 
                       
Tom McInerney (3) (5)
                       
Number of options
    96,875       70,695          
Number of performance shares
    22,957       14,790          
Number of conditional shares
    54,312       37,633          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    2,571       2,201          
 
                       
Hans vander Noordaa (3)
                       
Number of options
    64,967       43,347          
Number of performance shares
    15,396       9,069          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    748       569          
 
                       
Koos Timmermans (4)
                       
Number of options
    43,312                  
Number of performance shares
    10,264                  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    499                  
 
                       
Jacques de Vaucleroy (3)
                       
Number of options
    64,967       43,347          
Number of performance shares
    15,396       9,069          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    748       569          
 
                       
Cees Maas (6)
                       
Number of options
            0       58,600  
Number of performance shares
            0       10,500  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
            938       628  
 
(1)   Long-term incentives are granted in the year following the reporting year. The long-term incentive plan provides for a combination of share options and provisional performance shares based on a 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The fair value calculation for the performance year 2007 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 4.22: 1 (2006: 4.78 : 1, 2005: 5.6 : 1). The maximum number of stock options and performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be tabled for approval at the General Meeting of Shareholders.

95


Table of Contents

(2)   The fair market value of a long-term incentive award reflects the estimated fair market value of the long-term incentive award based on a fair value calculation. The valuation is calculated on the last trading day of the year for grants made to the Executive Board members for performance over the specified year and is not updated for current market values.
 
(3)   Dick Harryvan, Tom McInerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy were appointed to the Executive Board on April 25, 2006. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4)   John Hele and Koos Timmermans were appointed to the Executive Board on April 24, 2007. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(5)   Tom McInerney will receive conditional shares on the same grant date as the other long-term incentive awards. The conditional shares will be 100% vested four years after the grant date with the condition being an active employment contract. The conditional shares are provided to align Tom McInerney’s total remuneration with US market practice.
 
(6)   As a result of his retirement from the Executive Board in 2007, Cees Maas received the fair market value of his 2006 long-term incentive award in cash instead of options and performance shares.
The fair market value of long-term incentive awards of former members of the Executive Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2007 and 2006, and EUR 2,150 thousand in 2005.
Pension costs of the individual members of the Executive Board (1)
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (EUR thousands)  
Michel Tilmant
    874       689       685  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    566       439       482  
Dick Harryvan (2)
    324       206          
John Hele (3) (4)
    72                  
Eli Leenaars
    348       270       255  
Tom McInerney (2) (4)
    286       297          
Hans van der Noordaa (2)
    267       170          
Koos Timmermans (3)
    166                  
Jacques de Vaucleroy (2)
    267       170          
Cees Maas (5) (6)
    1,386       448       482  
 
(1)   For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2005 to 2007.
 
(2)   Dick Harryvan, Tom McInerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy were appointed to the Executive Board on April 25, 2006. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(3)   John Hele and Koos Timmermans were appointed to the Executive Board on April 24, 2007. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4)   John Hele’s and Tom McInerney’s pension costs have been translated from US dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
(5)   Cees Maas stepped down from his position in the Executive Board on April 24, 2007 and retired on June 1, 2007. The 2007 figures for him reflect pension costs for the partial year until the last day of employment.
 
(6)   The early retirement pension benefit is paid up until age 65 and during the early retirement benefit period, the plan provides for additional pension rights earned towards the old-age pension plan, which begins at age 65. The pension cost shown is the additional IFRS impact and cost related to the funding of Cees Maas’ old-age pension rights earned during the early retirement pension period, which must be fully realised by the company in the same year he has retired.
Pension costs of former members of the Executive Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2007, EUR 4,506 thousand in 2006 and EUR 1,184 thousand in 2005.
Loans and advances to Executive Board members
The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board members and outstanding on December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. These loans were concluded in the normal course of business and on terms generally applicable to Company personnel as a whole and were approved by the Supervisory Board.

96


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to the individual members of the Executive Board
                                                                         
            Average                     Average                     Average        
    Amount     interest             Amount     interest             Amount     interest        
    outstanding     rate     Repayments     outstanding     rate     Repayments     outstanding     rate     Repayments  
    (EUR thousands)  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    24       4.3 %     4       28       4.3 %     3       31       4.3 %     3  
Dick Harryvan
    227       3.5 %     200       427       3.9 %                                
John Hele
    635       5.6 %                                                        
Hans van der Noordaa
    930       4.4 %             930       4.4 %                                
Koos Timmermans
    380       4.6 %                                                        
Jacques de Vaucleroy
    180       5.5 %     12       192       5.5 %     17                          
Cees Maas (1)
                            446       4.0 %             446       4.0 %        
 
(1)   Cees Maas retired on June 1, 2007.
ING depositary receipts for shares held by Executive Board members
Executive Board members are permitted to hold ING depositary receipts for shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Executive Board.
ING depositary receipts for shares held by members of the Executive Board
                         
    Number of shares  
    2007     2006     2005  
Michel Tilmant
    24,764       7,764       7,764  
Tom McInerney (1)
    127,694       64,527          
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    7,126                  
Dick Harryvan
    2,000                  
John Hele
    2,300                  
Eli Leenaars
    5,628                  
Hans van der Noordaa
    2,000                  
Koos Timmermans
    2,000                  
Jacques de Vaucleroy
    27,740                  
Cees Maas (2)
            7,764       7,764  
 
(1)   The shares held by Tom McInerney are American Depositary Receipts. He also holds 2,239 units in a Leveraged Stock Fund.
 
(2)   Cees Maas retired on 1 June 2007.

97


Table of Contents

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options held by the members of the Executive Board as at December 31, 2007
                                                                 
    Outstanding as at     Granted             Waived or expired     Outstanding as at     Exercise     Exercise price in        
number of options   31 December 2006     in 2007     Exercised in 2007     in 2007 (1)     31 December 2007     price in euros     US dollars     Expiry date
Michel Tilmant
    21,000                               21,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    14,000                               14,000       29.50             Mar 11, 2012
 
    21,000                               21,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
    14,000                               14,000       12.55             Mar 3, 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
    82,600                               82,600       21.67             May 13, 2015
 
    108,200                               108,200       32.75             May 12, 2016
 
            132,163                       132,163       33.10             May 17, 2017
 
                                                               
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    2,000                               2,000       26.10             May 28, 2009
 
    10,000                               10,000       28.30             Apr 3, 2010
 
    4,000                               4,000       35.80             Mar 15, 2011
 
    3,000                               3,000       28.60             May 27, 2012
 
    4,000                               4,000       12.55             Mar 3, 2013
 
    17,800                               17,800       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
    53,400                               53,400       21.67             May 13, 2015
 
    71,400                               71,400       32.75             May 12, 2016
 
            87,138                       87,138       33,10             May 17, 2017
 
                                                               
Dick Harryvan
    13,125                               13,125       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    12,250                               12,250       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
    6,000                               6,000       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    8,800                               8,800       23.28             Mar 30, 2015
 
    13,060                               13,060       32.77             Mar 23, 2016
 
            46,802                       46,802       33.10             May 17, 2017
 
                                                               
John Hele
    24,200                               24,200               21.64     Nov 17, 2013
 
    5,700                               5,700       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    39,173                               39,173       23.28             Mar 30, 2015
 
    31,896                               31,896       32.77             Mar 23, 2016
 
            46,592                       46,592       32.19             Mar 22, 2017
 
                                                               
Eli Leenaars
    3,300                               3,300       25.25             Apr 1, 2009
 
    10,000                               10,000               27.28     Apr 3, 2010
 
    22,400                               22,400               31.96     Mar 15, 2011
 
    31,000                               31,000               25.72     Mar 11, 2012
 
    7,850                               7,850       12.55             Mar 3, 2013
 
    9,654                               9,654       18.75             Mar 15, 2014
 
    6,436                               6,436       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    41,700                               41,700       21.67             May 13, 2015
 
    53,200                               53,200       32.75             May 12, 2016
 
            65,021                       65,021       33.10             May 17, 2017
 
                                                               
Tom McInerney
    40,000                               40,000               31.96     Mar 15, 2011
 
    91,400                               91,400               25.72     Mar 11, 2012
 
    125,200                               125,200               13.70     Mar 3, 2013
 
    153,550                               153,550       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    260,425                               260,425       23.28             Mar 30, 2015
 
    213,325                               213,325       32.77             Mar 23, 2016
 
            125,879                       125,879       33.10             May 17, 2017

98


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    Outstanding as at     Granted             Waived or expired     Outstanding as at     Exercise     Exercise price in        
number of options   31 December 2006     in 2007     Exercised in 2007     in 2007 (1)     31 December 2007     price in euros     US dollars     Expiry date
Hans van der Noordaa
    13,125                               13,125       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    8,900                               8,900       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
    6,000                               6,000       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    15,000                               15,000       23.28             Mar 30, 2015
 
    11,195                               11,195       32.77             Mar 23, 2016
 
            46,802                       46,802       33.10             May 17, 2017
 
                                                               
Koos Timmermans
    10,500                               10,500       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    6,000                               6,000       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    8,800                               8,800       23.28             Mar 30, 2015
 
    6,530                               6,530       32.77             Mar 23, 2016
 
            35,443                       35,443       32.19             Mar 22, 2017
 
                                                               
Jacques de Vaucleroy
    7,000                               7,000       26.10             May 28, 2009
 
    20,000                               20,000       28.30             Apr 3, 2010
 
    7,634                               7,634               13.70     Mar 3, 2013
 
    61,110                               61,110       18.71             Mar 15, 2014
 
    114,950                               114,950       23.28             Mar 30, 2015
 
    100,352                               100,352       32.77             Mar 23, 2016
 
            70,657                       70,657       33.10             May 17, 2017
 
                                                               
Cees Maas
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             Mar 11, 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             Mar 3, 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             May 14, 2014
 
    51,200                               51,200       21.67             May 13, 2015
 
    58,600                               58,600       32.75             May 12, 2016
 
(1)   Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date.
REMUNERATION SUPERVISORY BOARD
Remuneration
The annual remuneration of the Supervisory Board members amounts to: chairman EUR 75,000, vice-chairman EUR 65,000, other members EUR 45,000. In addition to the remuneration each member receives an expense allowance. For the chairman and vice-chairman the annual amount is EUR 6,810. For the other members the amount is EUR 2,270.
The remuneration for the membership of committees is as follows: chairman of the Audit Committee EUR 8,000, members of the Audit Committee EUR 6,000, chairmen of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 7,500 and members of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 5,000. In addition to the fixed remuneration, committee members receive a fee for each meeting they attend. For the Audit Committee chairman this fee is EUR 2,000 per meeting and for its members EUR 1,500. For the chairman and members of other committees the attendance fee amounts to EUR 450 per meeting. The remuneration and the attendance fee for the membership of a committee are not applicable to the chairman and vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board if they are on one of the committees.

99


Table of Contents

The table below shows the remuneration, expense allowances and attendance fees per Supervisory Board member for 2007 and previous years
Compensation of the members of the Supervisory Board
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (EUR thousands)
Cor Herkströter
    82       75       68  
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière(1)
    72       70       65  
Henk Breukink(2)
    35                  
Peter Elverding(3)
    20                  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    60       52       44  
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    62       56       49  
Jan Hommen(4)
    67       57       24  
Piet Hoogendoorn(5)
    28                  
Piet Klaver(6)
    47       33          
Wim Kok
    62       51       39  
Godfried van der Lugt
    62       56       40  
Karel Vuursteen
    56       43       39  
Paul van der Heijden(7)
    20       52       43  
 
(1)   Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière is a member of the Supervisory Board as of April 2004 and vice-chairman as of February 2005. The compensation figure for 2005 reflects the partial year as vice chairman.
 
(2)   Henk Breukink is a member of the Supervisory Board as of April 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(3)   Peter Elverding is a member of the Supervisory Board as of August 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(4)   Jan Hommen is a member of the Supervisory Board as of June 2005. The compensation figure for 2005 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(5)   Piet Hoogendoorn is a member of the Supervisory Board as of June 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
 
(6)   Piet Klaver is a member of the Supervisory Board as of April 2006. The compensation figure for 2006 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board .
 
(7)   Paul van der Heijden retired in April 2007. The compensation figure for 2007 reflects the partial year as member of the Supervisory Board.
Compensation of former members of the Supervisory Board who are not included in the above table amounted to nil in 2007, EUR 33 thousand in 2006 and EUR 138 thousand in 2005.
Proposal to amend the Supervisory Board remuneration
On the agenda of the 2008 General Meeting of Shareholders a proposal has been tabled to amend the remuneration of the Supervisory Board by providing a supplementary allowance for additional time requirements in cases where international travel is required for attending meetings, given that the current structure does not compensate at a competitive level in cases where individual Supervisory Board member’s time commitments are substantially in excess of the time required for attending domestic meetings.
The amendment to the Supervisory Board remuneration would be as follows as of May 1, 2008: an additional fee of EUR 2,000 per attended Supervisory Board or Committee meeting in the event the meeting is held outside the country of residence of the Supervisory Board member, or an additional amount of EUR 7,500 per attended Supervisory Board or Committee meeting if intercontinental travel is required for attending the meeting.
Loans and advances to Supervisory Board members
As at December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no loans and advances outstanding to members of the Supervisory Board. As at December 31, 2005, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerned a loan to a former Supervisory Board member.

100


Table of Contents

ING depositary receipts for shares and options held by Supervisory Board members
Supervisory Board members are permitted to hold ING depositary receipts for shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Supervisory Board. Supervisory Board members did not hold ING options at year-end 2007.
ING (depositary receipts for) shares held by members of the Supervisory Board
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
    (EUR thousands)
Cor Herkströter
    1,616       1,616       1,616  
Luella Gross Goldberg (1)
    6,814       6,814       6,814  
Piet Klaver
    7,430       5,430       0  
Karel Vuursteen
    1,510       1,510       1,510  
 
(1)   The shares held by Luella Gross Goldberg are American Depositary Receipts.
EXECUTIVE BOARD REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 2008
The Supervisory Board has taken notice of the recommendations by the Frijns corporate governance monitoring committee and will consider these recommendations in their evaluation in 2008.
Policy for 2008
With regard to the remuneration policy for 2008, the Supervisory Board continues to build upon the remuneration policy initiated in 2003, which supports the performance-oriented culture. Over the past six years, the Executive Boards’ total remuneration package has gradually converged to the benchmark through increases in the short-term and long-term incentive target levels (as a percentage of base salary). The results of the market-competitive analysis indicate overall increases in the market that may put pressure on compensation levels.
Executive Board base salary 2008
A market-competitive analysis is conducted on an annual basis to ensure market competitiveness. For 2008 the Supervisory Board has concluded to increase the base-salary levels by 5% for all Executive Board members with the exception of Tom McInerney (who is employed on a US-based compensation structure).
Executive Board short-term incentive plan 2008
The 2008 short-term incentive target at 100% of base salary will remain the same as 2007. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level (e.g. between 0% and 200% of base salary).
The mix for the 2008 short-term incentive award will remain the same as in 2007: 70% will be determined by pre-defined ING Group financial performance measures and 30% will be based on individual performance objectives set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board.
For 2008 the Supervisory Board has determined that the Executive Board’s short-term incentive award for the Group performance should be measured using three financial criteria: underlying net profit per share, underlying operating expenses and economic profit/embedded value profit (excluding financial variances).
Executive Board long-term incentive plan 2008
The Supervisory Board will keep the LTI target value at 100% of base salary (same target percentage as the STI). The range may vary between 50% and 150% of the target level (e.g. between 50% and 150% of base salary). The structure for the 2008 long-term incentive award will remain the same as the 2004 structure (the total award value will be split between stock options and performance shares).
As was the case in 2007, the total LTI value in stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be determined by the Supervisory Board at the end of 2008, based on the extent to which each of the three pre-defined financial objectives set out in the 2008 short-term incentive plan have been achieved.

101


Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES
The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 120,282 in 2007, of which 31,047 or 26%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations over was as follows (average full time equivalents):
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations             Total        
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
The Netherlands
    9,462       9,688       11,191       21,585       22,884       22,946       31,047       32,572       34,137  
Belgium
    228       1,215       1,289       10,983       11,277       11,272       11,211       12,492       12,561  
Rest of Europe
    3,899       3,767       3,616       18,581       18,026       18,010       22,480       21,793       21,626  
North America
    15,194       15,016       14,920       3,625       3,032       2,689       18,819       18,048       17,609  
Latin America
    16,074       13,614       12,155       373       386       442       16,447       14,000       12,597  
Asia
    8,451       8,206       6,985       9,115       8,748       7,579       17,566       16,954       14,564  
Australia
    1,703       1,507       1,403       929       815       757       2,632       2,322       2,160  
Other
    76       57       70       4       5       4       81       62       74  
 
                                                     
Total
    55,087       53,070       51,629       65,195       65,173       63,699       120,282       118,243       115,328  
 
                                                     
In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 1,942 in 2007, 1,709 in 2006 and 1,584 in 2005. The Group does not employ significant numbers of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the six business lines was as follows for each of the years 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Insurance Europe
    12 %     13 %     14 %
Insurance Americas
    27       24       24  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    9       9       7  
Wholesale Banking
    16       17       18  
Retail Banking
    30       31       31  
ING Direct
    6       6       6  
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.

102


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions
As of December 31, 2007, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 2,225,764,238 Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents 99.9% of the Ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. subject to the right of holders of bearer receipts to vote according to their own discretion on the basis of a proxy as set out below under “Voting of Ordinary Shares by holders of bearer receipts as a proxy of the Trust. ” The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Conditions of Administration (Administratievoorwaarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.
As of December 31, 2007, there were 143,961,236 American Depositary Shares or ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 900 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.
Bearer receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each bearer receipt represents financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of bearer receipts (including those bearer receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement as described in more detail below. Bearer receipts are also issued by the Trust for preference shares.
All bearer receipts are embodied in one or more global depositary receipts which are held in custody by Euroclear Nederland (the Central securities Depository (CSD) of the Netherlands, formerly known as “NECIGEF”) in exchange for which every bearer receipt holder is credited in the books of the participants of Euroclear Nederland pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions (Wet giraal effectenverkeer). Each bearer receipt holder shall nominate a Euroclear Nederland participant, through which the global depositary receipts are to be held in custody on his behalf. Return of the global depositary receipts to a party other than the Trust shall not be permitted without the Trust’s consent. Administration of the global depositary receipts is assigned to Euroclear Nederland which is authorized to perform any necessary act on behalf of the bearer receipt holder(s) in respect of the relevant depositary receipts, including acceptance and transfer, and to cooperate in making additions to and deletions from the relevant global depositary receipt in accordance with the provisions of the Act on Book Entry Transactions.
Transfer of title in the bearer receipts in the form of CF Certificates together with the dividend sheet is effected by book-entry through the facilities of Euroclear Nederland and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions. Owners of bearer receipts participate in the Euroclear Nederland system by maintaining accounts with Euroclear Nederland participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of bearer receipts as proxy of the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights.
However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of bearer receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by such holder of bearer receipts.
On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to his own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the Ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out in the paragraph below) do not apply for the holder of bearer receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.
The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of bearer receipts are:
  the relevant holder of bearer receipts must have announced his intention to attend the General Meeting of Shareholders observing the provisions laid down in the articles of association of ING Groep N.V.;
 
  the relevant holder of bearer receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of the

103


Table of Contents

voting proxy; provided that the relevant holder of bearer receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which term will be determined by the Trust.
Voting instructions of holders of bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its Ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of Ordinary shares equal to the number of bearer receipts held by the relevant holder of bearer receipts.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by the Trust
The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with bearer receipts:
  the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the General Meeting of Shareholders;
 
  the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.
The Trust has discretion to vote in respect of shares for which it has not issued proxy votes to holders of depositary receipts and has not received any voting instructions. Under the Trust Agreement, the Trust is required to promote the interests of all holders of depositary receipts, irrespective of whether they attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, also taking into account the interests of ING Group, the businesses of ING Group and its group companies and all other ING Group stakeholders in voting such shares, so as to ensure that all these interests are given as much consideration and protection as possible.
Intention to abolish ING Trust Office
It is the intention of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board to abolish the Trust Office and depositary receipts once the number of votes on ordinary shares and depositary receipts of ordinary shares, including proxies, and excluding the votes which are at the discretion of the Trust Office, at a General Meeting of Shareholders is at least 35% of the total votes that may be cast for three consecutive years. In 2006, 28% of total votes were cast and in 2007, the figure was 36.7%. The Executive Board is committed to achieving the 35% requirement and will encourage depositary receipt holders, particularly institutional investors, to participate in voting at the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Administration of the Trust
The Management Board of the Trust will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Members of the Management Board will be appointed by the Management Board itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are not eligible for appointment as a Managing Director. Managing Directors are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms without any requirement for approval by ING Groep N.V.
Valid resolutions may be passed only if all Managing Directors have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all Managing Directors are present or represented. A Managing Director may be represented only by a fellow Managing Director who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Management Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.
The legal relationship between holders of bearer receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.
Termination of the Trust
Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trust and with the approval of the meeting of holders of bearer receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of succession of the administration, holders of bearer receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares of type of which they hold bearer receipts. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.

104


Table of Contents

Holders of bearer receipts with a stake of 5% or more
According to filings under the   Dutch Financial Supervision Act)(1), AllianceBernstein Corporation held more than 5% of the bearer receipts as of December 31, 2007. As of December 19, 2007, Alliance Bernstein Corporation held 117,225,238 bearer receipts. To the best of our knowledge, as of December 31, 2007 no other shareholder holds more than 5% of all bearer receipts outstanding. Neither AllianceBernstein Corporation nor any other shareholder possesses voting rights different from those possessed by other shareholders.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company held 126,759,829 bearer receipts, representing 5.69% of the bearer receipts and underlying Ordinary shares outstanding. These bearer receipts were acquired pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase plan as well as the Company’s delta hedging activities in respect of its employee option plans. The company does not have voting rights in respect of bearer receipts it owns. A proposal for the cancellation of all such bearer receipts held by the Company will be submitted at the 2008 annual General Meeting of Shareholders. As of December 31, 2007, the Company held 10,000,000 depositary receipts of preference A shares, representing 62.45% of the depositary receipts of preference A shares outstanding. The Company’s depositary receipts for preference A shares were repurchased from ABN AMRO Holding N.V. in December 2007 and have subsequently been cancelled.
As of December 31, 2007, the percentage ownership by ABN AMRO Holding N.V. and Fortis Utrecht N.V. of bearer receipts outstanding had each decreased to below the 5% threshold, compared to percentage ownerships of above 5% at December 31, 2006.
The following table sets forth the share ownership of the 5% shareholder of ING issued capital as of December 31, 2007.
         
Shareholder   % of Issued capital(1)   
AllianceBernstein Corporation
    5.08  
 
(1)   This information is based upon filings made under the Dutch Financial Supervision Act as of the respective filing dates and may not be accurate as of the date hereof. The Dutch Financial Supervision Act requires investors to file their ownership as a percentage of the company’s issued capital rather than as a percentage of the class of securities. For more information regarding this act and the filings based on it, please visit the website of the Dutch Authorities for the Financial Markets at www.afm.nl
Pursuant to section 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, shareholders are only required to provide updated information  on their holdings once they cross threshold levels of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75%, 95%. As a result, other than information that may be ascertained from public filings available under the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, we are not, nor would we be likely to be, aware of any changes in the ownership of bearer receipts between the threshold levels mentioned in the previous sentence.
The voting rights of the majority of Ordinary shares are held by the Trust. As of December 31, 2007, shareholders in the Netherlands held approximately 409 million bearer receipts, or 18% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2007, shareholders in the United States held approximately 543 million bearer receipts (including ADSs), or 24% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding.
As of December 31, 2007, other than the Trust, no other person is known to the Company to be the owner of more than 10% of the Ordinary shares or bearer receipts. As of December 31, 2007, members of the Supervisory Board held 17,370 bearer receipts. If Supervisory Board members hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as Executive Board member, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2007, to the best of its knowledge, there are no agreements or arrangements in place that could lead to a change in control of the Company.
Related Party Transactions
As of December 31, 2007, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances made to members of the Supervisory Board was zero. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board was EUR 2.4 million, at an average interest rate of 4.8%. The largest aggregate

105


Table of Contents

amount of loans and advances outstanding to the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board during 2007 was EUR 2.4 million.
The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (1) were made in the ordinary course of business, (2) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (3) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.
As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.

106


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial information
Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Note 30 of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
Legal Proceedings
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings included a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América (now known as Seguros ING S.A. de C.V. and referred to hereinafter as “Seguros”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claimed USD 300 million, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favor of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to USD 94 million plus interest. This decision was appealed by all parties involved. Seguros’ appeal was rejected and the decision of the Court of Appeal regarding the amount owed was affirmed. Seguros has paid the principal and interest into court, bringing the case to a close. Seguros also has been the subject of complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. These matters are being defended vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess their final outcome.
In November 2006, the issue of amongst others the costs charged by the insurance industry to customers in respect of universal life insurance products (commonly referred to as ‘beleggingsverzekeringen’, ‘beleggingspolissen’ or ‘beleggingshypotheken’) has received attention both in the Dutch public media and from the Dutch regulator for the insurance industry and consumer protection organizations. The Dutch insurance industry (including subsidiaries of the ING Groep N.V., primarily Nationale-Nederlanden) sold these products to customers either directly or through intermediaries. In July 2007 a class action was lodged against Nationale-Nederlanden in relation to these products. The subject of this procedure is not a specific claim for compensation, but a request to the judge to pronounce that Nationale-Nederlanden provided clients with incomplete or misleading information about costs and risks. Such legal proceedings can also be lodged against other subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. involved. Discussions are ongoing between the insurance industry and consumer organizations to find an out of court solution. Early March 2008 the Ombudsman Financial Services published a recommendation for an industry wide solution. This recommendation is not binding on the parties involved. While ING believes that it has complied with all relevant laws and regulations regarding consumer rights and consumer protection, ING’s Dutch insurance companies will accept the recommendation. A provision has been taken to contribute to this possible solution. As consumer organisations criticize the recommendation and the policy holders have not formally agreed with the proposed solution, it is difficult to predict when and how the issue will be solved.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, brokerage, investment, and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Because of the geographic spread of its business, ING may be subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions at any point in time. Although ING believes that it has adequately provided for all its tax positions, the ultimate resolution of these audits may result in liabilities which are different from the amounts recorded.

107


Table of Contents

Dividends
ING Groep N.V. has declared and paid dividends each year since its formation in 1991. Each year, a final dividend in respect of the prior year is generally declared at and paid after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders generally held in April of each year. An interim dividend is generally declared and paid in September, based upon the results for the first six months. The declaration of interim dividends is subject to the discretion of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V., whose decision to that effect is subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Company. The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual profits (after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual profits that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may declare dividends there from and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Executive Board in determining the appropriate amount of reserves and there can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends in the future.
Since the beginning of 2005 ING has a dividend policy of full cash dividends starting with the final dividend 2004. Following the introduction of IFRS-EU – which is expected to increase volatility in net profit – ING intends to pay dividends in relation to the longer-term underlying development of profit.
ING Groep N.V. made dividend payments of EUR 7 million, EUR 10 million and EUR 14 million on its Preference shares and declared dividends of EUR 2,999 million, EUR 2,681 million and EUR 2,461 million on its Ordinary shares, in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Both the final dividend 2006 and the interim dividend 2007 were fully paid in cash
Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and bearer receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the bearer receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.
If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding bearer receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.
If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of bearer receipts the right to subscribe for additional bearer receipts of such shares on the same basis.
If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice of such option by advertisement and give holders of bearer receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. Holders of bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares
There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, bearer receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands,

108


Table of Contents

implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under Item 10, “Additional Information — Taxation — Netherlands Taxation”.
Since December 31, 2007, until the filing of this report, no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in Item 18, ” Financial Statements” of this document.

109


Table of Contents

Item 9. The offer and listing
Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext, the principal trading market for the bearer receipts. The bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchanges of Euronext Brussels, Euronext Paris, Deutsche Börse as well as on the Swiss Exchange. As of December 31, 2007, ING Group was the second largest company quoted on Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext, based on market capitalization. ING Bank is one of the principal market makers for the bearer receipts on Euronext Amsterdam by NYSE Euronext.
Since June 13, 1997,ADSs, each representing one bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 6, 2004, among the Company, The Trust (Stichting ING Aandelen), as trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. The Trust holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the bearer receipts. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holders of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2007, there were 143,961,236 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 900 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 18% of the bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 24% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 24% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).
The following are the high and low sales prices of the bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 2003 – February 28, 2008:
                                                 
                    Trading                     Trading  
                    volume                     volume  
                    in millions                     in millions  
    Euronext Amsterdam     of bearer     New York     of  
      Stock Exchange (EUR)     receipts     Stock Exchange (USD)     ADSs  
Calendar period   High     Low             High     Low          
2003
    19.06       8.70       2,863.5       23.41       9.96       124.9  
2004
    22.28       16.73       2,403.5       30.32       20.28       106.4  
2005
    29.75       20.99       2,131.7       35.40       26.94       113.2  
 
                                               
2006
First quarter
    32.79       27.82       584.1       39.71       33.61       25.8  
Second quarter
    33.38       28.10       632.3       42.59       34.74       27.5  
Third quarter
    34.80       29.56       510.0       44.37       37.22       20.9  
Fourth quarter
    35.96       31.50       593.0       45.35       41.74       33.4  
 
                                               
2007
First quarter
    34.69       29.91       754.1       45.78       40.04       32.3  
Second quarter
    34.50       31.68       773.4       47.18       42.43       38.8  
Third quarter
    33.23       28.94       862.1       45.67       38.49       50.5  
Fourth quarter
    32.45       24.38       877.3       45.94       36.41       56.1  
 
                                               
2007 and 2008
September 2007
    31.13       29.12       228.8       44.31       40.42       10.3  
October 2007
    32.45       30.34       251.8       45.94       43.75       11.3  
November 2007
    30.34       24.38       424.2       43.54       36.41       27.5  
December 2007
    27.43       26.00       201.4       40.35       37.40       17.2  
January 2008
    26.21       20.91       504.5       39.17       31.33       41.2  
February 2008
    24.07       20.08       478.9       36.11       29.28       44.0  

110


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional information
Memorandum and Articles of Association
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of the Netherlands. Our object and purpose, as set forth in Article 3 of our Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, provide personal or real security for the obligations of, and provide services to other business enterprises and institutions of any kind whatsoever, but in particular business enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, banking, investment and/or financial services, and to do anything which is related to the foregoing or may be conductive thereto. ING Groep N.V. is registered as number 33231073 in the Company Registry of Amsterdam and our Articles of Association are available there.
Certain Powers of Directors
The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board within the framework of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.
During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow from ING Group or any of its subsidiaries. Loans that already exist upon appointment as a Supervisory Board member however, may be continued. ING Group subsidiaries however, may in the normal course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector, provide other banking and insurance services to Supervisory Board members. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Group to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Our Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. Nevertheless, it has become standard practice for Executive Board members to retire at a certain age. In line with current Dutch tax legislation, this age currently is 65.
Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, members of the Executive Board appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a term of four years and may be reappointed. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that Supervisory Board members retire from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70. Both members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board are appointed from a binding nomination by the Supervisory Board.
Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.
Capital structure, shares
The authorised capital of ING Groep N.V. consists of Ordinary shares, preference A shares, five series of preference B shares and cumulative preference shares. When we refer to shares herein, we mean both our Ordinary shares and our preference shares, unless otherwise specified. Currently, only Ordinary and preference A shares are issued, while a right to acquire up to 900 million cumulative preference shares has been granted to the ING Continuity Foundation (Stichting Continuiteit ING) pursuant to a call option issued by ING Groep N.V. The acquisition of cumulative preference shares pursuant to the call option is subject to the restriction that, immediately after the issue of cumulative preference shares, the total amount of cumulative preference shares may not exceed one-third of the total issued share capital of ING Groep N.V. The purpose of the cumulative preference shares is to protect the independence, the continuity and the identity of the company against the acquisition of control by third parties, including hostile takeovers, while the Ordinary shares and the preference shares are used solely for funding purposes. These shares, which are all registered shares, are not listed on a stock exchange.
Description of Shares
A description of our securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7 - Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. See Item 4 “Information on the Company - Recent Developments” for more information on the tender offer for ING’s preference A shares.

111


Table of Contents

Material contracts
There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business) to which ING is a party in the last two years.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (”SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information located at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on our website at http://www.ing.com.
Exchange controls
Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on Ordinary shares, bearer receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations or adopted by the European Union.
Restrictions on voting
The ADSs represent interests in the bearer receipts of the Trust, which holds the Ordinary shares for which such bearer receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of the Company; however holders of bearer receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of bearer receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to its own discretion.
Holders of bearer receipts may surrender the bearer receipts in exchange for Ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging bearer receipts for Ordinary shares. Such fee, in each case, is a minimum of EUR 25.00, but varies based on the number of bearer receipts so exchanged.
Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings
Section 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (the “Major Holdings Rules”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% or 95%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Rules would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of bearer receipts, Ordinary shares, ADSs, Preference shares, options or warrants, to notify in writing the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.
The notification will be recorded in the register which is held by the Authority for the Financial Markets for that purpose, which register is available for public inspection.
Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Rules can lead to criminal prosecution. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Authority for the

112


Table of Contents

Financial Markets , in accordance with the Major Holdings Rules, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s Ordinary shares.
Voting rights
Each Ordinary share entitles the holder to cast a vote at the General Meeting of Shareholders. By Dutch law, voting rights are proportional to the nominal value of the shares. In other words, each Ordinary share (nominal value: EUR 0.24) gives the right to one vote, while each preference A share (nominal value: EUR 1.20) gives the right to five votes.
On the basis of the closing price of the shares on December 31, 2007, the ratio of market price to voting rights on depositary receipts for Ordinary shares was EUR 26.75 : 1, while the ratio for depositary receipts for preference A shares was EUR 2.94 : 5.
Proposals by shareholders/holders of depositary receipts
In view of the size and market value of ING Group, proposals to put items on the Shareholders’ Meeting agenda can be made by shareholders and holders of depositary receipts representing a joint total of 1 per mille of the share capital or representing together, on the basis of the stock prices on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, a share value of at least EUR 50 million. Given the periods of notice required for proxy voting, proposals have to be submitted in writing at least 50 days before the date of the meeting. Properly submitted proposals will be included on the agenda for the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Issue of shares
The company’s authorized capital is the maximum amount of capital allowed to be issued under the terms of its Articles of Association. New shares in excess of this amount can only be issued after amendment of the Articles of Association. For reasons of flexibility (an amendment to the Articles of Association has to be passed by notarial deed if it is to become effective, and this in turn requires a declaration of no objection to be issued by the Minister of Justice), the authorized capital in the Articles of Association of ING Group has been set at the highest level permitted by law.
Share issues have to be approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may also delegate its authority. Each year, the General Meeting has been asked to delegate authority to the Executive Board to issue new shares. The powers thus delegated to the Executive Board are limited:
- in time: powers are delegated for a period of 18 months;
- to specific types of shares: only Ordinary shares and preference B shares may be issued;
- by number: Ordinary shares may be issued up to a maximum of 10% of the issued capital, or 20% in the event of a merger or takeover;
- in terms of control: resolutions by the Executive Board to issue shares require the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders would be required for any share issues exceeding these limits.
Shareholders’ structure
See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for a description of the Bearer receipts held by ING Group and for details of investors who have reported their interest in ING Group pursuant to the Financial Supervision Act (or the predecessor of this legislation).
Under the terms of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act , declarations of no objection from the Dutch Minister of Finance are to be obtained by anyone wishing to obtain or hold a participating interest of at least 10% respectively in ING Group or to exercise control to this extent via a participating interest in ING Group. Similarly, on the basis of indirect change of control statutes in the various jurisdictions where subsidiaries of ING Group are operating, permission from or notification to local regulatory authorities may be required for the acquisition of a substantial interest in ING Group. ING Group is not aware of investors with an interest of 10% or more in ING Group.

113


Table of Contents

TAXATION
The following is a summary of certain Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States Federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below). For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of bearer receipts or ADSs that is:
an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income tax without regard to its source; or
a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
The summary is a general description of the present Netherlands and United States federal income tax laws and practices as well as the relevant provisions of the present double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”). The information provided below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective investors. It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V. or investors that hold bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction), some of which may be subject to special rules. Moreover, if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs:
1. holds a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V.; or, in case such holder is an individual,
2. receives income or capital gains derived from the bearer receipts and ADSs and this income received or capital gains derived are attributable to the past, present or future employment activities of such holder, the Dutch tax position is not discussed in this summary.
Generally speaking, for Dutch tax purposes, an interest in the share capital of ING Groep N.V., should not be considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest, and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse, registered partner, certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together, does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain rights over, shares or rights resembling shares representing 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital, or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V. With respect to U.S. Shareholders, this summary generally applies only to holders who hold bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax legislation, published case law, and other regulations in force as at the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.
In general, for United States federal income and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of bearer receipts will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts, holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) underlying ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares evidencing the ADSs, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for Bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States federal or Netherlands income tax.
It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. Shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligibility is not limited by the limitations on benefits provisions article 26 of the Treaty.

114


Table of Contents

NETHERLANDS TAXATION
Withholding tax on dividends
The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 15%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.
The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 15% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 15% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.
On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules were introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect as of April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 15% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.
Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V., up to a maximum of the lesser of
  3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
  3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.
The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold.
Both the European Free Trade Association Court of Justice as well as the European Court of Justice (ECJ) issued judgments concerning outbound dividend payments to foreign shareholders. According to both courts, it could be in breach with the European freedom of capital and the freedom of establishment to treat outbound dividend payments less favourably than dividend payments to domestic shareholders. As of January 1, 2007, in general, dividend payments to certain qualifying EU resident corporate shareholders are treated the same as dividend payments to certain qualifying Dutch resident corporate shareholders. Dividend payments to corporate shareholders residing outside the EU are treated still less favorably as opposed to dividend payments to certain qualifying Dutch resident corporate shareholders. Furthermore, subject to certain conditions, a legal entity resident in the Netherlands that is not subject to Dutch corporate income tax is entitled to a refund of the Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld. In addition, subject to certain conditions as well, a legal entity resident in a member state of the European Union, that is not subject to a profit based tax in that member state, and, should that entity be a resident in the Netherlands, would not be subject to Dutch corporate income tax, is also entitled to a refund of the Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld. Such legal entities that are not a resident of the Netherlands or the European Union, are not entitled to a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax. The above stated court cases may have significant implications for certain non-EU resident shareholders that receive dividends that are subject to Netherlands dividend withholding tax (i.e. the aforementioned different treatment may be a breach of the European freedom of capital).
Although the freedom of capital generally also applies to capital movements to and from third countries, such as the United States, it cannot be ruled out that the freedom of capital movements to and from third countries must be interpreted more stringent as opposed to the freedom of capital movements to EU member states. Furthermore, the freedom of capital movements to and from third countries is generally subject to grandfathering (stand-still) provisions in the EC-Treaty (i.e. the restriction of the freedom of capital movements is allowed if these stand-still provisions apply). However, based on case law of the ECJ it may be held that these stand-still provisions do not apply in the specific case of claiming a refund of the Netherlands dividend withholding tax by a shareholder who did not acquire the shares in ING Groep N.V. with a view to establishing

115


Table of Contents

or maintaining lasting and direct economic links between the shareholder and ING Groep N.V. which allow the shareholder to participate effectively in the management of the company or in its control.
Especially the following non-EU resident shareholders may be affected and may as a result be entitled to a (partial) refund of Netherlands dividend withholding tax.
- Legal entities that could have invoked the participation exemption with respect to the dividends received in case they would have been a resident of the Netherlands for tax purposes. In general, the participation exemption applies in case of shareholdings of 5% or more. In case of legal entities resident in the Netherlands, in effect no Dutch dividend withholding tax is due with respect to dividends on shareholdings that apply for the participation exemption.
 
- Individuals if the shares do not belong to the assets of a business enterprise or do not belong to a substantial interest. In case such a natural person would have been a resident of the Netherlands, the dividend as such would not be subject to individual income tax. In stead, the individual would be taxed on a deemed income, calculated at 4% of his net equity, whereas the dividend tax withheld would have been credited in full against the individual income tax due.
 
- Legal entities that, if they had been based in the Netherlands, would not have been subject to corporate income tax (such as a pension fund), or would have qualified as an investment institution for the purposes of this tax, and that would, because of this, be eligible for a refund of dividend withholding tax withheld at their expense.
Taxes on income and capital gains
A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:
§  such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands; and
 
§  such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
§  such shareholder is an individual, and income from a bearer receipt or ADS is not attributable to certain activities in the Netherlands performed by such shareholder other than business activities (for example, by the use of that individual’s special knowledge or activities performed by that individual with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs as a result of which such individual can make a return on the bearer receipt or ADS that is in excess of the return on normal passive portfolio management).
Gift, estate or inheritance tax
No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.
UNITED STATES TAXATION
Taxes on income
For United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of bearer receipts, or the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as defined for United States federal income tax

116


Table of Contents

purposes. A dividend will constitute income from sources outside the United States. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. If you are a non corporate U.S. Shareholder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.
Subject to the limitations provided in the United States Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States federal income tax liability, the amount of any Dutch withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. will endeavour to provide to U.S. Shareholders information concerning the extent to which it has applied the reduction described above with respect to dividends paid to U.S. Shareholders. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.
Since payments of dividends with respect to bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Taxes on capital gains
Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011 will generally be subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive foreign investment company
ING Groep N.V. believes it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. This is a factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.
If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder makes an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain from the sale or disposition of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years.
A U.S. Shareholder who owns bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC would be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

117


Table of Contents

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk
See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors Affecting Results of Operations” and “Risk Management” of Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements for these disclosures, including disclosures relating to operational, compliance and other non market-related risks.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Not applicable.

118


Table of Contents

PART II.
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
On February 12, 2008, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting subsequent to February 12, 2008.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ING’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
– pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of ING;
– provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. In making this assessment, management performed tests based on the criteria of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2007.
Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued their report on ING’s internal control over financial reporting.

119


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders, the Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited ING Groep N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). ING Groep N.V.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, ING Groep N.V. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 and our report dated March 17, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 17, 2008
Ernst & Young Accountants

120


Table of Contents

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has four audit committee financial experts serving on its Audit Committee. These four audit committee financial experts are Messrs. Kok, Hoogendoorn, Elverding and Van der Lugt. All have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the Boards of international conglomerates, Mr. Kok as former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands, Mr. Hoogendoorn serving as the CEO of the Board of Directors of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Mr. Elverding serving as chairman of the Managing Board of Directors of Royal DSM and vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of De Nederlandsche Bank and Mr. Van der Lugt serving as CEO of ING Group. All audit committee financial experts are independent in accordance with the relevant Sarbanes-Oxley regulations, however Mr. Hoogendoorn does not meet the independence criteria for Supervisory Board members as set out in the Tabaksblat Code.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
ING Group has adopted a code of ethics, called the ING’s Business Principles, which apply to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a code of ethics for certain officers. The Business Principles are posted on ING Group’s website at www.ing.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility” followed by “Principles and Policies”. During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services (Ernst & Young and KPMG)
As at December 31, 2007, Ernst & Young Accountants (Ernst & Young) and KPMG Accountants N.V. (KPMG) were the appointed auditors of ING. Ernst & Young was responsible for auditing the financial statements of ING Group and ING Verzekeringen N.V., while KPMG was responsible for the audit of the financial statements of ING Bank N.V. The external auditors, Ernst & Young and KPMG, both attended the meetings of the Audit Committee.
At the annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004, Ernst & Young was appointed to audit the financial statements of ING Group for the financial years 2004 to 2007 inclusive, to report on the outcome of these audits to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board and to provide an audit opinion on the financial statements of ING Group. Furthermore, Ernst & Young also audited and reported on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007.
In 2006, the Supervisory Board, at the suggestion of the Audit Committee and the Executive Board, concluded that it is more efficient that the financial audit of ING Group and its subsidiaries be assigned to one single audit firm, instead of being shared between two firms. Accordingly, both Ernst & Young and KPMG were invited to tender for the financial audit of ING Group and all of its subsidiaries in 2007. This resulted in the nomination of Ernst & Young for appointment by the annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2008 as sole external auditor as of 2008 onwards for ING Group and its subsidiaries.
After a maximum period of five years of performing the financial audit of ING Group or ING Verzekeringen N.V. or ING Bank N.V., the lead audit partners of the external audit firms and the audit partners responsible for reviewing the audits, have to be replaced by other partners of the respective external audit firms. The Audit Committee provides recommendations to the Supervisory Board regarding these replacements, among others, based on an annual evaluation of the provided services. In line with this requirement, the lead audit partner of Ernst & Young has been succeeded after the year-end audit 2006. The rotation of other partners involved with the audit of the financial statements of ING, are subject to applicable independence legislation.
The external auditors may be questioned at the annual General Meeting of Shareholders in relation to their audit opinion on the annual accounts. The external auditors will therefore attend and be entitled to address this meeting.
Both Ernst & Young and KPMG may only provide audit and non audit services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with the permission of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has generally preapproved certain types of audit, audit-related, tax and non-audit services to be provided by ING’s external audit firms on an annual basis. Services that have not been generally pre-approved by the Audit Committee should not be

121


Table of Contents

provided by the external auditor or should be specifically pre-approved by the Audit Committee after recommendation of local management.
The Audit Committee also sets the maximum annual amount that may be spent for pre-approved services. Throughout the year the external audit firms and ING monitor the amounts paid versus the pre-approved amounts. The external auditor provides the Audit Committee with a full overview of all services provided to ING, including related fees, supported by sufficiently detailed information. This overview is periodically evaluated by the Audit Committee during the year.
Audit fees
Audit fees were paid for professional services rendered by the auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements of ING Group and statutory financial statements of ING’s subsidiaries or services provided in connection with the audit of Form 20-F and other filings for regulatory and supervisory purposes as well as the review on interim financial statements.
Audit-related fees
Audit-related fees were paid for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the consolidated financial statements and are not reported under the audit fee item above. These services consisted primarily of IT audits, work performed relating to comfort letters issued in connection with prospectuses, reviews of SEC product filings and advice on accounting.
Tax fees
Tax fees were paid for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning professional services. These services consisted of: tax compliance including the review of original and amended tax returns, assistance with questions regarding tax audits, the preparation of employee tax returns under the ING’s expatriate tax services program and tax planning and advisory services relating to common forms of domestic and international taxation (i.e., income tax, capital tax and value added tax).
All other fees
Fees disclosed in the table above under “all other fees” were paid for products and services other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described above, and consisted primarily of non-recurring support and advisory services. More details on ING’s policy regarding external auditor’s independence are available on the website of ING Group (www. ing.com). In 2007 and 2006, the following amounts were paid to Ernst & Young and KPMG for audit services and non-audit services:
                 
    Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    (EUR millions)  
Ernst & Young
               
Audit fees
    35       35  
Audit-related fees
    5       2  
Tax fees
    3       2  
All other fees
            1  
     
Total(1)
    43       40  
     
 
KPMG
               
Audit fees
    26       28  
Audit-related fees
    2       2  
Tax fees
    2       2  
All other fees
    2       2  
     
Total(1)
    32       34  
     
 
Total
               
Audit fees
    61       63  
Audit-related fees
    7       4  
Tax fees
    5       4  
All other fees
    2       3  
     
Total(1)
    75       74  
     
 
(1)   all amounts excluding VAT

122


Table of Contents

Item 16E. Purchases of Registered Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
                                 
                                Maximum
                        Purchased as part of   number of Shares
        Number   Average   Publicly Announced   that may be
        X 1000   price in euros   Plans or Programs   purchased
Purchases:
                               
January
  1/1/07 – 1/31/07     840       33.85              
February
  2/1/07 – 2/28/07     598       34.15              
March
  3/1/07 – 3/31/07     17,060       30.69              
April
  4/1/07 – 4/30/07     747       32.51              
May
  5/1/07 – 5/31/07     776       33.13              
June
  6/1/07 – 6/30/07     20,902       32.85       20,432      
July
  7/1/07 – 7/31/07     12,185       32.51       11,933      
August
  8/1/07 – 8/31/07     6,637       29.89       6,396      
September
  9/1/07 – 9/30/07     13,882       29.99       13,611      
October
  10/1/07 – 10/31/07     13,634       31.29       13,145      
November
  11/1/07 – 11/30/07     15,277       28.31       15,217      
December
  12/1/07 – 12/31/07     10,046       26.62       9,989      
 
                               
 
                               
Total(1)
        112,584       30.33       90,723      
 
                               
 
                               
Purchases:
                               
January
  1/1/06 – 1/31/06     10,329       28.91              
February
  2/1/06 – 2/28/06     1,530       31.41              
March
  3/1/06 – 3/31/06     4,591       31.47              
April
  4/1/06 – 4/30/06     963       32.17              
May
  5/1/06 – 5/31/06     6,172       31.48              
June
  6/1/06 – 6/30/06     181       29.65              
July
  7/1/06 – 7/31/06     334       30.72              
August
  8/1/06 – 8/31/06     1,441       32.77              
September
  9/1/06 – 9/30/06     1,317       33.98              
October
  10/1/06 – 10/31/06     887       34.99              
November
  11/1/06 – 11/30/06     4,938       33.92              
December
  12/1/06 – 12/31/06     12,419       30.76              
 
                               
 
                               
Total(1)
        45,102       31.14              
 
                               
 
(1)   This table excludes market-making and related hedging purchases by ING Group. The table also (i) excludes ING Group shares purchased by investments funds managed by ING Group for clients in accordance with specified investment strategies that are established by each individual fund manager acting independently of ING Group, and (ii) includes share purchases under ING Group’s delta hedging activities in respect of its employee option plans.
 
(2)   In May 2007, ING announced a plan to adopt a share buyback program approved for a total of EUR five (5) billion over a period of approximately12 months starting from June 2007. The share buyback program is expected to be completed in June 2008 unless the target of EUR five (5) billion is reached earlier than this date or if ING and its subsidiaries hold 10% of the outstanding issued share capital of ING Groep N.V. , which is the current maximum allowed under Dutch law.
 
     

123


Table of Contents

PART III.
Item 18. Financial Statements
See pages F-1 to F-178 and the Schedules on F-190 to F-193
Item 19. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report, dated October 8, 2007:
     
Exhibit 1.1  
Amended and Restated Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V.
   
 
Exhibit 1.2  
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation), dated October 8, 2007
   
 
Exhibit 2.1  
Subordinated Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
   
 
Exhibit 2.2  
First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
   
 
Exhibit 2.3  
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
   
 
Exhibit 2.4  
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
   
 
Exhibit 2.5  
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 26, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on September 23, 2005)
   
 
Exhibit 2.6  
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated December 8, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on December 7, 2005)
   
 
Exhibit 2.7  
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated June 13, 2007, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-K filed on June 12, 2007)
   
 
Exhibit 2.8  
Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated October 4, 2007, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on October 3, 2007)
   
 
Exhibit 4.1  
Form of Employment Contract for Members of the Executive Board (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
   
 
Exhibit 7  
Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
   
 
Exhibit 8  
List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
   
 
Exhibit 10.1  
Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
   
 
Exhibit 10.2  
Consent of KPMG Accountants
   
 
Exhibit 10.3  
Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entrerprises SCCRL.
   
 
Exhibit 12.1  
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002

124


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 12.2  
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002
   
 
Exhibit 13.1  
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
 
Exhibit 13.2  
Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

125


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
             
    ING Groep N.V.
(Registrant)
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ J. Hele    
 
           
  
  Name:   John Hele    
  
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer    
Date: March 17, 2008

126


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS
The information in this section sets forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Information for 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is set forth under IFRS-EU. Information for 2003 is set forth under Dutch GAAP, which differs in significant respects from IFRS-EU. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
Return on equity of the banking operations
    16.7 %     19.4 %     24.2 %
Return on equity of ING Group
    24.2 %     23.5 %     26.6 %
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
    34.3 %     37.0 %     35.5 %
Return on assets of ING Group
    0.7 %     0.6 %     0.5 %
Equity to assets of ING Group
    2.8 %     3.1 %     2.6 %
Net interest margin of the banking operations
    0.9 %     1.1 %     1.2 %
AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES
The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for the periods indicated. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect interest income and expense on derivatives and other interest income and expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing assets and liabilities. These items are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided hereunder.

127


Table of Contents

ASSETS
                                                                         
    Interest-earning assets
    2007   2006   2005
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits with banks
                                                                       
domestic
    25,730       960       3.7       13,138       522       4.0       3,553       99       2.8  
foreign
    61,531       2,381       3.9       51,553       1,799       3.5       25,576       1,022       4.0  
Loans and advances
                                                                       
domestic
    270,149       11,290       4.2       243,306       9,566       3.9       222,459       8,331       3.7  
foreign
    296,055       17,044       5.8       273,383       13,520       4.9       247,444       11,035       4.5  
Interest-earning securities(1)
                                                                       
domestic
    34,993       1,295       3.7       38,310       1,248       3.3       35,423       1,031       2.9  
foreign
    173,248       8,660       5.0       185,411       8,003       4.3       176,247       6,773       3.8  
Other interest-earning assets
                                                                       
domestic
    8,208       514       6.3       5,910       165       2.8       848       89       10.5  
foreign
    11,520       517       4.5       9,743       333       3.4       6,971       224       3.2  
 
                                                                       
Total
    881,434       42,661       4.8       820,754       35,156       4.3       718,521       28,604       4.0  
Non-interest earning assets
    57,980                       51,317                       45,054                  
 
                                                                       
Derivatives assets
    33,025                       27,212                       28,310                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Total assets(1)
    972,439                       899,283                       791,885                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
            61.1 %                     63.6 %                     63.5 %        
Interest income on derivatives
            33,622                       23,521                       19,253          
other
            576                       585                       485          
 
                                                                       
Total interest income
            76,859                       59,262                       48,342          
 
                                                                       
 
(1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.

128


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES
                                                                         
    Interest-bearing liabilities
    2007   2006   2005
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits from banks
                                                                       
domestic
    40,487       1,801       4.4       46,930       1,979       4.2       31,928       814       2.5  
foreign
    37,583       1,991       5.3       34,368       1,255       3.7       32,898       869       2.6  
Demand deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    106,597       1,682       1.6       92,488       1,293       1.4       78,030       595       0.8  
foreign
    40,173       1,060       2.6       32,533       692       2.1       27,930       502       1.8  
Time deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    28,535       1,388       4.9       27,983       1,168       4.2       16,764       485       2.9  
foreign
    35,281       1,338       3.8       31,160       1,205       3.9       29,976       901       3.0  
Savings deposits(5)
                                                                       
domestic
    63,109       1,475       2.3       66,845       1,562       2.3       63,157       1,494       2.4  
foreign
    228,030       8,603       3.8       228,656       7,682       3.4       198,855       6,208       3.1  
Short term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    5,557       285       5.1       4,133       165       4.0       2,815       88       3.1  
foreign
    46,548       2,685       5.8       35,605       1,768       5.0       28,203       1,269       4.5  
Long term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    12,903       813       6.3       14,050       798       5.7       13,971       675       4.8  
foreign
    21,155       1,063       5.0       40,291       1,532       3.8       47,443       2,037       4.3  
Subordinated liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    18,938       1,079       5.7       18,713       1,023       5.5       16,702       920       5.5  
foreign
    1,574       82       5.2       2,229       119       5.3       2,605       153       5.9  
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    77,426       3,220       4.2       46,096       1,260       2.7       38,678       919       2.4  
foreign
    90,157       5,131       5.7       72,665       2,471       3.4       58,639       1,784       3.0  
 
                                                                       
Total
    854,053       33,696       3.9       794,745       25,972       3.3       688,594       19,713       2.9  
Non-interest bearing liabilities
    64,649                       57,099                       55,612                  
Derivatives liabilities
    30,591                       25,706                       27,290                  
Total Liabilities
    949,293                       877,550                       771,496                  
Group Capital
    23,146                       21,733                       20,389                  
 
                                                                       
Total liabilities and capital
    972,439                       899,283                       791,885                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            59.2 %                     61.4 %                     62.1 %        
Other interest expense:
                                                                       
interest expenses on derivatives
            33,298                       23,243                       18,836          
other
            828                       712                       631          
 
                                                                       
Total interest expense
            67,822                       49,927                       39,180          
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Total net interest result
            9,037                       9,335                       9,162          
 
                                                                       
 
(5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.

129


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.
                                                 
    2007 over 2006   2006 over 2005
    Increase (decrease)   Increase (decrease)
    due to changes in   due to changes in
    Average   Average   Net   Average   Average   Net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-earning assets
                                               
Time deposits to banks
                                               
domestic
    500       (62 )     438       267       156       423  
foreign
    348       234       582       1,038       (261 )     777  
Loans and advances
                                               
domestic
    1,055       669       1,724       781       454       1,235  
foreign
    1,121       2,403       3,524       1,157       1,328       2,485  
Interest-earning securities
                                               
Domestic
    (108 )     155       47       84       133       217  
foreign
    (525 )     1,182       657       352       878       1,230  
Other interest-earning assets
                                               
domestic
    64       285       349       531       -455       76  
foreign
    61       123       184       89       20       109  
Interest income
                                               
domestic
    1,511       1,047       2,558       1,663       288       1,951  
foreign
    1,005       3,942       4,947       2,636       1,965       4,601  
 
                                               
Total
    2,516       4,989       7,505       4,299       2,253       6,552  
 
                                               
Other interest income
                    10,092                       4,368  
 
                                               
Total interest income
                    17,597                       10,920  
 
                                               

130


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2007 over 2006   2006 over 2005
    Increase (decrease)   Increase (decrease)
    due to changes in   due to changes in
    Average   Average   Net   Average   Average   Net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    (272 )     94       (178 )     382       783       1,165  
foreign
    117       619       736       39       347       386  
Demand deposits
                                               
domestic
    197       192       389       110       588       698  
foreign
    163       205       368       83       107       190  
Time deposits
                                               
domestic
    23       197       220       325       358       683  
foreign
    159       (26 )     133       36       268       304  
Savings deposits
                                               
domestic
    (87 )             (87 )     87       (19 )     68  
foreign
    (21 )     942       921       930       544       1,474  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    57       63       120       41       36       77  
foreign
    543       374       917       333       166       499  
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    (65 )     80       15       4       119       123  
foreign
    (728 )     259       (469 )     (307 )     (198 )     (505 )
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    12       44       56       111       (8 )     103  
foreign
    (35 )     (2 )     (37 )     (22 )     (12 )     (34 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    856       1,103       1,959       176       165       341  
foreign
    595       2,065       2,660       427       260       687  
Interest expense
                                               
domestic
    721       1,773       2,494       1,236       2,022       3,258  
foreign
    793       4,436       5,229       1,519       1,482       3,001  
 
                                               
Total
    1,514       6,209       7,723       2,755       3,504       6,259  
 
                                               
 
                                               
Other interest expense
                    10,171                       4,488  
 
                                               
Total interest expense
                    17,894                       10,747  
 
                                               
Net interest
                                               
domestic
    790       (727 )     63       165       (1,472 )     (1,307 )
Foreign
    211       (494 )     (282 )     1,178       422       1,600  
 
                                               
Net interest
    1001       (1,221 )     (219 )     1,343       (1,050 )     293  
 
                                               
Other net interest result
                    (79 )                     (120 )
 
                                               
Net interest result
                    (298 )                     173  
 
                                               

131


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS
The following table shows the balance sheet value under IFRS-EU of the investments of the Group’s banking operations.
                         
    Year ended December 31
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions)
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
    4,741       6,106       6,052  
German government
    5,960       8,076       9,664  
Central banks
    331       213       159  
Belgian government
    11,017       14,225       15,711  
Other governments
    26,090       27,959       32,001  
Corporate debt securities
                       
Banks and financial institutions
    36,860       26,791       29,418  
Other corporate debt securities
    2,145       9,900       3,815  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    163       322       1,424  
Other debt securities
    52,699       57,941       60,808  
 
                       
Total debt securities available for sale
    140,006       151,533       159,052  
 
                       
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
                    452  
German government
    789       790       792  
Other governments
    969       564       767  
Banks and financial institutions
    14,249       13,970       14,375  
Other corporate debt securities
    39       40       40  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    102       233       361  
Other debt securities
    605       2,063       2,150  
 
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
    16,753       17,660       18,937  
 
                       
Shares and convertible debentures
    3,626       1,898       2,147  
Land and buildings (1)
    4,997       5,005       3,205  
 
                       
Total
    165,382       176,096       183,340  
 
                       
 
(1)   Including commuted ground rents
Banking investment strategy
ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See “Item 11. Quantative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”.
The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 29% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.

132


Table of Contents

Portfolio maturity description
                                                 
    1 year or less   Between 1 and 5 years   Between 5 and 10 years
    Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)
    (EUR   %   (EUR   %   (EUR   %
    millions)           millions)           millions)        
Debt securities available for sale
                                               
Dutch government
    83               1,985               2,673          
German government
    707               2,330               2,917          
Belgian government
    3,033               5,195               2,717          
Central banks
    40               139               152          
Other governments
    4,944               10,662               9,069          
Banks and financial institutions
    9,570               14,934               10,709          
Corporate debt securities
    411               1,336               345          
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    52               111                          
Other debt securities
    1,251               12,232               8,602          
 
                                               
Total debt securities available for sale
    20,091       5.5       48,924       4.9       37,184       4.3  
 
                                               
                         
    Over 10 years   Total
    Book           Book
    value   Yield(1)   value
    (EUR   %   (EUR
    millions)       millions)
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
                    4,741  
German government
    6               5,960  
Belgian government
    72               11,017  
Central banks
                    331  
Other governments
    1,415               26,090  
Banks and financial institutions
    1,647               36,860  
Corporate debt securities
    53               2,145  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                    163  
Other debt securities
    30,613               52,699  
 
                       
Total debt securities available for sale
    33,806       5.3       140,006  
 
                       
 
(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax-equivalent basis.

133


Table of Contents

                                                 
    1 year or less   Between 1 and 5 years   Between 5 and 10 years
    Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)   Book value   Yield(1)
    (EUR   %   (EUR   %   (EUR   %
    millions)           millions)           millions)        
Debt securities held to maturity
                                               
Dutch government
                                               
German government
                    690               99          
Belgian government
                                               
Central banks
                                               
Other governments
    146               413               410          
Banks and financial institutions
    1,278               7,106               5,765          
Corporate debt securities
                                    39          
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    68               34                          
Other debt securities
    120               261               224          
 
                                               
Total debt securities held to maturity
    1,612       4.4       8,504       3.7       6,537       4.1  
 
                                               
                         
    Over 10 years   Total
    Book       Book
    value   Yield(1)   value
    (EUR   %   (EUR
    millions)           millions)
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
                       
German government
                    789  
Belgian government
                       
Central banks
                       
Other governments
                    969  
Banks and financial institutions
    100               14,249  
Corporate debt securities
                    39  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                    102  
Other debt securities
                    605  
 
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
    100       4.5       16,753  
 
                       
 
(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax-equivalent basis.
On December 31, 2007, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:
                 
    2007
    Book value   Market value
    (EUR millions)
Dutch government
    4,741       4,741  
Belgian government
    11,017       11,017  
German government
    6,749       6,741  

134


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO
Loans and advances to banks and customers
Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables. The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                                 
    Year ended December 31
    2007   2006   2005   2004
            (EUR millions)        
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    14,679       16,450       13,907       7,296  
Loans secured by mortgages
    141,314       120,753       111,257       103,594  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    16,347       6,747       4,573       7,323  
Other private lending
    6,975       6,484       9,943       6,420  
Other corporate lending
    105,114       89,999       80,540       35,897  
 
                               
Total domestic offices
    284,429       240,433       220,220       160,530  
 
                               
 
                               
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    8,961       9,503       17,535       17,118  
Loans secured by mortgages
    132,614       87,457       69,855       53,156  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    31,929       32,072       23,721       26,471  
Other private lending
    17,784       16,422       15,200       8,474  
Other corporate lending
    100,601       89,547       84,355       88,639  
 
                               
Total foreign offices
    291,889       235,001       210,666       193,858  
 
                               
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    576,318       475,434       430,886       354,388  
 
                               
The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
         
    Year ended December 31  
    2003  
    (EUR millions)  
By domestic offices:
       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    6,473  
Loans secured by mortgages
    94,125  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    8,367  
Other private lending
    7,009  
Other corporate lending
    36,861  
 
     
Total domestic offices
    152,835  
 
     
 
       
By foreign offices:
       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    16,603  
Loans secured by mortgages
    39,604  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    17,879  
Other private lending
    7,813  
Other corporate lending
    86,722  
 
     
Total foreign offices
    168,621  
 
     
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    321,456  
 
     

135


Table of Contents

Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2007.
                                 
    1 year   1 year   After    
    or less   to 5 years   5 years   Total
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    3,727       1,146       9,806       14,679  
Loans secured by mortgages
    7,807       15,445       118,062       141,314  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    14,676       1,459       212       16,347  
Other private lending
    5,113       549       1,313       6,975  
Other corporate lending
    86,866       10,328       7,920       105,114  
 
                               
Total domestic offices
    118,189       28,927       137,313       284,429  
 
                               
 
                               
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    2,980       2,943       3,038       8,961  
Loans secured by mortgages
    11,586       27,503       93,525       132,614  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    24,885       5,244       1,800       31,929  
Other private lending
    10,953       3,185       3,646       17,784  
Other corporate lending
    44,630       27,221       28,750       100,601  
 
                               
Total foreign offices
    95,034       66,096       130,759       291,889  
 
                               
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    213,223       95,023       268,072       576,318  
 
                               
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as of December 31, 2007.
                         
    1 year or   Over 1    
    less   year   Total
    (EUR millions)
Non-interest earning
    5,865       308       6,173  
Fixed interest rate
    79,520       116,408       195,928  
Semi-fixed interest rate(1)
    4,265       154,130       158,395  
Variable interest rate
    123,573       92,249       215,822  
 
                       
Total
    213,223       363,095       576,318  
 
                       
 
(1)   Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”
Loan concentration
The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2007:
         
    Total outstandings
      %
Financial institutions
    36.2 %
Private individuals
    33.9 %

136


Table of Contents

Risk elements
Loans Past Due 90 days and Still Accruing Interest
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest are loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest on which we continue to recognize interest income on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS-EU.
Under IFRS-EU prior to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and under Dutch GAAP, loans were placed on non-accrual status when a loan was in default as to payment of principal and interest for 90 days or more, or when, in the judgment of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days. Any accrued, but unpaid, interest was reversed against the same period’s interest revenue. Interest payments received on a cash basis during the period were recorded as interest income.
In 2005 with the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39, once a loan has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. As all loans continue to accrue interest under IFRS-EU, the non-accrual loan status is no longer used to identify ING Group’s risk elements. Therefore, as from 2005, no loans are reported as non-accrual and there is an increase in the amount of loans reported as Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest, compared to the prior years reported, due to the interest accrual on impaired loans.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
                                 
    Year ended December 31
    2007   2006   2005   2004
IFRS-EU           (EUR millions)        
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
                               
Domestic
    1,159       1,317       1,664       577  
Foreign
    1,892       2,426       2,112       510  
 
                               
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    3,051       3,743       3,776       1,087  
 
                               
 
                               
Non-accrual
                               
Domestic
                            1,143  
Foreign
                            2,284  
 
                               
Total non-accrual loans
                            3,427  
 
                               
 
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
    3,051       3,743       3,776       4,514  
 
                               
As of December 31, 2007, EUR 3,043 million of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have a loan loss provision. The remaining loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have also been reviewed for impairment; however, based on our measurement of the impairment, no impairment loss has been determined. Total loans with a loan loss provision, including those loans classified as past due 90 days and still accruing interest with a provision and troubled debt restructurings with a provision, amounts to EUR 3,851 million as of December 31, 2007.

137


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
         
    Year ended December 31  
    2003  
Dutch GAAP   (EUR millions)  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
       
Domestic
    830  
Foreign
    819  
 
     
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    1,649  
 
     
 
       
Non-accrual
       
Domestic
    965  
Foreign
    2,599  
 
     
Total non-accrual loans
    3,564  
 
     
 
       
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
    5,213  
 
     
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are loans that we have restructured due to deterioration in the borrower’s financial position and in relation to which, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s deteriorated financial position, we have granted a concession to the borrower that we would not have otherwise granted.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
                                 
    Year ended December 31
IFRS-EU   2007   2006   2005   2004
            (EUR millions)        
Troubled debt restructurings
                               
Domestic
    45       163       495       197  
Foreign
    47       199       582       651  
 
                               
Total troubled debt restructurings
    92       362       1,077       848  
 
                               
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
         
    Year ended December 31  
    2003  
Dutch GAAP   (EUR millions)  
Troubled debt restructurings
       
Domestic
    115  
Foreign
    516  
 
     
Total troubled debt restructurings
    631  
 
     
Interest Income on Troubled Debt Restructurings
The following table sets forth the gross interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2007 on troubled debt restructurings had such loans been current in accordance with their original contractual terms and interest income on such loans that was actually included in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2007.

138


Table of Contents

                         
    Year ended December 31, 2007
    (EUR millions)
    Domestic   Foreign    
    Offices   Offices   Total
Interest income that would have been recognized under the original contractual terms
    5       3       8  
Interest income recognized in the profit and loss account
    3       4       7  
Potential Problem Loans
Potential problem loans are loans that are not classified as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or troubled debt restructurings and amounted to EUR 2,883 million as of December 31, 2007. Of this total, EUR 2,155 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 728 million relates to foreign loans. These loans are considered potential problem loans as there is known information about possible credit problems causing us to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in classifying the loans as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or as troubled debt restructurings. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.
Cross-border outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.
Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. On December 31, 2007, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2007
            Banks &                        
    Government   other                        
    & official   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
                (EUR millions)            
United Kingdom
    144       27,501       44,621       1,403       73,669       6,018  
United States
    33       4,035       26,821       14,852       45,741       13,050  
France
    5,777       17,811       6,864       4,474       34,926       2,295  
Germany
    4,839       10,361       4,499       4,428       24,127       9,500  
Italy
    10,381       4,642       4,378       1,117       20,518       1,318  
Spain
    2,375       7,749       6,183       685       16,992       2,139  
Belgium
    2,638       5,782       3,607       1,683       13,710       14,999  

139


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2006
            Banks &                        
    Government   other                        
    & official   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
                    (EUR millions)                        
United Kingdom
    60       29,787       51,344       2,437       83,628       9,840  
United States
    114       7,241       33,388       4,102       44,845       11,353  
France
    4,831       12,012       5,658       3,491       25,992       2,776  
Germany
    6,855       10,233       4,244       1,906       23,238       7,898  
Italy
    11,819       4,011       5,704       1,118       22,652       1,445  
Spain
    2,494       7,766       8,194       923       19,377       2,071  
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2005
            Banks &                        
    Government   other                        
    & official   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
                    (EUR millions)                        
United Kingdom
    42       23,954       41,139       1,531       66,666       4,728  
United States
    538       6,027       32,154       3,192       41,911       12,148  
Germany
    8,605       12,677       2,744       3,840       27,866       3,445  
France
    5,398       7,931       4,659       1,391       19,379       5,067  
Italy
    10,407       3,618       4,589       449       19,063       1,031  
Spain
    4,946       6,101       5,785       917       17,749       1,592  
There were no cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets, at year end 2007.
On December 31, 2006, Ireland and Belgium had EUR 10,049 million and EUR 9,523 million, respectively, of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets. On December 31, 2005, Ireland and Belgium had EUR 11,400 million and EUR 10,201 million, respectively, of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
For further explanation on loan loss provision see “Loan Loss Provisions” in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of the credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.The net impact of the application of the IFRS-EU methodology on the loan loss provision of ING Group’s banking operations, including the reclassification from other assets for the provision for interest on impaired loans, was EUR (398) million as of January 1, 2005.

140


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-EU.
                                 
    Calendar period
IFRS-EU   2007   2006   2005   2004
            (EUR millions)        
Balance on January 1
    2,642       3,313       4,262       4,671  
Implementation IAS 32 and IAS 39 (1)
                    (398 )        
Change in the composition of the Group
    98       (101 )     (4 )     (38 )
Charge-offs:
                               
Domestic:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                            (1 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (22 )     (32 )     (8 )     (3 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (11 )     (11 )     (12 )     (22 )
Other private lending
    (115 )     (108 )     (107 )     (57 )
Other corporate lending
    (189 )     (136 )     (164 )     (156 )
Foreign:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (25 )             (9 )     (13 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (11 )     (26 )     (23 )     (31 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (2 )     (5 )     (4 )     20  
Other private lending
    (104 )     (70 )     (78 )     (57 )
Other corporate lending
    (473 )     (303 )     (437 )     (589 )
 
                               
Total charge-offs
    (952 )     (691 )     (842 )     (909 )
 
                               
Recoveries:
                               
Domestic:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                               
Loans secured by mortgages
                               
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    2       4               6  
Other private lending
    3       11       6       3  
Other corporate lending
            1                  
Foreign:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                               
Loans secured by mortgages
    1                       (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
                            23  
Other private lending
    30       49       39       11  
Other corporate lending
    23       21       16       42  
 
                               
Total recoveries
    59       86       61       84  
 
                               
Net charge-offs
    (893 )     (605 )     (781 )     (825 )
 
                               
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations)
    154       35       234       454  
 
                               
Balance on December 31
    2,001       2,642       3,313       4,262  
 
                               
 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.16 %     0.12 %     0.17 %     0.24 %
 
(1)   Consists of release of unallocated provision for loan losses of EUR (592) million and reclassification from other assets for provision for interest on impaired loans of EUR 194 million.

141


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
         
    Calendar period  
    2003  
Dutch GAAP   (EUR millions)  
Balance on January 1
    4,870  
Change in the composition of the Group
    104  
Charge-offs:
       
Domestic:
       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
       
Loans secured by mortgages
    (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (27 )
Other private lending
    (65 )
Other corporate lending
    (166 )
Foreign:
       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (1 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (30 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (10 )
Other private lending
    (105 )
Other corporate lending
    (797 )
 
     
Total charge-offs
    (1,202 )
 
       
Recoveries:
       
Domestic:
       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
       
Loans secured by mortgages
       
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    7  
Other private lending
    9  
Other corporate lending
       
Foreign:
       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
       
Loans secured by mortgages
       
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    4  
Other private lending
    10  
Other corporate lending
    19  
 
     
Total recoveries
    49  
 
     
Net charge-offs
    (1,153 )
 
       
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations), excluding foreign currency exchange
    850  
 
     
Balance on December 31
    4,671  
 
     
 
       
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.37 %
Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures.

142


Table of Contents

The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2007, 2006 and 2005 under IFRS-EU.
                                                                 
    Year ended December 31
    2007   2006   2005   2004
    EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)   EUR   %(1)
IFRS-EU   (EUR millions)
Domestic:
                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            2.56               3.46       1       3.23       1       2.06  
Loans secured by mortgages
    96       24.62       96       25.40       93       25.82       198       29.23  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    11       2.85               1.42               1.06               2.07  
Other private lending
    181       1.21       357       1.36       230       2.31       181       1.81  
Other corporate lending
    377       17.91       280       18.93       594       18.69       692       10.13  
 
                                                               
Total domestic
    665       49.15       733       50.57       918       51.11       1,072       45.30  
Foreign:
                                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    1       1.56       2       2.00       2       4.07       36       4.83  
Loans secured by mortgages
    203       23.10       177       18.40       273       16.20       213       15.00  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    3       5.56       6       6.75       13       5.51       23       7.47  
Other private lending
    374       3.10       408       3.45       408       3.53       344       2.39  
Other corporate lending
    755       17.53       1,316       18.83       1,699       19.58       2,574       25.01  
 
                                                               
Total foreign
    1,336       50.85       1,909       49.43       2,395       48.89       3,190       54.70  
 
                                                               
Total
    2,001       100.00       2,642       100.00       3,313       100.00       4,262       100.00  
 
                                                               
 
(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
                 
    Year ended December 31
              2003  
    EUR   %(1)
Dutch GAAP   (EUR millions)
Domestic:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            2.00  
Loans secured by mortgages
    164       29.15  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            2.59  
Other private lending
    258       2.17  
Other corporate lending
    728       11.83  
 
               
Total domestic
    1,150       47.75  
Foreign:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    30       5.14  
Loans secured by mortgages
    238       12.27  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    28       5.54  
Other private lending
    385       2.42  
Other corporate lending
    2,840       26.89  
 
               
Total foreign
    3,521       52.25  
 
               
Total
    4,671       100.00  
 
               
 
(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
DEPOSITS
The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 6.68% to EUR 633,924 million for 2007, compared to 2006. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds.

143


Table of Contents

Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets.
Certificates of deposit represent 31% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (19% at the end of 2006). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months.
The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate.
                                                 
    2007   2006   2005
    Average   Average   Average   Average   Average   Average
    Deposit   Rate   Deposit   Rate   deposit   rate
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Deposits by banks
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    4,278               2,404               944          
—interest bearing
    20,909       5.3       16,118       4.5       1.231       2.3  
Time
    58,601       3.1       31,896       4.3       31,338       2.7  
Other
    1,900       4.1       1,474       4.0       9,095       2.1  
 
                                               
Total domestic offices
    85,688               51,892               42,608          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    2,149               1,556               1,687          
—interest bearing
    7,295       5.8       4,184       3.2       3,766       3.7  
Time
    35,679       5.3       33,802       3.4       32,649       2.7  
Other
    31,975       4.7       31,520       4.5       39,963       4.1  
 
                                               
Total foreign offices
    77,098               71,062               78,065          
 
                                               
Total deposits by banks
    162,786               122,954               120,673          
 
                                               
 
                                               
Customer accounts
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    16,702               15,804               15,691          
—interest bearing
    100,618       2.1       86,748       1.8       70,559       0.8  
Savings
    63,001       2.3       66,765       2.3       63,205       2.4  
Time
    35,767       3.9       20,062       4.6       9,275       5.2  
Other
    1,578       4.8       1,809       4.5       2,966       3.1  
 
                                               
Total domestic offices
    217,666               191,188               161,696          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand —non-interest bearing
    4,887               4,401               3,780          
—interest bearing
    41,519       3.5       33,403       2.3       30,134       1.7  
Savings
    228,030       3.8       228,636       3.4       200,066       3.1  
Time
    34,987       3.8       28,149       3.9       26,227       3.3  
Other
    4,672       3.6       9,673       1.4       16,777       1.7  
 
                                               
Total foreign offices
    314,095               304,262               276,984          
 
                                               
Total customers accounts
    531,761               495,450               438,680          
 
                                               
 
                                               
Debt securities
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Debentures
    5,054       5.0       5,481       4.4       5,141       6.2  
Certificates of deposit
    3,441       4.7       2,531       3.8       1,566       2.8  
Other
    2,216       5.7       1,722       4.2       1,396       3.4  
 
                                               
Total domestic offices
    10,711               9,734               8,103          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Debentures
    8,609       5.8       23,197       3.8       19,447       7.1  
Certificates of deposit
    17,815       5.9       11,027       5.0       7,715       4.5  
Other
    32,008       5.3       28,150       4.7       24,009       3.6  
 
                                               
Total foreign offices
    58,432               62,374               51,171          
 
                                               
Total debt securities
    69,143               72,108               59,274          
 
                                               

144


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 78,227 million, EUR 69,838 million and EUR 46,126 million, respectively.
On December 31, 2007, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 20,000, was:
                                 
    Time certificates of    
    deposit   Other time deposits
    (EUR   %   (EUR   %
    millions)           millions)        
3 months or less
    5,476       90.3       78,802       89.6  
6 months or less but over 3 months
    412       6.8       4,011       4.6  
12 months or less but over 6 months
    172       2.8       2,672       3.0  
Over 12 months
    8       0.1       2,504       2.8  
 
                               
Total
    6,068       100       87,989       100  
 
                               
The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 20,000 issued by foreign offices on December 31, 2007.
         
    (EUR millions)
Time certificates of deposit
    15,785  
Other time deposits
    90,544  
Total
    106,329  
 
       
Short-term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. Commercial paper and securities sold under repurchase agreements are the only significant categories of short-term borrowings within our banking operations.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings.
                         
    Year ended December 31
    2007   2006   2005
    (EUR millions,
IFRS-EU   except % data)
Commercial paper:
                       
Balance at the end of the year
    14,393       35,682       22,836  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    30,403       26,416       21,314  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    37,304       35,682       23,265  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    5.80 %     4.87 %     3.86 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    6.02 %     3.60 %     3.60 %
 
                       
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
                       
Balance at the end of the year
    127,111       101,239       79,609  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    124,723       103,951       77,611  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    142,753       122,619       95,616  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    4.66 %     3.03 %     2.38 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    4.57 %     3.11 %     2.32 %

145


 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
  F — 2
 
   
  F — 3
 
   
  F — 4
 
   
  F — 5
 
   
  F — 7
 
   
  F — 9
 
   
  F — 27
 
   
  F — 27
 
   
  F — 56
 
   
  F — 78
 
   
  F — 89
 
   
  F — 95
 
   
  F — 96
 
   
  F — 145
 
   
  F — 152
 
   
  F — 164
 
   
  F — 165
 
   
  F — 179
 
   
  F — 180
 
   
  F — 182
 
   
  F — 190
 
   
  F — 191
 
   
  F — 192
 
   
  F — 193

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders, the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. In our position we did not audit capital base, as defined in Note 2.2.2 to the consolidated financial statements, constituting 41% in 2007 and 37% in 2006 and net profit constituting 29% in 2007, 37% in 2006 and 45% in 2005 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Groep N.V. to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as of December 31, 2007 and for the year then ended, and the conversion of the financial statements of ING Groep N.V to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as of December 31, 2006 and for each of the two years in the period then ended) and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations, and it cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in section “Changes in accounting policies and presentation” on page F-9 in Note 2.1.1 to the consolidated financial statements, as of January 1, 2007 ING Groep N.V. changed the level at which the adequacy test of the provision for insurance contracts is evaluated.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 2.4 and 2.5, respectively, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of ING Groep N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 17, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 17, 2008
Ernst & Young Accountants

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,
Before profit appropriation
                 
amounts in millions of euros   2007     2006  
 
ASSETS
               
Cash and balances with central banks 1
    12,406       14,326  
Amounts due from banks 2
    48,875       39,868  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss 3
               
— trading assets
    193,213       193,977  
— investments for risk of policyholders
    114,827       110,547  
— non-trading derivatives
    7,637       6,521  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,453       6,425  
Investments 4
               
— available-for-sale
    275,897       293,921  
— held-to-maturity
    16,753       17,660  
Loans and advances to customers 5
    552,964       474,437  
Reinsurance contracts 17
    5,874       6,529  
Investments in associates 6
    5,014       4,343  
Real estate investments 7
    4,829       6,974  
Property and equipment 8
    6,237       6,031  
Intangible assets 9
    5,740       3,522  
Deferred acquisition costs 10
    10,692       10,163  
Other assets 11
    40,099       31,063  
     
Total assets
    1,312,510       1,226,307  
 
               
EQUITY
               
Shareholders’ equity (parent) 12
    37,208       38,266  
Minority interests
    2,323       2,949  
     
Total equity
    39,531       41,215  
 
               
LIABILITIES
               
Preference shares 13
    21       215  
Subordinated loans 14
    7,325       6,014  
Debt securities in issue 15
    66,995       78,133  
Other borrowed funds 16
    27,058       29,639  
Insurance and investment contracts 17
    265,712       268,683  
Amounts due to banks 18
    166,972       120,839  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit 19
    525,216       496,680  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss 20
               
— trading liabilities
    148,988       127,975  
— non-trading derivatives
    6,951       4,934  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    13,882       13,702  
Other liabilities 21
    43,859       38,278  
     
Total liabilities
    1,272,979       1,185,092  
 
               
     
Total equity and liabilities
    1,312,510       1,226,307  
     
References relate to the notes starting on page F — 27 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                 
amounts in millions of euros   2007     2007     2006     2006     2005     2005  
Interest income banking operations
    76,749               59,170               48,176          
Interest expense banking operations
    (67,773 )             (49,978 )             (39,109 )        
 
                                         
Interest result banking operations 34
            8,976               9,192               9,067  
Gross premium income 35
            46,818               46,835               45,758  
Investment income 36
            13,352               10,907               10,434  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            430               1               390  
Gross commission income
    7,693               6,867               5,845          
Commission expense
    (2,866 )             (2,551 )             (2,098 )        
 
                                         
Commission income 37
            4,827               4,316               3,747  
Valuation results on non-trading derivatives 38
            (561 )             89               47  
Net trading income 39
            1,119               1,172               426  
Share of profit from associates 6
            740               638               541  
Other income 40
            885               471               710  
 
                                         
Total income
            76,586               73,621               71,120  
 
                                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
    51,818               53,065               54,594          
Investment income for risk of policyholders
    (1,079 )             (2,702 )             (5,074 )        
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,906 )             (2,175 )             (2,400 )        
 
                                         
Underwriting expenditure 41
            48,833               48,188               47,120  
Addition to loan loss provisions 5
            125               103               88  
Other impairments 42
            (3 )             27               76  
Staff expenses 43
            8,261               7,918               7,646  
Other interest expenses 44
            1,102               1,016               969  
Other operating expenses 45
            7,225               6,429               6,327  
 
                                         
Total expenses
            65,543               63,681               62,226  
 
                                               
 
                                         
Profit before tax
            11,043               9,940               8,894  
 
                                               
Taxation 46
            1,535               1,907               1,379  
 
                                         
Net profit (before minority interests)
            9,508               8,033               7,515  
 
                                               
Attributable to:
                                               
Shareholders of the parent
            9,241               7,692               7,210  
Minority interests
            267               341               305  
 
                                         
 
            9,508               8,033               7,515  
 
                                         
                         
amounts in euros   2007     2006     2005  
 
Earnings per ordinary share attributable to shareholders of parent 47
    4.32       3.57       3.32  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share 47
    4.28       3.53       3.32  
Dividend per ordinary share 48
    1.48       1.32       1.18  
References relate to the notes starting on page F — 78 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                         
amounts in millions of euros   2007     2006     2005  
 
Profit before tax
    11,043       9,940       8,894  
Adjusted for — depreciation
    1,382       1,298       1,278  
— deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    (1,338 )     (1,317 )     (1,141 )
— increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
    26,494       17,689       21,250  
— addition to loan loss provisions
    125       103       88  
— other
    (3,897 )     (4,778 )     (1,282 )
Taxation paid
    (1,347 )     (1,739 )     (1,398 )
Changes in — amounts due from banks, not available on demand
    (8,690 )     3,117       (720 )
— trading assets
    2,997       (48,168 )     (29,925 )
— non-trading derivatives
    261       (179 )     2,596  
— other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    (4,878 )     3,930       (2,193 )
— loans and advances to customers
    (75,501 )     (59,800 )     (62,709 )
— other assets
    (6,534 )     1,218       (7,551 )
— amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
    15,414       1,925       19,405  
— customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    28,640       47,521       62,089  
— trading liabilities
    20,916       38,821       13,442  
— other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    44       2,405       8,398  
— other liabilities
    6,577       (2,416 )     3,568  
     
Net cash flow from operating activities
    11,708       9,570       34,089  
 
                       
Investments and advances — group companies
    (3,215 )     (2,358 )     (250 )
— associates
    (1,221 )     (449 )     (858 )
— available-for-sale investments
    (284,006 )     (295,086 )     (260,769 )
— held-to-maturity investments
                    (1,030 )
— real estate investments
    (876 )     (1,588 )     (1,156 )
— property and equipment
    (575 )     (568 )     (540 )
— assets subject to operating leases
    (1,393 )     (1,164 )     (991 )
— investments for risk of policyholders
    (54,438 )     (44,116 )     (41,781 )
— other investments
    (316 )     (250 )     (164 )
Disposals and redemptions — group companies
    1,012       490       703  
— associates
    1,049       459       1,058  
— available-for-sale investments
    281,198       271,983       218,847  
— held-to-maturity investments
    822       1,343       245  
— real estate investments
    309       1,294       1,030  
— property and equipment
    151       292       483  
— assets subject to operating leases
    417       402       391  
— investments for risk of policyholders
    47,136       37,945       34,464  
— other investments
    13       51       13  
     
Net cash flow from investing activities 51
    (13,933 )     (31,320 )     (50,305 )
 
                       
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,764       865       1,901  
Repayments of subordinated loans
            (600 )     (177 )
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    455,629       304,228       237,340  
Repayments of borrowed funds and debt securities
    (464,982 )     (283,728 )     (229,498 )
Issuance of ordinary shares
    397       5       114  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (3,446 )     (1,422 )     (303 )
Sales of treasury shares
    846       373       55  
Dividends paid
    (3,039 )     (2,716 )     (2,461 )
     
Net cash flow from financing activities
    (12,831 )     17,005       6,971  
 
                       
     
Net cash flow 52
    (15,056 )     (4,745 )     (9,245 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    (1,795 )     3,335       11,588  
Implementation IAS 32/39
                    692  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    40       (385 )     300  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 53
    (16,811 )     (1,795 )     3,335  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2007 of EUR (16,811) million includes cash and balances with central banks of EUR 12,406 million. Reference is made to Note 53 ‘Cash and Cash equivalents’.

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
References relate to the notes starting on page F — 95 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                 
                            Total              
    Share     Share             shareholders’     Minority     Total  
amounts in millions of euros   capital     premium     Reserves     equity (parent)     interests     equity  
 
Balance as at January 1, 2005
    634       8,525       14,910       24,069       3,481       27,550  
 
                                               
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
    (104 )     (191 )     4,398       4,103       (1,386 )     2,717  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    2,514       2,514       (32 )     2,482  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (663 )     (663 )             (663 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    764       764               764  
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    (89 )     (89 )     17       (72 )
Employee stock option and share plans
                    63       63               63  
Exchange rate differences
                    1,217       1,217       14       1,231  
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    3,806       3,806       (1 )     3,805  
 
                                               
Net profit
                    7,210       7,210       305       7,515  
     
 
                    11,016       11,016       304       11,320  
 
                                               
Changes in composition of the group
                                    (710 )     (710 )
Dividends (1)
                    (2,461 )     (2,461 )             (2,461 )
Exercise of warrants and options
            9               9               9  
     
Balance as at December 31, 2005
    530       8,343       27,863       36,736       1,689       38,425  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    (1,096 )     (1,096 )     (8 )     (1,104 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (759 )     (759 )     (1 )     (760 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (696 )     (696               (696 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    820       820       (3       817  
Employee stock option and share plans
                    100       100       2       102  
Exchange rate differences
                    (1,335 )     (1,335 )     (70 )     (1,405 )
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    (2,966 )     (2,966 )     (80 )     (3,046 )
 
                                               
Net profit
                    7,692       7,692       341       8,033  
     
 
                    4,726       4,726       261       4,987  
 
                                               
Changes in composition of the group
                                    1,034       1,034  
Dividends (2)
                    (2,681 )     (2,681 )     (35 )     (2,716 )
Purchase/sale of treasury shares
                    (520 )     (520 )             (520 )
Exercise of warrants and options
            5               5               5  
     
Balance as at December 31, 2006
    530       8,348       29,388       38,266       2,949       41,215  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    (1,135 )     (1,135 )     (109 )     (1,244 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (3,186 )     (3,186 )             (3,186 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (925 )     (925 )             (925 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    1,132       1,132       5       1,137  
Employee stock option and share plans
                    104       104               104  
Exchange rate differences
                    (1,381 )     (1,381 )     23       (1,358 )
Other revaluations
                                    31       31  
     
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    (5,391 )     (5,391 )     (50 )     (5,441 )
 
                                               
Net profit
                    9,241       9,241       267       9,508  
     
 
                    3,850       3,850       217       4,067  
 
                                               
Changes in composition of the group
                                    (745 )     (745 )
Dividends (3)
                    (2,999 )     (2,999 )     (40 )     (3,039 )
Purchase/sale of treasury shares
                    (2,304 )     (2,304 )             (2,304 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    4       391               395               395  
Change in minority interest shareholdings
                                    (58 )     (58 )
     
Balance as at December 31, 2007
    534       8,739       27,935       37,208       2,323       39,531  
     
 
(1)   2004 final dividend of EUR 0.58 per ordinary share and 2005 interim dividend of EUR 0.54 per ordinary share.
 
(2)   2005 final dividend of EUR 0.64 per ordinary share and 2006 interim dividend of EUR 0.59 per ordinary share.
 
(3)   2006 final dividend of EUR 0.73 per ordinary share and 2007 interim dividend of EUR 0.66 per ordinary share.

F-7


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
In 2007, deferred taxes for the year with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR 1,451 million (2006: EUR 1,339 million). For details on deferred tax see Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
Reserves include Revaluation reserve of EUR 4,937 million (2006: EUR 9,453 million; 2005: EUR 11,206 million), Currency translation reserve of EUR (1,354) million (2006: EUR (473) million; 2005: EUR 668 million) and Other reserves of EUR 24,352 million (2006: EUR 20,408 million; 2005: EUR 15,989 million). Changes in individual components are presented in Note 12 ‘Shareholders’ equity (parent)’.
For details on Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4 refer to section ‘Implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4’ at the end of the Accounting policies section.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.1.1.   ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
AUTHORIZATION OF ANNUAL ACCOUNTS
The consolidated annual accounts of ING Groep N.V. (‘ING Group’) for the year ended December 31, 2007 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Executive Board on March 17, 2008. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated and domiciled in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The principle activities of ING Group are described in the section ‘ING at a glance’ in section 1.1.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
ING Group applies International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’).
IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure’ became effective as of January 1, 2007. Also during the year IFRIC 11 ‘Group and treasury share transactions’ became effective. Neither of these recent standards and interpretations has had a material effect on equity nor profit for the period. Recently issued standards and interpretations that became effective after January 1, 2007 are not expected to have a material effect on equity or profit for the period. ING Group has not early adopted any new International Financial Reporting Standard or interpretation.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU provide several options in accounting policies. ING Group’s accounting policies under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and its decision on the options available are set out in the section ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ below.
In this document the term ‘IFRS-EU’ is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.
As permitted by IFRS-EU ING Group adopted IAS 32 and IAS 39 and IFRS 4 for the accounting period beginning on January 1, 2005. For the resulting changes in policies made as at January 1, 2005 see section ‘Implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4’ at the end of the ‘Accounting policies’ section.
As explained in the section ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ and in Note 23 ‘Derivatives and hedge accounting’ ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedging) under the EU ‘carve out’ of IFRS-EU.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRESENTATION
As of January 1, 2007, the level at which the adequacy test of the provision for insurance contracts is evaluated has been aligned to the business lines, which is the level at which performance is evaluated and segments are reported.
Previously, if it was determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall existed in a business unit, then this shortfall was immediately recorded in the profit and loss account. Under the new policy, if it is determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall exists in a business unit, and there are no offsetting amounts within other business units in the Business Line, then this shortfall is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account. This change in accounting policy has no effect on the equity or profit for any of the years presented in these annual accounts.
The presentation of, and certain terms used in, the balance sheet, the profit and loss account, cash flow statement, statement of changes in equity and certain notes has been changed to provide additional and more relevant information. Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and to the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, the loan loss provision, the determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities and employee benefits. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below under ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.
Insurance provisions, Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and Value of business acquired (VOBA)
The establishment of insurance provisions, DAC and VOBA is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends. Specifically, significant assumptions related to these items that could have a material impact on financial results include interest rates, mortality, morbidity, property and casualty claims, investment yields on equity and real estate, foreign currency exchange rates and reserve adequacy assumptions.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
In addition, the adequacy of provision for life policies, net of DAC and VOBA, is evaluated regularly. The test involves comparing the established insurance provision with current best estimate assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions in this test could lead to a different outcome.
Insurance provisions also include the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products. This impact is dependant upon the difference between the potential minimum benefits payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates. The determination of the potential minimum benefits payable also involves the use of assumptions about factors such as inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour, and mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense.
See section ‘Risk management’ for a sensitivity analysis of net profit and shareholders’ equity to insurance, interest rate, equity, foreign currency and real estate risks. These sensitivities are based on changes in assumptions that management considers reasonably likely at the balance sheet date.
Loan loss provisions
Loan loss provisions are recognized based on an incurred loss model. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the loan loss provision (impairment) and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit, industry and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in the loan loss provisions over time.
The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Current observable data may include changes in unemployment rates, property prices and commodity prices. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined using quoted market prices, where available. Market prices are obtained from independent market vendors, brokers, or market makers. In general, positions are valued taking the bid price for a long position and the offer price for a short position. In some cases where positions are marked at mid-market prices, a fair value adjustment is calculated. Furthermore, additional fair value adjustments may be necessary for liquidity or outdated data because transactions in a particular financial instrument do not take place on a regular basis.
For certain financial assets and liabilities no quoted market prices are available. For these financial assets and liabilities, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques range from discounting of cash flows to valuation models, where relevant pricing factors including the market price of underlying reference instruments, market parameters (volatilities, correlations, credit ratings) and customer behaviour are taken into account. All valuation techniques used are subject to internal review and approval. Most data used in these valuation techniques are validated on a daily basis.
Valuation techniques are subjective in nature and significant judgement is involved in establishing fair values for certain financial assets and liabilities. Valuation techniques involve various assumptions regarding the pricing factors. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.
Price testing is done to assess whether the process of valuation has led to an appropriate fair value of the position and to an appropriate reflection of these valuations in the profit and loss account. Price testing is performed to minimize the potential risks for economic losses due to materially incorrect or misused models.
See Note 33 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’ for the basis of the determination of the fair value of financial instruments.
Employee benefits
Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of its domestic and international employees.
The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses, and unrecognized past service costs.
The determination of the defined benefit plan liability is based on internal and external actuarial models and calculations. The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rates of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, health care costs trend rates, consumer price index, and the expected return on plan assets. The assumptions are based on available market data and the historical performance of plan assets, and are updated annually.
The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends, and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the defined benefit plan liabilities and future pension costs. The effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments are not recognized in the profit and loss account unless the accumulated changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets and the excess is then amortized over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives. See Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’ for the weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in connection with pension and other post-employment benefits.
PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Consolidation
ING Group (‘the Group’) comprises ING Groep N.V. (‘the Company’), ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and all other subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group comprise the accounts of ING Groep N.V. and each of those entities in which it either owns, directly or indirectly, more than half of the voting power or over which it has control of their operating and financial policies through situations including, but not limited to:
  Ability to appoint or remove the majority of the board of directors;
 
  Power to govern such policies under statute or agreement; and
 
  Power over more than half of the voting rights through an agreement with other investors.

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
A list of principal subsidiaries is included in Note 28 ‘Principal subsidiaries’.
The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group controls another entity. For interests in investment vehicles the existence of control is determined taking into account both ING’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
The results of the operations and the net assets of subsidiaries are included in the profit and loss account and the balance sheet from the date control is obtained until the date control is lost. On disposal, the difference between the sales price, net of directly attributable transaction costs, and the net assets is included in net profit.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized surpluses and deficits on transactions between group companies have been eliminated. Where necessary, the accounting policies used by subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with group policies. In general, the reporting dates of subsidiaries are the same as the reporting date of ING Groep N.V. There are no material restrictions on subsidiaries to transfer funds to ING Groep N.V.
ING Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for using proportionate consolidation. ING Group proportionately consolidates its share of the joint ventures’ individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities, and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in ING Group’s financial statements. ING Group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets to the joint venture that is attributable to the other venturers. ING Group does not recognize its share of profits or losses from the joint venture that result from the purchase of assets by ING Group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realisable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.
Use of estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities at the balance sheet date, as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.
The process of setting assumptions is subject to internal control procedures and approvals, and takes into account internal and external studies, industry statistics, environmental factors and trends, and regulatory requirements.
Segmental reporting
A business segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. The geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated. The business lines of the Group are the business segments and the primary segment reporting format. The geographical segments are considered the secondary.
Analysis of insurance business
Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analyzed into ‘life’ and ‘non-life’, health and disability insurance business which is similar in nature to life insurance business included in ‘life’.
Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in euros, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the profit and loss account, except when deferred in equity as part of qualifying cash flow hedges or qualifying net investment hedges.
Translation differences on non-monetary items, measured at fair value through profit and loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Non-monetary items are retranslated at the date fair value is determined. Translation differences on non-monetary items measured at fair value through the revaluation reserve are included in the revaluation reserve in equity.
Translation differences in the profit and loss account are generally included in Net trading income. Refer to Note 39 ‘Net trading income’, which discloses the amounts included in profit and loss. Translation differences relating to the disposal of Available-for-sale debt and equity securities are considered to be an inherent part of the capital gains and losses recognized in Investment income. As mentioned in Group companies below any translation differences deferred in equity are recognized in the profit and loss account in Net gains and losses on disposals of group companies. Refer also to Note 12 ‘Shareholders’ equity (parent)’, which discloses the amounts included in profit and loss.
Group companies
The results and financial position of all group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
  Assets and liabilities included in each balance sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
 
  Income and expenses included in each profit and loss account are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
 
  All resulting exchange rate differences are recognized in a separate component of equity.
On consolidation exchange rate differences arising from the translation of a monetary item that forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation, and of borrowings and other instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is sold such exchange rate differences are recognized in the profit and loss account as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the rate ruling at the balance sheet date.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives and trading and available-for-sale securities) are based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; the quoted market price used for financial liabilities is the current ask price.
The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market are determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.
See Note 33 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’ for the basis of the determination of the fair value of financial instruments.
Derivatives and hedge accounting
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeazured to their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques (such as discounted cash flow models and option pricing models), as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
Some credit protection contracts that take the legal form of a derivative, such as certain credit default swaps, are accounted for as financial guarantees.
The method of recognizing the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge), hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedge), or hedges of a net investment

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting is used for derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met.
The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions together with the methods selected to assess hedge effectiveness. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.
ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedging) under the EU ‘carve out’ of IFRS-EU. The EU ‘carve-out’ macro hedging enables a group of derivatives (or proportions) to be viewed in combination and jointly designated as the hedging instrument and removes some of the limitations in fair value hedge accounting relating to hedging core deposits and under-hedging strategies. Under the IFRS-EU ‘carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness only arises when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the designated amount of that bucket.
Certain derivatives embedded in other contracts are measured as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit and loss, and if a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account. Assessment is made when the Group first becomes party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is made only when there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the expected cash flows.
Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognized in the profit and loss account, together with fair value adjustments to the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is, in the case of interest bearing instruments, amortized in the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the original hedge or recognized directly when the hedged item is derecognized. For non-interest bearing instruments, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is recognized in the profit and loss account only when the hedged item is derecognized.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the profit and loss account in the periods in which the hedged item will affect net profit. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the profit and loss account. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the profit and loss account.
Net investment hedges
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognized in equity and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the profit and loss account when the foreign operation is disposed of.
Non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Derivative instruments that are used by the Group as part of its risk management strategies, but do not qualify for hedge accounting under the Group’s accounting policies, are presented as non-trading derivatives. Non-trading derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in the fair value taken to the profit and loss account.
Financial assets
Recognition of financial assets
All purchases and sales of financial assets classified as fair value through profit and loss, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (‘regular way’ purchases and sales) are recognized at trade date, which is the date

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and receivables are recognized at settlement date, which is the date the Group receives or delivers the asset.
Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognizes the financial asset if it no longer has control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the Group is exposed to changes in the value of the asset.
Classification of financial instruments
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading and other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss by management, including investments for risk of policyholders. A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit and loss if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis. Investments for risk of policyholders are investments against insurance liabilities for which all changes in fair value of invested assets are offset by similar changes in insurance liabilities. Transaction costs on initial recognition are expensed as incurred. Interest income from debt securities and loans and receivables classified as at fair value through profit and loss is recognized in Interest income and Investment income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. Dividend income from equity instruments classified as at fair value through profit and loss is recognized in Investment income in the profit and loss account generally when the dividend has been declared. For all financial assets classified as at fair value through profit and loss changes in fair value are recognized in Net trading income.
Investments
Investments (including loans quoted in active markets) are classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale and are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Investment securities and loans quoted in active markets with fixed maturity where management has both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities and actively traded loans intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices, are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. For available-for-sale debt securities, the difference between cost and redemption value is amortized. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value. Interest income from debt securities classified as Available-for-sale is recognized in Interest income and Investment income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. Dividend income from equity instruments classified as Available-for-sale is recognized in Investment income in the profit and loss account generally when the dividend has been declared. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognized in equity. When the securities are disposed of, the related accumulated fair value adjustments are included in the profit and loss account as investment income. For impairments of available-for-sale financial assets reference is made to the section ‘Impairments of other financial assets’. Investments in prepayment sensitive securities such as Interest-Only and Principal-Only strips are generally classified as available-for-sale.
Held-to-maturity investments
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity for which the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and which are designated as held-to-maturity assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any impairment losses. Interest income from debt securities classified as Held-to-maturity is recognized in Interest income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
impairment losses. Loans and receivables are included in the following balance sheet lines: Cash and balances with central banks, Amounts due from banks, Loans and advances to customers, and Other assets. Interest income from loans and receivables is recognized in Interest income and Investment income in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method.
Realized gains and losses on investments
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and (amortized) cost. For equity securities the cost is determined using a weighted average per portfolio. For debt securities the cost is determined by specific identification.
Credit risk management classification
In relation to credit risk management disclosures provided in the Risk management section, classification follows the credit risk management characteristics of the instrument. The relationship between risk classifications and the classifications above is explained below:
  Lending risk arises when ING grants a loan to a customer, or issues guarantees on behalf of a customer and mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Loans and advances to customers and credit commitments in respect of off balance sheet items e.g. financial guarantees.
  Investment risk comprises the credit default and migration risk that is associated with ING’s investment portfolio and mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Investments (available-for-sale and held-to-maturity).
  Money market risk arises when ING places short term deposits with a counterparty in order to manage excess liquidity and mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Amounts due from banks.
  Pre-settlement risk arises when a counterparty defaults on a transaction before settlement and ING has to replace the contract by a trade with another counterparty at the then prevailing (possibly unfavourable) market price. The pre-settlement risk classification mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss (trading assets and non-trading derivatives).
  Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. Settlement risk mainly relates to the balance sheet classification Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss (trading assets and non-trading derivatives) and Investments (available-for-sale and held-to-maturity).
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported, in the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Repurchase transactions and reverse repurchase transactions
Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are retained in the consolidated financial statements. The counterparty liability is included in Amounts due to banks, Other borrowed funds or Customer deposits and other funds on deposit, as appropriate.
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recorded as Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks, as appropriate. The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and amortized over the life of the agreement using the effective interest method.
Loan loss provisions
The Group assesses periodically and at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, but before the balance sheet date, (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. The following circumstances, among others, are considered objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired:
  The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this leads to the avoidance or delays repayment of the financial asset;
 
  The borrower has failed in the repayment of principal, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period;
 
  The borrower has demonstra significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the expected future cash flows of the financial asset;

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset;
  Historical experience, updated for current events where necessary, provides evidence that a proportion of a group of assets is impaired although the related events that represent impairment triggers are not yet captured by the Group’s credit risk systems.
The Group does not consider events that may be expected to occur in the future as objective evidence and, consequently, they are not used as a basis for concluding that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired. In determining the impairment, expected future cash flows are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Losses expected as a result of future events, no matter how likely, are not recognized.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and then individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an asset carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account (‘Loan loss provision’) and the amount of the loss is recognized in the profit and loss account under ‘Addition to loan loss provision’. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated. The collective evaluation of impairment includes the application of a ‘loss confirmation period’ to default probabilities. The loss confirmation period is a concept which recognizes that there is a period of time between the emergence of impairment triggers and the point-in-time at which those events are captured by the Group’s credit risk systems. Accordingly, the application of the loss confirmation period ensures that impairments that are incurred but not yet identified are adequately reflected in the Group’s loan loss provision. Though the loss confirmation periods are inherently uncertain, the Group applies estimates to sub-portfolios (e.g. large corporations, small and medium size enterprises and retail portfolios) that reflect factors such as the frequency with which customers in the sub-portfolio disclose credit risk sensitive information and the frequency with which they are subject to review by the Group’s account managers. Generally, the frequency increases in relation to the size of the borrower. Loss confirmation periods are based on historical experience and are validated, and revised where necessary, through regular back-testing to ensure that they reflect recent experience and current events.
When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related loan loss provision. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the loan loss provision and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the provision. The amount of the reversal is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Impairment of other financial assets
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the specific case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. If any objective evidence exists for available-for-sale debt and equity investments, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in net profit — is removed from equity and recognized in the profit and loss account. Impairment losses recognized on equity instruments can never be reversed. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit and loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account.
Investments in associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control. Significant influence generally results from a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, but also is the ability to participate in the financial and operating policies through situations including, but not limited to the following:
  Representation on the board of directors;
 
  Participation in the policy making process; and
 
  Interchange of managerial personnel.
Investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
The Group’s investment in associates (net of any accumulated impairment loss) includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the profit and loss account, and its share of post-acquisition changes in reserves is recognized in equity. The cumulative post-acquisition changes are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. The reporting dates of all material associates are consistent with the reporting date of the Group.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of significant influence is determined taking into account both the Group’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
Real estate investments
Real estate investments are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations are recorded in the profit and loss account. On disposal the difference between the sale proceeds and book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Fair value of real estate investments is based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Each year a valuation is made, either by an independent valuer or internally, of every property. Indexation is used when a property is valued internally. The index is based on the results of the independent valuations carried out in that period. Market transactions, and disposals made by the Group, are monitored as part of the procedures to back test the indexation methodology. All properties are valued independently at least every 5 years.
Property and equipment
Property in own use
Land and buildings held for own use are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings held for own use are credited to the revaluation reserve in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged against the revaluation reserve directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit and loss account. Increases that reverse a revaluation decrease on the same asset previously recognized in net profit are recognized in the profit and loss account. Depreciation is recognized based on the fair value and the estimated useful life (in general 20—50 years). Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. On disposal the related revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.
The fair values of land and buildings are based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Subsequent expenditure is included in the assets carrying amount when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property under construction
Land and buildings under construction (including real estate investments) are stated at the directly attributable purchase and construction costs incurred up to the balance sheet date plus borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own development and supervision expenses, where necessary, less impairment losses.
Property held for sale
Property held for sale comprises properties obtained from foreclosures and property developed for sale for which there is no specifically negotiated contract. These properties are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Where the net realizable value is lower than the carrying amount, the impairment is recorded in the profit and loss account.
Property under development for third parties
Property under development where there is not yet a specifically negotiated contract is measured at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own directly attributable development and supervision expenses less any impairment losses. Profit is recognised using the completed contract method (on completion date of the property).
Property under development where there is a specifically negotiated contract is valued using the percentage of completion method (pro rata profit recognition).
Equipment
Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: for data processing equipment 2 to 5 years, and 4 to 10 years for fixtures and fittings. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.
Assets under operating leases
Assets leased out under operating leases in which ING is the lessor are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Reference is made to the section ‘Leases’.
Disposals
The difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use.
Leases
The Group as the lessee
The leases entered into by ING are primarily operating leases. The total payments made under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognized as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.
The Group as the lessor
When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognized as a receivable under Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is unearned lease finance income. Lease income is recognized over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax), which reflects a constant periodic rate of return. When assets are held subject to an operating lease, the assets are included under Assets under operating leases.

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Purchase accounting, goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is capitalized as an intangible asset. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from the date control is obtained.
Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2004). Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill and internally generated intangibles on those acquisitions were charged directly to shareholders’ equity. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. These cash-generating units represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. This test is performed annually or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Under the impairment tests, the carrying value of the cash generating units (including goodwill) is compared to its recoverable amount which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.
Adjustments to the fair value as of the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified within one year after acquisition are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense. However, recognition of deferred tax assets after the acquisition date is recorded as an adjustment to goodwill even after the first year. On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and book value (including goodwill) and the unrealized results (including the currency translation reserve in equity) is included in the profit and loss account.
Computer software
Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for own use is stated at cost less amortization and any impairment losses. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years. Amortization is included in Other operating expenses.
Value of business acquired (VOBA)
VOBA is an asset that reflects the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired. It represents the difference between the fair value of Insurance liabilities and their book value. VOBA is amortized in a similar manner to amortization of deferred acquisition costs as described in the section ‘Deferred acquisition costs’.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are capitalized and amortized over their expected economic life, which is generally between three and ten years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized.
Deferred acquisition costs
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance and investment contracts that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with (and are primarily related to) the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses. DAC is amortized over the life of the underlying contracts.
For traditional life insurance contracts, certain types of flexible life insurance contracts, and non-life contracts, DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognized.
For other types of flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits, to be realized from a group of products, are revised. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. Higher/lower expected profits (e.g. reflecting stock market performance or a change in the level of assets under management) may cause a lower/higher amortization of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in previous and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recorded in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
DAC is evaluated for recoverability at issue. Subsequently it is tested on a regular basis together with the provision for life insurance liabilities and VOBA. The test for recoverability is described in the section ‘Insurance, Investment and Reinsurance Contracts’.
For certain products DAC is adjusted for the impact of unrealized results on allocated investments through equity.
Taxation
Income tax on the net profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the profit and loss account but it is charged or credited directly to equity if the tax relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity.
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
Deferred tax assets are recognized where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognized as an asset where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilized. Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognized in the profit and loss account together with the deferred gain or loss.
Financial liabilities
Preference shares, which carry a mandatory coupon or are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholder, are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognized in the profit and loss account as interest expense using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are recognized initially at their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognized in the profit and loss account over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
If the Group purchases its own debt, it is removed from the balance sheet, and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in the profit and loss account.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial liabilities held for trading, and other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis. All other financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost.
Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of the discounted best estimate of the obligation under the guarantee and the amount initially recognized less cumulative amortization to reflect revenue recognition principles.
Insurance, investment and reinsurance contracts
Insurance contracts
Insurance policies which bear significant insurance risk are presented as insurance contracts. Provisions for liabilities under insurance contracts represent estimates of future payouts that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims. For some insurance contracts the measurement reflects current market assumptions.

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Provision for life insurance
The Provision for life insurance is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts. Specific methodologies may differ between business units as they may reflect local regulatory requirements and local practices.
Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in the case of loss recognition.
Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit-linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates.
The as yet unamortized interest rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life insurance. Interest rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account in determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts, which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.
Claims provision
The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and for future claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques. In addition, ‘IBNR’ reserves are set to recognize the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified to the Group.
Deferred profit sharing liability
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the full amount of the unrealized revaluation on allocated investments. Upon realization, the profit sharing on unrealized revaluation is reversed and a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the share in realized results on allocated investments that is expected to be shared with policyholders. The deferred profit sharing liability is reduced with the actual allocation of profit sharing to individual policyholders.
Provisions for life insurance for risk of policyholders
The Provisions for life insurance for risk of policyholder are calculated on the same basis as the Provision for life insurance. For insurance contracts for risk of policyholders the provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.
Reinsurance contracts
Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as the reinsurance element of technical provisions are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded. To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible.
Adequacy test
The adequacy of the Provision for life insurance, net of unamortized interest rate rebates, DAC and VOBA (the net insurance liabilities), is evaluated regularly by each business unit. The test considers current estimates of all contractual and related cash flows, and future developments. It includes investment income on the same basis as it is included in the profit and loss account.

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
If, for any business unit, it is determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall exists, and there are no offsetting amounts within other business units in the Business Line, then the shortfall is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If, for any business unit, the net insurance liabilities are not adequate using a prudent (90%) confidence level, but there are offsetting amounts within other Group business units, then the business unit is allowed to take measures to strengthen the net insurance liabilities over a period no longer than the expected life of the policies. To the extent that there are no offsetting amounts within other Group business units then any shortfall at the 90% confidence level is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If the net insurance liabilities are determined to be adequate at above the 90% confidence level, no reduction in the net insurance liabilities is recorded.
Investment contracts
Insurance policies without discretionary participation features which do not bear significant insurance risk are presented as Investment contracts. Provisions for liabilities under investment contracts are determined either at amortized cost, using the effective interest method (including certain initial acquisition expenses) or at fair value.
Other liabilities
Employee benefits — pension obligations
Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses, and unrecognized past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by internal and external actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The expected value of the assets is calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between the expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes in the deferred benefit obligation are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is charged or credited to the profit and loss account over employees’ remaining working lives. The corridor was reset to nil at the date of transition to IFRS-EU.
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as staff expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
Other post-employment obligations
Some group companies provide post-employment healthcare and other benefits to certain employees and former employees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Other provisions
A provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, however the timing or the amount is uncertain. Provisions are discounted when the effect of the time value of money is material using a pre-tax discount rate. The determination of provisions is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates regarding amounts and timing of cash flows.
Reorganization provisions include employee termination benefits when the Group is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal, or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Income recognition
Gross premium income
Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, gross premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage. Receipts under investment contracts are not recognized as gross premium income.
Interest
Interest income and expense are recognized in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment.
All interest income and expenses from trading positions and non-trading derivatives are classified as interest income and interest expenses in the profit and loss account. Changes in the ‘clean fair value’ are included in Valuation results on non-trading derivatives.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions are generally recognized as the service is provided. Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with related direct costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan. Loan syndication fees are recognized as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Group retained no part of the loan package for itself or retained a part at the same effective interest rate as the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party — such as the arrangement of the acquisition of shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses — are recognized on completion of the underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts as the service is provided. Asset management fees related to investment funds and investment contract fees are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. Fees received and paid between banks for payment services are classified as commission income and expenses.
Lease income
The proceeds from leasing out assets under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease agreement. Lease payments received in respect of finance leases when ING is the lessor are divided into an interest component (recognized as interest income) and a repayment component.
Expense recognition
Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account as incurred or when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.
Share-based payments
Share-based payment expenses are recognized as the employees provide the service. A corresponding increase in equity is recognized if the services are received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. A liability is recognized if the services are acquired in a cash-settled share-based payment transaction. The cost of acquiring the services is expensed as a staff expense. Prior to 2007 ING Group generally provided equity-settled share-based payment transactions. However, from 2007 ING Group generally provides cash-settled share-based payment transactions. The fair value of equity-settled share-based payment transactions is measured at the grant date and the fair value of cash-settled share-based payment transactions is measured at each balance sheet date.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Earnings per ordinary share
Earnings per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. In calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
  Own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
  The computation is based on daily averages;
 
  In case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the assumed proceeds thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
Share options with fixed or determinable terms are treated as options in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, even though they may be contingent on vesting. They are treated as outstanding on the grant date. Performance-based employee share options are treated as contingently issuable shares because their issue is contingent upon satisfying specified conditions in addition to the passage of time.
Fiduciary activities
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.
Implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4
ING Group applies IFRS-EU since 2004. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group implemented IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005.
The key differences between the former accounting policies under Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU as applied as from January 1, 2005 for financial instruments and insurance contracts and their transitional impact on equity as at January 1, 2005 are summarized below.
Impact of IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
         
    As at  
    January 1,  
amounts in millions of euros   2005  
 
Available-for-sale debt securities
    9,922  
Insurance provisions
    (3,126 )
Derivatives/hedge accounting/fair value option
    (977 )
Loans and advances to customers
    465  
Loan loss provisions
    623  
Venture capital investments
    90  
Other
    (35 )
Taxation
    (2,460 )
Classification of equity instruments — shareholders’ equity
    (399 )
 
     
IFRS-EU impact on net profit and shareholders’ equity
    4,103  
 
       
Classification of equity instruments — minority interests
    (1,442 )
Minority interests in equity
    56  
 
     
Total impact
    2,717  
 
     
Available-for-sale debt securities
Under IFRS-EU, quoted debt securities (non-trading) other than those designated as being held-to-maturity are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in a revaluation reserve in equity; realized results are recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, debt securities were reported at amortized cost; realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Insurance provisions
Under IFRS-EU contracts that do not contain significant insurance risk are presented as investment contracts and measured either at amortized cost or at fair value.

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded under IFRS-EU for the full amount of unrealized results on allocated investments. In addition, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the policyholders’ share in other differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU as at January 1, 2005.
Where deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the lives of policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits, under IFRS-EU the amortization is adjusted through equity to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses had been realized.
Derivatives
Under IFRS-EU, all derivatives (including embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host contract) are reported at fair value. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost); realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Hedge accounting
Under IFRS-EU, for derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges and net investment hedges, the fair value movements are initially deferred in equity and subsequently released to the profit and loss account in the same period in which the hedged item affects profit and loss. For fair value hedges, the valuation of the hedged item is adjusted to reflect the hedged risk; this fair value adjustment on the hedged item is reported in the profit and loss account and (partly) offsets the fair value impact of the derivative that is also reported in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives used for risk management purposes were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost).
Fair value option
As an alternative to hedge accounting under IFRS-EU, financial assets and liabilities may be designated at fair value through profit and loss, which results in these being presented at fair value, with all changes in fair value recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Furthermore, the fair value option is applied to certain financial liabilities that are subject to market-making activities.
Loans and advances to customers
Under both Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU loans are measured at amortized cost. Under IFRS-EU, certain fees/costs are capitalized and amortized whilst under Dutch GAAP they were expensed immediately (e.g. mortgage broker fees). The amortization of premiums, discounts and fees under IFRS-EU is based on effective yield whereas under Dutch GAAP these were amortized on a straight-line basis. Under IFRS-EU, realized results are reported in net profit. Under Dutch GAAP these were amortized over the remaining term (e.g. certain prepayment penalties on mortgages).
Loan loss provisions
Under IFRS-EU loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgemental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.
Venture capital investments
Under Dutch GAAP, venture capital investments were reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Under IFRS-EU, venture capital investments are reported at fair value.
Equity securities
Under Dutch GAAP, negative revaluations on equity securities were only charged to the profit and loss account as an impairment when triggered by the financial condition of the issuer. Under IFRS-EU, an impairment is also triggered by a significant or prolonged decline of the market value below cost. This did not affect Group equity at the date of transition to IFRS-EU.
Classification of equity instruments
Under Dutch GAAP, preference shares and trust preferred securities were classified as equity in accordance with their legal form. Under IFRS-EU, the terms and conditions of ING Group’s preference shares and trust preferred securities require them to be classified as liabilities.
Taxation
Deferred taxation was adjusted for the (deferred) tax effect of the above differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
The cash flow statement has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, classifying cash flows as cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. In the net cash flow from operating activities, the profit before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account, and changes in balance sheet items, which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, Cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including cash and non-restricted balances with central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, amounts due from other banks and amounts due to banks. Investments qualify as a cash equivalent if they are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the date of the cash flows.
The net cash flow shown in respect of Loans and advances to customers only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Addition to loan loss provision which is deducted from the item Loans and advances to customers in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly from the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.
The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the cash flow statement and the change in Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet is due to exchange rate differences and is separately accounted for as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet change in Cash and cash equivalents.
2.1.3.   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
ASSETS
1 CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS
Cash and balances with central banks
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Amounts held at central banks
    8,376       10,511  
Cash and bank balances
    3,664       3,563  
Short term deposits insurance operations
    366       252  
     
 
    12,406       14,326  
     
2 AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS
Amounts due from banks
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Loans and advances to banks
    14,451       4,660       31,339       31,751       45,790       36,411  
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    1,065       285       2,033       3,176       3,098       3,461  
     
 
    15,516       4,945       33,372       34,927       48,888       39,872  
 
                                               
Loan loss provision
    (11 )             (2 )     (4 )     (13 )     (4 )
     
 
    15,505       4,945       33,370       34,923       48,875       39,868  
     
Amounts due from banks, at December 31, 2007, included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,472 million (2006: EUR 2,249 million) and assets held under finance lease contracts amounting to EUR 232 million (2006: EUR 277 million).
As at December 31, 2007, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 48,705 million (2006: EUR 39,774 million), and the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 170 million (2006: EUR 94 million).
No individual amount due from banks has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of consolidated cash flows of the Group. For details on significant concentrations see ‘Risk management’ section.

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
3 FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Trading assets
    193,213       193,977  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    114,827       110,547  
Non-trading derivatives
    7,637       6,521  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,453       6,425  
     
 
    327,130       317,470  
     
Trading assets by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Equity securities
    11,112       14,717  
Debt securities
    37,345       38,287  
Derivatives
    28,592       22,514  
Loans and receivables
    116,164       118,459  
     
 
    193,213       193,977  
     
As at December 31, 2007, the balance sheet value included equity securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 4 million (2006: EUR 13 million) and nil (2006: nil), respectively. As at December 31, 2007, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 386 million (2006: EUR 42 million) and EUR 629 million (2006: EUR 4,303 million), respectively.
Investments for risk of policyholders by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Equity securities
    106,061       102,775  
Debt securities
    7,398       7,100  
Loans and receivables
    122       59  
Other
    1,246       613  
     
 
    114,827       110,547  
     
In 2007 none of the changes in the fair value of the loans and receivables included in Investments for risk of policyholders are attributable to changes in the credit risk of the financial assets (2006: nil), or cumulatively (2006: nil).
The fair value of credit derivatives included in trading assets and held to mitigate exposure to credit risk was EUR (7) million (2006: nil), and the change in their fair value in the period was EUR (7) million (2006: nil).
The cost of investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2007 was EUR 105,625 million (2006: EUR 98,863 million).
Investments in investment funds (with underlying investments in debt, equity securities, real estate and derivatives) are included under equity securities.
Non-trading derivatives by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Derivatives used in:
               
— fair value hedges
    1,952       1,080  
— cash flow hedges
    3,417       3,617  
— hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    281       3  
Other non-trading derivatives
    1,987       1,821  
     
 
    7,637       6,521  
     
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Equity securities
    306       193  
Debt securities
    8,774       4,744  
Loans and receivables
    428       306  
Other
    1,945       1,182  
     
 
    11,453       6,425  
     

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In 2007 none of the change in the fair value of the loans and receivables designated as at fair value through profit and loss are attributable to changes in the credit risk of the financial assets (2006: nil), or cumulativelyl (2006: nil).
The fair value of credit derivatives included in non-trading derivatives and held to mitigate exposure to credit risk on debt securities was EUR (10) million (2006: EUR (2) million), and the change in their fair value in the period was nil (2006: nil).
As at December 31, 2007, trading assets include receivables of EUR 114,897 million (2006: EUR 118,053 million) with regard to reverse repurchase transactions.
Other includes alternative asset investments and limited partnerships.
4 INVESTMENTS
Investments by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Available-for-sale
               
— equity securities
    19,947       18,225  
— debt securities
    255,950       275,696  
     
 
               
 
    275,897       293,921  
Held-to-maturity
               
— debt securities
    16,753       17,660  
     
 
    16,753       17,660  
 
               
     
 
    292,650       311,581  
     
Changes in investments — available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
                                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Available-for-sale              
    equity securities     debt securities     Held-to-maturity     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    18,225       16,466       275,696       289,241       17,660       18,937       311,581       324,644  
Additions
    7,788       6,395       275,497       281,452                       283,285       287,847  
Amortization
                    (181 )     (309 )     (59 )             (240 )     (309 )
Transfers
    512       (294 )     (1,417 )     (249 )             110       (905 )     (433 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    (536 )     (26 )     (2,903 )     (9,653 )                     (3,439 )     (9,679 )
Change in unrealized revaluations
    3,379       1,956       (6,284 )     (5,177 )                     (2,905 )     (3,221 )
Impairments and reversals
    (53 )     (42 )     (133 )     36                       (186 )     (6 )
Disposals and redemptions
    (9,093 )     (5,782 )     (272,106 )     (266,200 )     (822 )     (1,342 )     (282,021 )     (273,324 )
Exchange rate differences
    (275 )     (448 )     (12,219 )     (13,445 )     (26 )     (45 )     (12,520 )     (13,938 )
     
Closing balance
    19,947       18,225       255,950       275,696       16,753       17,660       292,650       311,581  
     
Included in transfers of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments
                                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Available-for-sale              
    equity securities     debt securities     Held-to-maturity     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
To/from available-for-sale
    21       49       (21 )     (12 )                             37  
To/from loans and advances
    (1 )             (6 )     (122 )                     (7 )     (122 )
To/from fair value through profit and loss
    52       (118 )     (1,386 )     (164 )                     (1,334 )     (282 )
To/from Investment in associates
    438       (197 )                                     438       (197 )
To/from Other assets/Other liabilities
    2       (28 )     (4 )     49               110       (2 )     131  
     
 
    512       (294 )     (1,417 )     (249 )             110       (905 )     (433 )
     

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The reclassification from Available-for-sale debt securities to Financial assets designated as at fair value through profit and loss relates to debt securities backing insurance contracts where current market assumptions were implemented in the measurement of the insurance contracts.
Available-for-sale equity securities by insurance and banking operations
                                                 
    Listed     Unlisted     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Insurance operations
    14,082       14,376       2,240       1,951       16,322       16,327  
Banking operations
    3,309       1,093       316       805       3,625       1,898  
     
 
    17,391       15,469       2,556       2,756       19,947       18,225  
     
Debt securities by insurance and banking operations
                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Insurance operations
    115,944       124,163                       115,944       124,163  
Banking operations
    140,006       151,533       16,753       17,660       156,759       169,193  
     
 
    255,950       275,696       16,753       17,660       272,703       293,356  
     
As at December 31, 2007, the balance sheet value included equity securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 13 million (2006: EUR 20 million) and nil (2006: nil), respectively, and debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 4,114 million (2006: EUR 2,119 million) and EUR 38,214 million (2006: EUR 37,804 million), respectively.
Borrowed debt securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 170 million as at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 460 million).
Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 69 million (2006: EUR 43 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2007.
5 LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS
Loans and advances to customers by insurance and banking operations
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Insurance operations
    27,576       37,606  
Banking operations
    528,540       440,375  
     
 
    556,116       477,981  
Eliminations
    (3,152 )     (3,544 )
     
 
    552,964       474,437  
     
Loans and advances to customers by type — insurance operations
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Policy loans
    54       55       3,414       3,511       3,468       3,566  
Loans secured by mortgages
    8,532       18,335       8,772       9,539       17,304       27,874  
Personal loans
    2,851       3,736       2,602       913       5,453       4,649  
Other
    378       507       1,003       1,047       1,381       1,554  
     
 
    11,815       22,633       15,791       15,010       27,606       37,643  
 
Loan loss provisions
    (14 )     (12 )     (16 )     (25 )     (30 )     (37 )
     
 
    11,801       22,621       15,775       14,985       27,576       37,606  
     

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers by type — banking operations
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Loans to, or guaranteed by, public authorities
    14,678       16,450       8,961       9,503       23,639       25,953  
Loans secured by mortgages
    141,314       120,753       132,614       87,458       273,928       208,211  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    1,951       2,088       591       320       2,542       2,408  
Other personal lending
    6,975       6,484       17,784       16,422       24,759       22,906  
Other corporate loans
    105,017       93,988       100,643       89,547       205,660       183,535  
     
 
    269,935       239,763       260,593       203,250       530,528       443,013  
 
Loan loss provisions
    (654 )     (733 )     (1,334 )     (1,905 )     (1,988 )     (2,638 )
     
 
    269,281       239,030       259,259       201,345       528,540       440,375  
     
Loans and advances to customers analyzed by subordination — banking operations
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Non-subordinated
    527,344       439,850  
Subordinated
    1,196       525  
     
 
    528,540       440,375  
     
As at December 31, 2007, Loans and advances to customers included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 4,569 million (2006: EUR 1,554 million).
No individual loan or advance has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.
Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks include finance lease receivables, analyzed as follows:
Finance lease receivables
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Maturities of gross investment in finance lease receivables
               
— within 1 year
    6,473       4,641  
— more than 1 year but less than 5 years
    8,448       8,061  
— more than 5 years
    3,753       3,346  
     
 
    18,674       16,048  
Unearned future finance income on finance leases
    (3,109 )     (2,684 )
     
Net investment in finance leases
    15,565       13,364  
 
Maturities of net investment in finance lease receivables
               
— within 1 year
    5,337       3,943  
— more than 1 year but less than 5 years
    7,060       6,813  
— more than 5 years
    3,168       2,608  
     
 
    15,565       13,364  
 
Included in Amounts due from banks
    232       277  
Included in Loans and advances to customers
    15,333       13,087  
     
 
    15,565       13,364  
     
The allowance for uncollectible finance lease receivables included in the loan loss provisions amounted to EUR 33 million at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 47 million).
No individual finance lease receivable has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loan loss provisions analyzed by type — banking operations
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Loans secured by public authorities
                    1       2       1       2  
Loans secured by mortgages
    96       96       203       177       299       273  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    11               3       6       14       6  
Other personal lending
    181       357       374       408       555       765  
Other corporate loans
    377       280       755       1,316       1,132       1,596  
     
 
    665       733       1,336       1,909       2,001       2,642  
 
The closing balance is included in
                                               
— amounts due from banks
    11               2       4       13       4  
— loans and advances to customers
    654       733       1,334       1,905       1,988       2,638  
     
 
    665       733       1,336       1,909       2,001       2,642  
     
Changes in loan loss provisions
                                                 
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    37       47       2,642       3,313       2,679       3,360  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (3 )             98       (101 )     95       (101 )
Write-offs
    (11 )     (4 )     (952 )     (691 )     (963 )     (695 )
Recoveries
    1               59       86       60       86  
Increase in loan loss provisions
    8       4       125       103       133       107  
Exchange rate differences
    (1 )     (2 )     (19 )     (67 )     (20 )     (69 )
Other changes
    (1 )     (8 )     48       (1 )     47       (9 )
     
Closing balance
    30       37       2,001       2,642       2,031       2,679  
     
Changes in loan loss provisions relating to insurance operations are presented under Investment income. Changes in the loan loss provision relating to banking operations are presented on the face of the profit and loss account.

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
6 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
Investments in associates
                                                         
                    Balance                          
    Interest     Fair value of     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
2007   held (%)     listed investment     value     assets     liabilities     income     expenses  
TMB Public Company Limited
    30               481       16,028       15,002       180       436  
ING Dutch Office Master Fund C.V.
    24               348       1,718       257       202       24  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    24               333       1,617       209       192       22  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    18       303       303       3,124       1,338       411       168  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    28               295       1,243       176       (60 )     27  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    25               237       1,116       112       135       48  
Q-Park N.V.
    19               191       3,911       2,914       458       403  
ING Real Estate Asia Retail Fund
    46               189       791       399       29       2  
Property Fund Iberica
    30               185       1,959       1,331       313       188  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    29               150       958       399       179       100  
Lion Properties Fund
    5               147       4,502       1,666       660       155  
Lion Industrial Trust
    9               142       3,001       1,157       387       106  
B.V. Petroleum Maatschappij ‘Moeara Enim’
    30               130       461               19       2  
ING Re Nordic Property Fund
    22               104       1,089       623       70       47  
ING Vastgoed Kantoren C.V.
    10               103       1,033       7       124       34  
ING PF Brittanica
    20               93       864       402       (7 )     42  
Lion Value Fund
    33               92       423       143       76       14  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10               86       870       8       130       19  
ING Office Fund Australia
    6       69       83       2,134       763       443       152  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15               81       1,597       1,069       304       189  
ING Logistics Property Fund Europe
    25               78       574       263       76       31  
Property Fund Central Europe
    25               73       649       358       119       41  
ING Retail Property Partnership Southern Europe
    23               66       1,150       857       111       78  
ING Property Fund Central and Eastern Europe
    23               66       761       478       40       39  
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
    10               56       557       1       68       15  
Other investments in associates
                    902                                  
 
                                                     
 
                    5,014                                  
 
                                                     
Other investments in associates represents a large number of associates with a balance sheet value of less than EUR 50 million.
Accumulated impairments have been recognized of EUR 29 million (2006: EUR 4 million).
For the above associates in which the interest held is below 20%, significant influence exists based on the combination of ING’s financial interest for own risk and its role as investment manager.

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investments in associates
                                                         
                    Balance                          
    Interest     Fair value of     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
2006   held (%)     listed investment     value     assets     liabilities     income     expenses  
Vesteda
    25               810       4,610       1,371       362       51  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    30               355       1,276       106       214       20  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    25               311       1,326       80       212       9  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    25               227       990       84       93       8  
Property Fund Iberica
    30               186       1,792       1,160       319       175  
Lion Properties Fund
    5               144       3,904       1,049       567       155  
Lion Industrial Fund
    10               142       2,495       1,080       327       100  
ING PF Brittanica
    20               115       1,093       522       162       59  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    12       157       165       1,685       617       250       53  
ING Global Fund
    10               56       600       40       179       4  
Gables RE Trust — Permanent/Bridge equity
    6               45       1,646       805       279       147  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    29               124       744       321       66       21  
Q-Park N.V.
    19               166       1,995       1,120       95       86  
B.V. Petroleum Maatschappij ‘Moeara Enim’
    33               141       2,901       2,475       52       6  
ING Korea Property Investments
    15               32       458       248       30       31  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10               80       803       4       146       11  
ING Office Fund Australia
    6       62       60       1,548       627       272       69  
ING Logistic Property C.V.
    25               74       552       255       90       29  
ING Convent Garden
    32               59       318       130       76       9  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15               63       1,096       678       142       60  
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
    10               54       541               71       9  
Other investments in associates
                    934                                  
 
                                                     
 
                    4,343                                  
 
                                                     
Changes in Investments in associates
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    4,343       3,622  
Additions
    1,222       449  
Changes in the composition of the group
    934       152  
Transfers to and from Investments
    (438 )     197  
Revaluations
    (155 )     41  
Share of results
    765       638  
Dividends received
    (224 )     (174 )
Disposals
    (1,296 )     (511 )
Impairments
    (25 )     (3 )
Exchange rate differences
    (112 )     (68 )
     
Closing balance
    5,014       4,343  
     
In 2007, share of results of EUR 765 million and impairments of EUR (25) million are presented in the profit and loss account in Share of profit from associates (EUR 740 million).
7 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS
Changes in real estate investments
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    6,974       5,031  
Additions
    878       1,588  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (2,919 )     1,497  
Transfers to and from Property in own use
    (60 )     44  
Transfers to and from Other assets
    13          
Fair value gains/(losses)
    168       175  
Disposals
    (309 )     (1,293 )
Exchange rate differences
    84       (68 )
     
Closing balance
    4,829       6,974  
     

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In 2007 Changes in composition of the group relates mainly to the deconsolidation of Real estate funds as a result of the reduction of ING’s shareholding in these funds.
Real estate investments by insurance and banking operations
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Insurance operations
    1,302       3,310  
Banking operations
    3,527       3,664  
     
 
    4,829       6,974  
     
The total amount of rental income recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2007 was EUR 402 million (2006: EUR 434 million). The total amount of contingent rent recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2007 was EUR 14 million (2006: EUR 14 million).
The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from Real estate investments that generated rental income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was EUR 64 million (2006: EUR 168 million). The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from Real estate investments that did not generate rental income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was EUR 20 million (2006: EUR 32 million).
Appraisal of real estate investments during the last five years by independently qualified valuers (in percentages)
         
year of appraisal        
 
2007
    64  
2006
    36  
2005
    0  
2004
    0  
2003
    0  
 
     
 
    100  
       
8 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Property in own use
    2,069       2,034  
Equipment
    1,270       1,312  
Assets under operating leases
    2,898       2,685  
     
 
    6,237       6,031  
     
Property in own use by insurance and banking operations
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Insurance operations
    599       694  
Banking operations
    1,470       1,340  
     
 
    2,069       2,034  
     

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in property in own use
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    2,034       2,271  
Additions
    85       68  
Changes in the composition of the group
    29       (14 )
Transfers to and from Real estate investments
    60       (44 )
Transfers to and from Other assets
    59       (4 )
Depreciation
    (39 )     (64 )
Revaluations
    (60 )     76  
Reversal of impairments
    14       4  
Disposals
    (84 )     (221 )
Exchange rate differences
    (29 )     (38 )
     
Closing balance
    2,069       2,034  
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    2,943       2,883  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (708 )     (669 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (166 )     (180 )
     
Net book value
    2,069       2,034  
 
Revaluation surplus
               
Opening balance
    693       612  
Revaluation in year
    19       82  
Released in year
    (79 )     (1 )
     
Closing balance
    633       693  
     
The cost or purchase price amounted to EUR 2,310 million (2006: EUR 2,190 million). Cost less accumulated depreciation would have been EUR 1,602 million (2006: EUR 1,521 million).
Appraisal of property in own use during the last five years by independently qualified valuers (in percentages)
         
year of appraisal        
 
2007
    39  
2006
    19  
2005
    26  
2004
    4  
2003
    12  
 
     
 
    100  
       
Changes in equipment
                                                 
            Data     Fixtures and fittings        
    processing equipment     and other equipment     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    283       314       1,029       1,002       1,312       1,316  
Additions
    177       157       309       343       486       500  
Changes in the composition of the group
    10       (7 )     16       (1 )     26       (8 )
Disposals
    (24 )     (9 )     (44 )     (63 )     (68 )     (72 )
Depreciation
    (164 )     (177 )     (216 )     (222 )     (380 )     (399 )
Impairments
    (1 )             (1 )     (1 )     (2 )     (1 )
Exchange rate differences
    (3 )     (6 )     (17 )     (26 )     (20 )     (32 )
Other changes
    3       11       (87 )     (3 )     (84 )     8  
     
Closing balance
    281       283       989       1,029       1,270       1,312  
 
                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    1,763       1,499       2,950       2,729       4,713       4,228  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (1,481 )     (1,216 )     (1,959 )     (1,699 )     (3,440 )     (2,915 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (1 )             (2 )     (1 )     (3 )     (1 )
     
Net book value
    281       283       989       1,029       1,270       1,312  
     

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in assets under operating leases
                                                 
    Cars     Other leased-out assets     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    2,671       2,116       14       54       2,685       2,170  
Additions
    1,396       1,146       2       18       1,398       1,164  
Changes to the composition of the group
            417               (46 )             371  
Disposals
    (417 )     (400 )             (2 )     (417 )     (402 )
Depreciation
    (720 )     (617 )     (4 )     (10 )     (724 )     (627 )
Exchange rate differences
    (44 )     9                       (44 )     9  
     
Closing balance
    2,886       2,671       12       14       2,898       2,685  
 
   
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    5,177       3,938       70       39       5,247       3,977  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (2,291 )     (1,267 )     (58 )     (25 )     (2,349 )     (1,292 )
     
Net book value
    2,886       2,671       12       14       2,898       2,685  
     
Depreciation of assets under operating leases is included in the profit and loss account in other income as a deduction from operating lease income.
No individual operating lease has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.
The Group leases assets to third parties under operating leases as lessor. The future minimum lease payments to be received under non—cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Future minimum lease payments by maturity
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Within 1 year
    1,048       926  
More than 1 year but less than 5 years
    1,844       1,754  
More than 5 years
    6       5  
     
 
    2,898       2,685  
     
9 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Changes in intangible assets
                                                                                 
    Value of                          
    business                          
    acquired     Goodwill     Software     Other     Total  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    2,641       2,986       305       173       377       408       199       94       3,522       3,661  
Additions (bought)
    93       107       2,040       169       215       194       170       59       2,518       529  
Capitalized expenses
                                    124                               124          
Amortization
    (229 )     (175 )                     (221 )     (200 )     (18 )     (8 )     (468 )     (383 )
Impairments
                                    (14 )     (10 )     (1 )             (15 )     (10 )
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
    32       18                                                       32       18  
Changes in the composition of the group
    25       (5 )     (28 )     (21 )     9       (6 )     390       61       396       29  
Exchange rate differences
    (261 )     (290 )     (71 )     (10 )     (5 )     (9 )     (18 )     (7 )     (355 )     (316 )
Disposals
                    (1 )     (6 )     (13 )                             (14 )     (6 )
     
Closing balance
    2,301       2,641       2,245       305       472       377       722       199       5,740       3,522  
 
                                                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    2,946       3,057       2,245       305       1,379       1,049       766       224       7,336       4,635  
Accumulated amortization as at December 31
    (645 )     (416 )                     (878 )     (657 )     (43 )     (25 )     (1,566 )     (1,098 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
                                    (29 )     (15 )     (1 )             (30 )     (15 )
     
Net book value
    2,301       2,641       2,245       305       472       377       722       199       5,740       3,522  
     
Amortization of software and other intangible assets is included in the profit and loss account in Other operating expenses. Amortization of VOBA is included in Underwriting expenditure.

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Additions to goodwill in 2007 include mainly EUR 1,818 million related to the acquisition of Landmark, Latin American Pension business of Santander, Oyak Bank and Sharebuilder Corporation. The increase in Other intangibles in 2007 includes mainly EUR 390 million related to the acquisition of Latin American Pension business of Santander and Oyak Bank. Reference is made to Note 29 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
10 DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Changes in deferred acquisition costs
                                                                 
    Investment contracts     Life insurance     Non-life insurance     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    83       71       9,645       9,043       435       490       10,163       9,604  
Capitalized
    31       25       2,766       2,544       257       259       3,054       2,828  
Amortization
    (12 )     (11 )     (1,266 )     (1,178 )     (274 )     (255 )     (1,552 )     (1,444 )
Unlocking
                    (28 )     (11 )                     (28 )     (11 )
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
                    43       43                       43       43  
Changes in the composition of the group
                                    (5 )             (5 )        
Exchange rate differences
    (1 )     (2 )     (938 )     (812 )     10       (43 )     (929 )     (857 )
Disposal of portfolios
                    (39 )     16       (15 )     (16 )     (54 )        
     
Closing balance
    101       83       10,183       9,645       408       435       10,692       10,163  
     
For flexible life insurance contracts the growth rate assumption used for calculating the amortization of the deferred acquisition costs for 2007 is 6.6% gross and 5.6% net of investment management fees (2006: 7.6% gross and 6.1% net of investment management fees).
11 OTHER ASSETS
Other assets by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    3,664       4,105  
Deferred tax assets
    2,723       1,872  
Property held for sale
    2,993       2,243  
Property under development for third parties
            96  
Income tax receivable
    974       1,222  
Accrued interest and rents
    17,818       14,535  
Other accrued assets
    1,099       1,167  
Pension assets
    439       251  
Other receivables
    10,389       5,572  
     
 
    40,099       31,063  
     
Disclosures in respect of deferred tax assets and pension assets are provided in Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
Included in the above table are assets measured at amortized cost under the IAS 39 classification Loans and receivables. These amount to EUR 8,844 million and are included in Accrued interest and rents.
The total amount of borrowing costs relating to Property under development for third parties, capitalized in 2007 is nil (2006: EUR 2 million).
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Receivables on account of direct insurance from:
               
— policyholders
    2,211       2,390  
— intermediaries
    283       239  
Reinsurance receivables
    1,170       1,476  
     
 
    3,664       4,105  
     

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property held for sale
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Property held for sale
    530       367  
Other:
               
— property obtained from foreclosures
    48       58  
— property developed for sale
    2,415       1,818  
     
 
    2,993       2,243  
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    3,104       2,328  
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (111 )     (85 )
     
Net book value
    2,993       2,243  
     
EQUITY
12 SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (PARENT)
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Share capital
    534       530       530  
Share premium
    8,739       8,348       8,343  
Revaluation reserve
    4,937       9,453       11,206  
Currency translation reserve
    (1,354 )     (473 )     668  
Other reserves
    24,352       20,408       15,989  
     
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    37,208       38,266       36,736  
     
The Revaluation reserve, Share of associates reserve (included in Other reserves) and Currency translation reserve cannot be freely distributed.
As at December 31, 2007 Other reserves included an amount of EUR 566 million (2006: EUR 566 million; 2005: EUR 583 million) related to Regio Bank NV (formerly Stichting Regio Bank) that cannot be freely distributed.
Share capital
                                                 
    Ordinary shares (par value EUR 0.24)  
    Number X1,000     Amount  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       3,000,000       3,000,000       720       720       720  
Unissued share capital
    773,555       794,907       795,066       186       190       190  
     
Issued share capital
    2,226,445       2,205,093       2,204,934       534       530       530  
     
Changes in issued share capital
                 
    Ordinary shares  
    (par value EUR 0.24)  
    Number X1,000     Amount  
     
Issued share capital as at January 1, 2005
    2,204,720       530  
 
               
Issue of shares
    214          
     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2005
    2,204,934       530  
 
               
Issue of shares
    96          
Exercise of B warrants and options
    63          
     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2006
    2,205,093       530  
 
               
Issue of shares
    5,569       1  
Exercise of B warrants and options
    15,783       3  
     
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2007
    2,226,445       534  
     

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In May 2007, ING announced a plan to adopt a buy-back programme under which it plans to purchase (depository receipts for) ordinary shares with a total value of EUR 5 billion over a period of 12 months, beginning in June 2007. During 2007 the total number of (depository receipts for) ordinary shares repurchased under this programme is 90.7 million at an average price of EUR 30.49, and a total consideration of EUR 2.8 billion. This represents completion of approximately 56% of the repurchase program. Shares bought back are included in the table “Changes in treasury shares” on page F-42.
Ordinary shares
All shares are in registered form. No share certificates have been issued. Shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer, subject to the approval of the Executive Board of ING Group. The par value of ordinary shares is EUR 0.24. The authorized ordinary share capital of ING Group consists of 3,000 million shares, of which as at December 31, 2007 2,226 million have been issued and fully paid.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares and preference shares
More than 99% of the ordinary shares and preference shares issued by ING Groep N.V. are held by the Stichting ING Aandelen (Trust Office ING Shares). In exchange for these shares, the Trust Office has issued depository receipts in bearer form for ordinary shares and for preference shares, respectively. The depository receipts are listed on various stock exchanges. Depository receipts can be exchanged for (non-listed) shares of the relevant category without any restriction.
The holder of a depository receipt is entitled to receive from the Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding with the dividends and distributions received by the Trust Office on a share of the relevant category.
In addition, the holder of a depository receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depository receipt, who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of the Trust Office but entirely at his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depository receipts of the relevant category.
A holder of depository receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to the Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depository receipts of the relevant category.
Concentration of holders of depository receipts for shares
As at December 31, 2007, AllianceBernstein Corporation had an interest in depository receipts (for ordinary shares) of ING Groep N.V. of between 5% and 10%.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group
As at December 31, 2007, 126.8 million (2006: 53.8 million; 2005: 38.7 million) of depository receipts for ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 was held by ING Group or its subsidiaries. These were purchased as part of the buy-back plan announced in 2007 and to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board members and other employees.
Dividend restrictions
ING Groep N.V. and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction that dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of the paid-up capital, and reserves required by law. Additionally, certain group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of dividends or otherwise to the parent company.
Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries.
B warrants
In 1998, ING Groep N.V. authorized the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,220,200 have been issued. As at December 31, 2007, 9,266,097 B warrants were outstanding (2006: 17,157,891; 2005: 17,189,554). B warrant holders are entitled to obtain from ING Groep N.V., for a fixed price, depository receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of 1 B warrant to 2 depository receipts. B warrant holders may exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008. As at December 31, 2007, 601,356 B warrants (2006: nil; 2005: nil) were held by group companies of ING Group.

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The closing date for exercising warrants B was January 5, 2008. The exercise price of warrants B was EUR 49.92 for 2 depository receipts.
Changes in revaluation reserve
                                 
    Property     Available-     Cash flow        
    revaluation     for-sale     hedge        
2007   reserve     reserve     reserve     Total  
 
Opening balance
    468       7,629       1,356       9,453  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    (29 )     (1,508 )             (1,537 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            (3,186 )             (3,186 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (925 )     (925 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
            1,132               1,132  
     
Closing balance
    439       4,067       431       4,937  
     
Changes in revaluation reserve
                                 
    Property     Available-     Cash flow        
    revaluation     for-sale     hedge        
2006   reserve     reserve     reserve     Total  
 
Opening balance
    460       8,700       2,046       11,206  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    8       (1,087 )             (1,079 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            (804 )             (804 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (690 )     (690 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
            820               820  
     
Closing balance
    468       7,629       1,356       9,453  
     
Changes in revaluation reserve
                                 
    Property     Available-     Cash flow        
    revaluation     for-sale     hedge        
2005   reserve     reserve     reserve     Total  
 
Opening balance
    382       875               1,257  
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
            6,256       1,282       7,538  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    53       2,095               2,148  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            (663 )             (663 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    764       764  
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
            (89 )             (89 )
Other revaluations
    25       226               251  
     
Closing balance
    460       8,700       2,046       11,206  
     
Changes in currency translation reserve
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Opening balance
    (473 )     668       (184 )
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
                    (556 )
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
    500       194       489  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
    (228 )                
Exchange rate differences
    (1,153 )     (1,335 )     919  
     
Closing balance
    (1,354 )     (473 )     668  
     
Changes in other reserves
                                         
            Share of                    
    Retained     associates     Treasury     Other        
2007   earnings     reserve     shares     reserves     Total  
 
Opening balance
    20,700       1,181       (1,436 )     (37 )     20,408  
Profit for the year
    8,894       347                       9,241  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                            (98 )     (98 )
Changes in treasury shares
                    (2,304 )             (2,304 )
Dividend
    (2,826 )     (173 )                     (2,999 )
Employee stock options and share plans
    104                               104  
Other
    153       (153 )                        
     
Closing balance
    27,025       1,202       (3,740 )     (135 )     24,352  
     

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in other reserves
                                         
            Share of                    
    Retained     associates     Treasury     Other        
2006   earnings     reserve     shares     reserves     Total  
 
Opening balance
    16,262       608       (868 )     (13 )     15,989  
Profit for the year
    6,972       720                       7,692  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                            (124 )     (124 )
Changes in treasury shares
                    (520 )             (520 )
Dividend
    (2,534 )     (147 )                     (2,681 )
Other
                    (48 )     100       52  
     
Closing balance
    20,700       1,181       (1,436 )     (37 )     20,408  
     
Changes in other reserves
                                         
            Share of                    
    Retained     associates     Treasury     Other        
2005   earnings     reserve     shares     reserves     Total  
 
Opening balance
    13,792       608       (563 )             13,837  
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
    (2,584 )                             (2,584 )
Profit for the year
    7,210                               7,210  
Changes in treasury shares
                    (305 )             (305 )
Dividend
    (2,461 )                             (2,461 )
Other
    305                       (13 )     292  
     
Closing balance
    16,262       608       (868       (13 )     15,989  
     
Changes in treasury shares
                                                 
    Amount     Number  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Opening balance
    1,436       868       563       53,859,235       38,722,934       29,787,165  
Purchased
    2,505       1,030       381       79,652,109       30,858,427       13,013,029  
Share based payments
    (201 )     (462 )     (76 )     (6,751,515 )     (15,722,126 )     (3,203,303 )
Other
                                            (873,957 )
     
Closing balance
    3,740       1,436       868       126,759,829       53,859,235       38,722,934  
     
Preference shares are presented in the balance sheet under liabilities. See Note 13 ‘Preference shares’.
LIABILITIES
13 PREFERENCE SHARES
ING Group preference shares
Preference shares are divided into 2 categories: ‘A’ preference shares and ‘B’ preference shares. The authorized preference share capital of ING Groep N.V. consists of 100 million ‘A’ preference shares with a par value of EUR 1.20, of which as at December 31, 2007 16,012,839 have been issued and 1,000 million ‘B’ preference shares with a par value of EUR 0.24, of which none have been issued. The only movement in preference shares outstanding is explained under Buy-back of preference shares.
Preference shares may only be issued if at least the nominal value is paid up.
Preference shares rank before ordinary shares in entitlement to dividends and distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., but are subordinated to cumulative preference shares. Holders of ‘A’ and ‘B’ preference shares rank pari passu among themselves. If the profit or amount available for distribution to the holders of preference shares is not sufficient to make such distribution in full, the holders will receive a distribution in proportion to the amount they would have received if the distribution could have been made in full. The ‘A’ preference shares and ‘B’ preference shares are not cumulative and their holders will not be compensated in subsequent years for a shortfall in a prior year.
The ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for cancellation of preference shares.
‘A’ preference shares
The dividend on the ‘A’ preference shares is equal to a percentage of the amount (including share premium) for which the ‘A’ preference shares were originally issued.
This percentage is calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the average effective yield on the 5 longest-dated Dutch government loans, as determined by a Calculating Agent to be designated by the Executive Board for the last 20 stock exchange days preceding the day on which the first ‘A’ preference

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
shares are issued, or, as the case may be, preceding the day on which the dividend percentage is adjusted. The percentage thus established may be increased or decreased by not more than 0.5 percentage points, depending on the market conditions then prevailing, as the Executive Board may decide with the approval of the Supervisory Board.
The dividend on the ‘A’ preference shares is set at EUR 0.1582 per year until January 1, 2014 at which stage the dividend percentage will be readjusted (and thereafter every 10 years) to the average effective yield at that time on the 5 longest-dated Dutch government loans.
‘A’ preference shares may only be cancelled if a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the ‘A’ preference shares were originally issued reduced by the par value of the shares can be made on each ‘A’ preference share. Upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the ‘A’ preference shares were originally issued will, insofar as possible, be made on each ‘A’ preference share.
Buy-back of preference shares
During 2007, ING Group bought back 57,016,572 (depository receipts for) ‘A’ preference shares (2006: 24,051,039) at an average price of EUR 3.64 per share or EUR 207.5 million in total (2006: EUR 3.72 per share or EUR 89.5 million). The ‘A’ preference shares were bought back from ABN AMRO Holding and Fortis as described below.
In July 2007, ING announced that agreement had been reached with Fortis Insurance Netherlands to buy-back 28,172,583 ‘A’ preference shares of ING at a price of EUR 3.618175 per share or EUR 101,933,336 in total. Following the repurchase the preference shares were cancelled.
In October 2007, ING announced that agreement had been reached with ABN AMRO Holding to buy-back 28,843,989 ‘A’ preference shares of ING Group. The transaction was completed in two tranches. On October 15, 2007, 18,843,989 ‘A’ preference shares, were repurchased at a price of EUR 3.65 per share, or EUR 68,780,560 in total. Following the repurchase these preference share were cancelled. On 24 December, an additional 10,000,000 ‘A’ preference shares were repurchased at a price of EUR 3.68 per share, or EUR 36,800,000. None of the 10 million preference shares had been cancelled at December 31, 2007, and are therefore included in the number of ‘A’ preference share in issue at December 31, 2007. However, all of these shares were cancelled in February 2008.
Cumulative preference shares
The par value of the cumulative preference shares is EUR 1.20. The authorized cumulative preference share capital consists of 900 million cumulative preference shares, of which none have been issued.
The cumulative preference shares rank before the preference shares and the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.
The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by 2.5 percentage points.
If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If, and to the extent that, the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits earned in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.
ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
14 SUBORDINATED LOANS
Subordinated loans
                                         
                    Notional amount in     Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   Year of Issue     Due date   original currency     2007     2006  
 
7.375%
    2007     Perpetual   USD 1,500     988          
6.375%
    2007     Perpetual   USD 1,045     690          
5.140%
    2006     Perpetual   GBP 600     810       885  
5.775%
    2005     Perpetual   USD 1,000     674       752  
6.125%
    2005     Perpetual   USD 700     462       515  
4.176%
    2005     Perpetual   EUR 500     497       497  
Variable
    2004     Perpetual   EUR 1,000     937       926  
6.200%
    2003     Perpetual   USD 500     330       368  
Variable
    2003     Perpetual   EUR 750     682       669  
7.200%
    2002     Perpetual   USD 1,100     726       811  
7.050%
    2002     Perpetual   USD 800     529       591  
                             
 
                            7,325       6,014  
                             
Subordinated loans consist of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier-1 capital for ING Bank N.V. Under IFRS-EU these bonds are classified as liabilities. They are considered capital for regulatory purposes.
These loans have been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2007 was 3,504 with a balance sheet value of nil (2006: nil with a balance sheet value of nil).
15 DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
Debt securities in issue relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed interest rates or interest rates based on interest rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. Debt securities in issue do not include debt securities presented as Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:
Debt securities in issue — maturities
                 
    2007     2006  
 
Fixed rate debt securities
               
Within 1 year
    35,182       49,692  
More than 1 year but less than 2 years
    4,156       1,475  
More than 2 years but less than 3 years
    1,738       2,914  
More than 3 years but less than 4 years
    2,057       1,824  
More than 4 years but less than 5 years
    2,374       3,140  
More than 5 years
    5,870       5,155  
     
Total fixed rate debt securities
    51,377       64,200  
 
               
Floating rate debt securities
               
Within 1 year
    7,204       4,637  
More than 1 year but less than 2 years
    487       238  
More than 2 years but less than 3 years
    989       413  
More than 3 years but less than 4 years
    1,847       1,086  
More than 4 years but less than 5 years
    1,140       2,611  
More than 5 years
    3,951       4,948  
     
Total floating rate debt securities
    15,618       13,933  
     
 
               
     
Total debt securities
    66,995       78,133  
     
As of December 31, 2007, ING Group had unused lines of credit available including the payment of commercial paper borrowings relating to debt securities in issue, totalling EUR 6,974 million (2006: EUR 29,335 million).

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
16 OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
Other borrowed funds by remaining term
                                                         
2007   2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     There after     Total  
 
Subordinated loans of group companies
    66       542       1,052       429       1,632       9,942       13,663  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,014       1,014  
Loans contracted
    4,791       1,054       1,306       1,019               1,284       9,454  
Loans from credit institutions
    1,340       2       353       279       168       785       2,927  
     
 
    6,197       1,598       2,711       1,727       1,800       13,025       27,058  
     
Other borrowed funds by remaining term
                                                         
2006   2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     There after     Total  
 
Subordinated loans of group companies
    34       200       366       1,227       2,276       9,488       13,591  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,132       1,132  
                                                       
Loans contracted
    4,927       489       304       1,188       1,138       854       8,900  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,749       1,103       357       280       164       363       6,016  
     
 
    8,710       1,792       1,027       2,695       3,578       11,837       29,639  
     
Subordinated loans of group companies relate to capital debentures and private loans which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V. or Postbank N.V.
Preference shares of group companies comprise non-cumulative guaranteed Trust Preference Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preference securities are presented as an interest expense in the profit and loss account. These trust preference securities have no voting rights.

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
17 INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACTS, REINSURANCE CONTRACTS
The provisions for insurance and investment contracts, net of reinsurance (i.e. the provision for the company’s own account) is presented in the balance sheet gross under ‘Insurance and investment contracts’ and ‘Reinsurance contracts’.
Insurance and investment contracts, reinsurance contracts
                                                 
    Provision                     Insurance  
    net of reinsurance     Reinsurance contracts     and investment contracts  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Provision for non-participating life policy liabilities
    70,149       78,772       4,481       4,930       74,630       83,702  
Provision for participating life policy liabilities
    54,645       52,914       175       187       54,820       53,101  
Provision for (deferred) profit sharing and rebates
    1,601       2,956       5       5       1,606       2,961  
Provision for life insurance for risk of policyholders
    100,753       97,304       639       651       101,392       97,955  
     
Life insurance provisions
    227,148       231,946       5,300       5,773       232,448       237,719  
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks
    2,564       2,631       99       156       2,663       2,787  
 
Reported claims provision
    5,051       5,503       475       600       5,526       6,103  
Claims incurred but not reported (IBNR)
    1,121       1,148                       1,121       1,148  
     
Claims provisions
    6,172       6,651       475       600       6,647       7,251  
 
Other insurance provisions
    302       176                       302       176  
     
Total provisions for insurance contracts
    236,186       241,404       5,874       6,529       242,060       247,933  
Investment contracts for risk of company
    9,520       7,505                       9,520       7,505  
Investment contracts for risk of policyholders
    14,132       13,245                       14,132       13,245  
     
Total provisions for investment contracts
    23,652       20,750                       23,652       20,750  
     
 
Total
    259,838       262,154       5,874       6,529       265,712       268,683  
     
Changes in life insurance provisions
                                                 
    Provision                     Insurance  
    net of reinsurance     Reinsurance contracts     and investment contracts  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    231,946       225,351       5,773       6,638       237,719       231,989  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (3,475 )     83       2       23       (3,473 )     106  
     
 
    228,471       225,434       5,775       6,661       234,246       232,095  
Current year provisions
    27,224       28,863       139       1,525       27,363       30,388  
Change in deferred profit sharing liability
    (1,546 )     (1,241 )                     (1,546 )     (1,241 )
Prior year provisions:
                                               
— benefit payments to policyholders
    (21,933 )     (13,166 )     (82 )     (366 )     (22,015 )     (13,532 )
— interest accrual
    6,794       4,791       (40 )     18       6,754       4,809  
— valuation changes for risk of policyholders
    5,612       2,702                       5,612       2,702  
— effect of changes in other assumptions
    2       (21 )                     2       (21 )
     
 
    (9,525 )     (5,694 )     (122 )     (348 )     (9,647 )     (6,042 )
Exchange rate differences
    (15,583 )     (15,874 )     (501 )     (535 )     (16,084 )     (16,409 )
Other changes
    (1,893 )     458       9       (1,530 )     (1,884 )     (1,072 )
     
Closing balance
    227,148       231,946       5,300       5,773       232,448       237,719  
     
Included in Changes in the composition of the group is EUR 4,017 million relating to the disposal of portfolios in connection with the sale of Belgian Broker and Employee Benefit insurance business as disclosed in Note 29 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Where discounting is used in the calculation of life insurance provisions the rate is within the range 2.9% to 6.0% (2006: 2.9% to 6.8%) based on weighted averages.
ING transferred part of their life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. This business continues to be included in Life insurance provisions. The related asset from the co-insurance contract is recognized under Reinsurance contracts.
To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible. The life reinsurance market is highly concentrated and, therefore, diversification of exposure is inherently difficult. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, the Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer.
As at December 31, 2007, the total Reinsurance exposure, including Reinsurance contracts and Receivables from reinsurers (presented in Other assets) amounted to EUR 7,044 million (2006: EUR 8,005 million) after the provision for uncollectible reinsurance of EUR 5 million (2006: EUR 6 million).
Changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks
                                                 
    Provision                     Insurance  
    net of reinsurance     Reinsurance contracts     and investment contracts  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    2,631       2,835       156       258       2,787       3,093  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (194 )     (9 )     3               (191 )     (9 )
     
 
    2,437       2,826       159       258       2,596       3,084  
 
                                               
Premiums written
    5,780       5,994       306       339       6,086       6,333  
Premiums earned during the year
    (5,701 )     (5,929 )     (326 )     (377 )     (6,027 )     (6,306 )
Exchange rate differences
    15       (245 )     (10 )     (22 )     5       (267 )
Other changes
    33       (15 )     (30 )     (42 )     3       (57 )
     
Closing balance
    2,564       2,631       99       156       2,663       2,787  
     
Changes in claims provisions
                                                 
    Provision                     Insurance  
    net of reinsurance     Reinsurance contracts     and investment contracts  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    6,651       8,202       600       1,389       7,251       9,591  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (667 )     (4 )     (18 )             (685 )     (4 )
     
 
    5,984       8,198       582       1,389       6,566       9,587  
 
                                               
Additions
                                               
— for the current year
    3,356       3,261       78       124       3,434       3,385  
— for prior years
    (282 )     (525 )     14       (18 )     (268 )     (543 )
— interest accrual of provision
    32       54                       32       54  
     
 
    3,106       2,790       92       106       3,198       2,896  
 
                                               
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs
                                               
— for the current year
    1,747       1,569       (42 )     33       1,705       1,602  
— for prior years
    1,343       1,458       151       388       1,494       1,846  
     
 
    3,090       3,027       109       421       3,199       3,448  
 
                                               
Exchange rate differences
    84       (381 )     (14 )     (93 )     70       (474 )
Other changes
    88       (929 )     (76 )     (381 )     12       (1,310 )
     
Closing balance
    6,172       6,651       475       600       6,647       7,251  
     
ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 66 million at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 66 million) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos related illness and toxic waste clean up, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated regularly.

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The release of the provision from prior years in 2006 is as a result of favourable underwriting results in several business units, in particular, the Netherlands business units benefited from changes in legal requirements for disability benefits , favourable results and reserving methodology changes and Canada benefited from favourable experience mostly from automobile pool.
Where discounting is used in the calculation of the claims provisions the rate is, based on weighted averages, within the range of 3.8% to 4.3% (2006: 3.0% to 4.0%).
Changes in investment contracts liabilities
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    20,750       18,633  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (277 )     (42 )
     
 
    20,473       18,591  
 
               
Current year liabilities
    12,890       8,432  
 
               
Prior year provisions
               
— payments to contract holders
    (9,697 )     (6,667 )
— interest accrual
    408       344  
— valuation changes investments
    576       948  
     
 
    (8,713 )     (5,375 )
 
               
Exchange rate differences
    (1,147 )     (1,021 )
Other changes
    149       123  
     
Closing balance
    23,652       20,750  
     
Gross claims development table
                                         
    Underwriting year        
    2004     2005     2006     2007     Total  
     
Estimate of cumulative claims:
                                       
At the end of underwriting year
    2,773       3,010       2,678       3,007          
1 year later
    2,428       2,856       2,623                  
2 years later
    2,228       2,703                          
3 years later
    2,169                                  
     
Estimate of cumulative claims
    2,169       2,703       2,623       3,007       10,502  
 
                                       
Cumulative payments
    (1,638 )     (1,929 )     (1,588 )     (1,052 )     (6,207 )
     
 
    531       774       1,035       1,955       4,295  
Effect of discounting
    (55 )     (66 )     (84 )     (131 )     (336 )
     
Liability recognized
    476       708       951       1,824       3,959  
 
                                       
Liability relating to prior underwriting years
                                    2,688  
 
                                     
Total amount recognized in the balance sheet
                                    6,647  
 
                                     
The Group applies the exemption in IFRS-EU not to present Gross claims development for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2004 (the date of transition to IFRS-EU) as it is impracticable to obtain such information.
18 AMOUNTS DUE TO BANKS
Amounts due to banks include non-subordinated debt due to banks, other than amounts in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2007, liabilities concerning securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 29,604 million (2006: EUR 23,627 million).
Amounts due to banks by type
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Non-interest bearing
    3,527       2,696       3,580       1,035       7,107       3,731  
Interest bearing
    72,257       52,817       87,608       64,291       159,865       117,108  
     
 
    75,784       55,513       91,188       65,326       166,972       120,839  
     

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
19 CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND OTHER FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Savings accounts
    275,127       283,147  
Credit balances on customer accounts
    161,204       147,695  
Corporate time deposits
    86,151       62,628  
Other
    2,734       3,210  
     
 
    525,216       496,680  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits by type
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Non-interest bearing
    15,100       13,734       3,905       2,704       19,005       16,438  
Interest bearing
    192,808       181,976       313,403       298,266       506,211       480,242  
     
 
    207,908       195,710       317,308       300,970       525,216       496,680  
     
No funds have been entrusted to the Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2007, Customer deposits and other funds on deposit included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 3,725 million (2006: EUR 870 million).
Savings accounts relate to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.
20 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Trading liabilities
    148,988       127,975  
Non-trading derivatives
    6,951       4,934  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    13,882       13,702  
     
 
    169,821       146,611  
     
Trading liabilities by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Equity securities
    12,271       20,732  
Debt securities
    10,301       9,045  
Funds on deposit
    97,857       77,245  
Derivatives
    28,559       20,953  
     
 
    148,988       127,975  
     
Non-trading derivatives by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Derivatives used in:
               
— fair value hedges
    958       606  
— cash flow hedges
    3,188       1,696  
— hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    352       7  
Other non-trading derivatives
    2,453       2,625  
     
 
    6,951       4,934  
     
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Debt securities
    10,902       10,642  
Funds entrusted
    756       603  
Other
    2,224       2,457  
     
 
    13,882       13,702  
     
In 2007, the changes in the fair value of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is approximately EUR 20 million.

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The amount that ING Group is contractually required to pay at maturity to the holders of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss is EUR 13,845 million.
As at December 31, 2007, trading liabilities include amounts payable of EUR 86,759 million (2006: EUR 67,114 million) with regard to repurchase transactions.
21 OTHER LIABILITIES
Other liabilities by type
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Deferred tax liabilities
    3,432       4,042  
Income tax payable
    877       923  
Pension and post-employment liabilities
    657       1,208  
Other staff-related liabilities
    355       247  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    1,123       1,147  
Deposits from reinsurers
    427       462  
Accrued interest
    13,606       10,556  
Costs payable
    2,744       2,353  
Amounts payable to brokers
    114       238  
Amounts payable to policyholders
    2,283       3,105  
Reorganization and other provisions
    1,400       1,055  
Share-based payment plan liabilities
    7       5  
Property under development for third parties
    284          
Other
    16,550       12,937  
     
 
    43,859       38,278  
     
On a distribution of a dividend ING Groep N.V. is required to withhold an income tax on dividends at a rate of 15%.
Other staff-related liabilities include vacation leave provisions, jubilee provisions and disability/illness provisions.
Other mainly relates to year-end accruals in the normal course of business, none of which are individually material.
Deferred taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method using tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions in which the Group is liable to taxation.

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in deferred tax
                                                         
              Change       Change     Changes in the     Exchange                
    Net liability     through     through     composition     rate             Net liability  
    2006     equity     net profit     of the group     differences     Other     2007  
     
Investments
    1,375       (1,243 )     213       (17 )     56       (126 )     258  
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    119       (40 )     82       (11 )     (2 )     8       156  
Deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    3,201       3       151               (312 )     4       3,047  
Fiscal equalization reserve
    3               8                       4       15  
Depreciation
    28       3       (26 )     (5 )     1       (12 )     (11 )
Insurance provisions
    (1,490 )     116       339               93       71       (871 )
Other provisions
    (1,081 )     238       (174 )     (28 )     109       (210 )     (1,146 )
Receivables
    196               (128 )     1       (2 )     33       100  
Loans and advances to customers
    102       5       (7 )             (1 )     (3 )     96  
Unused tax losses carried forward
    (909 )     (15 )     (26 )     1       76       (59 )     (932 )
Other
    626       (767 )     27       117       3       (9 )     (3 )
     
 
    2,170       (1,700 )     459       58       21       (299 )     709  
 
                                                       
Comprising:
                                                       
— deferred tax liabilities
    4,042                                               3,432  
— deferred tax assets
    (1,872 )                                             (2,723 )
 
                                                   
 
    2,170                                               709  
 
                                                   
In 2006, the deferred tax changes through equity includes a deferred tax charge of EUR (1,583) million relating to unrealized valuations, EUR (242) million relating to changes in the cash flow hedge reserve, EUR 486 million relating to transfers to insurance liabilities and DAC, and nil relating to stock options and share plans. These items are presented in the Deferred tax by origin table in investments and insurance provisions respectively. Other changes in deferred tax are included in the profit and loss.
Deferred tax in connection with unused tax losses carried forward
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    3,814       3,977  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    (688 )     (953 )
     
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    3,126       3,024  
     
Average tax rate
    29.8 %     30.1 %
     
Deferred tax asset
    932       909  
     
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for tax loss carry forwards and unused tax credits only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit is probable. The uncertainty of the recoverability of the tax losses and tax credits is taken into account in establishing the deferred tax assets. The following tax loss carry forwards and tax credits will expire as follows at December 31:
Total unused tax losses carried forward analyzed by expiry terms
                                 
    No deferred tax     Deferred tax  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Within 1 year
    64       16       41       30  
More than 1 year but less than 5 years
    176       156       249       424  
More than 5 years but less than 10 years
    230       47       610       347  
More than 10 years but less than 20 years
    71       247       1,010       1,045  
Unlimited
    147       487       1,216       1,178  
     
 
    688       953       3,126       3,024  
     

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in reorganization and other provisions
                                                 
    Reorganization     Other     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    335       356       720       825       1,055       1,181  
Changes in the composition of the group
            (6 )     60       4       60       (2 )
Additions
    507       96       359       269       866       365  
Interest
    9       3               4       9       7  
Releases
    (62 )     (49 )     (149 )     (36 )     (211 )     (85 )
Charges
    (175 )     (174 )     (219 )     (238 )     (394 )     (412 )
Exchange rate differences
    (3 )     (1 )     (7 )     (15 )     (10 )     (16 )
Other changes
    8       110       17       (93 )     25       17  
     
Closing balance
    619       335       781       720       1,400       1,055  
     
The provision for reorganizations at December 31, 2007 includes EUR 252 million for the restructuring of the retail business of Postbank and ING Bank and EUR 100 million for the global wholesale restructuring. The remaining term of the provision for reorganizations is generally not more then 5 years.
Included in Other provisions is a provision for a loss of EUR 129 million relating to the agreed disposal of NRG as disclosed in Note 29 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
In general, Other provisions are of a short-term nature.
The amounts included in other provisions are based on best estimates with regard to amounts and timing of cash flows required to settle the obligation.
Pension and post-employment liabilities
The Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in the major countries in which it operates. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. The benefits in some of these plans are subject to various forms of indexation. The indexation is, in some cases, at the discretion of management; in other cases it is dependent upon the sufficiency of plan assets.
Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements. Plans in all countries comply with applicable local regulations concerning investments and funding levels.
The Group provides other post-employment employee benefits to certain employees and former employees. These are primarily post-employment healthcare benefits and discounts on ING products provided to employees and former employees.
Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. These plans do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities. The amount incurred in 2007 was EUR 68 million (2006: EUR 45 million).

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Summary of pension and post-employment liabilities
                                                                         
                            Post-employment benefits        
    Pension benefits     other than pensions     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
Defined benefit obligation
    14,499       15,758       15,782       220       239       441       14,719       15,997       16,223  
Fair value of plan assets
    14,708       14,361       12,937                               14,708       14,361       12,937  
 
    (209 )     1,397       2,845       220       239       441       11       1,636       3,286  
 
                                                                       
Unrecognized past service costs
    (3 )                     4       10       (6 )     1       10       (6 )
Unrecognized actuarial gains/(losses)
    198       (687 )     (1,778 )     8       (2 )     (27 )     206       (689 )     (1,805 )
 
    (14 )     710       1,067       232       247       408       218       957       1,475  
 
                                                                       
Presented as:
                                                                       
— Other liabilities
    425       961       1,067       232       247       408       657       1,208       1,475  
— Other assets
    (439 )     (251 )                                     (439 )     (251 )        
 
    (14 )     710       1,067       232       247       408       218       957       1,475  
     
Actuarial gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes EUR (789) million (2006: EUR (180) million; 2005: EUR 873 million) experience gain adjustments for assets and EUR 83 million (2006: EUR (163) million; 2005: EUR 116 million) experience gain adjustments for liabilities.
During 2006 certain plans were reclassified from Other to Pension benefits. This reclassification did not have an effect on total pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities. This reclassification is included in the line Changes in the composition of the group and other changes in the tables below.
Changes in defined benefit obligations
                                 
                    Post-employment  
                    benefits other  
    Pension benefits     than pensions  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    15,758       15,782       239       441  
Current service cost
    408       417       11       13  
Interest cost
    739       703       13       11  
Employer’s contribution
                            1  
Participants contributions
    2       (22 )             5  
Benefits paid
    (556 )     (493 )     (13 )     (44 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    (1,727 )     (1,199 )     (8 )     (25 )
Past service cost
    (83 )     18               (5 )
Changes in the composition of the group and other changes
    207       727       (11 )     4  
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (32 )     (6 )             (147 )
Exchange rate differences
    (217 )     (169 )     (11 )     (15 )
     
Closing balance
    14,499       15,758       220       239  
 
                               
Relating to:
                               
— funded plans
    14,441       15,675                  
— unfunded plans
    58       83       220       239  
     
 
    14,499       15,758       220       239  
     
The estimated unrecognized past services cost and unrecognized actuarial gains and losses for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized into pension and other staff related liability costs during 2008 are nil and nil, respectively.

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in fair value of plan assets
                 
    Pension benefits  
     
    2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    14,361       12,937  
Expected return on plan assets
    869       820  
Employer’s contribution
    816       776  
Participants contributions
    6       5  
Benefits paid
    (540 )     (476 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    (789 )     (180 )
Changes in the composition of the group and other changes
    176       597  
Exchange rate differences
    (191 )     (118 )
     
Closing balance
    14,708       14,361  
     
The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 80 million (2006: EUR 613 million).
It is not expected that any plan assets are returned to ING Group during 2008.
Pension Investment Strategy
The primary financial objective of ING Employee Benefit Plans (the Plans) is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Plans financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities). The investment strategy for the Plans portfolios of assets (the Funds) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Funds in an effort to accomplish the Plans funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolios among industry sectors, geographical areas, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Factors considered by the fund managers include balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. The asset mixes of the funds are reviewed on a regular basis. Generally, the funds asset mixes will be rebalanced to the target mixes as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels.
Categories of plan assets in percentages
                                         
                                    Weighted  
                            average expected  
    Target allocation     Percentage of plan assets     long term rate of return  
     
    2008     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Equity securities
    34       33       37       8.1       8.1  
Debt securities
    53       52       52       4.7       5.2  
Other
    13       15       11       6.5       7.1  
     
 
    100       100       100       6.2       6.5  
     
Equity securities include ING Group ordinary shares of EUR 5 million (0.1% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 14 million, 0.1% of total plan assets). Real estate, which is included in Other, includes nil (0.0% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2007 which was occupied by the Group (2006: nil, 0.0% of total plan assets).
Determination of Expected Return on Assets
An important element for financial reporting is the assumption for return on assets (ROA). The ROA is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plans asset allocations, historical returns on the types of assets held in the Funds, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Funds assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation takes into account a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Funds. For estimation purposes, it is assumed the long term asset mixes will be consistent with the current mixes. Changes in the asset mixes could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plans, and the need for future cash contributions.

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % at December 31
                                 
                    Post-employment benefits  
    Pension benefits     other than pensions  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Discount rates
    5.60       4.80       5.70       5.40  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotion increases)
    2.80       2.75       3.20       3.50  
Medical cost trend rates
                    7.00       6.10  
Consumer price inflation
    2.10       2.00       2.30       2.25  
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
An increase of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in an additional accumulated defined benefit obligation of EUR 4 million at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 2 million) and nil increase in the charge for the year (2006: nil). A decrease of 1% in the medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in lower defined benefit obligation of EUR 4 million at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 2 million) and nil decrease in the charge for the year (2006: nil).
Expected Cash Flows
During 2008 the expected contributions to pension plans are EUR 633 million (2007: EUR 904 million).
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid by the plan:
Benefit payments
                 
            Post-employment  
    Pension       benefits other  
    benefits     than pensions  
     
2008
    437       9  
2009
    466       9  
2010
    498       10  
2011
    514       10  
2012
    526       10  
Years 2013 — 2017
    2,239       75  

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.4. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
22 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES BY CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
Assets and liabilities by contractual maturity
                                                         
    Less than     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over 5     Maturity not        
2007   1 month     months     months     years     years     applicable     Total  
 
ASSETS
                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    12,406                                               12,406  
Amounts due from banks
    25,939       5,736       8,705       6,591       1,904               48,875  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
— trading assets (1)
                                            193,213       193,213  
— investments for risk of policyholders (2)
                                            114,827       114,827  
— non-trading derivatives
    403       115       758       2,651       3,708       2       7,637  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    1,504       610       1,894       1,999       5,043       403       11,453  
Investments
                                                       
— available-for-sale
    4,184       7,016       13,267       71,107       135,992       44,331       275,897  
— held-to-maturity
    232       287       1,093       8,504       6,637               16,753  
Loans and advances to customers
    131,610       17,234       26,654       93,545       280,738       3,183       552,964  
Reinsurance contracts
    21       36       308       307       2,725       2,477       5,874  
Intangible assets
    2       4       111       391       1,120       4,112       5,740  
Deferred acquisition costs
                                            10,692       10,692  
Other assets
    14,399       2,771       15,838       4,195       2,845       51       40,099  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (3)
                                            16,080       16,080  
     
Total assets
    190,700       33,809       68,628       189,290       440,712       389,371       1,312,510  
 
                                                       
LIABILITIES
                                                       
Preference shares
                                            21       21  
Subordinated loans
                                            7,325       7,325  
Debt securities in issue
    22,277       13,899       6,210       14,787       9,822               66,995  
Other borrowed funds
    434       4,847       916       7,059       13,802               27,058  
Insurance and investment contracts
    1,855       3,907       10,712       33,854       97,244       118,140       265,712  
Amounts due to banks
    117,179       28,758       12,935       6,862       1,238               166,972  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    463,995       23,988       26,864       8,369       2,000               525,216  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
— trading liabilities (1)
                                            148,988       148,988  
— non-trading derivatives
    255       317       521       2,937       2,921               6,951  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    873       771       2,395       5,912       3,931               13,882  
Other liabilities
    14,292       4,920       12,067       6,420       2,844       3,316       43,859  
     
Total liabilities
    621,160       81,407       72,620       86,200       133,802       277,790       1,272,979  
     
 
(1)   Trading assets and trading liabilities have been presented in the above table as maturity not applicable, because they are held for short term profit taking. The majority of items are debt instruments and equity instruments, where the contractual maturity is generally more than 5 years.
 
(2)   Investments for risk of policyholders are managed on behalf of policyholders on a fair value basis. Although individual instruments may (or may not) have a maturity depending on their nature, this does not impact the liquidity position of ING.
 
(3)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
    — property and equipment
 
    — real estate investments
 
    — investments in associates.
 
    Note: Due to their nature remaining assets consists mainly of assets expected to be recovered after more than 12 months.

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Assets and liabilities by contractual maturity
                                                         
    Less than     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over 5     Maturity not        
2006   1 month     months     months     years     years     applicable     Total  
 
ASSETS
                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,326                                               14,326  
Amounts due from banks
    19,742       5,441       2,619       7,277       4,789               39,868  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
— trading assets (1)
                                            193,977       193,977  
— investments for risk of policyholders (2)
                                            110,547       110,547  
— non-trading derivatives
    140       126       314       2,263       3,672       6       6,521  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    187       420       1,435       874       3,509               6,425  
Investments
                                                       
— available-for-sale
    6,399       7,522       11,626       76,959       148,254       43,161       293,921  
— held-to-maturity
    87       154       563       7,683       9,173               17,660  
Loans and advances to customers
    107,295       13,919       23,795       84,601       241,539       3,288       474,437  
Reinsurance contracts
    23       60       440       571       2,281       3,154       6,529  
Intangible assets
                    71       143               3,308       3,522  
Deferred acquisition costs
                                            10,163       10,163  
Other assets
    9,365       1,801       10,167       8,309       922       499       31,063  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (3)
                                            17,348       17,348  
     
Total assets
    157,564       29,443       51,030       188,680       414,139       385,451       1,226,307  
 
                                                       
LIABILITIES
                                                       
Preference shares
                                            215       215  
Subordinated loans
                                            6,014       6,014  
Debt securities in issue
    17,580       26,946       9,803       13,701       10,103               78,133  
Other borrowed funds
    2,636       4,475       1,837       9,987       10,704               29,639  
Insurance and investment contracts
    2,327       3,556       11,677       34,003       103,524       113,596       268,683  
Amounts due to banks
    90,250       15,094       10,879       4,077       539               120,839  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    447,824       15,374       16,690       12,197       4,595               496,680  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
— trading liabilities (1)
                                            127,975       127,975  
— non-trading derivatives
    93       95       331       1,786       2,591       38       4,934  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    617       581       2,081       6,285       4,138               13,702  
Other liabilities
    8,562       714       5,117       6,300       1,229       16,356       38,278  
     
Total liabilities
    569,889       66,835       58,415       88,336       137,423       264,194       1,185,092  
     
 
(1)   Trading assets and trading liabilities have been presented in the above table as maturity not applicable, because they are held for short term profit taking. The majority of items are debt instruments and equity instruments, where the contractual maturity is generally more than 5 years.
 
(2)   Investments for risk of policyholders are managed on behalf of policyholders on a fair value basis. Although individual instruments may (or may not) have a maturity depending on their nature, this does not impact the liquidity position of ING.
 
(3)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
    — property and equipment
 
    — real estate investments
 
    — investments in associates.
 
    Note: Due to their nature remaining assets consists mainly of assets expected to be recovered after more than 12 months.
23 DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
Use of derivatives and hedge accounting
As described in the Risk management section, ING Group uses derivatives (principally interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps) for economic hedging purposes in the management of its asset and liability portfolios and structural positions. The objective of economic hedging is to enter into positions with an opposite risk profile to an identified exposure to reduce that exposure. The impact of ING Group’s hedging activities is to optimize the overall cost to the Group of accessing debt capital markets and to mitigate the market risk which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the duration and other profiles of its assets and liabilities. In addition, hedging activities are undertaken to

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
hedge against the interest rate risk in the mortgage offer period in relation to retail mortgages and to lock-in the interest margin in relation to interest bearing assets and the related funding.
The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and whether the hedge qualifies under the IFRS-EU hedge accounting rules. Derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS—EU are classified and accounted for according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of IFRS-EU hedge model that is applicable. The three models applicable under IFRS-EU are: fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting and net investment hedge accounting. These are described under the relevant headings below. The company’s detailed accounting policies for these three hedge models are set out in section ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.
To qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU, strict criteria must be met. Certain hedges that are economically effective from a risk management perspective do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU. The fair value changes of derivatives relating to such non qualifying hedges are taken to the profit and loss account. However, in certain cases, the Group mitigates the resultant profit and loss account volatility by designating hedged assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. If hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-EU, it is possible that during the hedge a hedge relationship no longer qualifies for hedge accounting and hedge accounting cannot be continued, even if the hedge remains economically effective. As a result, the volatility arising from undertaking economic hedging in the profit and loss account may be higher than would be expected from an economic point of view.
With respect to exchange rate and interest rate derivative contracts, the notional or contractual amounts of these instruments is indicative of the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do however not represent amounts at risk. ING Group uses credit derivatives in managing its exposure to credit risk, including total return swaps and credit default swaps, to sell or buy protection for credit risk exposures in the loan, investment and trading portfolios. Hedge accounting is not applied in relation to credit derivatives.
Fair value hedge accounting
ING Group’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate instruments due to movements in market interest rates.
Gains and losses on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting are recognized in the profit and loss account. The effective portion of the fair value change on the hedged item is also recognized in the profit and loss account. As a result, only the net accounting ineffectiveness impacts the net profit.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, ING Group recognized in the profit and loss account EUR 697 million (2006: EUR 41 million) of fair value changes on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting. This amount was partly offset by EUR 663 million (2006: EUR (8) million) fair value changes recognized on hedged items. This resulted in EUR 34 million (2006: EUR 49 million) net accounting ineffectiveness recognized in the profit and loss account. At December 31, 2007, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting was EUR 994 million (2006: EUR 474 million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 1,952 million (2006: EUR 1,080 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 958 million (2006: EUR 606 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedging) under the EU ‘carve out’ of IFRS-EU. The EU ‘carve-out’ macro hedging enables a group of derivatives (or proportions) to be viewed in combination and jointly designated as the hedging instrument and removes some of the limitations in fair value hedge accounting relating to hedging core deposits and under-hedging strategies. Under the IFRS-EU ‘carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness only arises when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the designated amount of that bucket.
Cash flow hedge accounting
ING Group’s cash flow hedges principally consist of (forward) interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps that are used to protect against its exposure to variability in future interest cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates or are expected to be refunded or reinvested in the future. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities, based on contractual terms and other relevant factors including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate principal balances and interest cash flows across for the respective portfolios form the basis

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
for identifying the notional amount subject to interest rate risk that is designated under cash flow hedge accounting.
Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting are recorded in Shareholders’ equity. Interest cash flows on these derivatives are recognized in the profit and loss account in interest income consistently with the manner in which the forecast cash flows affect net profit. The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, ING Group recognized EUR (925) million (2006: EUR (690) million) after tax in equity as effective fair value changes on derivatives under cash flow hedge accounting. As a consequence, the balance of the cash flow hedge reserve in equity at December 31, 2007 was EUR 463 million (2006: EUR 1,819 million) gross and EUR 431 million (2006: EUR 1,356 million) after deferred tax. This cash flow hedge reserve will fluctuate with the fair value changes on the underlying derivatives and will be reflected in the profit and loss account under Interest income/expense over the remaining term of the underlying hedged items. The cash flow hedge reserve relates to a large number of derivatives and hedged items with varying maturities, up to 40 years for insurance operations and 21 years for banking operations, with the largest concentration in the range of 20 to 25 years for insurance operations and 5 to 10 years for banking operations. Accounting ineffectiveness on derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting of EUR (9) million (2006: EUR (7) million) was recognized in the profit and loss account.
At December 31, 2007, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting was EUR 229 million (2006: EUR 1,921 million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 3,417 million (2006: EUR 3,617 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 3,188 million (2006: EUR 1,696 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, there were no non-derivatives designated as hedging instruments for cash flow hedge accounting purposes.
Included in Interest income and interest expense on non-trading derivatives is EUR 2,317 million (2006: EUR 3,440 million) and EUR 2,042 million (2006: EUR 3,097 million) respectively relating to derivatives used in cash flow hedges.
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
ING Group’s net investment hedges principally consist of derivatives (including currency forwards and swaps) and non-derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency denominated funding that are used to protect against foreign currency exposures on foreign subsidiaries.
Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting are recorded in Shareholders’ equity. The balance in equity is recognized in the profit and loss account when the related foreign subsidiary is disposed. The gains and losses on ineffective portions are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
At December 31, 2007, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR (71) million (2006: EUR (4) million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 281 million (2006: EUR 3 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 352 million (2006: EUR 7 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
At December 31, 2007, the fair values of outstanding non-derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR (1,318) million (2006: EUR (1,520) million), presented in the balance sheet as negative fair values under liabilities. Non-derivatives designated as hedging instruments consist mainly of loan agreements.
Accounting ineffectiveness recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2007 on derivatives and non-derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR (14) million (2006: EUR (12) million).

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
24 MAXIMUM CREDIT EXPOSURE
ING’s maximum credit exposure as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 is represented as follows:
Maximum credit exposure
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Cash and balances with central banks
    12,406       14,326  
Amounts due from banks
               
— loans and advances to banks
    45,790       36,411  
— cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    3,098       3,461  
Trading assets
               
— debt securities
    37,345       38,287  
— loans and receivables
    116,164       118,459  
— derivatives
    28,592       22,514  
Non-trading derivatives
    7,637       6,521  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,453       6,425  
Available-for-sale debt securities
    255,950       275,696  
Held-to-maturity debt securities
    16,753       17,660  
Loans and advances to customers
               
— policy loans
    3,468       3,566  
— public authorities
    23,638       25,951  
— secured by mortgages
    290,933       235,812  
— guaranteed by credit institutions
    2,528       2,402  
— personal loans
    5,453       4,649  
— other personal lending
    24,204       22,141  
— other corporate lending
    204,528       181,939  
— other
    1,351       1,517  
Reinsurance contracts
    5,874       6,529  
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    3,664       4,105  
Other receivables
    10,389       5,572  
     
Maximum credit exposure on balance sheet
    1,111,218       1,033,943  
 
               
Off-balance sheet credit commitments
               
— commitments — Insurance
    4,477       4,636  
— guarantees — Insurance
    173       319  
— discounted bills — Bank
    1       3  
— guarantees — Bank
    19,018       17,297  
— irrevocable letters of credit — Bank
    11,551       8,456  
— other — Bank
    350       623  
— irrevocable facilities
    100,707       90,384  
     
Maximum credit exposure off balance sheet
    136,277       121,718  
 
               
     
Maximum credit exposure
    1,247,495       1,155,661  
     
The maximum credit exposure for relevant items on the balance sheet is the balance sheet carrying value for the relevant financial assets. For the off-balance sheet items the maximum credit exposure is the maximum amount that could be required to be paid. Collateral received is not taken into account.
The manner in which ING manages credit risk and determines credit risk exposures for that purpose is explained in the Risk management section.

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
25 ASSETS NOT FREELY DISPOSABLE
The assets not freely disposable primarily consist of interest bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from De Nederlandsche Bank (the Dutch Central Bank) and other banks, serve to secure margin accounts or are used for other purposes required by law. The assets not freely disposable and the items for which they are held are as follows:
Assets not freely disposable
                                                                 
    Customer deposits and other                              
    funds on deposit and debt                     Other        
    securities in issue     Banks     contingent liabilities     Total  
     
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Investments
    1,601       2,686       3,803       4,483       403       590       5,807       7,759  
Loans and advances to customers
    130       548       781       2               96       911       646  
Banks
            8       1,596       1,100       6       7       1,602       1,115  
Other assets
    3,816       3,700       652       1,016       141       532       4,609       5,248  
     
 
    5,547       6,942       6,832       6,601       550       1,225       12,929       14,768  
     
Banks includes Amounts due from banks and balances with central banks. ING Bank N.V. has an obligation to maintain a reserve with an average monthly balance with the Dutch Central Bank. In December 2007 the required monthly average was EUR 5,676 million (2006: EUR 5,295 million). On December 31, 2007 the balance on this reserve was EUR 1,375 million (2006: EUR 4,076 million).
There are no material terms and conditions relating to the collateral represented in the above table which are individually significant.
26 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS
In the normal course of business the Group is a party to activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, the Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.
Contingent liabilities and commitments
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Insurance operations
               
Commitments
    4,477       4,636  
Guarantees
    173       319  
     
 
    4,650       4,955  
 
               
Banking operations
               
Contingent liabilities in respect of
               
— discounted bills
    1       3  
— guarantees
    19,018       17,297  
— irrevocable letters of credit
    11,551       8,456  
— other
    350       623  
     
 
    30,920       26,379  
 
               
Irrevocable facilities
    100,707       90,384  
     
 
    136,277       121,718  
     
Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. The guarantees are generally of a short-term nature. In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as a participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries.
Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to third parties for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collateralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.
Other contingent liabilities include acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature. Also included in Other contingent liabilities are contingent liabilities resulting from the normal operations of the Real

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Estate business including obligations under development and construction contracts. None of the items included in Other contingent liabilities are individually significant.
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk and interest rate risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central governments and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
Future rental commitments for operating lease contracts
         
2008
    213  
2009
    206  
2010
    185  
2011
    170  
2012
    156  
years after 2012
    339  
27 SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITIES AND SECURITIZATION
Securitization
ING as originator
ING Group enters into synthetic securitization programmes in order to reduce credit risk on certain assets. In synthetic securitizations ING enters into a credit default swap with securitization Special Purpose Entities (SPEs), in relation to which ING purchases credit protection in respect of residential mortgage loans and loans to small and medium-sized enterprises. The SPEs have in turn hedged their exposure with investors through the issue of credit linked notes or credit linked commercial paper. As a result of these transactions, ING Group has transferred a substantial part of the credit risk related to these loan portfolios to third-party investors. In general, the third-party investors in securities issued by the SPE have recourse only to the assets of the SPE and not to ING Group.
After securitization of these assets ING Group continues to recognize these assets on its balance sheet under Loans and advances to customers.
Assets under synthetic securitization programmes
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Loans to small and medium-sized enterprises
    8,946       8,859  
Asset backed securities
            7,126  
Corporate loans
    430       4,851  
Mortgages
    6,488       7,978  
     
Total
    15,864       28,814  
     
The winding down of two conduits in 2007 caused a decrease in Assets under securitisation programmes amounting to EUR 10,968 million.
ING as sponsor of multi-seller conduit
In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients by assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services.
ING Group supports the commercial paper programmes by providing the SPE with short-term standby liquidity facilities. Primarily these liquidity facilities are meant to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programs are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group covers at least some of the credit risk incorporated in these programs itself (in addition to normal liquidity facilities), and as a consequence might suffer credit losses from it. Furthermore, under a Program Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial paper investors. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group analysis procedures regarding credit risk and liquidity risk. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged on market conditions.

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The normal non-structured standby liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)-transactions
Within ING Group, SPEs are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. Besides investing in CDOs ING often has different roles in these transactions:
  the arranger of the transaction; ING structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
  collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPEs charter.
ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, (asset) managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors. The total amount of these fees is not significant.
ING as investor
As part of its investment activities ING invests in securitizations by purchasing notes from securitization SPEs. For certain own asset securitization programs ING acts as a market maker and holds limited positions in this capacity.
Non-cash investments are made by ING by selling credit protection in the market using credit default swaps.
Other entities
ING Group is also a party in other SPEs used, for example, in structured finance and leasing transactions.
Investment funds
ING as fund manager and investor
ING Group sets up investment funds for which it acts as a fund manager and sole investor at the inception of the fund. Subsequently, ING will seek third-party investors to invest in the fund, thereby reducing the interest of ING Group. In general, ING Group will maintain a small percentage of interest in these funds.
ING as fund manager
ING acts as fund manager for several funds. Fees related to these management activities are charged on an arm’s-length basis. In general, ING as fund manager will hold these funds in a fiduciary capacity. Therefore, these funds are generally not included in the consolidated financial statement of the Group.

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
28 PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES
The principal subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. are as follows:
Companies treated as part of the insurance operations
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Verzekeringen Nederland N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Vastgoed Belegging B.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Schadeverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Netherlands
Parcom Ventures B.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
RVS Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
RVS Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
Movir N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Zivotna Poistovna a.s.
  Slovakia
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Polska S.A.
  Poland
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Polska Powszechne Towarzystwo Emerytaine S.A.
  Poland
ING Asigurari de Viata S.A.
  Romania
ING Greek Life Insurance Company S.A.
  Greece
ING Greek General Insurance Company S.A.
  Greece
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Magyarorszagi Biztosito Rt.
  Hungary
Nationale Nederlanden Vida, Compañia de Seguros y Reaseguros S.A.
  Spain
Nationale Nederlanden Generales, Compañia de Seguros y Reaseguros S.A.
  Spain
ING Canada Inc.
  Canada
Belair Insurance Company Inc.
  Canada
ING Insurance Company of Canada
  Canada
ING Novex Insurance Company of Canada
  Canada
ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  U.S.A.
ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  U.S.A.
ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
  U.S.A.
ING North America Insurance Corporation
  U.S.A.
Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.
  U.S.A.
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company
  U.S.A.
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York
  U.S.A.
Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
  U.S.A.
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
  U.S.A.
ING Seguros de Vida S.A.
  Chile
ING Afore S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Seguros Comercial America S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
ING Life Insurance Company (Japan) Limited
  Japan
ING Life Insurance Company (Korea) Limited
  South Korea
ING Life Insurance Company of America
  U.S.A.
ING Australia Holdings Limited
  Australia
ING Australia Pty Limited
  Australia
ING Re (Netherlands) N.V.
  The Netherlands

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Companies treated as part of the banking operations
     
ING Bank N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Bank Nederland N.V.
  The Netherlands
Bank Mendes Gans N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Lease Holding B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Corporate Investments B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Vastgoed Management Holding B.V.
  The Netherlands
InterAdvies N.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Financiële Diensten B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Commercial Finance B.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank N.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank Groen N.V.
  The Netherlands
Westland Utrecht Hypotheekbank N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING België N.V.
  Belgium
ING Bank Slaski S.A.
  Poland
ING Bank Deutschland A.G.
  Germany
ING Financial Holdings Corporation
  U.S.A.
ING Middenbank Curaçao N.V.
  Netherlands Antilles
ING Vysya Bank Ltd.
  India
ING Direct N.V.
  Canada, Germany, Spain, Australia, France, U.S.A., Italy, U.K.
Oyak Bank A.S.
  Turkey

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
29 COMPANIES ACQUIRED AND COMPANIES DISPOSED
The initial accounting for the fair value of the net assets of the companies acquired during the year has been determined only provisionally at December 31, 2007 given the proximity of the dates of acquisition to the year end. Also, the analysis of the contributory factors relating to goodwill will only be performed once the final values have been determined. The initial accounting shall be completed within a year of acquisition in accordance with IFRS 3 and the policies, procedures and risk management of the companies acquired shall be brought in line with ING during 2008.
Most significant companies acquired in 2007
                                         
            Latin
American
                     
            Pension
business of
            Share-builder        
    Landmark     Santander     Oyak Bank     Corporation     Total  
     
General
                                       
Primary line of business
  Insurance   Insurance   Bank   Bank        
 
                                       
Date of acquisition
  July
31, 2007
  December
4, 2007
  December
31, 2007
  November
15, 2007
       
 
                                       
Percentage of voting shares acquired
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %        
 
                                       
Purchase price
                                       
Purchase price
    255       692       1,903       152       3,002  
Costs directly attributable to the acquisition
    2       8       2       1       13  
     
Cash purchase price
    257       700       1,905       153       3,015  
 
                                       
Cash in company acquired
    29       28       75       12       144  
     
Cash outflow on acquisition (2)
    228       672       1,830       141       2,871  
 
                                       
Assets
                                       
Cash assets
    29       28       75       12       144  
Investments
            86       1,332               1,418  
Loans and advances to customers
                    4,824       15       4,839  
Amounts due from banks
                    508               508  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
            520       41       2       563  
Intangible assets
            154       236               390  
Miscellaneous other assets
    18       85       474       80       657  
 
                                       
Liabilities
                                       
Insurance and investment contracts
            500                       500  
Amounts due to banks
                    632               632  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
                    5,369               5,369  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
            182       601       51       834  
     
Net assets
    47       191       888       58       1,184  
Minority interests
                                       
     
Net assets acquired
    47       191       888       58       1,184  
 
                                       
Goodwill recognized (1)
    208       501       1,015       94       1,818  
 
                                       
Profit since date of acquisition
    1       8               (1 )     8  
Income if acquisition effected at start of year
    15       209               38       262  
Profit if acquisition effected at start of year (3)
    4       46       80       (2 )     128  
 
(1)   Goodwill recognized in 2007 on immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios was EUR 222 million, resulting in total Goodwill recognized in 2007 of EUR 2,040 million as disclosed in Note 9 ‘Intangible assets’.
 
(2)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios in addition to the cash flows presented herein.
 
(3)   Estimate of full year profit of acquired company based on local accounting principles.

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Acquisitions effective in 2007
In September 2007 ING paid EUR 20 million to increase its shareholding in ING Piraeus Life (the joint venture between ING and Piraeus Bank) from 50 to 100%.
In April 2007 ING acquired 100% of AZL, an independent Dutch provider of pension fund management services, for EUR 65 million.
In July 2007 ING announced that it had reached agreement to acquire full ownership of Landmark Investment Co Ltd, the twelfth largest asset manager in Korea. The purchase price paid for Landmark was EUR 255 million.
In November 2007 ING acquired 100% of Sharebuilder Corporation, a Seattle-based brokerage company for EUR 152 million, to extend its retail investment products range and geographical spread in the United States.
In November and December 2007 ING acquired the Latin American pension businesses of Banco Santander in Mexico for EUR 349 million, Columbia for EUR 88 million, Uruguay for EUR 20 million and Argentina for EUR 235 million. The pension business in Chile was acquired in January 2008 for EUR 450 million. The total cost of the entire deal was approximately EUR 1,142 million.
In December 2007 ING announced the completion of the acquisition of 100% of the shares in Oyak Bank for an amount of EUR 1,903 million. Oyak Bank is a leading bank in the Turkish market, offering a full range of banking services with a focus on retail banking. Goodwill of EUR 1,015 million was recognized on acquisition. There was no significant difference in the carrying values of the net assets acquired immediately before the acquisition and their fair values. The profit for the year (before amortization of the intangibles recognized on purchase accounting) was approximately EUR 80 million, but no profit or loss was included in the ING Group net profit in 2007.
Most significant companies disposed in 2007
                                 
    Belgian Broker &                    
    employee benefits     ING Trust     ING Regio B.V.     Total  
     
General
                               
Primary line of business
  Insurance     Bank     Bank          
 
                               
Sales proceeds
                               
Sales proceeds
    777       25       51       853  
     
Cash proceeds
    777       25       51       853  
 
                               
Cash in company disposed
    11                       11  
     
Cash inflow on disposal (1)
    766       25       51       842  
 
                               
Assets
                               
Cash assets
    11                       11  
Investments
    4,622                       4,622  
Loans and advances to customers
    301       4       1,156       1,461  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    350                       350  
Miscellaneous other assets
    463       10       110       583  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Insurance and investment contracts
    5,075                       5,075  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
                    2,052       2,052  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    178       (4 )     (811 )     (637 )
     
Net assets
    494       18       25       537  
% disposed
    100       100       100          
     
Net assets disposed
    494       18       25       537  
 
                               
Gain/loss on disposal
    418       7       26       451  
     
 
(1)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial disposals in addition to the cash flows presented.

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Disposals effective in 2007
In June 2007 ING sold its investment in Nationale Borg, a specialist provider of guarantee insurance to HAL Investments BV and Egeria.
In July 2007 ING sold ING Trust to management and Foreman Capital, an independent investment company based in the Netherlands. The sale is part of ING’s strategy to focus on its core banking, insurance and asset management businesses.
In July 2007 ING sold its entire shareholding in ING Regio B.V., a subsidiary of Regio Bank NV to SNS REAAL for EUR 50.5 million, resulting in a gain of EUR 26 million. This entity conducts most of the business of Regio Bank. The legal entity Regio Bank NV itself was not part of the transaction.
In September 2007 ING sold its Belgian Broker and Employee Benefits insurance business to P&V Verzekeringen for EUR 777 million, resulting in a gain of EUR 418 million.
Disposals announced and expected to occur in 2008
In December 2007 ING announced that agreement had been reached to sell NRG, a reinsurance unit, to Berkshire Hathaway. The sale for approximately EUR 300 million will result in a loss of approximately EUR 129 million. A provision has been recognized for this loss in Other liabilities. The net assets of NRG at December 31, 2007 amounted to EUR 397 million. Individually significant assets and liabilities consisted of Investments of EUR 578 million and Technical provisions of EUR 194 million, respectively.
In February 2008, ING Group announced that it has reached an agreement with AXA to sell part of its Mexican business, Seguros ING SA de CV and subsidiaries, for a price of approximately EUR 1.0 billion. Under the terms of the agreement, ING will divest companies that comprise its non-life businesses of P&C and Auto, plus its Health and Life insurance lines, its Health Maintenance Organization (ISES) and its Bonding Business. This sale, which is subject to regulatory approval and is expected during the course of 2008, will allow ING to focus on growing its existing Mexican pension (Afore) and Annuities businesses. Seguros ING SA de CV and subsidiaries are presented within the Insurance Americas segment in Note 49 ‘Primary reporting format — Business segments’.

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Most significant companies acquired in 2006
                                 
    ABN AMRO                    
    Asset Management                    
    (Taiwan) Ltd     Appleyard     Summit REIT     Total  
     
General
                               
Primary line of business
  Insurance     Bank     Bank          
 
                               
Date of acquisition
  October 27, 2006     July 1, 2006     October 5, 2006          
 
                               
Percentage of voting shares acquired
    100 %     100 %     56 %        
 
                               
Purchase price
                               
Purchase price
    65       110       2,132       2,307  
     
Cash purchase price
    65       110       2,132       2,307  
 
                               
Cash in company acquired
    19                       19  
     
Cash outflow on acquisition (2)
    46       110       2,132       2,288  
 
                               
Assets
                               
Cash assets
    23                       23  
Investments
    2               2,132       2,134  
Amounts due from banks
    1                       1  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    2               793       795  
Miscellaneous other assets
            332       34       366  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Amounts due to banks
            238               238  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    4       52       73       129  
     
Net assets
    24       42       2,886       2,952  
Minority interests
                    754       754  
     
Net assets acquired
    24       42       2,132       2,198  
 
                               
Goodwill recognized (1)
    41       54               95  
 
                               
Profit since date of acquisition
    (1 )     1       8       8  
Income if acquisition effected at start of year
    2       33       131       166  
     
 
(1)   Goodwill recognized in 2006 on immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios was EUR 74 million, resulting in total Goodwill recognized in 2006 of EUR 169 million as disclosed in Note 9 ‘Intangible assets’.
 
(2)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios in addition to the cash flows presented herein.
In July 2006 ING acquired 100% of Appleyard Vehicles Contracts, a U.K. based car leasing company. The purchase price paid for Appleyard was EUR 110 million.
In October 2006 ING acquired 56% of Summit Real Estate Investment Trust (Summit REIT) for an amount of EUR 2,132 million. Summit REIT owns a portfolio of high-quality light industrial properties in major markets across Canada.
In October 2006 ING acquired 100% of ABN AMRO Asset Management (Taiwan) Ltd, a registered Securities Investment Trust Enterprise, for EUR 65 million. The purchase will strengthen ING’s existing position as the Taiwanese largest overall asset manager.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Most significant companies disposed in 2006
                                 
            Deutsche              
    Williams de     Hypotheken-              
    Broë     bank AG     Degussa Bank     Total  
     
General
                               
Primary line of business
  Bank     Bank     Bank          
 
                               
Sales proceeds
                               
Sales proceeds
    19       275       195       489  
     
Cash proceeds
    19       275       195       489  
 
                               
Cash in company disposed
            11       27       38  
     
Cash inflow on disposal (1)
    19       264       168       451  
 
                               
Assets
                               
Cash assets
            11       27       38  
Investments
            9,556               9,556  
Loans and advances to customers
    228       16,884       2,334       19,446  
Amounts due from banks
    14       5,928       187       6,129  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    5       3,280       162       3,447  
Miscellaneous other assets
    27       747       163       937  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Amounts due to banks
    64       2,439       198       2,701  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            8,984       2,184       11,168  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    198       24,541       286       25,025  
     
Net assets
    12       442       205       659  
% disposed
    100 %     84 %     100 %        
     
Net assets disposed
    12       370       205       587  
     
 
(1)   Cash outflow/inflow on group companies in the cash flow statement includes cash outflows/inflows on individually immaterial disposals in addition to the cash flows presented.
In June 2006 ING sold its U.K. brokerage unit Williams de Broë Plc for EUR 22 million. The sale is part of ING Group’s strategy to focus on core businesses. The result on the sale is subject to closing adjustments.
In September 2006 ING sold its 87.5% stake in Deutsche Hypothekenbank AG, a publicly listed mortgage bank in Germany, as part of ING’s strategy to focus on its core business. The sale resulted in a loss of EUR 83 million.
In December 2006 ING sold its stake in Degussa Bank, a unit of ING-DiBa specializing in worksite banking for private customers. The sale results in a loss of EUR 23 million.

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Total of companies acquired and total of companies disposed in 2005
                                                 
                            Disposal of              
            Acquisition             Baring     Disposal        
    Acquisition     of New     Total     Asset     of Life of     Total  
    of Eural     Zealand     acquisitions     Management     Georgia     disposals  
     
General
                                               
Primary line of business
  Bank     Life Insurance             Bank     Life Insurance          
 
                                               
Purchase price
                                               
Purchase price
    83       98       181       663       235       898  
Cash in company acquired / disposed
                                    118       118  
     
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
    83       98       181       663       353       1,016  
 
                                               
Assets
                                               
Investments
    1,535               1,535               1,809       1,809  
Loans and advances to customers
    819               819       2,196               2,196  
Amounts due from banks
    286               286       1,419               1,419  
Miscellaneous other assets
    65       151       216       696               696  
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Insurance and investment contracts
                                    1,503       1,503  
Amounts due to banks
    7               7       68               68  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    1,384               1,384       2,470               2,470  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    1,231               1,231       910               910  
     
Net assets
    83       151       234       863       306       1,169  
Minority interest
                                               
     
Net assets acquired
    83       151       234       863       306       1,169  
     
In February 2005, ING sold internet service provider Freeler to KPN. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 10 million.
In March 2005, ING Group reduced its stake in ING Bank Slaski from 87.77% to 75% by selling             shares on the market. By reducing the stake in ING Bank Slaski, ING Group complied with requirements set by the Polish regulator in 2001. ING Group has no intention to further reduce its stake of 75% in ING Bank Slaski.
In March 2005, ING Group acquired 19.9% of Bank of Beijing for an amount of EUR 166 million. Bank of Beijing is the second largest city commercial bank in China and the third largest bank in Beijing.
In March 2005, ING Group finalized the sale of Barings Asset Management to MassMutual Financial Group and Northern Trust Corp. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 254 million.
In May 2005, ING Group sold Life Insurance Company of Georgia to Prudential PLC’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company. The loss from this transaction amounts to EUR 32 million after tax.
In June 2005, ING Group formed a private equity joint venture to purchase Gables Residential Trust, a U.S.-based real estate investment trust. Gables Residential Trust is a developer, builder, owner and manager of higher-end multifamily properties. ING will provide USD 400 million in equity to finance the transaction. The venture is managed by ING Clarion, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Group.
In June 2005, ING Group has purchased GE Commercial Finance’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s Dutch and Belgian factoring business. The factoring business has been transferred into a new company, which operates under the name ING Commercial Finance. GE Commercial Finance purchased ING’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s German unit, Heller GmbH. Both purchases took effect retroactively from January 1, 2005.
In August 2005, ING Group acquired a portfolio of properties located in the UK from Abbey National. The purchase price amounted to EUR 1.7 billion. The portfolio has been divided between various separate account clients.
In October 2005, ING Group acquired Eural NV from Dexia Bank Belgium. In the course of 2006, Eural is expected to be merged with ING Belgium’s unit Record Bank.

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In November 2005, ING Group sold its stake in Austbrokers Holdings in an initial public offering. Austbrokers is one of the leading insurance brokers in Australia. The decision to sell the business follows ING’s sale of its 50% stake in general insurer QBE Mercantile Mutual to QBE in 2004.
In December 2005 ING Group sold Arenda Holding BV to ZBG, a Dutch private equity firm. Arenda is a provider of consumer finance products.
30 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings included a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (‘Fertinal’) against ING Comercial América (now known as Seguros ING S.A. de C.V. and referred to hereinafter as ‘Seguros’), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claimed EUR 204 million (USD 300 million), the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favour of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to EUR 64 million (USD 94 million) plus interest. This decision was appealed by all parties involved. Seguros’ appeal was rejected and the decision of the Court of Appeal regarding the amount owed was affirmed. Seguros has paid the principal and interest into court, bringing the case to a close. Seguros also has been the subject of complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. These matters are being defended vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess their final outcome.
In November 2006, the issue of amongst others the costs charged by the insurance industry to customers in respect of universal life insurance products (commonly referred to as ‘beleggingsverzekeringen’, ‘beleggingspolissen’ or ‘beleggingshypotheken’) has received attention both in the Dutch public media and from the Dutch regulator for the insurance industry and consumer protection organisations. The Dutch insurance industry (including subsidiaries of the ING Groep N.V., primarily Nationale-Nederlanden) sold these products to customers either directly or through intermediaries. In July 2007 a class action was lodged against Nationale-Nederlanden in relation to these products. The subject of this procedure is not a specific claim for compensation, but a request to the judge to pronounce that Nationale-Nederlanden provided clients with incomplete or misleading information about costs and risks. Such legal proceedings can also be lodged against other subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. involved. Discussions are ongoing between the insurance industry and consumer organisations to find an out of court solution. Early March 2008 the Ombudsman Financial Services published a recommendation for an industrywide solution. This recommendation is not binding on the parties involved. While ING believes that it has complied with all relevant laws and regulations regarding consumer rights and consumer protection, ING’s Dutch insurance companies will accept the recommendation. A provision has been taken to contribute to this possible solution. As consumer organisations criticize the recommendation and the policy holders have not formally agreed with the proposed solution, it is difficult to predict when and how the issue will be solved.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, brokerage, investment, and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Because of the geographic spread of its business, ING may be subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions at any point in time. Although ING believes that it has adequately provided for all its tax positions, the ultimate resolution of these audits may result in liabilities which are different from the amounts recorded.

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
31 JOINT VENTURES
Joint ventures are included proportionally in the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Most significant joint ventures
                                         
    Interest                          
2007   held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income     Expenses  
 
ING Australia Ltd
    51       9,735       9,252       474       348  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       159       126       205       203  
KB Life Insurance Company
    49       412       394       231       228  
ING (NZ) Ltd
    51       128       14       44       33  
 
                                     
Pacific-Antai Life Insurance Company Ltd
    50       150       117       42       36  
 
                                     
             
Total
            10,584       9,903       996       848  
             
Most significant joint ventures
                                         
    Interest                          
2006   held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income     Expenses  
 
ING Australia Ltd
    51       8,617       8,266       402       295  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       168       137       219       220  
KB Life Insurance Company
    49       292       279       167       166  
ING (NZ) Ltd
    51       132       28       38       29  
 
                                     
Pacific-Antai Life Insurance Company Ltd
    50       136       106       37       36  
 
                                     
             
Total
            9,345       8,816       863       746  
             
32 RELATED PARTIES
In the normal course of business, the Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an arm’s length basis and include rendering or receiving of services, leases, transfers under finance arrangements and provisions of guarantees or collateral.
Transactions with joint ventures and associates
                                 
    Joint ventures     Associates  
    2007     2006     2007     2006
     
Receivables
    336       267       885       846
Liabilities
    85       85       94       57
Guarantees issued in favour of
                    20       4
 
                             
Income received
    16       14       213       154
Expenses paid
    58       64       32       1
Transactions with ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V.
                                 
    ING        
    Verzekeringen N.V.     ING Bank N.V.  
    2007     2006     2007     2006
     
Receivables
    2,315       2,604       8,137       6,190
Liabilities
            35       201       121
 
                             
Income received
    112       120       619       367
Expenses paid
            5       228       33
Transactions with key management personnel (Executive Board and Supervisory Board) and post-employment benefit plans are transactions with related parties. These transactions are disclosed in more detail in the remuneration report in the annual report. For the post-employment benefit plans see Note 21 ‘Other liabilities’.
Key management personnel compensation
                                                 
    Executive Board     Supervisory Board     Total  
amounts in thousands of euros   2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Base salary and short-term bonus
    16,898       18,250       673       578       17,571       18,828  
Pension costs
    3,334       3,113                       3,334       3,113  
Retirement benefit
    1,222       4,082                       1,222       4,082  
Fair market value of long-term incentives
    9,072       8,576                       9,072       8,576  
     
Total compensation
    30,526       34,021       673       578       31,199       34,599  
     

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to key management personnel
                                                 
            Amount              
    outstanding December 31     Average Interest Rate     Repayments  
amounts in thousands of euros   2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Executive Board members
    2,376       2,023       4.8 %     4.3 %     216       20  
                         
Total
    2,376       2,023                       216       20  
                         
The total number of stock options on ING Groep N.V. shares held by the Executive Board members amounted to 2,744,887 at December 31, 2007 (2006: 2,176,641). As at December 31, 2007, members of the Executive Board held 201,252 ING Groep N.V. shares (2006: 80,055). Part of these shares are held in a trust. As at December 31, 2007, members of the Supervisory Board held 17,370 ING Groep N.V. shares (2006: 15,370).
There are no significant provisions for doubtful debts or individually significant bad debt expenses.
33 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table, as they do not meet the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented below does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
                                 
    Estimated fair value     Balance sheet value  
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Financial assets
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    12,406       14,326       12,406       14,326  
Amounts due from banks
    48,461       39,861       48,875       39,868  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
— trading assets
    193,213       193,977       193,213       193,977  
— investments for risk of policyholders
    114,827       110,547       114,827       110,547  
— non-trading derivatives
    7,637       6,521       7,637       6,521  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    11,453       6,425       11,453       6,425  
Investments
                               
— available-for-sale
    275,897       293,921       275,897       293,921  
— held-to-maturity
    16,354       17,494       16,753       17,660  
Loans and advances to customers
    546,358       474,922       552,964       474,437  
Other assets(1)
    32,970       25,379       32,970       25,379  
     
 
    1,259,576       1,183,373       1,266,995       1,183,061  
 
                               
Financial liabilities
                               
Preference shares
    21       215       21       215  
Subordinated loans
    6,731       6,439       7,325       6,014  
Debt securities in issue
    66,555       78,265       66,995       78,133  
Other borrowed funds
    32,595       31,052       27,058       29,639  
Investment contracts for risk of company
    9,520       7,505       9,520       7,505  
Investment contracts for risk of policyholders
    14,132       13,245       14,132       13,245  
Amounts due to banks
    167,365       121,680       166,972       120,839  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    522,859       496,077       525,216       496,680  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                               
— trading liabilities
    148,988       127,975       148,988       127,975  
— non-trading derivatives
    6,951       4,934       6,951       4,934  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    13,882       13,702       13,882       13,702  
Other liabilities (2)
    35,724       29,656       35,724       29,656  
     
 
    1,025,323       930,745       1,022,784       928,537  
     
 
(1)   Other assets do not include (deferred) tax assets, property held for sale, property under development for third parties and pension assets.
 
(2)   Other liabilities do not include (deferred) tax liabilities, pension liabilities, insurance provisions, property under development for third parties, share-based payment plans, other provisions and other taxation and social security contributions.

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The estimated fair values correspond with the amounts at which the financial instruments at our best estimate could have been traded at the balance sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for all of these financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate their approximate fair values. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the relevant pricing factors. Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realizable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.
The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the financial instruments.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and balances with central banks
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.
Amounts due from banks
The fair values of receivables from banks are generally based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimates based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.
Non-trading derivatives
The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes are based on quoted market prices. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal valuation techniques.
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other assets at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal valuation techniques.
Investments
The fair values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for fixed interest securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity of the investment.
Loans and advances to customers
For loans and advances that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings.
The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by taking into account prepayment behaviour and discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying values of variable rate policy loans approximate their fair value.
Other assets
The carrying amount of other assets is not materially different to their fair value.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Subordinated loans
The fair value of the subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates that apply to similar instruments.
Investment contracts
For investment contracts for risk of company the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. For investment contracts for risk of policyholder the fair value generally equals the fair value of the underlying assets.
Amounts due to banks
The fair values of payables to banks are generally based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimates based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates for payables to banks with similar characteristics.
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
The carrying values of customer deposits and other funds on deposit with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal valuation techniques.
Debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds
The fair value of debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds is generally based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimates by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity.
Other liabilities
The carrying amount of other liabilities are stated at their book value which is not materially different to their fair value.
The fair values of the financial instruments carried at fair value were determined as follows:
Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities
                                 
                    Valuation        
    Reference to     Valuation     technique not        
    published price     technique supported     supported by market        
2007   quotations     by market inputs     inputs     Total  
 
Assets
                               
Trading assets
    122,448       70,279       486       193,213  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    111,723       2,976       128       114,827  
Non-trading derivatives
    6,928       693       16       7,637  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
    5,012       4,608       1,833       11,453  
Available-for-sale investments
    204,838       69,306       1,753       275,897  
     
 
    450,949       147,862       4,216       603,027  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Trading liabilities
    75,131       73,841       16       148,988  
Non-trading derivatives
    6,234       620       97       6,951  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
    7,723       6,159               13,882  
Investment contracts (for contracts carried at fair value)
    12,074       2,058               14,132  
     
 
    101,162       82,678       113       183,953  
     

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Methods applied in determining fair values of financial assets and liabilities
                                 
                    Valuation        
    Reference to     Valuation     technique not        
    published price     technique supported     supported by market        
2006   quotations     by market inputs     inputs     Total  
 
Assets
                               
Trading assets
    150,986       42,718       273       193,977  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    109,465       813       269       110,547  
Non-trading derivatives
    2,611       2,671       1,239       6,521  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
    4,343       1,036       1,046       6,425  
Available-for-sale investments
    219,967       73,230       724       293,921  
     
 
    487,372       120,468       3,551       611,391  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Trading liabilities
    87,374       40,601               127,975  
Non-trading derivatives
    1,833       2,672       429       4,934  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
    10,914       2,788               13,702  
Investment contracts (for contracts carried at fair value)
    13,235               10       13,245  
     
 
    113,356       46,061       439       159,856  
     
Reference to published price quotations
This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined directly by reference to published quotes in an active market. A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.
This category includes instruments for which a model is used to determine fair value instead of using an externally available quoted price, but for which a quoted price is available and the outcome of the model is evaluated regularly against that quoted price, resulting in no or only an insignificant deviation from the quoted price. Furthermore, it also includes financial instruments for which it is market convention to price these based on a single published reference rate (e.g. a published yield curve in the case of plain vanilla interest rate swaps). Certain reverse repos with a very short tenor (i.e. a matter of days) for which the valuation is based on the actual prices on issuance and maturity, are included in this category on the basis that their valuation is highly objective and based on a third party source. In 2006, these were reported under ‘valuation technique not supported by market inputs’ (EUR 37,229 million at December 31, 2006), as ING then did not take into account market inputs becoming available at very short notice. Consistent with the classification in 2007, these have been reclassified in the 2006 comparatives.
Valuation technique supported by market inputs
This category includes financial instruments whose fair value is determined using a valuation technique (a model), where inputs in the model are taken from an active market or are market observable. If certain inputs in the model are not market observable, but all significant inputs are, the instrument is still classified in this category, provided that the impact of those elements on the overall valuation is insignificant. Included in this category are items whose value is derived from quoted prices of similar instruments, but for which the prices are (more than insignificantly) modified based on other market observable external data.
Valuation technique not supported by market inputs
This category includes financial assets/liabilities whose fair value is determined using a valuation technique (model) for which more than an insignificant level of the input in terms of the overall valuation are not market observable.
The total amount of changes in fair value estimated using a valuation technique not supported by market inputs recognized in net profit in 2007 was EUR 74 million (2006: EUR 19 million).
Sensitivities of fair values
Reasonably likely changes in the assumptions used in the valuation techniques not supported by recent market transactions would not have a significant impact on equity and net profit.

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.5. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
34 INTEREST RESULT BANKING OPERATIONS
Interest result banking operations
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Interest income on loans
    26,390       21,970       18,912  
Interest income on impaired loans
    (26 )     13       (23 )
     
Total interest income on loans
    26,364       21,983       18,889  
 
                       
Interest income on available-for-sale securities
    7,397       6,989       5,989  
Interest income on held-to-maturity securities
    736       755       639  
Interest income on trading portfolio
    32,443       21,414       15,237  
Interest income on non-trading derivatives
    6,190       5,231       5,658  
Other interest income
    3,619       2,798       1,764  
     
Interest income banking operations
    76,749       59,170       48,176  
 
                       
Interest expense on deposits by banks
    5,131       3,559       2,371  
Interest expense on customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    18,563       15,107       11,960  
Interest expense on debt securities
    3,648       3,173       2,911  
Interest expense on subordinated loans
    1,167       1,132       1,126  
Interest on trading liabilities
    29,383       18,821       13,369  
Interest on non-trading derivatives
    6,115       5,159       5,821  
Other interest expense
    3,766       3,027       1,551  
     
Interest expense banking operations
    67,773       49,978       39,109  
 
                       
     
Interest result banking operations
    8,976       9,192       9,067  
     
Interest margin
                         
in percentages   2007     2006     2005  
 
Interest margin
    0.94       1.06       1.16  
In 2007, the growth of the average total assets caused an increase of the interest result amounting to EUR 753 million (2006: EUR 1,040 million; 2005: EUR 1,214 million). The decrease of the interest margin by 12 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 1,051 million (in 2006 the decrease of the interest margin by 10 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 867 million; in 2005 the decrease of the interest margin by 6 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 345 million).
35 GROSS PREMIUM INCOME
Gross premium income
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Gross premium income from life insurance policies
    40,732       40,502       39,145  
Gross premium income from non-life insurance policies
    6,086       6,333       6,613  
     
 
    46,818       46,835       45,758  
     
Gross premium income has been presented before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted. Gross premium income excludes premium received for investment contracts, for which deposit accounting is applied.

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Effect of reinsurance on premiums written
                                                                         
    Non-life     Life     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Direct premiums written gross
    6,062       6,279       6,556       39,170       38,838       37,644       45,232       45,117       44,200  
Reinsurance assumed premiums written gross
    24       54       57       1,562       1,664       1,501       1,586       1,718       1,558  
Total gross premiums written
    6,086       6,333       6,613       40,732       40,502       39,145       46,818       46,835       45,758  
 
                                                                       
Reinsurance ceded
    (306 )     (339 )     (526 )     (1,968 )     (2,004 )     (2,031 )     (2,274 )     (2,343 )     (2,557 )
     
 
    5,780       5,994       6,087       38,764       38,498       37,114       44,544       44,492       43,201  
     
Effect of reinsurance on non-life premiums earned
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Direct premiums earned, gross
    6,003       6,248       6,712  
Reinsurance assumed premiums earned, gross
    24       58       57  
     
Total gross premiums earned
    6,027       6,306       6,769  
 
                       
Reinsurance ceded
    (326 )     (377 )     (636 )
     
 
    5,701       5,929       6,133  
     
36 INVESTMENT INCOME
Investment income by insurance and banking operations
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Income from real estate investments
    80       184       206       252       134       194       332       318       400  
Dividend income
    750       604       479       70       84       71       820       688       550  
     
 
    830       788       685       322       218       265       1,152       1,006       950  
 
                                                                       
Income from investments in debt securities
    6,857       6,359       5,757                               6,857       6,359       5,757  
Income from loans
                                                                       
— personal loans
    76       200       259                               76       200       259  
— mortgage loans
    1,313       1,640       1,695                               1,313       1,640       1,695  
— policy loans
    215       212       223                               215       212       223  
— other
    323       345       406               18       12       323       363       418  
     
Income from investments in debt securities and loans
    8,784       8,756       8,340               18       12       8,784       8,774       8,352  
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses on disposal of debt securities
    (9 )     (56 )     245       138       93       60       129       37       305  
Reversals/Impairments of available-for-sale debt securities
    (76 )     36       34       (57 )                     (133 )     36       34  
     
Realized gains/losses and impairments of debt securities
    (85 )     (20 )     279       81       93       60       (4 )     73       339  
     
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses on disposal of equity securities
    2,975       772       511       330       149       171       3,305       921       682  
Impairments of available-for-sale equity securities
    (36 )     (25 )     (46 )     (17 )     (17 )     (45 )     (53 )     (42 )     (91 )
     
Realized gains/losses and impairments of equity securities
    2,939       747       465       313       132       126       3,252       879       591  
 
                                                                       
Change in fair value of real estate investments
    75       108       143       93       67       59       168       175       202  
     
Investment income
    12,543       10,379       9,912       809       528       522       13,352       10,907       10,434  
     

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
37 COMMISSION INCOME
Gross fee and commission income
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Funds transfer
                            746       704       645       746       704       645  
Securities business
                            1,049       1,064       905       1,049       1,064       905  
Insurance broking
    1,124       992       584       180       171       115       1,304       1,163       699  
Management fees
    1,025       860       1,420       1,140       944       787       2,165       1,804       2,207  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    1,014       951       473       233       207       152       1,247       1,158       625  
Other
    364       270       119       818       704       645       1,182       974       764  
     
 
    3,527       3,073       2,596       4,166       3,794       3,249       7,693       6,867       5,845  
     
Fee and commission expenses
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Funds transfer
                            144       140       56       144       140       56  
Securities business
                            370       347       264       370       347       264  
Insurance broking
    686       551       250                               686       551       250  
Management fees
    182       188       686       230       204       139       412       392       825  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    673       624       260       5       2       6       678       626       266  
Other
    85       75       54       491       420       383       576       495       437  
     
 
    1,626       1,438       1,250       1,240       1,113       848       2,866       2,551       2,098  
     
38 VALUATION RESULTS ON NON-TRADING DERIVATIVES
Valuation results on non-trading derivatives
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Change in fair value of derivatives relating to:
                                                                       
— fair value hedges
    (227 )     (162 )     87       924       203       (425 )     697       41       (338 )
— cash-flow hedges (ineffective portion)
    (5 )                     (4 )     (7 )     (1 )     (9 )     (7 )     (1 )
— hedges of net investment in foreign entities (ineffective portion)
    (14 )     (12 )     (16 )                             (14 )     (12 )     (16 )
— other non-trading derivatives
    (753 )     (85 )     (152 )     36       391       296       (717 )     306       144  
     
Net result on non-trading derivatives
    (999 )     (259 )     (81 )     956       587       (130 )     (43 )     328       (211 )
 
                                                                       
Change in fair value of assets and liabilities (hedged items)
    223       211       (98 )     (886 )     (203 )     467       (663 )     8       369  
Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss (excluding trading)
    89                       56       (247 )     (111 )     145       (247 )     (111 )
     
Net valuation results
    (687 )     (48 )     (179 )     126       137       226       (561       89       47  
     
39 NET TRADING INCOME
Net trading income
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Results from securities trading
    246       159       84       (2,147 )     (804 )     660       (1,901 )     (645 )     744  
Results from foreign exchange transactions
    174       120       (87 )     401       282       378       575       402       291  
Other
    (50 )     (7 )     9       2,495       1,422       (618 )     2,445       1,415       (609 )
     
 
    370       272       6       749       900       420       1,119       1,172       426  
     

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Results from securities trading includes the results of making markets in instruments such as government securities, equity securities, corporate debt securities, money-market instruments, and interest rate derivatives such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts. Results from foreign currency exchange transactions include gains and losses from spot and forward contracts, options, futures, and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities.
The portion of trading gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 that related to trading securities still held at December 31, amounts to EUR (60) million (2006: EUR (121) million; 2005: EUR 7 million).
The majority of the risks involved in the security and currency trading is economically hedged with derivatives. The results on security trading is partly offset by results on these derivatives. The result of these derivatives is included in Other and amounts to EUR 408 million (2006: EUR 1,662 million).
40 OTHER INCOME
Other income
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Net operating lease income
                            79       66       72       79       66       72  
Other
    305       (5 )     149       501       410       489       806       405       638  
     
 
    305       (5 )     149       580       476       561       885       471       710  
     
Net operating lease income comprises income of EUR 803 million (2006: EUR 691 million; 2005: EUR 627 million), depreciation of EUR 724 million (2006: EUR 626 million; 2005: EUR 555 million) and other expenses of nil (2006: nil; 2005: nil).
41 UNDERWRITING EXPENDITURE
Underwriting expenditure
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Gross underwriting expenditure
    51,818       53,065       54,594  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
    (1,079 )     (2,702 )     (5,074 )
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,906 )     (2,175 )     (2,400 )
     
Underwriting expenditure
    48,833       48,188       47,120  
     

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Underwriting expenditure by class
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Expenditure from life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    1,968       2,004       2,031  
Gross benefits
    28,877       26,234       22,129  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,749 )     (1,705 )     (1,625 )
Change in life insurance provisions for risk of company
    11,979       13,420       14,650  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,098       1,083       1,060  
Other underwriting expenditure
    457       439       364  
Profit sharing and rebates
    424       801       2,214  
     
 
    43,054       42,276       40,823  
 
                       
Expenditure from non-life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    306       339       526  
Gross claims
    3,589       3,848       4,343  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (157 )     (470 )     (775 )
Change in provision for unearned premiums
    79       65       (46 )
Change in claims provision
    13       (209 )     (49 )
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    979       1,043       1,012  
Other underwriting expenditure
    (50 )     (71 )     (52 )
     
 
    4,759       4,545       4,959  
 
                       
Expenditure from investment contracts
                       
Costs of acquiring investment contracts
    19       31       53  
Profit sharing and rebates
    16       64       17  
Other changes in investment contract liabilities
    985       1,272       1,268  
     
 
    1,020       1,367       1,338  
     
 
    48,833       48,188       47,120  
     
Profit sharing and rebates
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
    (133 )     458       1,824  
Bonuses added to policies
    411       369       379  
Deferred profit sharing expense
    146       (26 )     11  
     
 
    424       801       2,214  
     
Underwriting expenditure includes an amount of EUR 4,275 million in 2007 (2006: EUR 4,141 million; 2005: EUR 3,956 million) in respect of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations. Amortization of deferred acquisition costs amounted to EUR 1,552 million in 2007 (2006: EUR 1,444 million; 2005: EUR 1,475 million).
Expenditure from Life underwriting includes an amount of EUR 110 million in 2007 (2006: EUR 181 million; 2005: EUR 220 million) in relation to reserve strengthening for Insurance Asia/Pacific as further described under Segment reporting.
The investment income and valuation results regarding investments for risk of policyholders of EUR 1,079 million (2006: EUR 2,702 million; 2005: EUR 5,074 million) has not been recognized in Investment income and valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss but is recognized in Underwriting expenditure together with the equal amount of change in insurance provisions for risk of policyholders.
ING transferred part of their life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. A loss amounting to EUR 160 million was recognized in Underwriting expenditure in 2004 on this transaction. This loss represented the reduction of the related deferred acquisition costs. In addition, an amount of EUR 240 million is being amortized over the life of the underlying business, starting in 2005 and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business tails off. The amount amortized in 2007 was EUR 15 million (2006: EUR 32 million; 2005: EUR 34 million). The cumulative amortization as at December 31, 2007 was EUR 81 million (2006: EUR 66 million; 2005: EUR 34 million).

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
42 OTHER IMPAIRMENTS
Other impairment losses and reversals of impairments recognized in the profit and loss account
                                                                         
    Impairment losses     Reversals of impairments     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Property and equipment
    2       1       82       (14 )     (4 )     (27 )     (12 )     (3 )     55  
Property under development for third parties
    41       19               (43 )                     (2 )     19          
Other intangible assets
    15       10       21                               15       10       21  
Other
            3               (4 )     (2 )             (4 )     1          
     
 
    58       33       103       (61 )     (6 )     (27 )     (3 )     27       76  
     
Impairments on Loans and advances to customers are presented under Addition to loan loss provision. Impairments on Investments are presented under Investment income.
43 STAFF EXPENSES
Staff expenses
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Salaries
    2,050       2,012       2,038       3,646       3,480       3,286       5,696       5,492       5,324  
Pension and other staff related benefit costs
    48       79       143       159       206       256       207       285       399  
Social security costs
    201       196       214       466       444       444       667       640       658  
Share-based compensation arrangements
    54       54       36       73       58       33       127       112       69  
Other staff costs
    484       457       470       1,080       932       726       1,564       1,389       1,196  
     
 
    2,837       2,798       2,901       5,424       5,120       4,745       8,261       7,918       7,646  
     
Share-based compensation arrangements includes an amount of EUR 110 million (2006: EUR 109 million; 2005: EUR 63 million) relating to equity-settled share-based payment arrangements and EUR 17 million (2006: EUR 4 million; 2005: EUR 6 million) relating to cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.
Pension and other staff-related benefits costs
                                                                                                 
                            Post-employment benefits              
    Pension benefits     other than pensions     Other     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Current service cost
    408       417       477       11       13       42       (13 )     23       32       406       453       551  
Past service cost
    (86 )     18       192               (1 )             (1 )     1       5       (87 )     18       197  
Interest cost
    739       703       643       13       11       40       9       7       35       761       721       718  
Expected return on assets
    (869 )     (820 )     (710 )                                             (22 )     (869 )     (820 )     (732 )
Amortization of unrecognized past service cost
                            (5 )     (5 )                                     (5 )     (5 )        
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
    29       22                                       4                       33       22          
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (32 )     (6 )     (12 )             (147 )     (396 )             4       (3 )     (32 )     (149 )     (411 )
Other
    (62 )                     (7 )                     1                       (68 )                
     
Defined benefit plans
    127       334       590       12       (129 )     (314 )             35       47       139       240       323  
 
                                                                                               
Defined
                                                                            68       45       76  
contribution plans
                                                                                               
                                                                             
 
                                                                            207       285       399  
                                                                             

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Remuneration of Senior Management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board
The information on share based payment plans and remuneration of the members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board is included in the remuneration report in the annual report. This information is considered to be an integral part of the audited annual accounts.
Stock option and share plans
ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares and conditional rights on depository receipts (share awards) for ING shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands. The purpose of the option and share schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.
ING Group holds its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned (so-called delta hedge). As at December 31, 2007, 36,028,881 own shares (2006: 52,722,755; 2005: 38,722,934) were held in connection with the option plan compared to 76,888,553 options outstanding (2006: 74,175,909; 2005: 85,128,950). As a result the granted option rights were (delta) hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour. The hedge is rebalanced regularly at predetermined points in time.
In March 2008 shares will be issued in relation to the vesting of share plans. The actual number of shares to be issued is dependent on ING’s TSR ranking. Reference is made to Item 6 “Directors, Senior Management and Employees” on page 83 up to and including page 102.
Exposure arising out of the share plan is not hedged. The obligations with regard to these plans will be funded by issuing own shares. On 15 March 2007 5.2 million own shares were issued in relation to the vesting of share plans.
The option rights are valid for a period of 5 or 10 years. Option rights that are not exercised within this period lapse. Option rights granted will remain valid until expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.
The entitlement to the share awards is granted conditionally. If the participant remains in employment for an uninterrupted period of three years from the grant date, the entitlement becomes unconditional. In 2007 139,113 shares (2006: 52,100; 2005: 73,500) have been granted to the members of the Executive Board and 2,415,649 shares (2006: 2,432,686; 2005: 2,907,101) have been granted to senior management and other employees remaining in the service of ING Group.
Every year, the ING Group Executive Board will take a decision as to whether the option and share schemes are to be continued and, if so, to what extent.
Changes in option rights outstanding
                                                 
    Options outstanding     Weighted average exercise price  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Opening balance
    74,175,909       85,128,950       81,010,410       25.99       24.42       24.97  
Granted
    12,139,472       13,872,880       15,734,031       32.13       32.78       23.28  
Exercised
    (7,163,332 )     (17,213,518 )     (2,820,253 )     19.73       20.64       21.15  
Forfeited
    (2,263,496 )     (1,338,877 )     (298,315 )     27.68       25.78       23.60  
Expired
            (6,273,526 )     (8,496,923 )             25.99       30.26  
     
Closing balance
    76,888,553       74,175,909       85,128,950       26.66       25.99       24.42  
     
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercised during 2007 is EUR 32.48.

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in option rights non-vested
                                                 
    Options non-vested     Weighted average grant date fair value  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Opening balance
    38,551,921       41,407,132       48,317,040       4.57       3.65       4.85  
Granted
    12,139,472       13,872,880       15,734,031       6.52       6.49       3.49  
Vested
    (10,112,348 )     (15,390,327 )     (22,394,188 )     6.14       4.65       6.11  
Forfeited
    (2,173,887 )     (1,337,764 )     (249,751 )     5.46       3.85       3.54  
     
Closing balance
    38,405,158       38,551,921       41,407,132       5.83       4.57       3.65  
     
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable
2007
                                                 
    Options     Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    outstanding     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
    as at     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
    December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
Range of exercise price in euros   31, 2007     life     price     31, 2007     life     price  
0.00 — 15.00
    6,236,710       5.19       12.02       6,236,710       5.19       12.02  
15.00 — 20.00
    9,773,356       5.55       18.47       9,773,356       5.55       18.47  
20.00 — 25.00
    15,180,545       6.84       23.10       1,556,832       3.21       21.83  
25.00 — 30.00
    15,338,397       3.46       28.72       15,206,363       3.42       28.74  
30.00 — 35.00
    24,726,711       8.69       32.47       77,300       3.59       33.08  
35.00 — 40.00
    5,632,834       3.14       35.51       5,632,834       3.14       35.51  
 
                                           
 
    76,888,553                       38,483,395                  
 
                                           
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable
2006
                                                 
    Options     Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    outstanding     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
    as at     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
    December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
Range of exercise price in euros   31, 2006     life     price     31, 2006     life     price  
0.00 — 15.00
    7,953,108       6.18       12.72       7,953,108       6.19       12.72  
15.00 — 20.00
    10,162,164       7.20       18.69       121,471       6.66       18.49  
20.00 — 25.00
    14,820,967       8.24       23.25       44,875       5.65       23.12  
25.00 — 30.00
    19,937,148       4.44       28.73       19,796,024       4.43       28.74  
30.00 — 35.00
    13,696,046       9.20       32.78       102,034       4.59       32.93  
35.00 — 40.00
    7,606,476       4.09       35.58       7,606,476       4.16       35.58  
 
                                           
 
    74,175,909                       35,623,988                  
 
                                           
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable
2005
                                                 
    Options     Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    outstanding     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
    as at     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
    December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
Range of exercise price in euros   31, 2005     life     price     31, 2005     life     price  
0.00 — 15.00
    16,872,752       7.18       12.71       2,423,643       7.20       12.89  
15.00 — 20.00
    10,797,877       8.20       18.69       301,461       7.97       18.70  
20.00 — 25.00
    15,423,891       9.23       23.25       172,095       8.11       23.21  
25.00 — 30.00
    27,110,926       5.28       28.59       25,901,115       5.21       28.57  
30.00 — 35.00
    361,530       2.86       33.15       361,530       2.86       33.15  
35.00 — 40.00
    14,561,974       3.48       35.47       14,561,974       3.48       35.47  
 
                                           
 
    85,128,950                       43,721,818                  
 
                                           
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 was EUR 230 million and EUR 183 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2007 there was EUR 69 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options (2006: EUR 90 million; 2005: EUR 50 million). These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years (2006: 1.9 years; 2005: 2.0 years). Cash received from stock option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2007 was EUR 131 million (2006: EUR 355 million; 2005: nil).
The fair value of options granted is recorded as an expense under staff expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the options. The fair values of the option awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo simulation. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account (4.04% to 4.51%), as

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
well as the expected life of the options granted (1 year to 7 years), the exercise price, the current share price (EUR 30.02 — EUR 33.10), the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares (25% — 27%) and the expected dividends yield (3.98% to 4.63%).
Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, an equity difference can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of)             shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are recorded in Shareholders’ equity.
Changes in share awards
                                                 
    Share awards     Weighted average grant date fair value  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Opening balance
    8,373,146       6,499,469       3,715,896       24.90       22.92       19.38  
Granted
    2,554,762       2,484,786       2,980,601       19.74       29.62       27.50  
Performance effect
    2,463,058                       19.35                  
Vested
    (5,569,061 )     (155,522 )     (152,006 )     19.35       22.48       20.26  
Forfeited
    (688,191 )     (455,587 )     (45,022 )     26.39       23.10       24.71  
     
Closing balance
    7,133,714       8,373,146       6,499,469       27.52       24.90       22.92  
     
The fair value of share awards granted is recorded as an expense under staff expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the share awards. The fair values of share awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo Simulation based valuation model. The model takes into account the risk free interest rate, the current stock prices, expected volatilities and current divided yields of the performance peer group used to determine ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) ranking.
As of December 31, 2007 there were EUR 53 million (2006: EUR 88 million; 2005: EUR 81 million) of total unrecognized compensation costs related to share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years (2006: 1.8 years; 2005: 1.9 years).
44 OTHER INTEREST EXPENSES
Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the perpetual subordinated loans.
Other interest expenses includes EUR 7 million and EUR 92 million dividends paid on preference shares and trust preferred securities (2006: EUR 10 million and EUR 101 million; 2005: EUR 14 million and EUR 111 million).
Total interest income and total interest expense for items not valued at fair value through profit and loss for 2007 were EUR 46,900 million (2006: EUR 41,281 million; 2005: EUR 35,632 million) and EUR 31,173 million (2006: EUR 27,014 million; 2005: EUR 20,888 million) respectively. Net interest income of EUR 16,658 million is presented in the following profit and loss captions.
Net interest income
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Interest result bank 34
    8,976       9,192       9,067  
Investment income — insurance 36
    8,784       8,756       8,340  
Interest expense
    (1,102 )     (1,016 )     (969 )
     
 
    16,658       16,932       16,438  
     

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
45 OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
Other operating expenses
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Depreciation of property and equipment
    98       102       113       321       361       376       419       463       489  
Amortization of intangible assets
    117       107       108       122       101       112       239       208       220  
Computer costs
    393       331       319       678       705       669       1,071       1,036       988  
Office expenses
    660       629       595       628       634       622       1,288       1,263       1,217  
Travel and accommodation expenses
    102       102       104       153       139       133       255       241       237  
Advertising and public relations
    258       177       150       759       722       619       1,017       899       769  
External advisory fees
    455       581       505       491       449       356       946       1,030       861  
Addition/(releases) of provision for reorganizations and relocations
    11       (16 )     38       434       63       86       445       47       124  
Other
    580       465       362       965       777       1,060       1,545       1,242       1,422  
     
 
    2,674       2,478       2,294       4,551       3,951       4,033       7,225       6,429       6,327  
     
Other operating expenses include lease and sublease payments in respect to operating leases, of EUR 156 million (2006: EUR 229 million; 2005: EUR 50 million) in which ING is the lessee.
46 TAXATION
Taxation by type
                                                                         
    Netherlands     International     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Current taxation
    112       469       855       963       970       388       1,075       1,439       1,243  
Deferred taxation
    144       95       (2 )     316       373       138       460       468       136  
     
 
    256       564       853       1,279       1,343       526       1,535       1,907       1,379  
     
Reconciliation of the weighted average statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Result before taxation
    11,043       9,940       8,894  
Weighted average statutory tax rate
    28.7 %     30.9 %     31.8 %
     
Weighted average statutory tax amount
    3,169       3,071       2,831  
 
                       
Associates exemption
    (814 )     (255 )     (386 )
Other income not subject to tax
    (577 )     (336 )     (222 )
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
    93       121       37  
Impact on deferred tax from change in tax rates
    (9 )     (170 )     (2 )
Deferred tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (64 )     (30 )     (413 )
Current tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (222 )     (447 )     (391 )
Write down/reversal of deferred tax assets
    8       (6 )     2  
Adjustment to prior periods
    (49 )     (41 )     (77 )
     
Effective tax amount
    1,535       1,907       1,379  
     
Effective tax rate
    13.9 %     19.2 %     15.5 %
     
As of 2007, the reconciliation is prepared on the basis of the weighted average statutory tax rate. Until 2006 , it was prepared on the basis of the Dutch statutory tax rate for the entire Group. The 2006 and 2005 comparatives have been restated to reflect this change.
The effect of the change in tax rates in 2006 is mainly attributable to a reduction in the tax rate in the Netherlands from 29.6% to 25.5%.

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Tax benefits from previously unrecognized amounts includes releases of tax provisions resulting from settlements with tax authorities. Significant amounts included relate to closing of tax audits in the main tax jurisdictions of the Group.
47 EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
Earnings per ordinary share
                                                                         
                            Weighted average        
                            number of ordinary shares        
                    Net profit     outstanding during the period     Net profit per ordinary share  
            (in millions of euros)             (in millions)             (in euros)  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
 
Basic and net profit
    9,241       7,692       7,210       2,141.1       2,155.0       2,169.5       4.32       3.57       3.32  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                                                       
Warrants
                            3.2       7.6                                  
Stock option and share plans
                            12.3       14.4                                  
                                                             
 
                            15.5       22.0                                  
 
                             
Diluted profit
    9,241       7,692       7,210       2,156.6       2,177.0       2,169.5       4.28       3.53       3.32  
                             
Diluted profit per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of net profit per share.
48 DIVIDEND PER ORDINARY SHARE
Dividend per ordinary share
                         
    2007(1)     2006     2005  
Per ordinary share (in euros)
    1.48       1.32       1.18  
Total amount of dividend declared (in millions of euros)
    3,180       2,865       2,588  
     
 
(1)   The Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a cash dividend of EUR 1.48 per share for the year 2007. Following the decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders with regard to the profit appropriation, the final cash dividend will become payable on May 5, 2008.

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.6. SEGMENT REPORTING
49 PRIMARY REPORTING FORMAT — BUSINESS SEGMENTS
ING Group’s business segments relate to the internal segmentation by business lines. These include the business lines: Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines.
Each business line is headed by a member of the Executive Board. The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic, commercial and financial policy in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.
The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described under Accounting policies for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account. Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Corporate expenses are allocated to business lines based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff, or on the basis of income and/or assets of the segment. With regard to capital gains on the share portfolio, a fixed return of 3% is allocated to the insurance business lines. The differences between the actual capital gains on the shares portfolio and the allocated return are included in Other.
ING applies a system of capital charging that makes the results of the banking business units globally comparable, irrespective of the book equity they have and the currency they operate in. ING has the policy that, for the banking business units, equity locally needs to be invested at the local risk free rate. Banking business units are charged by the Corporate Line for the income that they make on the book equity invested and, are given a benefit based on the risk free Euro rate on the economic capital they employ. Consequently, the results of the businesses as disclosed are the local results after Group overhead charges while the investment returns on equity are based on the risk free Euro rate on economic capital.
ING Group evaluates the results of its business segments using a financial performance measure called underlying profit before taxation. Underlying profit before taxation is defined as profit before taxation excluding the impact of divestments and special items.

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Business segments
                                                                                 
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance/     Wholesale     Retail                 Total            
2007   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     ING Direct     Other     segments     Eliminations     Total  
 
Income
                                                                               
— external
    15,903       29,565       14,105       7,150       6,956       2,346       561       76,586               76,586  
— inter-segment
    359       116       278       (1,290 )     (532 )     (150 )     3,191       1,972       (1,972 )        
     
Total income
    16,262       29,681       14,383       5,860       6,424       2,196       3,752       78,558       (1,972 )     76,586  
 
Segment profit before taxation
    2,300       2,152       576       2,260       1,783       530       1,442       11,043               11,043  
Divestments
    (460 )     (93 )                     (32 )             129       (456 )             (456 )
Special items
                            139       311               40       490               490  
     
Underlying profit before taxation
    1,840       2,059       576       2,399       2,062       530       1,611       11,077               11,077  
 
Segment assets
    98,287       159,679       61,433       965,680       461,946       262,560       139,050       2,148,635       (836,125 )     1,312,510  
Segment liabilities
    89,531       150,769       55,996       957,923       458,006       259,792       110,995       2,083,012       (810,033 )     1,272,979  
Share in profit or loss of associates
    316       191               212       26               (5 )     740               740  
Book value of associates
    2,894       252       1       1,502       461               (96 )     5,014               5,014  
 
Cost incurred in 2007 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    219       766       122       177       1,227       296       344       3,151               3,151  
 
Significant non-cash expenses
                                                                               
— Depreciation and amortization
    255       1,102       573       155       199       87       4       2,375               2,375  
— Impairments
    4       114       1       38               14               171               171  
— Reversal of impairments
            5               51       6                       62               62  
— Deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    900       6,874       5,219                                       12,993               12,993  
— Increase in provisions for Insurance and investment contracts
    4,339       12,036       10,060                               59       26,494               26,494  
— Addition to loan loss provision
                            (115 )     172       68               125               125  
The segment Insurance Asia/Pacific has a net reserve inadequacy using a prudent (90%) confidence level, and, in line with Group Policy, is taking measures to improve adequacy in that region. This inadequacy was offset by reserve adequacies in other segments, such that at the Group level there is a net adequacy at the prudent (90%) confidence level.

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Business segments
                                                                                 
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING           Total              
2006   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     segments     Eliminations     Total  
 
Income
                                                                               
— external
    15,893       29,775       13,310       7,215       6,126       2,216       (914 )     73,621               73,621  
— inter-segment
    278       4       68       (1,397 )     (40 )     73       2,375       1,361       (1,361 )        
     
Total income
    16,171       29,779       13,378       5,818       6,086       2,289       1,461       74,982       (1,361 )     73,621  
Segment profit before taxation
    2,362       1,992       636       2,481       1,935       691       (157 )     9,940               9,940  
Divestments
    (113 )             (15 )     44               3               (81 )             (81 )
     
Underlying profit before taxation
    2,249       1,992       621       2,525       1,935       694       (157 )     9,859               9,859  
 
Segment assets
    117,106       162,229       54,454       764,882       314,191       253,160       205,236       1,871,258       (644,951 )     1,226,307  
Segment liabilities
    102,827       152,599       50,204       756,645       310,078       249,792       159,635       1,781,780       (596,688 )     1,185,092  
 
Share in profit or loss of associates
    447       8               176       11               (4 )     638               638  
Book value of associates
    2,981       14       2       1,141       57               148       4,343               4,343  
 
Cost incurred in 2006 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,322       243       90       226       182       144       3       2,210               2,210  
 
Significant non-cash expenses
                                                                               
— Deprecia-tion and amortization
    287       915       627       171       216       74               2,290               2,290  
— Impair-ments
    1               10       16       4                       31               31  
— Reversal of impairments
                                    4                       4               4  
— Addition to loan loss provision
                            (118 )     161       60               103               103  

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Business segments
                                                                                 
                    Insu-                                              
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                                        
    rance     rance     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING             Total     Elimi-        
2005   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     segments     nations     Total  
 
Income
                                                                               
— external
    15,832       28,030       13,161       6,808       5,702       1,739       (152 )     71,120               71,120  
— intersegment
    201       4       31       (851 )     179       295       641       500       (500 )        
     
Total income
    16,033       28,034       13,192       5,957       5,881       2,034       489       71,620       (500 )     71,120  
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    2,031       1,941       478       2,599       1,864       630       (649 )     8,894               8,894  
Divestments
    (87 )     38       (31 )     (300 )     (62 )     (13 )             (455 )             (455 )
     
Underlying profit before taxation
    1,945       1,979       447       2,299       1,802       617       (649 )     8,440               8,440  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    113,900       165,719       48,326       677,869       312,021       232,773       27,856       1,578,464       (419,825 )     1,158,639  
Segment liabilities
    101,855       158,330       44,697       669,352       308,558       229,778       21,018       1,533,588       (413,374 )     1,120,214  
 
                                                                               
Share in profit or loss of associates
    346       12       34       134       6               9       541               541  
Book value of associates
    2,421       15       1       1,114       45       2       24       3,622               3,622  
 
                                                                               
Cost incurred in 2005 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,081       142       46       214       236       103       8       1,830               1,830  
 
                                                                               
Significant non-cash expenses
                                                                               
— Depreciation and amortization
    405       934       613       181       229       63               2,425               2,425  
— Impairments
    29       15       19       75       6                       144               144  
— Reversal of impairments
            41       1       15       12                       69               69  
— Addition to loan loss provision
                            (108 )     111       85               88               88  
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown by business line
                                                                 
                    Insu-                                
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                          
    rance     rance     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING              
2007   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     Total  
 
Interest income
    3,026       4,603       975       51,890       12,931       12,040       157       85,622  
Interest expense
    85       376       4       45,431       10,594       9,963       2,603       69,056  
     
 
    2,941       4,227       971       6,459       2,337       2,077       (2,446 )     16,566  
     

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown by business line
                                                                 
                    Insu-                                
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                          
    rance     rance     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING              
2006   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     Total  
 
Interest income
    3,307       4,604       911       37,873       10,390       10,435       669       68,189  
Interest expense
    25       466       4       31,648       8,085       8,309       2,458       50,995  
     
 
    3,282       4,138       907       6,225       2,305       2,126       (1,789 )     17,194  
     
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown by business line
                                                                 
                    Insu-                                
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                          
    rance     rance     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING              
2005   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     Total  
 
Interest income
    3,658       4,492       856       30,092       10,253       8,101       (289 )     57,163  
Interest expense
    115       341       4       25,326       7,072       6,523       769       40,150  
     
 
    3,543       4,151       852       4,766       3,181       1,578       (1,058 )     17,013  
     
50 SECONDARY REPORTING FORMAT — GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS
ING Group’s six business lines operate in seven main geographical areas: the Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of revenue.
Geographical segments
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin             Aus-             Elimi-        
2007   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     tralia     Other     nations     Total  
 
Income
                                                                               
— external
    15,577       5,850       6,424       28,240       3,186       13,999       1,005       2,307       (2 )     76,586  
— intersegment
    686       (701 )     727       (463 )     178       304       20       1,219       (1,970 )        
     
Total income
    16,263       5,149       7,151       27,777       3,364       14,303       1,025       3,526       (1,972 )     76,586  
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    2,252       1,542       1,987       2,233       523       551       452       1,503               11,043  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    676,676       177,716       363,178       313,263       23,631       89,079       40,915       36,243       (408,191 )     1,312,510  
Cost incurred in 2007 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    370       61       1,215       316       679       113       56       341               3,151  

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Geographical segments
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin             Aus-             Elimi-        
2006   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     tralia     Other     nations     Total  
 
Income
                                                                               
— external
    16,079       5,358       5,920       29,472       2,712       13,155       841       84               73,621  
— intersegment
    765       (436 )     586       (1,039 )     355       117       11       1,002       (1,361 )        
     
Total income
    16,844       4,922       6,506       28,433       3,067       13,272       852       1,086       (1,361 )     73,621  
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    3,585       1,115       1,785       2,315       318       583       340       (101 )             9,940  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    608,949       180,694       339,683       319,233       21,567       72,515       33,373       44,459       (394,166 )     1,226,307  
Cost incurred in 2006 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,506       62       253       228       40       75       46                       2,210  
Geographical segments
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin             Aus-             Elimi-        
2005   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     tralia     Other     nations     Total  
 
Income
   
— external
    16,779       5,142       5,586       26,871       2,771       12,996       783       324               71,252  
— intersegment
    217       (358 )     460       (161 )     55       89       21       (455 )             (132 )
     
Total income
    16,996       4,784       6,046       26,710       2,826       13,085       804       (131 )             71,120  
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    3,566       1,383       1,123       2,434       168       361       336       (477 )             8,894  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    271,096       165,590       329,198       275,661       19,653       64,176       26,832       6,433               1,158,639  
Cost incurred in 2005 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,271       138       173       135       41       51       21                       1,830  

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Profit before taxation by geographical area
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Netherlands
    1,446       2,182       1,714       806       1,403       1,693       2,252       3,585       3,407  
Belgium
    523       160       192       1,019       955       790       1,542       1,115       982  
Rest of Europe
    332       309       263       1,655       1,476       1,317       1,987       1,785       1,580  
North America
    1,826       1,564       1,443       407       751       705       2,233       2,315       2,148  
Latin America
    326       178       152       197       140       78       523       318       230  
Asia
    362       468       275       189       115       170       551       583       445  
Australia
    215       176       195       237       164       162       452       340       357  
Other
    1,503       (101 )     (256 )                     1       1,503       (101 )     (255 )
     
Total
    6,533       4,936       3,978       4,510       5,004       4,916       11,043       9,940       8,894  
     
Geographical analysis of claims, expense ratio and combined ratio for non-life insurance policies
                                                                         
    Claims ratio     Expense ratio     Combined ratio  
    2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
     
Netherlands
    50.2       44.7       56.0       41.2       40.3       39.0       91.4       85.0       95.0  
Belgium
    70.3       65.0       66.8       31.5       33.7       34.1       101.8       98.7       100.9  
Rest of Europe
    44.1       46.8       51.5       44.8       41.3       41.8       88.9       88.1       93.3  
North America
    65.7       59.2       59.7       28.5       29.9       29.4       94.2       89.1       89.1  
Latin America
    81.6       74.2       75.8       27.3       26.8       28.4       108.9       101.0       104.2  
Asia
    50.1       50.2       52.5       42.7       40.7       40.3       92.8       90.9       92.8  
Other
    144.3       60.1       119.7       18.7       (36.4 )     14.6       163.0       23.7       134.3  
     
Total
    65.3       58.6       62.7       31.8       31.8       31.9       97.1       90.4       94.6  
     
The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums. The expense ratio is the costs expressed as a percentage of net premiums written. The claims ratio and the expense ratio together form the combined ratio. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
2.1.7. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
51 NET CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Information on the impact of companies acquired or disposed of is presented in Note 29 ‘Companies acquired and companies disposed’.
52 INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCLUDED IN NET CASH FLOW
Interest and dividend received and paid
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Interest received
    82,707       66,471       53,015  
Interest paid
    (66,463 )     (52,369 )     (33,379 )
     
 
    16,244       14,102       19,636  
 
                       
Dividend received
    820       715       522  
Dividend paid
    (3,039 )     (2,716 )     (2,461 )
53 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    4,130       4,333       11,572  
Amounts due from/to banks
    (33,347 )     (20,454 )     (21,321 )
Cash and balances with central banks
    12,406       14,326       13,084  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    (16,811 )     (1,795 )     3,335  
     

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in cash and cash equivalents
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in trading assets
    1,806       1,286       8,878  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in available-for-sale investments
    2,324       3,047       2,694  
     
 
    4,130       4,333       11,572  
     
Amounts due to/from banks
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Included in cash and cash equivalents
                       
— amounts due to banks
    (42,154 )     (26,498 )     (25,441 )
— amounts due from banks
    8,807       6,044       4,120  
     
 
    (33,347 )     (20,454 )     (21,321 )
 
                       
Not included in cash and cash equivalents
                       
— amounts due to banks
    (124,818 )     (94,341 )     (96,793 )
— amounts due from banks
    40,068       33,824       43,346  
     
 
    (84,750 )     (60,517 )     (53,447 )
 
                       
Included in balance sheet
                       
— amounts due to banks
    (166,972 )     (120,839 )     (122,234 )
— amounts due from banks
    48,875       39,868       47,466  
     
 
    (118,097 )     (80,971 )     (74,768 )
     
Cash and cash equivalents include amounts due to/from banks with a term of less than 3 months from the date on which they were acquired.
ING’s risk management (including liquidity) is explained in the Risk management section.
2.2.1. RISK MANAGEMENT
STRUCTURE OF RISK MANAGEMENT SECTION
— Key Developments Risk Management 2007
— ING Group
Risk Governance
ING Group Risk Profile
— ING Bank
ING Bank Risk Profile
ING Bank — Credit Risks
ING Bank — Market Risks
ING Bank — Liquidity Risk
— ING Insurance
ING Insurance Risk Profile
ING Insurance — Market Risks
ING Insurance — Insurance Risks
ING Insurance — Credit Risks
— Compliance and Operational Risks
Compliance Risk
Operational Risks
— Model Disclosures
KEY DEVELOPMENTS RISK MANAGEMENT 2007
Taking measured risks is part of ING’s business. Like other financial services companies, ING faces several categories of risk, including credit, interest rate, real estate, equity, insurance and liquidity. Beyond that, there are also operational, information, security and compliance risks attached to doing business.
ING has systematically invested in improving its risk management capabilities over the past years, including investments in people, governance, processes, measurement tools and systems, etc. Recent examples are the introduction of the risk dashboard (discussed below) at the ING Group level, the company-wide embedding of the Compliance and Financial Economic Crime policies, the

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
implementation of advanced measurement methods under Basel II (Credit Risk Internal Rating Based and Operational Risk Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA)) for the Bank and the roll-out of an intranet-based Economic Capital reporting system based on replicating portfolio techniques (ECAPS ) to consistently calculate Economic Capital for insurance businesses. The addition of the position of Chief Risk Officer as part of the Executive Board in April 2007 provides a strong commitment to ensuring that risk is a key component of management decisions. To show the commitment and improvements to its risk management ING chose risk management as its theme for its 14th Investor Relations Symposium in London on September 20, 2007.
Effects of market developments during 2007
Throughout 2007, significant market turmoil was experienced in the credit markets, beginning with concerns over US sub-prime mortgages and then widening into a general banking liquidity crisis. For the year ended December 31, 2007, this crisis had only limited impact on the profit and loss account as a result of ING’s investments in pressurized assets classes e.g. US sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage backed securities (RMBS), Collateralized Debt Obligations (CDOs) and Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs). Unrealized gains (losses) relating to available for sale (fixed income) asset backed securities, including RMBS, are taken to the revaluation reserve in shareholders equity, unless there is evidence of impairment, in which case the negative revaluation reserve is recognized in the profit and loss account.
ING’s risk management organisation and its liquidity position helped it to manage the problems that occurred in the credit and other financial markets in 2007. It has been ING’s policy to maintain a high quality and well diversified portfolio. To that effect ING has limits and investment policies in place which are defined in mandates for every portfolio. Investment and trading decisions are based on internal research, and not only on published ratings. Some limits were set at more stringent levels since early 2007, in anticipation of a potential downturn of the market. As a result ING’s exposure to pressurised asset classes is of high quality and has not led to major impairments. The total direct pre-tax negative impact on ING’s 2007 profit and loss account was EUR 255 million as a result of exposures in pressurised asset classes and leveraged finance as well as monoline insurers, Structured Investments Vehicles (SIVs) and Asset-Backed Commercial Paper. Pre-tax revaluation (via equity) for the pressurised asset classes (US subprime RMBS, Alt-A RMBS and CDOs/CLOs) at year-end 2007 was EUR (1,377) million. This runs through shareholders’ equity in the balance sheet on an after-tax basis.
The Group’s total exposure to US sub-prime assets, representing less than 0.2% of total assets, relates to non originated loans acquired as investments in RMBS. At December 31, 2007 approximately 96% of ING’s US sub-prime portfolio was rated AA or higher. ING Group does not originate sub-prime mortgages. The vast majority of the total mortgage backed securitizations (MBS) contain (residential) mortgages that are not classified as sub-prime.
As at December 31, 2007 ING’s well collateralized Alt-A RMBS portfolio was approximately 2% of total assets. Approximately 86% related to ING Direct; the average loan to value ratio is approximately 71% and more than 99% of the portfolio is AAA rated. ING’s available for sale Alt-A investments are measured at fair value in the balance sheet.
Net investments in CDOs/CLOs at December 31, 2007 were 0.1% of total assets and are measured at fair value in the balance sheet. An analysis of the method applied in determining the fair values of financial assets and liabilities is provided in Note 33 ‘Fair value of financial assets and liabilities’.
ING has a limited exposure to monoline insurers. ING’s direct exposure to monoline insurers is negligible. However, ING has some indirect exposure to monoline insurers as it has insured 0.3% of total assets, either through embedded financial guarantees (‘wrapped bonds’) or through credit derivatives. Changes in the monoline insurer’s rating (and as a result the asset’s fair value) impact the profit and loss account for financial assets at fair value through profit and loss. Underlying wrapped bonds in the available for sale securities portfolio are monitored through the regular credit review process and were not impaired as of December 31, 2007.
ING’s approach to liquidity management requires a surplus of liquid assets, contingency plans and close monitoring of market conditions. Since the start of the market turmoil in August 2007, ING’s Liquidity Crisis Committee has met on a regular basis in line with ING’s liquidity policy. The Committee discusses ING’s liquidity and funding profile and is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. Other members include the Chief Financial Officer, all the main treasurers of ING Group, the head of Market Risk Management and the head of Corporate Communications and Affairs. The Liquidity strategy and market conditions are monitored on a daily basis. Large buffers of liquidity were retained throughout 2007, and as a result, contingency funding plans, in place at all levels, were not required to be executed as ING’s liquidity position remained sound during the year.

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Group’s credit risk management is described below for both ING Bank and ING Insurance. ING’s exposure to credit risk and the resulting credit risk losses in 2007 have been mitigated by maintaining a well diversified portfolio.
ING Group’s capital management is described in the Capital Management section below. Throughout the market turmoil experienced during 2007, capital levels of ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance exceeded those required by regulators.
Developments during the year relating to ING Group’s involvement in securitization and asset backed commercial paper vehicles are described in Note 27 ‘Special purpose entities and securitization’.
Ongoing volatility in the financial markets
As a result of ongoing and unprecedented volatility in the global financial markets in recent quarters, we have incurred negative revaluations on our investment portfolio, which have impacted our shareholders’ equity. Furthermore, we have incurred certain impairments and other losses, which have impacted our profit and loss accounts. Such impacts have arisen primarily as a result of valuation issues arising in connection with our exposures to US mortgage-related structured investment products, including sub-prime and Alt-A RMBS, CDOs and CLOs, monoline insurer guarantees, SIVs and other investments. In many cases, the markets for such instruments have become highly illiquid, and issues relating to counterparty credit ratings and other factors have exacerbated pricing and valuation uncertainties. Valuation of such instruments is a complex process involving the consideration of market transactions, pricing models, management judgment and other factors, and is also impacted by external factors such as underlying mortgage default rates, interest rates, rating agency actions and property valuations. While we continue to monitor our exposures in this area, in light of the ongoing market environment and the resulting uncertainties concerning valuations, there can be no assurances that we will not experience further negative impacts to our shareholders’ equity or profit and loss accounts from such assets in future periods.
ING GROUP
To ensure measured risk taking throughout the organization, ING Group operates through a comprehensive risk management framework. This ensures the proper identification, measurement and control of risks at all levels of the organization so that ING Group’s financial strength is safeguarded.
The mission of ING Group’s risk management function is to build a sustainable competitive advantage by fully integrating risk management into daily business activities and strategic planning. This mission is fully embedded in ING Group’s business processes.
The following principles support this objective:
  Products and portfolios are structured, underwritten, priced, approved and managed appropriately and compliance with internal and external rules and guidelines is monitored;
 
  ING Group’s risk profile is transparent, ‘no surprises’, and consistent with delegated authorities;
 
  Delegated authorities are consistent with the overall Group strategy and risk appetite;
 
  Transparent communication to internal and external stakeholders on risk management and value creation.
RISK GOVERNANCE
ING’s risk management framework is based on the ‘three lines of defence’ concept which ensures that risk is managed in line with the risk appetite as defined by the Executive Board and is cascaded throughout the Group. This concept provides a clear allocation of responsibilities for the ownership and management of risk, to avoid overlaps and/or gaps in risk governance. Business line management and the regional and local managers have primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of risk and form the first line of defence. The risk management function, both at corporate and regional/local level, belongs to the second line of defence and has the primary responsibility to align risk taking with strategic planning e.g. in limit setting. Risk managers in the business lines have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk General Managers described below. The internal audit function provides an ongoing independent (i.e. outside of the risk organization) and objective assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls, including financial, operational, compliance and risk management and forms the third line of defence.
Group risk management function
The risk management function is embedded in all levels of the ING Group organization.
Chief Risk Officer
The Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who is a member of the Executive Board, bears primary overall responsibility for the Group risk management function. The CRO is responsible for the management and control of risk on a consolidated level to ensure that the ING Group’s risk profile is consistent with its financial resources and the risk tolerance defined by the Executive Board. The CRO is also responsible for establishing a robust organizational basis for the management of risk throughout the ING organization.

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Group risk organization
The organization chart below illustrates the functional reporting lines within the ING Group risk organization.
(CHART)
The risk organization is structured independently from the business lines and is organized through five risk departments:
  Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the credit risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;
 
  Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) is responsible for the market risk management and liquidity risk management of ING Bank;
 
  Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for the insurance and market risk management of ING Insurance;
 
  Corporate Operational, Information and Security Risk Management (COISRM) is responsible for managing operational, information, and security risks within ING Bank and ING Insurance;
 
  Group Compliance Risk Management assists, supports and advises Management in fulfilling its compliance responsibilities, advises employees on their (personal) compliance obligations and oversees the embedding of Compliance Policies in both ING Bank and ING Insurance.
The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk General Managers) report to the CRO and bear direct responsibility for risk (mitigating) decisions at the Group level. The Corporate Risk General Managers and the CRO are responsible for the harmonization and standardization of risk management practices. The risk management function assists with the formulation of risk appetite, strategies, policies and limits. It also provides a review, oversight and support function throughout the Group on risk related issues.
In addition two staff departments report to the CRO:
  The Risk Integration and Analytics department is responsible for inter-risk aggregation processes and for providing Group-wide risk information to the CRO and Executive Board.
 
  The Model Validation department reviews the performance of all material risk models applied within ING. This department carries out periodic model validations of all risk models used by ING. To ensure independence from the business and the other risk departments, the head of this department reports directly to the CRO.
Group risk committees
The Group risk committees described below are also part of the second line of defence. They act within the overall risk policy and delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board and have an advisory role to the CRO. To ensure a close link between the business lines and the risk management function, the business line heads and the respective General Managers Corporate Risk are represented on each committee.
  ING Group Credit Committee — Policy (GCCP): Discusses and approves policies, methodologies and procedures related to credit, country and reputation risks within ING Group. The GCCP meets on a monthly basis;
 
  ING Group Credit Committee — Transaction Approval (GCCTA): Discusses and approves transactions which entail taking credit risk (including issuer investment risk). The GCCTA meets two times a week;
 
  ING Provisioning Committee (IPC): Discusses and approves specific and collective loan loss provisions figures for ING Group. The IPC meets on a quarterly basis. The membership of the IPC, which is chaired by the CFO, consists of both Risk and Finance representatives and reflects the responsibilities of both departments;
 
  ING Group Investment Committee (GIC): Discusses and approves investment proposals for ING Real Estate. The GIC meets on a monthly basis;
 
  Asset and Liability Committee ING Bank (ALCO Bank): Discusses and approves the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s market risks that occur in its Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest rate mismatch and solvency for ING Bank. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis;

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  Asset and Liability Committee ING Insurance (ALCO Insurance): Discusses and approves all risks associated with ING’s Insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. ALCO Insurance meets six times a year.
In addition, a Finance and Risk Committee has been established as a platform for the CRO and the CFO, along with their respective staff, to discuss and decide on issues that relate to both the finance and risk domains.
ING Group has over the past several year increased its use of risk assessment and risk measurement to guide decision making. As a result, the quality of risk models becomes increasingly important. To meet sophisticated business and regulatory requirements ING revised its governance process for approval of risk models, methods and parameter setting in 2007. The governance process ensures a clear assignment of responsibility and accountability.
Board level risk oversight
At the highest level of the ING organization, there are board committees which oversee risk taking, and have ultimate approval authority. ING Group has a two-tier board structure consisting of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board; both bodies play a crucial role in managing and monitoring the risk management framework.
  The Executive Board is responsible for managing risks associated with the activities of ING Group. Its responsibilities include ensuring that internal risk management and control systems are effective and that ING Group complies with relevant legislation and regulations. On a regular basis, the Executive Board reports on these issues and discusses the internal risk management and control systems with the Supervisory Board. On a quarterly basis, the Executive Board reports on the Group’s risk profile versus its risk appetite to the Audit Committee, explaining changes in the risk profile.
  The Audit Committee is a sub-committee of the Supervisory Board. It assists the Supervisory Board in reviewing and assessing ING Group’s major risk exposures and the operation of internal risk management and control systems. Audit Committee membership is such that specific business know-how and expertise relating to the activities of ING is available. The CRO attends the Audit Committee meetings.
The CRO makes sure that the board committees are well informed and understand ING Group’s risk position at all times. Every quarter the CRO reports to the board committees on ING’s risk appetite levels and on ING Group’s risk profile. In addition the CRO briefs the board committees on developments in internal and external risk related issues and makes sure the board committees understand specific risk concepts.
ING has fully integrated risk management into the annual strategic planning process. This process aligns strategic goals, business strategies and resources throughout ING Group. The process is such that the Executive Board issues a Planning Letter which provides the organization with the corporate strategic direction, and addresses key risk issues. Based on this Planning Letter, the business lines and business units develop their business plans which align with the Group’s strategic direction. The process includes a qualitative and quantitative assessment of the risks involved with the plans. It is part of the process to explicitly discuss strategic limits and group risk appetite levels. At each level, strategies and metrics are identified to measure success in achieving objectives and to assure adherence to the strategic plan. Based on the business unit and line of business plans, the Executive Board formulates the Group Strategic Plan which is submitted to the Supervisory Board for approval.
Group risk policies
ING has a framework of risk management policies, procedures and standards in place to create consistency throughout the organization, and to define minimum requirements that are binding on all business units. The governance framework of the business units aligns with the Group level framework and, meets local (regulatory) requirements. Senior Management is responsible to ensure policies, procedures and standards are implemented and adhered to. Employees globally have access to the Group’s governance framework through an internal website. Policies, procedures and standards are regularly reviewed and updated via the relevant risk committees to reflect changes in markets, products and emerging best practice.
ING GROUP RISK PROFILE
In 2007, ING Group made a significant step forward with its integrated risk management approach. At the Investor Day on September 20, 2007, the CRO presented for the first time the ING Group risk dashboard. This risk dashboard captures the risks in all Banking and Insurance business lines in terms of Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk, and shows the impact of diversification across the Group. The

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Executive Board uses the risk dashboard to monitor and manage the actual risk profile in relation to the Group risk appetite. It enables the Executive Board to identify possible risk concentrations and to support strategic decision making. The risk dashboard is reported to the Executive Board on a quarterly basis and is subsequently presented to the Audit Committee.
ING Group’s risk appetite is defined by the Executive Board as part of the strategic planning process. Strict boundaries are established with regard to acceptable risk types and levels. ING’s ‘three lines of defence’ governance framework ensures that the risk appetite is cascaded through the Group, thereby safeguarding proper and controlled risk taking. The role of the business lines is to maximize the value within established risk boundaries. Each quarter, the Executive Board monitors that the financial and non financial risks are within the boundaries of the risk appetite as set in the strategic planning process.
ING Group Risk metrics
The Group’s risk appetite is captured in three different metrics which are disclosed below:
  Earnings at Risk; the potential reduction in accounting earnings over the next year relative to expected accounting earnings, during a moderate (i.e. ‘1 in 10’) stress scenario. Maintaining a high quality of earnings safeguards against ING being downgraded by the rating agencies;
  Capital at Risk; the potential reduction of the current net asset value (based on fair values) balance sheet over the next year relative to the expected value during a moderate (i.e. ‘1 in 10’) stress scenario;
  Economic Capital; the amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of severe stress given ING Group’s ‘AA’ target rating.
ING Group’s risk metrics cover the most important aspects in terms of different severities (moderate vs. extreme stress) and performance measures where risk can materialize (value vs. earnings). The Earnings and Capital at Risk metrics are important metrics from a shareholder point of view since they provide insight in the level of risk ING takes under ‘moderate stress’ market expectations to generate return.
From the debt and policy holder point of view, Economic Capital is more important since it is the buffer against extreme losses.
The main differences and similarities between the risk metrics are illustrated below;
                         
    Earnings at Risk   Capital at Risk   Economic Capital
 
                       
Confidence
                    99.95 %
interval
                  (based on AA target
      90 %     90 %   rating)
 
                       
Stressed
  Accounting                
metric
  earnings   Value   Value
 
                       
Deviation
  Expected   Current net asset   Current net asset
from
  accounting   value based on fair   value based on fair
 
  earnings   values   values
 
  (over next year)   (over next year)   (over next year)
 
                       
Interpretation
  Potential                
 
  accounting earnings   Potential value   Potential value
 
  reduction against   reduction of net   reduction of net
 
  expectation during   value during a   value during an
 
  a ‘moderate’ stress   ‘moderate’ stress   ‘extreme’ stress
 
  scenario (i.e. 1 in 10)   scenario (i.e. 1 in 10)   scenario (i.e. 1 in 2000)
When interpreting the Earnings and Capital at Risk metrics it is important to note that these are not loss estimates of a specific adverse scenario. Further, the metrics do not take into account discretionary management intervention in a specific crisis situation, and are based on instantaneous shock scenarios.

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Risk types
ING’s risk profile measures the following main types of risks that are associated with its business activities:
  Credit risk: the risk of potential loss due to default by ING’s debtors (including bond issuers) or trading counterparties;
 
  Market risk: the risk of potential loss due to adverse movements in market variables, such as equity prices, real estate prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. These four market risks cover all market risks identified in ING’s businesses;
 
  Insurance risk: risks such as mortality, morbidity and property and casualty associated with the claims under insurance policies it issues/underwrites; specifically, the risk that premium rate levels and provisions are not sufficient to cover insurance claims.
Operational and business risk are summarized as non-financial risk in the risk profiles:
  Operational risk: the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputation loss;
 
  Business risk: the exposure to value loss due to fluctuations in volumes, margins and costs. These fluctuations can occur because of internal, industry, or wider market factors. It is the risk inherent to strategy decisions and internal efficiency.
The above risk metrics do not cover liquidity risk: the risk that ING or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they fall due, at reasonable cost and in a timely manner. ING has a separate liquidity management framework in place to manage this risk. This framework is discussed in the ING Bank Liquidity Risk section below.
A description of the models, and underlying assumptions and key principles used by ING for calculating Earnings at Risk, Capital at Risk and Economic Capital is provided in the Model Disclosure section below.
Earnings at Risk
The level of Earnings at Risk (EaR) provides insight into the level of risk ING can absorb relative to its earnings power. The risk appetite set by the Executive Board defines the maximum potential reduction in accounting earnings over the next year during a (moderate, i.e. ‘1 in10’) stress scenario as a percentage of forecast (pre tax) earnings over the next 12 months. Since ING does not disclose forecast earnings, the table below provides the Earnings at Risk per risk type compared to actual full year underlying earnings; i.e. underlying profit before tax. Under ING’s accounting policy, accounting results in the Taiwan Insurance business are currently used to strengthen the provision for life insurance. Future earnings may therefore be (partly) offset by increases/decreases to the cumulative reserve strengthening balance. The offsetting effect of increases/decreases to the cumulative reserve strengthening balance is not reflected in the earnings sensitivities below.
Earnings at Risk by risk type (Group diversified)
                                                                                 
    Credit     Market                                     EaR/  
    and     Interest             Real                     Non             Earnings     Earnings  
2007   Transfer     Rate     Equity     Estate     FX     Insurance     financial     Total     2007     2007  
 
ING Bank
    1,140       233       112       475       22               223       2,205       4,967       44 %
ING Insurance
    62       93       328       405       113       34       154       1,189       6,110       19 %
     
Total ING Group
    1,202       326       440       880       135       34       377       3,394       11,077       31 %
     
Earnings at Risk by risk type (Group diversified)
                                                                                 
    Credit     Market                                     EaR/  
    and     Interest             Real                     Non             Earnings     Earnings  
2006   Transfer     Rate     Equity     Estate     FX     Insurance     financial     Total     2006     2006  
 
ING Bank
    1,226       288       49       274       21               251       2,109       5,052       42 %
ING Insurance
    107       79       100       378       146       44       160       1,014       4,807       21 %
     
Total ING Group
    1,333       367       149       652       167       44       411       3,123       9,859       32 %
     
The ING Group EaR over the actual (pre-tax) earnings decreased from 32% in 2006 to 31% in 2007. This is primarily due to the earnings increasing stronger than EaR. ING Bank’s EaR dominates the overall ING Group EaR mainly due to credit and transfer risk. Furthermore, real estate risk combined for

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Bank and ING Insurance has a significant impact on EaR, especially when e.g. compared to interest rate risk. This is caused by the fact that, contrary to accounting the treatment of interest rate risk, most value changes in real estate assets directly impact earnings. The increase over 2007 in real estate risk for ING Bank was mainly due to a combination of an exposure increase in line with higher market values in 2007 (mainly in The Netherlands), and the introduction of improved risk modelling of business behaviour. The increase in equity risk for ING Bank was mainly caused by the inclusion of strategic equity interests, while the increase in ING Insurance is due to an increased earnings risk from potential equity impairments at year end 2007 and modelling refinements in Japan and US insurance entities.
An increase in credit risk (mainly Wholesale Banking) was more than compensated for by higher diversification benefits allocated to credit and transfer risk, leading to a slight decrease in 2007. The higher diversification benefit allocated to credit risk was a result of its reduced contribution to the overall risk profile, as real estate and equity risk grew much more relative to credit risk. In total, the overall diversification benefit between all major risk types remained stable in 2007.
Capital at Risk
The level of Capital at Risk (CaR) measured against ING’s financial position provides understanding as to whether ING can maintain a robust financial position under a ‘moderate’ (i.e. 1 in 10) stress scenario. The risk appetite set by the Executive Board defines the maximum potential value reduction over the next year during a (non extreme) stress scenario as a percentage of Available Financial Resources (AFR) (the definition of AFR is provided in the Capital Management section below).The tables below show the Capital at Risk per risk type.
Capital at Risk by risk type (Group diversified)
                                                                                 
                                                                            CaR/  
    Credit     Market                             Available     Available  
    and     Interest             Real                     Non             financial     financial  
2007   Transfer     Rate     Equity     Estate     FX     Insurance     financial     Total     resources     resources  
 
ING Bank
    1,282       716       675       505       81               169       3,428       31,733       11 %
ING Insurance
    307       3,365       2,439       378       169       273       172       7,103       22,710       31 %
     
Total ING Group
    1,589       4,081       3,114       883       250       273       341       10,531       49,715 (1)     21 %
     
 
(1)   Total ING Group is comprised of ING Bank and ING Insurance, excluding core debt of EUR 4,728 million within ING Group.
Capital at Risk by risk type (Group diversified)
                                                                                 
                                                                            CaR/  
    Credit     Market                             Available     Available  
    and     Interest             Real                     Non             financial     financial  
2006   Transfers     Rate     Equity     Estate     FX     Insurance     financial     Total     resources     resources  
 
ING Bank
    1,252       450       176       293       63               177       2,411       25,784       9 %
ING Insurance
    382       2,730       1,394       350       571       348       161       5,936       27,200       22 %
     
Total ING Group
    1,634       3,180       1,570       643       634       348       338       8,347       48,774 (1)     17 %
     
 
(1)   Total ING Group is comprised of ING Bank and ING Insurance, excluding core debt of EUR 4,210 million within ING Group.
The Capital at Risk figure tends to be dominated by ING insurance, mainly due to interest rate risk related to long-term client guarantees and equity risk.
The overall risk appetite for ING Group in 2007, measured as CaR/ AFR, for ING Group increased to 21% (17% in 2006) as CaR increased more than AFR. This increase is mainly due to ING Insurance, where CaR grew while AFR decreased (for more information on AFR refer to the Capital Management section below).
The CaR figures show notable increases in equity and interest rate risks for both ING Bank and ING Insurance partly offset by a decrease in foreign exchange risk for ING Insurance. The decrease in foreign exchange risk within ING Insurance was largely due to a further alignment of business unit input with corporate aggregation in FX translation risk measurement and the positive impact of a US dollar hedge. The increase in equity risk in ING Bank is attributed to stakes in Bank of Beijing (IPO), the Indian Kotak Mahindra Bank and the TMB while ING Insurance’s increase is largely related to refined

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
risk modelling at a unit level rather than changes in actual equity risk taking. In addition, the diversification at group level decreased due to higher equity risk concentration, lower interest rate risk netting between ING Bank and ING Insurance, particularly in Europe and Americas, and changes to risk aggregation parameters.
Capital at Risk and Earnings at Risk by line of business (Group diversified)
                                 
    Earnings at Risk     Capital at Risk
    2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Wholesale Banking
    1,551       1,283       1,634       1,259  
Retail Banking
    438       542       939       592  
ING Direct
    158       259       566       503  
Corporate Line Bank
    58       25       289       57  
     
ING Bank
    2,205       2,109       3,428       2,411  
 
Insurance Americas
    430       281       2,022       1,346  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    183       140       2,258       2,131  
Insurance Europe
    469       485       2,004       1,642  
Corporate Line Insurance
    107       108       819       817  
     
ING Insurance
    1,189       1,014       7,103       5,936  
     
 
ING Group
    3,394       3,123       10,531       8,347  
     
During 2007 Group CaR increased more than Group EaR mainly due to the fact that CaR tends to grow faster than EaR under accounting rules e.g. the earnings impact for interest rates and equity price changes are normally lower than their economic impact.
For ING Bank, both CaR and EaR of Wholesale Banking increased as a result of higher credit and transfer risk and higher real estate risk. The increased Corporate Line Bank is mainly due to higher equity risk driven by recent acquisitions, e.g. TMB. For Retail Banking and ING Direct, the CaR in 2007 is higher, while EaR decreased compared to 2006. These differences are mostly driven by various enhanced modelling for amongst others credit risk, as well as the accounting asymmetries for equity and interest rate risk. Examples of this asymmetry include the increase in equity risk at Retail Banking due to the Bank of Beijing IPO, and different dynamics in interest rate risk netting between earnings and value. For earnings (EaR) ING Bank and Insurance exhibit similar interest rate risk sensitivities, while for value (CaR) ING Bank and ING Insurance sensitivities net each other. For ING Direct, the EaR decrease is also caused by a larger percentage of assets repricing within 1 year.
The increase in EaR for ING Insurance is mainly the result of increases in equity risk due to higher potential equity impairments and modelling refinements as mentioned in the EaR section above. The increase in CaR for ING Insurance is mostly driven by increased interest rate risk in the US as rates have decreased leading to higher risk related to guarantees embedded in liabilities, lower interest rate risk netting across the US and Europe, and higher equity risk in the US from the refined modelling.
Economic Capital ING Group
Since 1999 ING Bank has been disclosing Economic Capital information externally, whereas ING Insurance disclosed Economic Capital information for the first time in 2007. Although the fundamental principles are the same, ING Bank and ING Insurance Economic Capital information is currently calculated based on (partly) separately developed models (see Model Disclosure section below) that may differ in the calculation and aggregation approach due to different market practices and standards used in the banking and insurance industries.
ING’s Group Economic Capital and Bank-Insurance diversification benefit is determined by applying one common aggregation approach to bank and insurance. As a result, a best-estimate diversification benefit of approximately 15% for ING Bank and Insurance is applied for 2007 (2006: conservative estimate applied of 10%). Due to inherent uncertainties associated with correlation assumptions and changes in risk exposures the calculations are subjected to extensive sensitivity tests. Combining the 2007 reported ING Bank and ING Insurance Economic Capital figures and the above diversification benefits results in a combined Bank — Insurance Economic Capital of EUR 35.0 billion for 2007 (2006: EUR 34.5 billion based on 10% bank-insurance diversification benefit).
On the Group level an additional net risk capital estimate of EUR 1.0 billion (2006: EUR 1.0 billion) is added to reflect any Economic Capital specifically allocated to the Group, leading to a total Group Economic Capital amount of EUR 36.0 billion (2006: EUR 35.5 billion; see also the AFR/EC reconciliation in the Capital Management section below). The potential risk capital impact for ING Group of the ING employee pension liability is currently not included in the aggregated group risk metrics.

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
However, the standalone Economic Capital impact for ING employee pension liabilities is calculated separately. From a capital management perspective there is currently no need to reserve any additional capital for ING pension liabilities.
Risk Measurement ING Bank and ING Insurance
The overall ING Group risk appetite is translated into specific operational limits which are cascaded down into the organization, e.g.
  Credit risk limits for bank and insurance business;
 
  Market Value at Risk limits for the insurance business;
 
  ALM/Value at Risk limits for bank operations.
The following risk disclosures provide more insight into how the risk measures used by the risk organization are linked to the Group risk dashboard and Economic Capital.
ING BANK
ING Bank is engaged in selling a broad range of products. The financial risks that arise from selling these products are managed by the Corporate Credit and Market Risk departments. Operational risks are managed by the Corporate Operational, Information and Security Risk department.
ING BANK RISK PROFILE
Economic Capital ING Bank
One of the core risk management tools for ING Bank is Economic Capital which is used to determine the amount of capital that a transaction or business unit requires to support the economic risks it faces. ING Bank implemented Economic Capital for internal use in 1998. Since 1999 ING Bank has been disclosing Economic Capital information externally. The tables below provide ING Bank’s Economic Capital by risk type and business line. Figures shown reflect all diversification effects within ING Bank, including risk reduction between the risk categories. Diversification effects that arise as a result of combining ING Bank and ING Insurance activities are not taken into account. Business risk is included in the non-financial risk category to cover unexpected losses that may arise as a result of changes in volumes, margins and costs.
The ING Bank Economic Capital model is described in more detail in the Model Disclosure section.
The following table provides the Economic Capital break down by risk category including diversification benefits proportionally allocated to the risk types:
Economic Capital (Bank diversified only) by risk category
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Credit risk (including Transfer risk)
    7,503       7,557  
Market risk
    7,407       4,816  
Non-financial risk*
    3,017       3,503  
     
Total banking operations
    17,927       15,876  
     
 
*   Non-financial risk includes operational risk as well as business risk.
In 2007 the Economic Capital models for the bank were reassessed following an enhancement program that was driven by preparation for Basel II and the further alignment with other risk measurement developments, such as the introduction of the ING Insurance economic capital models and the ING Group risk dashboard. This has lead to several changes and improvements that mainly relate to credit risk, real estate risk (part of market risk) and diversification. The figures reported for 2007 are based on the best estimate risk profile at the reporting date, whereas previously reported economic capital figures were based on year-to-date averages that are also used for RAROC performance measurement.
The overall increase in Economic Capital is mainly due the acquisition of Oyak Bank and the taking of several strategic equity interests. The latter, as well as the Bank of Beijing IPO, mainly explain the increase in market risk capital. The change in non-financial risk results predominantly stems from the diversification methodology adjustment.

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The following table provides the Economic Capital break down by business line including diversification benefits proportionally allocated to the risk types:
Economic Capital (Bank diversified only) by Line of Business
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Wholesale Banking
    8,646       8,136  
Retail Banking
    5,360       4,050  
ING Direct
    2,831       3,430  
Corporate Line Bank*
    1,090       260  
     
Total banking operations
    17,927       15,876  
     
 
*   Corporate Line includes funding activities at ING Bank level, internal transactions between business units and the Corporate Line, and is managed by Capital Management.
The growth of the Economic Capital figure for the Wholesale Banking business line can be mainly explained by the credit risk model enhancements, whereas the risk profile is relatively stable.
The Retail Banking Economic Capital figure increased predominantly as a result of the acquisition of Oyak Bank and the Bank of Beijing IPO. This increase is partly offset by the methodology enhancements for credit risk and the decrease of non-financial risks. Contrary to the portfolio growth of ING Direct the Economic Capital experienced a decrease mainly as a result of model enhancements following the Basel II implementation. The increase of the Economic Capital allocated to the Corporate Line can be explained by the increase in strategic equity interests.
ING BANK — CREDIT RISKS
Credit risk is the risk of loss from default by debtors (including bond issuers) or trading counterparties. Credit risks can be split into five principal risk categories: a) lending (including guarantees and letters of credit); b) investments; c) pre-settlement (derivatives, securities financing and foreign exchange trades); d) money markets and e) settlement. Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the measurement and management of credit risk incurred by all ING Group entities, including country-related risks. CCRM is organized along the three business lines of ING Bank (e.g. Retail Banking, Wholesale Banking and ING Direct) and ING Insurance. The CCRM General Manager is functionally responsible for the global network of credit risk staff, while the heads of the risk management functions for the business lines report directly to him.
Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal credit risk measurement methodologies for debtors, issuers and counterparties. CCRM creates consistency throughout the credit risk organization by providing common credit risk policies, methodologies, manuals and tools across the Group.
ING Group’s credit policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the business lines by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and borrower groups. The aim within the banking sector is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls.
Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented in that the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. For credit risk management purposes, financial obligations are classified into lending, (pre)-settlement, money market and investments as well in trading activities. ING Bank applies a Risk Adjusted Return on Capital framework (RAROC) which consistently measures the performance of different activities and links to shareholder value creation. The use of RAROC increases focus on risks versus rewards in the decision making process, and consequently stimulates the use of scarce capital in the most efficient way. More sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters. ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative techniques.
Lending Risk
Lending risk arises when ING grants a loan to a customer, or issues guarantees on behalf of a customer. This is the most common risk category, and includes term loans, mortgages, revolving credits, overdrafts, guarantees, letters of credit, etc. The risk is measured at the notional amount of the financial obligation that the customer has to repay to ING, excluding any accrued and unpaid interest, or discount/premium amortizations.

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investment Risk
Investment risk is the credit default and migration risk that is associated with ING’s investments in bonds, commercial paper, securitizations, and other similar publicly traded securities. Investment risk arises when ING purchases a (synthetic) bond with the intent to hold the bond for a longer period of time (generally through maturity). Bonds that are purchased with the intent to re-sell in a short period of time are considered to be trading risks, which are measured and monitored by the Corporate Market Risk Management department.
Money Market Risk
Money market risk arises when ING places short term deposits with a counterparty in order to manage excess liquidity, as such, money market deposits tend to be short term in nature (1—7 days is common). In the event of a counterparty default, ING may lose the deposit placed. Money market risk is therefore measured simply as the notional value of the deposit.
Pre-Settlement Risk
Pre-settlement risk arises when a counterparty defaults on a transaction before settlement and ING has to replace the contract by a trade with another counterparty at the then prevailing (possibly unfavourable) market price. The pre-settlement risk (potential or expected risk) is the cost of ING replacing a trade in the market. This credit risk category is associated with dealing room products such as options, swaps, and securities financing transactions. Where there is a mutual exchange of value, the amount of outstanding is generally based on the replacement value (mark-to-market) plus potential future volatility concept, using an historical 7 year time horizon and a 99% confidence level.
Settlement risk
Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements.
For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed by the credit risk management units. Risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to counterparties with all transaction details, and entering into internationally accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other financial institutions to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk. Due to the very short term nature of settlement exposure (daily), settlement risks do not attract economic or regulatory capital and are excluded from risk reporting disclosures.
Country risk
Country risk is the risk specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). It can occur within each of the five above described risk categories. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include country risk which is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.
In countries where ING is active, the relevant country’s risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending, investment pre-settlement and money market activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country risk limits are assigned for transfer risk mainly for emerging markets.
Collateral policies
As with all financial institutions and banks in particular, ING is in the business of taking credit risks in an informed and measured fashion. As such, the creditworthiness of our customers, trading partners and investments is continually evaluated for their ability to meet their financial obligations to ING. During the assessment process of creating new loans, trading limits, or investments, as well as reviewing existing loans trading positions and investments, ING determines the amount and type of collateral, if any, that a customer may be required to pledge to ING. Generally, the lower the perceived creditworthiness of a borrower or financial counterparty, the more collateral the customer or counterparty will have to provide. Within counterparty trading activities, ING actively enters into various legal arrangements whereby ING

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
and/or counterparties may have to post collateral to one another to cover market fluctuations of their relative positions. Laws in various jurisdictions also affect the type and amount of collateral that ING can receive or pledge. Additionally, ING will sometimes enter into credit default swaps, and other similar instruments, in order to reduce the perceived credit risk on a given borrower or portfolio. The type of collateral which is held as security is determined by the structure of the loan or position. Consequently, since ING’s portfolio is diversified, the profile of collateral it receives is also diversified in nature and does not reflect any particular collateral type more than others.
ING BANK CREDIT RISK PROFILE
ING Bank’s credit exposure is mainly related to traditional lending to individuals and businesses followed by investments in bonds and other securitized assets. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans (including guarantees issued) to businesses are often collateralized, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Bonds in the investment portfolio are generally unsecured. Securitized assets such as Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and Asset Backed Securities (ABS) are secured by the pro rata portion of the underlying diversified pool of assets (commercial or residential mortgages, car loans and other assets) held by the issuer of the security. The last major area of credit risk involves pre-settlement credit exposures which arise from trading activities, including derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing and foreign exchange transactions.
For the banking operations, ING uses various market pricing and measurement techniques to determine the amount of credit risk on pre-settlement activities. These techniques estimate ING’s potential future exposure on individual and portfolios of trades. Master agreements and collateral agreements are frequently entered into to reduce these credit risks.
Problem loans
Renegotiated Loans
ING’s credit restructuring activities focus on managing the client relationships, improving the borrower’s risk profile, maximising collection opportunities and, if possible, avoiding foreclosure or repossession. These activities are (pro-) actively pursued and primarily relate to Wholesale and SME borrowers (‘Business’), which are not yet in default. Common actions taken include, but are not limited to, revising or extending repayment arrangements, assisting in financial reorganization and/or turnaround management plans, deferring foreclosure, modifying loan conditions and deferring certain payments pending a change in circumstances. For consumer and mortgage loans (‘Consumer’) the approach is more portfolio oriented.
Restructuring activities for Business borrowers normally start with a watch list indication. Borrowers on the watch list maintain their rating (1-19). A watch list indication may develop into a restructuring status (15-19) or even a recovery status (20-22). Most borrowers with a watch list indication return to a regular status. For Consumer clients the watch list of ‘potential problem loan’ status is usually caused by payment arrears (less than 1 week) which are subsequently reflected in the risk rating of 18-19 (or comparable status based on an increased probability of default). A watch list indication may develop into a restructuring status (rating 15-19) or even a recovery (20-22) status. Most borrowers with a watch list indication return to a regular status. Following restructuring relationship management is either transferred to the regular commercial banking departments or terminated.
ING’s renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired are reflected below:
ING Bank renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired
                 
    2007     2006  
     
From restructuring (18-19) to regular (1-17) status
    1,170       877  
From recovery (20-22) to regular or restructuring status (1-19)
    4,359       4,004  
     
Total of renegotiated loans
    5,529       4,881  
     
This total is split in Business and Consumer clients as follows:
Renegotiated business loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired
                 
    2007     2006  
     
From restructuring (18-19) to regular (1-17) status
    1,170       877  
From recovery (20-22) to regular or restructuring status (1-19)
    1,414       1,996  
     
Total of renegotiated Business loans
    2,584       2,873  
     

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For Business clients, ING has taken a proactive approach to restructuring loans that may have otherwise experienced financial difficulties, which has led to an increase in the level of restructuring loans returning to a regular status. The decrease in the level of problem loans returning to performing (regular) status is related to the overall decrease in problem loans as whole.
Renegotiated consumer and mortgage loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired
                 
    2007     2006  
     
From restructuring (18-19) to regular (1-17) status
               
From recovery (20-22) to regular or restructuring status (1-19)
    2,945       2,008  
     
Total of renegotiated consumer and mortgages loans (‘Consumer’)
    2,945       2,008  
     
The increase in the total amount of renegotiated consumer and mortgage loans is a reflection of the growth of the portfolio and of ING’s proactive (portfolio) management approach involving the automation of reminder and warning letters to Consumer borrowers who may otherwise be facing financial difficulties. Consumer borrowers do not have a restructuring status.
Past-due obligations
ING continually measures its portfolio in terms of payment arrears. Particularly the retail portfolios are closely monitored on a monthly basis to determine if there are any significant changes in the level of arrears. Generally, an obligation is considered ‘past-due’ if a payment of interest or principal is more than one day late. In practice, the first 5-7 days after an obligation becomes past due are considered to be operational in nature for the retail loans and small businesses. After this period, letters will be sent to the obligor reminding the obligor of its (past due) payment obligations. If the arrear still exists after 90 days, the obligation is transferred to one of the ‘problem loan’ units. In order to reduce the number of arrears, ING banking units encourage their obligors to set up automatic debits from their (current) accounts to ensure timely payments.
Credit quality: ING Bank portfolio, outstandings
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Neither past due nor impaired
    750,049       644,318  
Past due but not impaired (1-90 days) (1)
    5,416       3,879  
Impaired
    5,219       6,299  
     
 
    760,684       654,496  
     
 
(1)   Based on lending (consumer loans and residential mortgages only).
Aging analysis (past due but not impaired): ING Bank portfolio, outstandings(1, 2)
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Past due for 1-30 days
    4,709       3,143  
Past due for 31-60 days
    633       548  
Past due for 61-90 days
    74       188  
     
 
    5,416       3,879  
     
 
(1)   Based on lending (consumer loans and residential mortgages only).
 
(2)   The amount of past due but not impaired financial assets in respect of non-lending activities was not material.
There is no significant concentration of a particular type of loan structure in the past due or the impaired loan portfolio.
ING tracks past due but not impaired loans most closely for the consumer loan and residential mortgage portfolios. Generally, all loans with past due financial obligations of more than 90 days are automatically reclassified as impaired. For the wholesale lending portfolios and securities obligations, there are generally reasons for declaring a loan impaired prior to being 90 days past due. These include, but are not limited to, ING’s assessment of the customer’s perceived inability to meet its financial obligations, or the customer filing for bankruptcy or bankruptcy protection. In some cases, a material breach of financial covenants will also trigger a reclassification of a loan to the impaired category.
Repossession policy
It is ING’s general policy not to take possession of assets of defaulted debtors. Rather, ING attempts to sell the assets from within the legal entity that has pledged these assets to ING, in accordance with the respective collateral or pledge agreements signed with the obligors. In those cases where ING does

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
take possession of the collateral, ING generally attempts to sell the assets as quickly as possible to prospective buyers. Based on internal assessments to determine the highest and quickest return for ING, the sale of repossessed assets could be the sale of the obligor’s business as a whole (or at least all of its assets), or the assets could be sold piecemeal.
Impaired Loans: ING Bank Portfolio, outstandings by economic sector
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Private individuals
    2,356       2,227  
Services
    219       258  
Construction, Infrastructure and Real Estate
    635       964  
Financial Institutions
    538       639  
Food, Beverages and Personal Care
    264       366  
General Industries
    270       399  
Automotives
    200       133  
Transportation and Logistics
    110       361  
Other
    627       952  
     
Total
    5,219       6,299  
     
The table above represents the breakdown of impaired loans by major industry sector across all of ING’s banking operations. Against this portfolio, ING holds specific and collective provisions of EUR 711 million and EUR 680 million, respectively (2006 EUR 1,391 million and EUR 718 million respectively), representing the difference between the amortized cost of the portfolio and the estimated recoverable amount discounted at the effective rate of interest.
Provisions
The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place quarterly to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed by the IPC, which advises the Executive Board on specific provisioning levels. ING Bank identifies as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable, based on current information and events that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreements.
Provisions: ING Bank portfolio (1)
                                                                 
    Wholesale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Opening balance
    1,610       2,294       741       725       291       294       2,642       3,313  
Changes in the composition of the Group
    2       (78 )     95               1       (23 )     98       (101 )
Write-offs
    (593 )     (404 )     (302 )     (236 )     (57 )     (51 )     (952 )     (691 )
Recoveries
    30       31       26       44       3       11       59       86  
Increase/(decrease) in loan loss provision
    (115 )     (118 )     172       161       68       60       125       103  
Exchange differences
    (23 )     (55 )     5       (7 )     (1 )     (5 )     (19 )     (67 )
Other changes
    10       (60 )     34       54       4       5       48       (1 )
     
Closing balance
    921       1,610       771       741       309       291       2,001       2,642  
     
 
(1)   During 2007, ING Cards was moved from ING Direct to Retail Banking. In order to provide comparative figures, EUR 21 million of ‘Increase/(decrease) in loan loss provision’ in 2006 has been reclassified from ING Direct to Retail banking.
ING Bank’s risk costs continued to below in 2007, as a result of the low inflow of new problem loans and continued improvement of the average risk profile of our credit portfolio reflecting both the strength of the economy in our core markets in Wholesale Banking and the low risk growth strategy in Retail Banking and ING Direct. The total balance of Wholesale Banking provisions in 2007, like in 2006 experienced a material decrease as a result of significant write offs, while there was little or no compensating effect from provisions on new problem loans. The 2007 Wholesale Banking risk costs were also low due to a release of EUR 115 million from one single debtor.
Collateral
As part of its securities financing business, ING entities actively enter into agreements to sell and buy back marketable securities. These transactions can take many legal forms. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements; buy/sellback and sell/buyback agreements; and securities borrowing and lending agreements are the most common. The amount of marketable securities that ING held as collateral under these types of agreements was EUR 120.2 billion at December 31, 2007 and EUR 95.2 billion at December 31, 2006. These amounts exclude the cash leg of the respective transactions, as

F-110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
well as any pledges of securities under Tri-Party agreements (as the underlying is not directly pledged to or owned by ING). As a general rule, the marketable securities that have been received under these transactions are eligible to be resold or repledged in other (similar) transactions. ING is obliged to return equivalent securities in such cases.
Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in S&P equivalents.
Risk classes ING Bank portfolio by business line, as % of total outstandings (1)
                                                                 
    Wholesale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct(2)     Total ING Bank  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
1 (AAA)
    5.6 %     5.5 %     0.2 %     0.4 %     31.5 %     32.4 %     12.8 %     13.6 %
2—4 (AA)
    26.2 %     26.3 %     4.8 %     5.6 %     19.3 %     24.6 %     18.6 %     20.6 %
5—7 (A)
    14.5 %     13.8 %     3.4 %     2.7 %     14.4 %     13.3 %     11.8 %     10.9 %
8—10 (BBB)
    21.4 %     19.7 %     35.3 %     31.5 %     21.0 %     15.8 %     24.7 %     21.3 %
11—13 (BB)
    24.5 %     27.7 %     46.0 %     48.6 %     12.3 %     12.6 %     25.8 %     27.6 %
14—16 (B)
    5.9 %     4.9 %     6.3 %     7.4 %     0.8 %     0.8 %     4.3 %     4.1 %
17—22 (CCC & Problem Grade)
    1.9 %     2.1 %     4.0 %     3.8 %     0.7 %     0.5 %     2.0 %     1.9 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
 
(1)   Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, pre-settlement, money market and investment activities. The table reflects probabilities of default and does not take collateral into consideration.
 
(2)   Covered bonds are presented on the basis of the external credit rating of the issuer in question. Covered bond issues generally possess a better external credit rating than the issuer standalone, given structural features of such covered bonds.
Risk Classes ING Bank portfolio, as % of total outstandings (1)
                                                                                 
    Lending     Investment     Money Market     Pre-settlement     Total ING Bank  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
1 (AAA)
    1.9 %     1.1 %     48.4 %     43.9 %     5.9 %     4.8 %     5.4 %     6.7 %     12.8 %     13.6 %
2—4 (AA)
    6.0 %     5.9 %     35.2 %     40.3 %     61.4 %     51.7 %     58.2 %     50.9 %     18.6 %     20.6 %
5—7 (A)
    9.5 %     8.0 %     13.7 %     12.3 %     16.8 %     32.9 %     22.3 %     18.6 %     11.8 %     10.9 %
8—10 (BBB)
    35.7 %     32.8 %     1.5 %     1.6 %     8.2 %     6.5 %     7.1 %     10.3 %     24.7 %     21.3 %
11—13 (BB)
    37.7 %     42.3 %     0.9 %     1.9 %     7.1 %     3.8 %     5.3 %     13.0 %     25.8 %     27.6 %
14—16 (B)
    6.3 %     6.7 %     0.1 %             0.3 %     0.3 %     1.2 %     0.5 %     4.3 %     4.1 %
17—22 (CCC & Problem Grade)
    2.9 %     3.2 %     0.2 %             0.3 %             0.5 %             2.0 %     1.9 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0       100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
 
(1)   Based on credit risk measurement contained in lending, (pre)-settlement, money market and investment activities. The table reflects probabilities of default and does not take collateral into consideration.
ING banking units completed the implementation of Basel II compliant risk rating models in 2007 which led to small improvements in the average reported credit quality. During 2007 the residential mortgage portfolio of ING Direct grew significantly, most notably in Germany and the United States, while the size of its investment portfolio showed a moderate decrease in particular with respect to exposure regarding Public Administration and certain ABS sub-classes. As a result of ING’s close management of its liquidity placements as a result of the general market turmoil experienced in the latter half of 2007, ING experienced a shift to higher quality counterparties for its money market activities. The increase in BB rated Money Market outstandings is largely due to the Oyak Bank acquisition.

F-111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Risk concentration: ING Bank portfolio, by economic sector (1)
                                                                 
    Wholesale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Construction, infrastructure and Real Estate
    13.3 %     12.3 %     2.4 %     2.0 %     0.8 %     0.8 %     6.5 %     5.8 %
Financial Institutions
    41.2 %     39.0 %     3.7 %     3.3 %     53.8 %     59.0 %     36.2 %     37.0 %
Natural Resources
    6.2 %     4.7 %     0.2 %     0.2 %                     2.7 %     2.0 %
Private Individuals
    0.4 %     0.3 %     83.7 %     81.8 %     39.8 %     31.4 %     33.9 %     31.3 %
Public Administration
    8.4 %     11.2 %     1.5 %     1.8 %     5.3 %     7.5 %     5.7 %     7.6 %
Services
    4.7 %     4.6 %     1.7 %     1.6 %                     2.4 %     2.3 %
Transportation and Logistics
    4.7 %     4.7 %     0.5 %     0.5 %                     2.1 %     2.0 %
Other
    21.1 %     23.2 %     6.3 %     8.8 %     0.3 %     1.3 %     10.5 %     12.0 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
 
(1)   Based on the total amount of credit risk in the respective column using ING’s internal credit risk measurement methodologies.
ING Direct showed a shift towards private individuals reflecting the emphasis on building the ING Direct residential mortgage business. The other banking units showed no significant shift in the economic sector concentrations. All other industries not shown in the table above have less than 2.0% concentrations.
Largest economic exposures: ING Bank Lending portfolio, by country (1)
                                                                 
    Wholesale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
amounts in billions of euros   2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Netherlands
    68.7       62.0       141.1       122.1       1.6       1.8       211.4       185.9  
United States
    28.9       25.8       0.2       0.2       58.2       52.1       87.3       78.1  
Belgium
    44.4       36.2       27.5       26.2       1.4       1.6       73.3       64.0  
Germany
    9.4       10.3       0.2       0.3       54.8       45.3       64.4       55.9  
Spain
    12.4       11.0       0.4       0.4       38.5       36.0       51.3       47.4  
United Kingdom
    19.4       17.1       0.1       0.1       17.3       18.5       36.8       35.7  
Australia
    5.0       2.4                       25.4       22.0       30.4       24.4  
Italy
    12.6       10.9       0.5       0.6       12.2       9.7       25.3       21.2  
France
    17.0       16.2       0.6       0.6       4.1       3.2       21.7       20.0  
Canada
    1.7       1.5       0.1               15.7       15.1       17.5       16.6  
 
(1)   Only covers total exposures in excess of EUR 10 billion, including intercompany exposure with ING Insurance.
The growth in most countries presented above followed the growth pattern of the portfolio as a whole. The growth at ING Direct in Germany is driven by own originated mortgages as well as the acquisition of a residential mortgage portfolio, which closed in late 2007. This was offset by the sale of the former BHF problem loan portfolio within Wholesale Banking. Retail Banking in The Netherlands grew through organic growth as well as the purchase of Nationale Nederlanden Hypotheek Bedrijf (NNHB residential mortgages) from Nationale Nederlanden.
ING BANK — MARKET RISKS
Market risk is the risk that movements in market variables, such as interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, negatively impact the bank’s earnings or market value. Market risk either arises through positions in trading books or through the banking book positions. The trading positions are held for the purpose of benefiting from short-term price movements, while the banking book positions are intended to be held in the long-term (or until maturity) or for the purpose of hedging other banking book positions.
Within ING Bank, market risk (including liquidity risk) falls under the supervision of the ALCO function with ALCO Bank as the highest approval authority. ALCO Bank determines the overall risk appetite for market risk. The ALCO function is regionally organized with the exception of ING Direct, which has a separate ALCO. The business lines Retail Banking and Wholesale Banking are represented within the respective regional and local ALCO’s. The ALCO structure within ING Bank facilitates top-down risk management, limit setting and the monitoring and control of market risk. This ensures a correct implementation of the ING Bank risk appetite.
The Corporate Market Risk Management department (CMRM) is the designated independent department that is responsible for the design and execution of the bank’s market risk management functions in support of the ALCO function. The CMRM structure recognizes that risk management to a

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
large extent occurs at the regional/local level. Bottom-up reporting allows each management level to fully assess the market risk relevant at the respective levels.
CMRM is responsible for determining adequate policies and procedures for managing market risk and for monitoring the compliance with these guidelines. An important element of the market risk management function is the assessment of market risk in new products and businesses. Furthermore CMRM maintains an adequate limit framework in line with ING Bank’s risk appetite. The businesses are responsible for adhering to the limits that ultimately are approved by ALCO Bank. Limit breaches are reported to senior management on a timely basis and the business is required to take the appropriate actions to reduce the risk position.
Market Risk in Trading Portfolios
Organization
Within the trading portfolios, positions are maintained in the professional financial markets for the purpose of benefiting from short term price movements. Market risk arises in the trading portfolios through the exposure to various market risk factors, including interest rates, equity prices and foreign exchange rates.
The Financial Markets Risk Committee (FMRC) is a market risk committee that, within the guidelines set by ALCO Bank, sets market risk limits both on an aggregated level and on a desk level, and approves new products. CMRM advises both the FMRC and ALCO Bank on the market risk appetite of Wholesale Banking activities.
CMRM Trading focuses on the management of market risks in the trading portfolios of Wholesale Banking (mainly Financial Markets) as this is the only business line where significant trading activities take place. Trading activities include facilitation of client business, market making and proprietary position taking in cash and derivatives markets. CMRM Trading is responsible for the development and implementation of trading risk policies and risk measurement methodologies, reporting and monitoring of risk exposures against approved trading limits and validation of pricing and risk models. CMRM also reviews trading mandates and limits, and performs the gatekeeper role in the product review process. Management of trading market risk is performed at various organizational levels, from CMRM Trading overall down to specific business areas and trading offices.
Measurement
ING Wholesale Banking uses the Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology as its primary risk measure. The VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time period of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on equally weighted observed market movements of the previous 250 business days. ING uses VaR with a 1-day horizon for internal risk measurement, control and backtesting, and VaR with a 10-day horizon for determining regulatory capital. ING’s VaR model has been approved by the Dutch Central Bank to be used for the regulatory capital calculation of its most important trading activities.
Market risk management for the fixed income and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from general market-value movements (e.g. interest rate movements). The specific market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from market-value movements that relate to e.g. the underlying issuer of securities in the portfolios. This specific risk relates to all value movements not related to general market movements.
The VaR for linear portfolios is calculated using a variance — covariance approach. The market risk of all the important option portfolios within ING is measured by Monte Carlo and historical simulation methods.
Limitations
VaR as a risk measure has some limitations. VaR quantifies the potential loss under the assumption of normal market conditions only. This assumption may not always hold true in reality, especially when market events occur, and therefore could lead to an underestimation of the potential loss. VaR also uses historical data to forecast future price behaviour. Future price behaviour could differ substantially from past behaviour. Moreover, the use of a one-day holding period (or ten days for regulatory calculations) assumes that all positions in the portfolio can be liquidated or hedged in one day. In periods of illiquidity or market events, this assumption may not hold true. Also, the use of 99%

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
confidence level means that VaR does not take into account any losses that occur beyond this confidence level.
Backtesting
Backtesting is a technique for the ongoing monitoring of the plausibility of the VaR model in use. Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. In a backtest, the actual daily result is compared with the 1-day VaR. In addition to using actual results for backtesting, ING also uses hypothetical results, which measures results excluding the effect of intraday trading, fees and commissions. When the actual or hypothetical loss exceeds the VaR an ‘occurrence’ has taken place. Based on ING’s one-sided confidence level of 99% an occurrence is expected once in every 100 business days at maximum. In 2007, there was no occurrence (2006: none) where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Wholesale Banking. ING reports the results of this backtesting to the Dutch Central Bank on a quarterly basis.
Stress testing
Stress tests are used for the monitoring of market risks under extreme market conditions. Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses structured stress tests for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an event risk number, which is an estimate of the profit and loss account effect caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING Wholesale Banking. The event risk number for the ING Wholesale Banking trading activity is generated on a weekly basis. Like VaR, event risk is limited by ALCO Bank. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific to ING as there is no event risk calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value-at-Risk model). ING’s event risk policy basically consists of defined stress parameters per country and per market (fixed income, equity, foreign exchange, credit and related derivative markets). The scenarios and stress parameters are back-tested against extreme market movements that actually occurred in the markets. If and when necessary, ING evaluates specific stress scenarios, as an addition to its structured stress tests. These specific scenarios relate to current concerns, like political instability in certain regions, terrorist attacks or extreme movements in energy prices.
Other risk limits
VaR and event risk limits are the most important limits to control the trading portfolios. Furthermore, ING uses a variety of other limits to supplement VaR and event risk. Position and sensitivity limits are used to prevent large concentrations in specific issuers, sectors or countries. In addition to this, other risk limits are set with respect to the activities in exotic derivatives trading. The market risk of these products is controlled by product specific limits and constraints.
Development of trading market risks
The following chart shows the development of the overnight VaR under a 99% confidence interval and a 1-day horizon. The overnight VaR is presented for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio which was managed by CMRM Trading during 2006 and 2007. Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table and included in the trading risk graph and table below.
(GRAPHIC)

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
During 2006 and 2007 the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio stayed within the range of EUR 26—48 million.
The average exposure over 2007 was higher than 2006 (average VaR 2007: EUR 34 million and average VaR 2006: EUR 31 million). The VaR remained well within the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit. Trading positions with interest rate exposures provided the largest contribution to the trading VaR. In the second half of December the trading VaR increased substantially to EUR 47 million. This increase is related to a counterparty downgrade in the structured credit trading book. As the transactions with this counterparty served as a hedge for other exposures in this book, the downgrade of this counterparty resulted in a rise of the trading VaR.
More details on the VaR of the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio for 2007 and 2006 are provided in the table below.
Consolidated trading VaR: ING Wholesale Bank
                                                                 
    Minimum     Maximum     Average     Year end  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Foreign exchange
    2       1       7       7       4       3       4       2  
Equities
    5       7       13       11       9       9       6       8  
Interest
    22       20       43       30       27       25       43       27  
Diversification (1)
                                    (6 )     (6 )     (5 )     (4 )
                                     
Total VaR
                                    34       31       48       33  
                                     
 
(1)   The total VaR for the columns Minimum and Maximum can not be calculated by taking the sum of the individual components since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may occur on different dates.
Note: the above captions are consistent with those used for internal risk management purposes and do not relate to financial statement captions.
In general, the trading VaR showed larger movements in 2007 resulting in broader ranges for the equity and interest rate VaR. Due to a counterparty downgrade in December, in particular the interest rate VaR (including credit spread exposures) has risen substantially.
The following table shows the largest trading positions in foreign exchange, interest rate and corporate credit spread positions.
Most important foreign exchange, interest rate and credit spread positions (year end 2007)
         
    2007  
Foreign exchange
       
US dollar
    (171 )
Russian rouble
    108  
Japanese yen
    (80 )
Ukrainian Hryvnia
    58  
Swiss Franc
    52  
 
       
Interest Rate (Bpv (1))
       
Eurozone
    (1.2 )
United States
    (0.8 )
Mexico
    (0.4 )
South Korea
    (0.1 )
United Kingdom
    (0.1 )
 
       
Credit Spread (Bpv (1))
       
Eurozone
    (1.2 )
Mexico
    (0.2 )
United States
    (0.2 )
Russia
    (0.2 )
United Kingdom
    (0.2 )
 
(1)   Bpv (or basis point value) refers to profit and loss account sensitivity per 1bp increase in the interest rate or credit spread.

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Market risk in Non-Trading Portfolios
Organization
Within ING Bank, positions are either labelled as trading or non-trading (banking book) positions. The most important aspect in segregating the banking from the trading books is the intent of the positions held in these books. The banking book positions are intended to be held for the long-term (or until maturity) or for the purpose of hedging other banking book positions.
Interest rate risk in banking books
The interest rate risk of the banking books is the risk that ING Bank’s earnings or market value resulting from the non-trading positions is negatively impacted by movements in interest rates. To enable clear assignment of responsibilities for risk and return within the banking book structure an Asset and Liability Management (ALM) framework has been implemented by ALCO Bank. This framework enables a clear separation of three types of activities: the investment of own capital, the commercial business and the management of the bank’s strategic interest rate risk position in the designated ALM books. The figure below presents the ALM framework of ING Bank:
(GRAPHIC)
ING Bank’s capital management positions, i.e. the own funds (core capital) and the investments of these own funds, are isolated in the ING Bank corporate line. ALCO Bank determines the target maturity profile over which ING Bank’s own funds must be invested. This maturity profile reflects the long term nature of the rate of return required by its investors and aims for both earnings maximization and stabilization. ALCO Bank considers a well balanced portfolio of long-dated fixed income investments as the risk neutral position.
Within ING Bank’s ALM framework, the risk transfer principle is used. This refers to the principle whereby the outright interest rate risk resulting from the commercial business is transferred to the ALM books. The interest rate risk from the commercial business arises from the fact that own originated assets and liabilities do not reprice simultaneously. The transfer of the outright interest rate risk is to a large degree based on modelling client behaviour. Within CMRM, continuous research is being done in order to optimize this modelling. For this purpose, several methods are in place to replicate the interest rate risk, taking into account both the contractual and behavioural characteristics of demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. All models and assumptions are back-tested regularly and presented to the designated ALCO.
For the determination of the interest rate sensitivity of savings accounts and current accounts, several methods have been developed, e.g. historical simulation, Earnings at Risk analysis and valuation models. Pricing strategies, outstanding volumes and the level and shape of the yield curve are taken into account in these models. Based on these analyses, investment rules are determined for the various portfolios.
The hedging of the embedded prepayment options within mortgage portfolios is based on prepayment prediction models. These models include the incentive for clients to prepay. The parameters of these models are based on historical data and are regularly updated. The interest sensitivity of the embedded offered rate options is determined as well for the mortgage portfolio and a hedging process is in place to minimize the resulting interest rate risk.

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
After transferring the outright interest rate risk position to the ALM books, the residual interest rate risk that remains in the commercial banking books is caused by basis risk and optionality. The commercial business units bear responsibility for these residual interest rate risks that result from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour (e.g. optionality in mortgages) and from banking products of which the client rate earned and paid imperfectly correlate with the changing market rates (basis risk). Examples of products in which these risks are inherent are demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages.
Within ING Direct the interest rate risk is managed and measured at the level of the local ING Direct entities. The interest rate risk that remains in the ING Direct entities also largely results from basis risk and optionality as the outright interest rate risk is to a large extent hedged.
The ALM books are managed within ING Wholesale Banking and contain the strategic interest rate risk position of ING Bank. The main objective is to maximize the economic value of the book and to generate adequate and stable yearly earnings within the risk appetite of ING Bank.
In the following sections, the risk figures for interest rate risk in the banking books are presented. ING Bank uses several measures to manage interest rate risk both from an earnings and a value perspective. Earnings-at-Risk is used to provide the earnings perspective and the Net Present Value (NPV)-at-Risk and Basis Point Value (BPV) figures provide the value perspective.
Earnings at Risk (EaR)
EaR measures the impact on accounting earnings (pre tax) resulting from changes of market rates over a time period of one year. Changes in balance sheet dynamics and management interventions are not incorporated in these calculations. The EaR figures in the table below are determined on the basis of an instantaneous upward 1% parallel shock in market rates. This shock is assumed to take place at the beginning of the year and the market rates are assumed to remain stable for the remainder of the year. For the ALM books EaR measures the potential loss of earnings due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. The calculations for the ALM books capture the EaR resulting from the current positions. For the commercial banking books the EaR captures the interest rate risks resulting from savings, demand deposits and the main mortgage portfolios. The impact of new business is included in the EaR calculations for the savings and demand deposits portfolios, as it is most relevant for these portfolios. The EaR of the Corporate Line, i.e. the investment of ING Bank’s own funds, reflects the interest risk profile of the investments only. This ignores ALCO Bank’s assumption that its shareholders expect ING Bank to invest the funds in such a way that it produces a long-term and stable income.
Earnings at Risk (1% instantaneous upward shock to market rates) (1)
                 
    2007     2006  
 
By Business Line
               
ING Wholesale Banking
    (87 )     (19 )
ING Retail Banking
    (121 )     (107 )
ING Direct
    (5 )     (260 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    26       22  
     
ING Bank Total
    (187 )     (364 )
 
               
By Currency
               
Euro
    (125 )     (232 )
US dollar
    9       (80 )
Pound sterling
    (13 )     (4 )
Other
    (58 )     (48 )
     
Total
    (187 )     (364 )
     
 
(1)   The impact of the newly acquired Oyak Bank has not been included in the tables for interest rate risk in the banking books
The total EaR figure as result of an upwards shock of the market rates of 1%, decreased over the course of this year. This was mainly caused by a sharp reduction of the ING Direct EaR figure. ING Direct reduced during 2007 its earnings sensitivity profile in order to increase flexibility in price setting. The EaR figure of ING Wholesale Banking was rather small last year and returned to more normal levels this year mainly due to the strategic interest rate positions maintained in the ALM books.
Net Present Value-at-Risk
The Net Present Value (NPV)-at-Risk figures represent the full value impact (i.e. including convexity) to the banking books resulting from changing interest rates. This full value impact cannot be linked directly to the balance sheet or profit and loss account as the value mutations in the banking books only for a small part are fed directly through the profit and loss account or through equity. The largest part, namely

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
the value mutations of the amortized cost balances, is neither recognized in the balance sheet nor directly in the profit and loss account. The NPV-at-Risk figures in the table below are determined on the basis of an instantaneous upward 1% parallel shock of market rates in line with the EaR calculations. For the ALM books the NPV-at-Risk figures again capture the potential change of value due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. For the commercial banking books the NPV-at-Risk calculations capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in the main mortgage portfolios. In these calculations it is assumed that savings and other demand deposits of Retail and Wholesale Banking are perfectly represented via the replicating methods and therefore fully hedged. The NPV-at-Risk of the Corporate Line again only reflects the interest risk profile of the investments of the bank’s own funds.
NPV-at-risk (1% instantaneous upward shock to market rates) (1)
                 
    2007     2006  
By Business Line
               
ING Wholesale Banking
    (442 )     (559 )
ING Retail Banking
    (222 )     (134 )
ING Direct
    (234 )     (377 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    (892 )     (818 )
     
ING Bank Total
    (1,790 )     (1,888 )
 
               
By Currency
               
Euro
    (1,498 )     (1,465 )
US dollar
    (439 )     (402 )
Pound sterling
    74       (58 )
Other
    73       37  
     
Total
    (1,790 )     (1,888 )
     
 
(1)   The impact of the newly acquired Oyak Bank has not been included in the tables for interest rate risk in the banking books
The end-of-year overall NPV-at-Risk figure as result of an upwards shock of the market rates of 1% is in line with the prior year. Within ING Direct the NPV-at-Risk figure decreased mainly because of the reduction of the duration of the investments. Within ING Retail Banking this figure increased mainly due to the larger impact of prepayment risk as result of newly produced mortgages with longer repricing tenors.
Basis Point Values
The Basis Point Value (BPV) figures below represent the value impact to the banking books resulting from a change in interest rates of 1 basis point. The BPV figures represent the directional position under a small shift in interest rates and do not capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in mortgages under larger interest rate movements.
BPV’S per currency
         
amounts in thousands of euros   2007  
 
Euro
    (15,165 )
US dollar
    (2,055 )
Pound Sterling
    778  
Other
    706  
 
     
Total
    (15,736 )
     
The outright interest rate risk that is represented through the BPV positions in the table above is mainly caused by the investments of the Bank’s core capital. Again, under the view that this capital is not sensitive to interest movements. The remaining outright risk is mainly maintained in the Bank’s ALM books in which the strategic position is maintained.
Foreign exchange risk in Non-Trading Books
Foreign exchange (FX) exposures in non-trading books result from commercial banking business (business units doing business in other currencies than their base currency), realized non-EUR results and FX translation risk on foreign currency investments. The policy regarding these exposures is briefly explained below.
Commercial banking business
Every business unit hedges the FX risk as result of their commercial activities into the base currency of the unit. Consequently assets and liabilities are matched in terms of currency.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Realized results
Every unit hedges realized results to the base currency of the unit. On a monthly basis the central Capital Management department hedges the non-EUR results to EUR. ING does not hedge the future EUR value of projected results in non-EUR currency.
FX Translation result
ING’s strategy is to protect its Tier 1 ratio against unfavourable currency fluctuations. The protection is largely achieved by the issuance of USD and GBP denominated capital, and furthermore by taking structural foreign currency positions. In general, open positions are deliberately taken in order to achieve protection of the Tier 1 ratio by aligning non-EUR denominated capital with risk weighted assets in these currencies. The US dollar, Pound sterling, Polish zloty, Australian dollar and Canadian dollar are the main currencies in this respect. With the acquisition of the Turkish Oyak Bank, the Turkish lira has been added to the list of main currencies. For other currencies the objective is to substantially mitigate the translation risk.
Overnight exposure ING Bank, for primary non-trading currencies
                                         
    Foreign             Gross             Net  
2007   investments     Tier-1     exposure     Hedges     position  
 
US dollar
    2,644       (3,630 )     (986 )     (483 )     (1,469 )
Pound sterling
    (848 )     (817 )     (1,665 )     1,635       (30 )
Polish zloty
    1,076               1,076       (656 )     420  
Australian dollar
    1,228               1,228       (136 )     1,092  
Canadian dollar
    822               822       (559 )     263  
Turkish lira
    1,848               1,848               1,848  
Other currency
    4,897               4,897       (3,312 )     1,585  
     
Total
    11,667       (4,447 )     7,220       (3,511 )     3,709  
     
Overnight exposure ING Bank, for primary non-trading currencies
                                         
    Foreign             Gross             Net  
2006   investments     Tier-1     exposure     Hedges     position  
 
US dollar
    5,338       (2,883 )     2,455       (1,460 )     995  
Pound sterling
    (1,044 )     (894 )     (1,938 )     1,930       (8 )
Polish zloty
    938               938       (523 )     415  
South Korean won
    1,124               1,124       (1,087 )     37  
Australian dollar
    1,048               1,048       (123 )     925  
Canadian dollar
    974               974       (704 )     270  
Other currency
    1,380               1,380       (1,335 )     45  
     
Total
    9,758       (3,777 )     5,981       (3,302 )     2,679  
     
Foreign investments in US dollars decreased substantially due to the repatriation of capital out of the United States.
The net position in US dollars decreased in 2007 for two reasons. Firstly due to the issuance of 1,545 million Tier 1 capital denominated in US dollars. Secondly, in anticipation of the lower number of US dollar risk-weighted assets under the Basel II rules (starting January 1st, 2008), the net position was decreased.
The acquisition of the Turkish Oyak Bank was concluded in December 2007. As a result, the number of risk-weighted assets denominated in Turkish lira increased substantially. The net position is maintained to safeguard the Tier 1 ratio against currency fluctuations of the Turkish lira.
The FX risk in the non-trading books is measured by using the Value-at-Risk methodology as explained in the trading risk section. The VaR for FX quantifies with a one-sided confidence interval of 99%, the maximum overnight loss in 99% of the cases that could occur due to changes in foreign exchange rates.
Consolidated non-trading FX VaR: ING Bank
                                                                 
    Low     High     Average     Year end  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
FX VaR
    14       7       62       22       22       17       62       21  
During 2007, the FX VaR increased mainly for two reasons. Firstly, the IPO of the Bank of Beijing in November resulted in a EUR 1.6 billion value increase in exposure to Chinese Yuan, and consequently,

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
a rise in the FX VaR. Secondly, the acquisition of the Turkish Oyak Bank in December resulted in a significant Turkish lira position.
Equity Price Risk in Banking Books
Equity price risk arises from the possibility that equity security prices will fluctuate, affecting the value of equity securities and other instruments of which the price reacts similarly to a particular security, a defined basket of securities, or a securities index. ING Bank maintains a rather stable portfolio with substantial equity exposure in its banking books. This equity exposure mainly consists of the investments in associates of EUR 2,010 million (2006: EUR 1,223 million) and equity securities held in the Available-for-Sale portfolio of EUR 3,627 million (2006: EUR 1,898 million). The value of equity securities held in the Available-for-Sale portfolio is directly linked to equity security prices with increases/decreases being recognized (except in the case of impairment) in the revaluation reserve. During the year ended December 31, 2007 the revaluation reserve relating to equity securities held in the Available-for-Sale portfolio fluctuated between a month-end low amount of EUR 518 million (2006: EUR 463 million) and a high amount of EUR 2,580 million (2006: EUR 641 million). Investments in associates are measured in accordance with the equity method of accounting and the balance sheet value is therefore not directly linked to equity security prices.
Real Estate Price Risk in Banking Books
Real Estate price risk arises from the possibility that real estate prices will fluctuate affecting both the value of real estate assets and earnings related to real estate activities.
ING Bank has three different categories of real estate exposure on its banking books. First, ING Bank owns buildings it occupies. Second, ING Bank has a Real Estate Development company for which results are dependent on the overall real estate market, although the general policy is to mitigate risk by pre-sale agreements where possible.
Third, ING Bank is the largest real estate investment management company in the world in terms of assets under management. For most of its real estate funds, ING Bank has co-invested seed capital. A decrease in real estate prices will cause the value of this seed capital to decrease and will lower the level of third party assets under management, which in turn will reduce the fee income from this activity.
Only for this last category, Real Estate price shocks will have a direct impact on reported net profit.
ING BANK — LIQUIDITY RISK
As with bank market risk, liquidity risk falls under the supervision of the ALCO function within ING bank with ALCO Bank as the highest approval authority.
Definition
Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner. Liquidity risk can materialize both through trading and non-trading positions. Within ING Bank the liquidity risk framework has been determined by ALCO Bank, which bears the overall responsibility for liquidity risk. The liquidity risk framework is further cascaded down the organization under the responsibility of the regional and local ALCO’s. The main objective of ING’s liquidity risk framework is to maintain sufficient liquidity in order to ensure safe and sound operations. For this purpose liquidity risk is considered from three different angles namely from a structural, tactical and a contingency point of view.
(FLOWCHART)

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Structural liquidity risk
Structural liquidity risk is the risk that the structural, long term balance sheet can not be financed timely or at a reasonable cost. In this view of liquidity risk the total on and off balance sheet positions are considered from a structural asset and liability management perspective. For this purpose a working group consisting of Corporate Market Risk Management, Capital Management and Financial Markets focuses on liquidity risk aspects from a going concern perspective. The main objective of the working group is to maintain a sound liquidity profile through:
  Maintaining a well diversified mix of funding sources in terms of instrument types, fund providers, geographic markets and currencies;
 
  Actively managing access to the capital markets by regularly issuing public debt in all material markets and the maintenance of investor relations;
 
  Holding a broad portfolio of highly marketable assets that can be used to obtain secured funding;
 
  Maintaining an adequate structural liquidity gap taking into account the asset mix and both the secured and unsecured funding possibilities of ING Bank;
 
  Maintaining a funds transfer pricing methodology in which ING Bank’s cost of liquidity is adequately reflected both under a going concern and a contingency perspective.
Tactical liquidity risk
From a tactical, short-term perspective the liquidity risk resulting from the short term cash and collateral positions is managed. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day liquidity management to Financial Markets Amsterdam, which is responsible for managing the overall liquidity risk position of ING Bank, while regional and local Financial Markets departments are responsible for managing liquidity in their respective regions and locations.
Within Financial Markets the focus is mainly on the daily and intraday cash and collateral positions and it is policy to sufficiently stagger day-to-day funding requirements. For this purpose the Treasury function monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core business funding requirements.
The liquidity risk management function is delegated to CMRM, which bears the responsibility for liquidity risk stress testing and for the identification, measurement and monitoring of the liquidity risk position. For the measurement and monitoring of the actual liquidity position the focus is on the daily cash and collateral position. For stress testing purposes the liquidity risk positions are calculated in line with the regulatory reporting requirements for liquidity risk of the Dutch Central Bank. For this purpose ING Bank’s weekly and monthly liquidity positions are stress tested under a scenario that is a mix between a market event and an ING specific event. The resulting liquidity positions are corrected for liquidity surpluses in inconvertible currencies and in locations with restrictions on capital transfer.
Contingency liquidity risk
Contingency liquidity risk relates to the organization and planning for liquidity management in times of stress. Within ING a specific crisis team is responsible for the liquidity management in times of crisis. This crisis team consists of the CRO the CFO, the Directors of CMRM and Capital Management and all the main treasurers of both ING Bank and ING Insurance. Within ING it is policy to have adequate and up-to-date contingency funding plans in place throughout the organization. The main objective of ING’s contingency funding plans is to enable senior management to act effectively and efficiently at times of crisis. The contingency funding plans are established for addressing temporary and long-term liquidity disruptions caused by a general event in the market or an ING specific event. These plans ensure that all roles and responsibilities are clearly defined and all necessary management information is in place. The contingency funding plans are regularly tested both on consolidated and local level in order to be best prepared for potential liquidity risk issues.
ING INSURANCE
ING is engaged in selling a broad range of life and non-life insurance products. Risks from these products arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium rate levels and provisions for insurance liabilities and capital position, as well as uncertainty as to the future returns on investments of the insurance premiums. Risks are classified as insurance risk (actuarial and underwriting), market risk, credit risk, business risk and operational risk.
The responsibility for measurement and management of credit risk and operational risk resides with Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) and Corporate Operational Information and Security Risk Management respectively. Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for insurance (actuarial and underwriting) and market risk measurement and management, business risk measurement, as well as for ensuring that investment mandates adequately address credit portfolio risk.

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Risk management governance
ING’s Insurance Risk Management (IRM) is organized along a functional line comprising three levels within the organization: the corporate, business line and business unit levels. As the General Manager of CIRM (Corporate IRM), the Chief Insurance Risk Officer (corporate CIRO) heads the functional line, reporting into the Corporate CRO. Each of the business lines and business units has a similar function headed by a Chief Insurance Risk Officer (business line and business unit CIRO). This layered, functional approach ensures consistent application of guidelines and procedures, regular reporting and appropriate communication vertically through the risk management function, as well as providing ongoing support for the business. The scope, roles, responsibilities and authorities of the risk management function at different levels are clearly described in an Insurance Risk Management Governance Framework to which all consolidated business units and business lines must adhere.
The objective of the insurance risk management function is to provide the business a sustainable competitive advantage by fully integrating risk management into the tactical daily business activities as well as ING’s broader business strategy. Insurance Risk Management accomplishes this through four core activities. First, the IRM function ensures that products and portfolios are structured, underwritten, priced, approved and managed appropriately in compliance with internal and external rules and guidelines. Second, IRM ensures that the ING Insurance risk profile is transparent and well understood by management and that it stays within delegated authorities, with a ‘no surprises’ approach to reporting and monitoring risks. Third, IRM ensures that both risk and reward are adequately considered in the development of business strategy, for example by supporting the planning and allocation of Economic Capital and limits during the strategic planning process. Finally, IRM ensures that these steps are understood by ING’s stakeholders, including shareholders, rating agencies, regulators and policy holders.
Risk management policies and tools
To ensure appropriate risk management, CIRM in close co-operation with the business line CIRO’s, has developed Standards of Practice providing guidelines and tools to manage risks. While these standards are principle based, they include mandatory requirements to which the business unit CIRO must comply.
A critical aspect of risk management is that all new products are designed, underwritten and priced appropriately. This is explicitly covered by the Standard of Practice for the Product Approval and Review Process (PARP). This standard includes requirements related to risk profile, traditional and value-oriented pricing metrics and targets and documentation. In addition for insurance and market risks, the requirements also refer to operational risk, legal and compliance risk etc. For these risks, the IRM network works together with the other, relevant risk departments. The PARP also includes requirements to assess sensitivities to changes in financial markets and insurance risk (e.g. mortality and claims development), as well as assessment of the administration and accounting aspects of the product.
Other standards prescribe quarterly insurance risk reporting, ALM procedures and reporting, actuarial and economic assumption setting, reserve adequacy testing and embedded value measurement and reporting, amongst others.
ING Insurance has developed an Economic Capital approach similar to that used within ING Bank as one of its core risk measurement tools. More details on the Economic Capital model are described below. In 2007, ING Insurance introduced ECAPS, a new intranet-based Economic Capital reporting system which is based on replicating portfolio techniques. The ECAPS system provides a well controlled and automated basis for Economic Capital and risk reporting, and greatly enhanced market risk analysis tools for business units and corporate reporting purposes. ECAPS relies on an innovative replicating portfolio methodology; CIRM expects this system to be the foundation of its internal fair value and solvency model, including the calculation of capital requirements following the introduction of Solvency II.
To further manage risk, ING Insurance has implemented several limit structures. Examples include but are not limited to the following:
  Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits provide the fundamental framework to manage the market and credit risks resulting from the Insurance operations’ asset / liability mismatch;
 
  Credit risk concentration limits;
 
  Mortality concentration limits;
 
  Catastrophe and mortality exposure retention limits for its insurance risk; and
 
  Investment and derivative guidelines.
More information on some of these limits is included in the sections below.

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Reserve adequacy
CIRM instructs and supervises all ING entities so as to make sure that the total insurance liabilities of ING Insurance (both reserves and capital) are tested for adequacy taking into account the insurance premium rate levels and the uncertainty of future returns on investments. This is done by evaluating insurance liabilities on current best estimate actuarial assumptions plus a risk margin, ensuring that the reserves remain adequate based on current assumptions.
ING’s policy for reserve adequacy testing is disclosed in the ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ section. As of December 31, 2007 (and December 31, 2006), reserves for ING’s life insurance businesses in aggregate are adequate at a 90% confidence level. All business lines are adequate on a stand alone basis at a 90% confidence level. Although the Asia/Pacific business line reserves were adequate as a whole at the end of 2007 at a 90% confidence level, there is a reserve inadequacy in Taiwan at the 90% confidence level. At the end of 2006 the inadequacy in Taiwan caused the reserves of the business line Asia/Pacific to be inadequate by EUR 1.0 billion.
Taiwan
As of December 31, 2007, the inadequacy for Taiwan is EUR 1.5 billion (2006: EUR 2.4 billion) based on a 90% confidence level, on a Taiwan reserve level (net of DAC and VOBA) of EUR 11.1 billion. The inadequacy results from a material exposure to a sustained low interest rate environment in Taiwan. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6—8% embedded in the life and health contracts sold by the business until 2001. These long term interest rate guarantees together with the future anticipated premiums on these contracts (which have a present value of approximately EUR 15 billion) create a liability for the portfolio with an effective duration of approximately 32, compared to an asset duration of approximately 11. ING stopped selling these high guarantees in its Taiwan life insurance products since 2002.
The post 2001 business is adequate at a 90% confidence level, which partially compensates for the inadequacy related to the business sold until 2001. Furthermore, ING has over time strengthened reserves by EUR 828 million (2006: EUR 770 million) for this exposure and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The outcome of the reserve adequacy test for Taiwan is inherently uncertain given the use of various assumptions and the long term nature of the liability. The outcome can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which are bound to vary significantly from period to period. The outcome of the test for Taiwan is especially sensitive to (changes in) interest rate assumptions. The reserve adequacy test at December 31, 2007 is based on the current 10-year swap rate in Taiwan at December 31, 2007 of 2.68% (2006: 2.21%), with the assumption that, in the long term, this swap rate will move to 5.75% (2006: 5.75%).
The Taiwan regulator currently allows mortality profits to be offset against losses from negative interest rate experience, thus eliminating the need to pay mortality dividends, and this practice is reflected in the reserve adequacy test.
ING INSURANCE RISK PROFILE
Economic Capital ING Insurance
The objective of the Economic Capital framework is to achieve an advanced risk and capital measurement and management structure that:
  Covers all the risks in the business units and is applied consistently across all risks and business units;
 
  Facilitates and encourages adequate risk and capital management, including the proper pricing of products and sound capital allocation decisions.
The ING Insurance Economic Capital model is described in more detail in the Model Disclosure section and is based on a 99.95% one year Value at Risk framework. It is important to note that since industry practice relating to Economic Capital is still evolving and moreover Solvency II standards are still under discussion ING Insurance models are expected to evolve as a result. Solvency II currently contemplates a 99.5% Value at Risk standard for internal models which is a lower risk threshold than used in ING’s model.
Economic Capital disclosures relating to ING Insurance include diversification benefits that arise within ING Insurance. The following table provides an Economic Capital break down by risk category with diversification benefits proportionally allocated to the risk types:

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Economic capital break-down ING Insurance by risk category (1)
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Credit risk (including Transfer risk)
    1,021       1,411  
Market risk
    15,258       14,555  
Insurance risk
    3,293       3,110  
Non-financial risk (2)
    3,627       3,334  
     
Total insurance operations
    23,199       22,410  
     
 
(1)   The Economic Capital outcomes do not reflect any potential tax benefit resulting from the loss that occurs under the specified circumstances.
 
(2)   Non-financial risk includes operational risk as well as business risk (covering expense risk and lapse risk).
Total diversification across these risk types is 31% for 2007 (31% for 2006).
The overall Economic Capital and risk profile remained stable during 2007. The primary increase came from model corrections/refinements and the acquisition of pension business in Latin America. There were offsetting changes to the risk profile in various businesses, but the overall impact to the ING Insurance risk profile was not large. Credit risk decreased during 2007 primarily due to refinements to the credit risk Economic Capital model. The Economic Capital for ING Insurance is mostly related to market risks, both hedgeable and non-hedgeable.
The following table provides the Economic Capital breakdown by business line with diversification benefits proportionally allocated to the business lines.
Economic capital break-down by ING Insurance business line
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Insurance Americas
    6,541       5,987  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    7,033       7,463  
Insurance Europe
    5,890       5,942  
Corporate Line Insurance (1)
    3,735       3,018  
     
Total insurance operations
    23,199       22,410  
     
 
(1)   Corporate Line includes funding activities at ING Insurance level, explicit internal transactions between business unit and Corporate Line, managed by Capital Management, and corporate reinsurance. The responsibility (and risk) of free assets located within the business line for which there is no explicit transfer via a Corporate Line transaction remain at the business unit level.
While the figures above are shown by business line, the diversification of risks across ING businesses is calculated across business units. Total diversification between ING Insurance’s business units and the Corporate Line Insurance is 33% for 2007 (36% in 2006).
The overall split of Economic Capital is roughly similar across all three business lines. Asia/Pacific has the largest Economic Capital due to the significant non-hedgeable interest rate and morbidity risks in Taiwan. Taiwan Economic Capital was in the range 65—75% of the Asia/Pacific total. The Economic Capital in the Americas and Europe is driven primarily by interest rate, credit spread, and equity risk. The corporate line risk relates mostly to foreign exchange translation risk related to the potential loss of market value surplus in non-Euro denominated business units and an internal-only transaction with Taiwan relating to interest rate and foreign exchange risks.
ING INSURANCE — MARKET RISKS
ING Insurance is exposed to market risk to the extent to which the market value of surplus can be adversely impacted due to movements in financial markets; these include interest rates, equity prices, implied volatilities of options, foreign exchange rates and real estate prices. Changes in financial market prices impact the market value of ING’s current asset portfolio and hedging derivatives directly as well as the calculated market value of ING’s insurance liabilities. The following table provides information on Economic Capital split by risk category:

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Economic capital insurance market risks
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Interest rate
    6,021       6,362  
Credit Spread
    1,012       1,098  
Equity
    3,357       2,512  
Real Estate
    669       480  
Implied Volatility
    2,091       2,154  
Foreign Exchange
    2,108       1,949  
     
Total
    15,258       14,555  
     
Interest rate and equity risks are the largest market risks for ING Insurance. Interest rate risks are most significant in Taiwan, United States, and Europe. In all cases, the primary exposure is to falling interest rates. The equity risk relates to both direct and indirect exposure. Direct exposure relates to the holding of shares and is most significant for ING in the Netherlands. Indirect exposure relates to the potential loss of fee income from unit linked, variable annuity, and pension fund business across all regions. Direct exposure represents approximately 60—70% of the equity risk. The table shows a notable increase in equity risk during 2007, but this is related to improved modelling of risk during 2007 and not in material changes to actual risk taking.
Credit spread risk relates to potential increases in credit spreads from investments in fixed income securities. ING Insurance does not adjust the market value of liabilities for credit spread widening. Real estate risk exists mostly in the Netherlands and relates in a large part to direct real estate investments. Implied volatility risk is the risk that market values of assets or liabilities change due to movements in market option prices. In general, ING is exposed to increases in implied volatility as the guarantees provided to customers become more expensive. Foreign exchange risk is small in the business units accordingly most of the exposure relates to the risk of change in the market value surplus of non-euro businesses.
ING has implemented Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits to manage the market and credit risks resulting from its global Insurance operations. On at least an annual basis, ALCO Insurance sets an aggregate MVaR limit for ING Group Insurance and sub-limits for each of the business lines, which are ultimately allocated to the business units. The MVaR limit is measured in a manner consistent with the Economic Capital measure, i.e. based on a 99.95% confidence level over a one-year horizon.
These limits are managed by ALCO Insurance at the relevant organisational level. The Group Insurance ALCO determines the aggregate limit and ensures that the Group stays within the limit and allocates the sub-limits to business lines, with similar roles for the business line and business unit ALCOs. Limit breaches by business lines are reported to ALCO Insurance and resolved in accordance with policy within the next quarter.
CIRM consolidates and monitors the MVaR exposures of the business lines including diversification effects on a quarterly basis. Together with ING Capital Management, MVaR is managed within the limits. In 2007 and 2006 there were no breaches of the overall ING Insurance MVaR limit.
Complementing Economic Capital, which is based on a market value analysis, ING Insurance also measures risk based on accounting earnings. More specifically, using scenario analysis, ING Insurance measures the potential sensitivity of realized pre tax earnings of the insurance operations to an increase/decrease of different risk factors over a full year. These earnings sensitivities are used as input into the ING Group Earnings at Risk measure, where these sensitivities are fully diversified with the Bank. Interpretation of the underlying earnings sensitivities must be done individually as ING does not assume that all of the scenarios presented below will happen concurrently.
Earnings sensitivities are defined based on a shock scenario at the 90% confidence level on pre tax accounting earnings, projected one year forward from the calculation date. Therefore the table below provides earnings sensitivities to an instantaneous shock at the 90% confidence level projected through to December 31, 2008.

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Earnings sensitivities for Insurance market risks
                 
    2007     2006  
Interest rate (1% up)
    (161 )     (166 )
Interest rate (1% down)
    125       172  
Equity (15% down)
    (613 )     (262 )
Real Estate (8% down)
    (570 )     (553 )
Foreign Exchange (10% worst case)
    (338 )     (359 )
Note:The table above includes similar sensitivities to the 2006 risk management section, but the figures represent different impacts than in 2006.
Specifically, the figures include fully forward looking twelve month sensitivities, have different shock percentages, and are pre-tax. In addition, the interest rate risk sensitivities for 2006 and 2007 reflect the change in accounting policy for evaluating reserve adequacy at the business line level.
The table above presents figures before diversification between risks. For interest rate risk, we present the effect of a parallel shock of 1% across all regions and take the sum of the shocks. For the Japan and Taiwan businesses, a shock of 0.5% is applied since these businesses operate in a lower interest rate environment. Foreign exchange risk includes the sum of both local business currency risk plus translation risk for earnings of non-Euro business units.
The table shows that real estate fluctuations can have a relatively large impact on earnings since all price volatility is fully reflected in earnings for real estate investments. The impact on earnings of interest rates and equity price changes are normally lower than the economic and shareholder’s equity impact given current accounting rules. The sensitivity results do reflect the impacts of asymmetric accounting whereby the hedges must be marked-to-market through the earnings while the liability value is not.
The increase in earnings at risk from a 15% downward equity shock is mostly due to four factors:
  Potential impairments of individual direct holdings;
 
  Improved modelling of DAC/VOBA impacts for US business units;
 
  Refined modelling of earnings sensitivities for the Japan SPVA hedging program;
 
  These are offset by the market value change from put options held at the Corporate Line Insurance.
ING INSURANCE — INSURANCE RISKS
General
Actuarial and underwriting risks are risks such as mortality, longevity, morbidity, adverse motor or home claims development, etc., which result from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. In general, these risks cannot be hedged directly in the financial markets and tend to be mitigated by diversification across large portfolios. They are therefore primarily managed at the contract level through standard underwriting policies, product design requirements as set by ING’s IRM function, independent product approval processes and risk limitations related to insurance policy terms and conditions with the client.
Measurement
For portfolio risks which are not mitigated by diversification, the risks are managed primarily through concentration and exposure limits and through reinsurance and/or securitization. Aggregate portfolio level limits and risk tolerance levels are set in reference to potential losses stemming from adverse claims in ING’s insurance portfolios which are reviewed annually by the ING Group Executive Board. ING Group has established actuarial and underwriting risk tolerance levels in specific areas of its insurance operations as described below. For non-life insurance, risk tolerance levels are set by line of business for catastrophic events (e.g. natural perils such as storms, earthquakes and floods) and for individual risks.
For the main non-life units (in the Benelux, Canada, Mexico) the risk tolerance for property and casualty (P&C) business is generally set at 2.5% of the Group’s after-tax earnings. For 2007, this translated into an aggregated (pre-tax) risk tolerance level of EUR 235 million (2006: EUR 190 million). The aggregate risk tolerance limit relating to events was translated into separate risk tolerance levels for Mexico and the Benelux respectively (in 2007 EUR 235 million each). For Canada the pre-tax risk tolerance level is set at EUR 214 million (derived from the above EUR 235 million but allowing for outside interests) (2006: EUR 169 million). For motor business a sub-limit of EUR 10 million is applied (2006: EUR 7.5 million).
In order to determine how much reinsurance protection is required in each of the regions, these risk tolerance limits are compared to the estimated maximum probable loss resulting from catastrophic events with a 1 in 250 return period which is in line with industry practice. the maximum probable loss

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
estimates for Fire business are based on risk assessment models that are widely accepted in the industry.
For the smaller non-life units, the (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for catastrophe related events for 2007 was set at EUR 5 million (2006: EUR 5 million) per event per business unit.
With respect to life business, ING Group’s (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for 2007 was set at EUR 22 million (2006: EUR 22 million) per insured life for mortality risk. While life insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For potential losses, resulting from significant mortality events (e.g. pandemics or events affecting life insurance contracts involving multiple lives), ING applies a separate risk tolerance level which equalled EUR 750 million in 2007 (2006: EUR 750 million). ING continues to model the possible impact of pandemics based on studies published by respected international organizations.
Overall exposures and concentrations are actively managed within limits and risk tolerance levels through the purchase of external reinsurance from approved reinsurers in accordance with ING’s reinsurance credit risk policy. Particularly for the property and casualty portfolio, ING purchases protection which substantially mitigates ING’s exposure due to natural catastrophes. In addition, ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor, with exposures being monitored regularly and limited by a reinsurance credit risk policy.
Regarding catastrophic losses arising from events such as terrorism, ING believes that it is not possible to develop models that support inclusion of such events in underwriting in a reliable manner. The very high uncertainty in both the frequency and severity of these events makes them, in ING’s opinion, uninsurable. For the non-life business, losses that result from these events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools have been established to mitigate the terrorism risk to which the individual insurers are nevertheless still exposed. ING participates in such pools.
The following table provides an overview of the Economic Capital for insurance risks, split into mortality risk, morbidity risk and risk related to P&C products:
Economic Capital Insurance risks
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Mortality
    803       738  
Morbidity
    2,141       2,116  
P&C
    349       256  
     
Total
    3,293       3,110  
     
The largest exposure is for morbidity risk and is the risk, mostly in Taiwan, of future health claims exceeding current best estimate actuarial assumptions. In Taiwan, ING has a legacy block of guaranteed premium health riders that provide benefits for 30—60 years into the future. The mortality risk relates to the potential for increasing deaths (life risk) or decreasing deaths (longevity risk). This risk relates to a potential mortality catastrophe or to changes in long term mortality rates. As noted, ING manages these risks via limits and external reinsurance. Finally, property and casualty risk exists primarily in Canada, Mexico, and the Benelux. The increase in P&C Economic Capital during 2007 is mostly due to an improvement in the correlation model between P&C risks and not increased risk taking.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measures the sensitivity of pre tax earnings of the insurance operations to an increase/decrease of the insurance risk factors over a one year period. These changes to earnings can relate to realized claims or any other profit item that would be affected by these factors. ING assumes that not all the shifts presented below will happen at the same time.
Earnings sensitivities are defined based on a shock scenario at the 90% confidence level on pre-tax accounting earnings, projected one year forward from the calculation. Therefore the table below provides earnings sensitivities to an instantaneous shock at the 90% confidence level projected through to December 31, 2008.

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Earnings sensitivities for Insurance risks
                 
    2007     2006  
Mortality
    (54 )     (60 )
Morbidity
    (124 )     (147 )
P&C
    (132 )     (107 )
The table above presents figures after diversification between insurance risks and diversification across business units of ING Insurance. The largest earnings sensitivity relates to health claims in The Netherlands, Greece, and Asia and P&C claims in the Benelux, Canada, and Mexico. The increase in P&C earnings sensitivities in 2007 is mostly due to an improvement in the correlation model between P&C risks within Canada.
ING INSURANCE — CREDIT RISKS
The credit risks in the general accounts portfolio within ING Insurance are subject to the same principles, policies, definitions and measurement as those of the banking operations. The credit risks are measured and monitored by Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) as well as local credit risk managers within the various locations were credit risk is taken within ING Insurance and ING Investment Management. Within ING Insurance, the goal is to maintain a low risk, well diversified credit risk portfolio that meets or exceeds market based benchmark returns.
ING Insurance’s credit exposure arises from the investment of insurance premiums into assets subject to credit risk, largely in the form of unsecured bond investments, and smaller amounts of residential mortgages and structured finance products. In addition, credit exposure also arises from derivatives, sell/repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts used to hedge the portfolio. ING Insurance has a policy of maintaining a high quality investment grade portfolio.
Overall portfolio credit risk limits are established and integrated into investment mandates by ALCO Insurance based on asset or investment category and risk classes. Individual issuer limits are determined based on the obligor’s rating. These limits are managed by the region where the parent company is domiciled but may be sub-allocated to regional or local portfolios. In addition, each Insurance company has one or more investment mandates that may differ by insurance portfolio specify credit risk appetite by issuer type and quality.
The credit risk classification of issuers, debtors and counterparties within the Insurance companies’ credit risk portfolios continues its transition for aligning the methodology to that which is used by the banking operations. Similar to ING Bank, ING Insurance uses risk classes which are calibrated to the probability of default of the underlying issuer, debtor or counterparty. These ratings are defined based upon the quality of the issuer in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in S&P equivalents.
Risk classes: ING Insurance portfolio, as % of total outstandings
                                                                 
    Insurance Americas     Insurance Europe     Insurance Asia/Pacific     ING Insurance  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
1 (AAA)
    27.9 %     26.9 %     28.8 %     27.8 %     10.7 %     12.1 %     25.5 %     25.1 %
2-4 (AA)
    18.5 %     21.8 %     26.9 %     19.8 %     37.3 %     33.4 %     24.6 %     22.6 %
5-7 (A)
    22.3 %     20.0 %     21.7 %     20.5 %     32.8 %     32.4 %     23.8 %     22.0 %
8-10 (BBB)
    18.4 %     19.7 %     11.1 %     14.6 %     6.9 %     7.9 %     13.9 %     15.8 %
11-13 (BB)
    2.9 %     7.0 %     10.0 %     15.7 %     3.4 %     4.1 %     5.5 %     10.3 %
14-16 (B)
    5.0 %     4.6 %     1.0 %     1.2 %     6.1 %     10.1 %     3.7 %     4.0 %
17-22 (CCC & Problem Grade)
    5.0 %     0.0 %     0.5 %     0.4 %     2.8 %     0.0 %     3.0 %     0.2 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
The increase in Problem Grade assets and investments at the Insurance operations is a direct result of the change in treatment of investments which have not been internally or externally rated, which is often the case for equity investments, mutual fund investments and reinsurance contracts. Previously, these assets received a rating of 13 (BB—). However, in line with the ING Group policy to treat unrated assets similar to ING Bank, they now receive a rating of 17. As a result of the sale of the Nationale Nederlanden Hypotheek Bedrijf (NNHB, residential mortgages) to ING Bank and parts of the Belgian insurance business, there was a corresponding improvement in the rating quality of Insurance Europe investments away from BBB and BB.

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Risk concentration: ING Insurance portfolio, by economic sector
                                                                 
                                                            Total  
    Insurance Americas     Insurance Europe     Insurance Asia/Pacific     ING Insurance  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
Construction, infrastructure and Real Estate
    9.3 %     9.9 %     2.3 %     2.4 %     2.5 %     2.2 %     5.7 %     5.6 %
Financial Institutions
    63.5 %     61.0 %     28.0 %     25.4 %     33.0 %     29.9 %     45.7 %     41.3 %
Private Individuals
    3.5 %     3.4 %     13.9 %     22.1 %     7.8 %     9.1 %     7.9 %     12.1 %
Public Administration
    2.5 %     3.4 %     36.8 %     33.4 %     41.3 %     40.0 %     21.2 %     21.4 %
Utilities
    4.0 %     4.0 %     1.4 %     1.7 %     2.9 %     3.0 %     2.9 %     2.9 %
Food, Beverages and Personal Care
    1.9 %     1.9 %     4.1 %     3.8 %     0.6 %     0.7 %     2.5 %     2.5 %
Natural Resources
    3.5 %     3.3 %     1.1 %     0.9 %     1.4 %     0.7 %     2.3 %     1.9 %
Other
    11.8 %     13.1 %     12.4 %     10.3 %     10.5 %     14.4 %     11.8 %     12.3 %
     
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
The sale of the Nationale Nederlanden Hypotheek Bedrijf (NNHB residential mortgages) to ING Bank is the reason for the reduction in the concentration to Private Individuals in Europe. There were no other significant shifts in the portfolio concentration. All other industries not shown in the table above have less than 2.0% concentrations.
Largest economic exposures: ING Insurance portfolio, by country (1)
                                                                 
                                    Insurance             Total  
    Insurance Americas     Insurance Europe     Asia/ Pacific     ING Insurance  
amounts in billions of euros   2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
United States
    56.2       57.4       1.7       2.0       2.3       2.3       60.2       61.7  
Netherlands
    0.7       0.7       22.0       34.2       0.3       0.5       23.0       35.4  
Taiwan
                                    7.3       6.9       7.3       6.9  
Italy
    0.3       0.3       6.4       7.5       0.2       0.1       6.9       7.9  
France
    0.4       0.4       5.9       5.6       0.5       0.5       6.8       6.5  
Germany
    0.3       0.2       6.1       6.6       0.3       0.3       6.7       7.1  
South Korea
    0.1                               6.6       5.4       6.7       5.4  
Canada
    6.0       6.3       0.1       0.3                       6.1       6.6  
United Kingdom
    1.9       1.6       3.1       3.6       0.4       0.3       5.4       5.5  
 
(1)   Only covers total exposures in excess of EUR 5 billion, including intercompany with ING Bank.
The portfolio in The Netherlands decreased principally due to the sale of Nationale Nederlanden Hypotheek Bedrijf (NNHB residential mortgages) to ING Bank. The decrease in Italy resulted from a reduction of ING’s position in government bonds. Exposure to Spain amounted to EUR 5.2 billion in 2006, but decreased below the EUR 5 billion threshold in 2007. There were no other significant shifts in the portfolio concentration.
COMPLIANCE AND OPERATIONAL RISKS
ING believes that good compliance management is in the best interest of its customers, shareholders and staff, and is important for the way ING does business. Complementary to this, effective control and management of operational risks leads to more stable business processes and lower operational risk costs.
Acting with integrity and preserving ING’s reputation is of paramount importance. Complying with relevant laws, regulations and ethical and internal standards, in both letter and spirit, is a prerequisite for this. Reputation risk is defined as the current and prospective impact on earnings and capital arising from negative public opinion. This may affect the ability to establish new relationships or services or continue servicing existing relationships. This risk may also expose an institution to litigation, financial loss, or a decline in its customer base. Managing reputation risk is therefore an essential part of ING’s business strategy, taking into account all stakeholders, whose perception of ING determines its reputation. Risks or uncertainties, both positive and negative, are carefully managed, as reputation risk does not exist in isolation — rather, all risks may impact on reputation.
Within ING everything centres on people and trust. ING’s Executive Board and Senior Management share a clear vision of reputation management that goes well beyond the compliance and operational risk functions itself and drives the process of delivering on that vision. ING therefore expects the highest levels of personal conduct and integrity from all its employees and managers in order to safeguard its reputation.

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
COMPLIANCE RISK
Compliance risk is defined as the risk of damage to ING’s reputation as a result of failure (or perceived failure) to comply with relevant laws, regulations, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards. In addition to reputation damage, failure to effectively manage compliance risk can expose financial institutions to fines, civil and criminal penalties, payment of damages, court orders and suspension or revocation of licenses. A failure (or perceived failure) can adversely impact customers, staff and shareholders of ING.
Compliance management is fundamental to driving value. The pursuit of long term business sustainability requires proper conduct of business activities in accordance with the high ethical standards of ING’s Business Principles. These principles not only reflect laws and regulations, but are also based on ING’s core values: integrity, entrepreneurship, professionalism, responsiveness and teamwork.
Clear and accessible policies and procedures are embedded in ING business processes in all business lines. An infrastructure is in place to enable management to track current and emerging compliance issues and to communicate these to internal and external stakeholders. A comprehensive system of internal controls and audit creates an environment of continuous improvement in managing compliance risk. ING understands that good compliance involves understanding and delivering on the expectations of customers and other stakeholders, thereby improving the quality of key relationships based on honesty, integrity and fairness.
The Scope of the Compliance function
The Compliance function focuses on managing the risks arising from laws, regulations and standards which are specific to the financial services industry and which are issued by legislative and regulatory bodies relevant to ING’s businesses, or by ING Group Compliance. The Compliance function actively educates and supports the business in managing areas such as anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, conflicts of interest management, sales and trading conduct and Customer interest and protection.
The following Compliance risk areas have been defined and highlighted for particular attention:
  Client related integrity risk; this includes Financial Economic Crime — money laundering, terrorist financing, other external crime and fraud. Following Customer and Business Partner Due Diligence processes and monitoring business transactions are key contributors to how this risk is managed;
 
  Personal conduct related integrity risk; this includes market abuse and personal insider trading. Business principles and (local) codes of conduct and specific policies on outside positions by ING officers, inducements, including gifts and entertainment assist with management of these risks;
 
  Financial services conduct related integrity risk; the primary focus of this area of compliance risk is on marketing, sales and trading conduct, conduct of advisory business, transparency of product offerings, customer interest and protection. To assist with management of these risks ING has complaint handling processes, internal standards with respect to new product approval and product review and policies for data protection and privacy;
 
  Organizational conduct related integrity risk covers; conflicts of interest, anti-trust and relationships with third parties and intermediaries. Policies and measures in place to manage this risk include conflicts of interest policies and procedures including Chinese Walls, regulatory registration requirements and outsourcing and Merger and Acquisition policies and due diligence processes.
ING has a Whistleblower Policy and procedure which encourages staff to speak up if they know of or suspect a breach of external regulations or internal policies or business principles. The Whistleblower Policy ensures that staff is protected when raising issues.
ING’s global operations include business activities throughout the world, with subsidiaries and branches in many countries. Compliance activities in ING’s businesses consequently embrace or relate to various legal and regulatory requirements, as well as a variety of business and commercial needs.
The organization of Compliance
The Chief Compliance Officer (Group Compliance) reports directly to the CRO and is responsible for developing and establishing the company-wide Compliance Policy. The Chief Compliance Officer also establishes and approves the minimum standards for Compliance and assists and supports the Executive Board in managing ING’s Compliance risks. The Compliance function is organized along functional reporting lines.
The Group Compliance function comprises Corporate Compliance and Business Line Compliance. Corporate Compliance is responsible for developing and communicating ING’s global compliance

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
framework, policies and guidance for key areas of Compliance risk and provides advice to Business Line Compliance staff on Group policy matters.
ING uses a layered functional approach within Business Line Compliance to ensure systematic and consistent implementation of the company-wide Compliance Policy, minimum standards and the Compliance Framework. The local Compliance Officer has the responsibility to assist local management in managing compliance risk within that business unit. The regional or division Compliance Officer has a supervisory role in the compliance risk management process and manages and supervises all functional activities of the Compliance Officers in the respective region or division. The business line Compliance Officers perform this task for each respective business line and also provide leadership and overall direction to the regional or division Compliance Officers.
To avoid potential conflicts of interests, it is imperative that the Compliance Officer is impartial and objective when advising business management on compliance matters in their business unit, region, division or business line. To facilitate this, a strong functional reporting line to the next higher level Compliance Officer is in place. The functional reporting line has clear accountabilities around objective setting remuneration, performance management, and the appointment of new Compliance staff.
Compliance Management Policies and Tools
The responsibility of the Compliance Function is to proactively:
  Identify, assess and monitor the compliance risks faced by ING;
 
  Assist, support and advise management in fulfilling its compliance responsibilities;
 
  Advise any employee or officer with respect to their (personal) compliance obligations.
To ensure robust compliance risk management, Corporate Compliance, in close cooperation with business line Compliance and the business operations, has developed policies, processes and tools to assist with management of compliance risks. This set of compliance risk management processes and tools consists of the following components:
  Compliance chart (outlining the local scope of compliance in terms of laws, regulations and standards);
 
  Compliance risk identification and assessment;
 
  Compliance risk mitigation, (including implementation of standards, procedures and guidelines);
 
  Compliance risk monitoring (adherence to the Compliance Policy, its minimum standards and applicable legal and regulatory standards; quarterly reporting);
 
  Incident management;
 
  Training and education;
 
  Action tracking;
 
  Provision of compliance advice;
 
  Compliance governance.
Developments in 2007
Financial institutions continue to experience close scrutiny by regulatory authorities, governmental bodies, shareholders, rating agencies, customers and others to ensure they comply with the relevant laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Bank and Insurance regulators and other supervisory authorities in Europe, the US and elsewhere continue to oversee the activities of financial institutions to ensure that they operate with integrity and conduct business in an efficient, orderly and transparent manner. ING seeks to meet the standards and expectations of regulatory authorities and other interested parties through a number of initiatives and activities, including scrutinizing account holder information, payment processing and other transactions to support compliance with regulations governing money-laundering, economic and trade sanctions, bribery and other corrupt practices. The failure or perceived failure by ING to meet applicable standards in these areas could result in, among other things, suspension or revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil or criminal penalties and other disciplinary action which could materially damage ING’s reputation and financial condition, However, ING’s primary focus is to support these objectives as good business practice through Business Principles and group policies.
ING Bank N.V. has been in discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, US and other authorities. These discussions prompted ING Bank N.V. to engage in a review regarding transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with this review and related discussions ING Bank has undertaken to complete the global implementation of enhanced compliance and risk management procedures, and to monitor the implementation of such procedures on an ongoing basis, as instructed by DNB. ING Bank also remains in discussions with authorities in the US and in other jurisdictions concerning these matters, and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof.

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
One of the key priorities in 2007 was to work closely with business management to further embed the company-wide Financial Economic Crime policy. An enhanced Financial Economic Crime policy has been rolled out globally, requiring the implementation of strict Know Your Customer and Customer Due Diligence programs as well as the use of technology for the screening of customers and transactions.
As a result of our frequent evaluation of all businesses from economic, strategic and risk perspectives, ING Bank N.V. has closed its representative office in Cuba. The Netherlands Caribbean Bank, which is now a 100% ING subsidiary, is being liquidated. In addition, ING has concluded that for business reasons doing business involving certain specified countries should be discontinued, which includes that ING will not enter into new relationships with clients from these countries while a process has started to discontinue existing relationships involving these countries. At present these countries include Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, Iran and Cuba.
In addition a dedicated Sanctions Desk was established within Corporate Compliance in 2007 to help the businesses cope with the increasing amount of regulation and sanctions, such as the EU, UN and US Regulations on money laundering and terrorist financing and sanctions.
Also in 2007 ING continued to increase knowledge and understanding of compliance among its employees. The Executive Board stressed that ING’s strategy of sustainable, profitable growth can only be achieved along with effective compliance management. Compliance support teams have been established to help business lines embed compliance within their activities and extensive programs have been initiated to increase compliance knowledge and understanding. These teams serve as a channel for education, coaching, communication and sharing good compliance practices.
The capability and capacity of the Corporate Compliance function have been increased, including a staff increase of 55% and the creation of a central team focusing on Financial Economic Crime and anti-money laundering policies and procedures.
A Compliance Programme Office was set up to support ING’s continuing focus on building a culture where compliance is an integral part of ‘how business is done’. To increase compliance awareness, a global communication programme was set up commencing with strong messages from the Executive Board.
OPERATIONAL RISKS
Effective operational risk management leads to more stable business processes and lower operational risk costs. The operational risk management function comprises operational, information and security risks.
This is done by raising operational risk awareness, increasing transparency, improving early warning information and allocating risk ownership and responsibilities. It is the responsibility of group and local Operational Information and Security Risk Management (OISRM) to support general management in managing operational information and security risk (hereafter referred to as operational risk).
Risk management governance
ING OISRM is organized along a functional line comprising three levels within the organization: the corporate, business line and business unit levels. The General Manager of COISRM (Corporate OISRM) heads the functional line, reporting to the CRO. Each business unit has an OISRM manager that reports to the business line head of OISRM. This layered, functional approach ensures consistent application of guidelines and procedures, regular reporting and appropriate communication as well as the ongoing support for the business. The governance structure is implemented according to the Basel II requirements. The mandate, roles and responsibilities at different levels are clearly described in the OISRM policy house.

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Explanation of risk types
ING has defined operational risk as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputation loss as well as legal risk; whereas strategic risks are not included. The following eight risk categories are recognized:
  Control risk is the risk on loss due to non-compliance with business policies or guidelines;
 
  Unauthorized activity risk is the risk on loss caused by unauthorized employee trading, approvals or overstepping of authority;
 
  Processing risk is the risk on loss due to unintentional human error during (transaction) processing;
 
  Employment practice and workplace safety risk is the risk of loss due to acts inconsistent with employment, health or safety laws, or agreements, from payment of personal injury claims, or from diversity /discrimination events;
 
  Personal and physical security risk is the risk of criminal and environmental threats that might endanger the safety of ING personnel within ING locations and ING assets or might have an impact on the ING organization;
 
  IT risk is the risk of loss due to inadequate data or information security of systems;
 
  Crisis management and Business Continuity Planning/Disaster Recovery Planning risk is the risk of loss due to external events (e.g. natural disasters, criminal activity and terrorist attacks) leading to a situation that threatens the safety of people within ING or the continuity of business conducted;
 
  Internal and external fraud risk is the risk of losses due to acts of a type intended to defraud, misappropriate property or circumvent regulations or the law.
During 2007 ING introduced internally the non-financial risk dashboard to provide integrated risk information on compliance, operational, information and security risk using a consistent approach and risk language. Besides the above mentioned risk categories the non-financial risk dashboard distinguishes compliance risk; i.e. the risk that ING does not comply with laws, regulations, standards and expectations, which can result in suspension or revocation of its licenses, cease and desist orders, fines civil penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm ING’s results of operations and financial condition.
Management
ING has developed a comprehensive framework supporting the process of identifying, measuring and monitoring operational, information and security risks.
     
Risk Management Processes   Examples of risk management tools
 
   
Risk Governance
  -     Operational Risk Committee
 
  -     Compliance program
 
  -     Product Approval process
 
  -     Risk awareness training
 
   
Risk Identification
  -     Risk and Control Self Assessments
 
  -     Risk Awareness Programs
 
  -     Fraud detection
 
   
Risk Measurement
  -     Incidents Reporting and Analysis
 
  -     RAROC
 
  -     Quality of Control Scorecards
 
   
Risk Monitoring
  -     Audit Findings Action Tracking
 
  -     Key Risk Indicator Reporting
 
  -     Operational risk dashboard
 
   
Risk Mitigation
  -     (Information) Security plans and implementation
 
  -     Crisis management planning
 
  -     Personal and physical security planning
ING promotes effective management of operational, information and security risk by requiring business units to demonstrate that the appropriate steps have been taken to control operational risk. ING applies scorecards to measure the quality of operational, information and security risk processes within a business. Scoring is based on the ability to demonstrate that the required risk management processes are in place with the business units. The scorecards indicate the level of control with the business units. The scoring results in a decrease or increase of the risk capitals, depending on both the maturity of implemented operational, information and security risk and the control measures taken.
The overall scorecard outcome showed that ING Group satisfies the Basel II requirements in embedding the risk management framework.

F-133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Personal and physical security
ING has established policies on Personal and Physical Security. Entities need to ensure that all policy requirements are maintained. The ING Corporate Physical Security policy and minimum determine functional requirements about the areas of physical access security, theft protection, fire protection, cash and valuables protection, utilities and infrastructure protection and supporting security devices. Security plans per location are based on a risk assessment. All (major) ING assets (e.g. premises, information, equipment and valuables) must have a nominated asset-owner, which is accountable for the adequate protection of its entrusted ING asset. Each ING location has to be divided into classified security zones (compartmentalization) to locate classified assets. Each ING entity must have an appointed physical security manager who is accountable for the implementation of physical security within its location(s).
The corporate policy on Personal Security states how ING’s employees should be protected against exposure to the risks or the consequences of criminal and environmental threats. The policy includes minimum standards and some guidelines on business travelling (travel, accommodation and lodging), expatriates (e.g. selection process and accommodation), events by ING and projects in order to create and maintain a safe and secure environment for ING staff and visitors within ING locations and the availability, integrity and reliability of ING assets within and outside ING locations.
Crisis Management
Crisis management includes the process to detect, assess, solve and evaluate a crisis. The ING Crisis Management policy provides a cohesive overview of crisis management governance in relation to crisis management officer roles and responsibilities across the whole of ING Group. It does not address roles associated with ING customers or other third parties however.
The policy has prescribed requirements around planning and testing of crisis management organization, crisis communication, building evacuation, emergency actions and business continuity and disaster recovery.
Information security
The OISRM function operates with the mission of ensuring the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information and associated information processing assets through the disciplined used of risk management practices. The OISRM function is comprised of information security specialists within all Business Units and Business Lines, and is coordinated overall at the ING Group level.
The OISRM function has defined a comprehensive suite of policies, standards and guidelines, and compliance is measured and monitored on a regular basis.
The OISRM function actively measures and monitors information risk within the key risk areas noted below. The result of this process is used by ING Business Units to budget, plan, and implement appropriate risk mitigation actions.
Measurement
The operational risk measurement model uses both external and internal loss data (exceeding EUR 1 million) within an actuarial model. The model is adjusted for the scorecard results, taking into account the specific quality of internal control in a business line and the occurrence of large incidents (‘bonus/malus’). This provides an incentive to business unit management to better manage operational risk. The outcome is periodically challenged and benchmarked. The capital calculation model meets industry standards.
ING is member of the Operational Risk data eXchange Association (ORX), the world’s leading operational risk loss data consortium for the financial services industry. In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING has acquired insurance policies issued by third-party insurers, with world-wide cover for (Computer) Crime, Professional Liability, Directors and Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability. The portion of the risks that ING retains is of a similar magnitude to the risk retained for casualty business-related catastrophe exposures.

F-134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Developments in 2007:
  In 2007 ING obtained DNB’s approval to implement the advanced measurement approach for the operational risk capital calculation. ING has applied the AMA calculation as of January 1, 2008. Local implementation of Basel II is supported by the corporate OISRM function;
 
  The adjusted scorecard approach monitors the compliancy with the Compliance and OISRM framework and its controls while taking the maturity of the business units into account;
 
  The Anti-fraud Policy has been further upgraded. Defined measures include anti-fraud training, pre-employment screening, additional organizational controls, automated detection as well as reporting and response procedures. OISRM Policy house has been refreshed and reflects all OISRM policies;
 
  A powersupply issue in one of the datacentres (in the Netherlands) has prompted ING to accelerate an improvement programme for the business continuity and disaster recovery capability and platform security of its datacenters.
 
  The Non-Financial risk dashboard has been introduced and piloted;
 
  The integration of the operational, information and security functions at all levels within ING has lead to an organization which consists of around 900 FTE’s at the end of 2007.
MODEL DISCLOSURES
The risk profile of ING Group, as described in the Risk Management Section is captured by three key risk metrics:
  Earning at Risk;
 
  Capital at Risk;
 
  Economic Capital.
The analyses set out in the risk management section provide a valuable guide to investors as to the risk profile of ING Group. Users of the information should bear in mind that the analyses provided are forward looking measures that rely on assumptions and estimates of future events, some of which are considered extreme and therefore unlikely to occur. In the normal course of business, ING Group continues to develop, recalibrate and refine the various models that support risk metrics, which may result in changes to the risk metrics as disclosed.
This model disclosure section explains the models applied in deriving these three metrics. The methodology to derive the Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk metrics, as presented in the ING Group risk dashboard, is described first. Thereafter, the methodologies used to determine Economic Capital for ING Bank, ING Insurance and ING Group are described.
MODEL VALIDATION
In 2007 all risk models used for the Economic Capital Bank calculations and the ING Group risk dashboard have been reviewed and validated by the internal Model Validation department. The review of the models underlying Economic Capital for ING Insurance is planned for 2008.
The ING Bank Economic Capital calculation is also used as part of the Basel II pillar 2 Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) that is regularly performed by the Dutch Central Bank.
EARNINGS AND CAPITAL RISK
Earnings at Risk
Earnings at Risk (EaR) measures the potential reduction in accounting earnings over the next year relative to expected accounting earnings. EaR is measured using a 90% confidence level (i.e. ‘1 in 10’ stress scenario). Discretionary Management interventions are not explicitly modelled unless their measurement can be based on historical performance tracking (e.g. regular or planned actions). It should be noted that the 90% confidence level used for EaR is not an absolute requirement, but regarded as a general guideline. For each major risk types the earnings sensitivities are calculated based on existing best-practice e.g. 1% instantaneous shock to interest rates. To reflect bottom-line accounting earnings as close as possible in EaR measurement the amount is compared to the forecast earnings to determine risk appetite levels, e.g. The ING Bank credit risk component of EaR bank is adjusted for forecast risk costs (addition to Loan Loss Provision).
Capital at Risk
The Capital at Risk (CaR) measures the potential reduction of the net asset value (based on fair values) over the next year relative to expected value. CaR is measured using a 90% confidence level (i.e. ‘1 in 10’ stress scenario). Discretionary Management interventions are not explicitly modelled unless their measurement can be based on historical performance tracking (e.g. regular or planned actions).
Economic value is defined as the marked-to-market net asset value (assets less liabilities). For each major risk type the value sensitivities are calculated based on the existing Economic Capital

F-135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
methodology, applying the 90% confidence level. CaR risk appetite is measured against available financial resources.
Aggregation model risk dashboard
To derive the Earnings at Risk and Capital at Risk figures at an ING Group level, the underlying risk inputs from the ING Bank and ING Insurance business units are aggregated bottom-up, using a combination of the ‘variance-covariance’ method and Monte Carlo simulation. For aggregation up to Group level, two sets of correlation assumptions are required, namely the Bank-Insurance correlations per risk type and inter-risk correlations.
The basic data input for the group risk dashboard is provided along 13 major risk types (e.g. equity risk Europe; see table below) and diversified within ING Bank or ING Insurance.
The first aggregation step is between ING Bank and ING Insurance for each major risk type. All risk capitals, except for credit risk that is already aggregated for ING Bank and ING Insurance are delivered on a standalone basis for ING Bank and ING Insurance. These risk capitals are aggregated between ING Bank and ING Insurance using a variance-covariance approach. Depending on the accounting treatment the Bank — Insurance correlation factors used for EaR may differ from CaR correlation factors (e.g. for interest rate risk). The result of this aggregation step are Group diversified EaR and CaR figures for each major risk type.
Major risk types distinguished
     
Risk type   Distribution used
Credit and transfer risk (2)
  KMV distribution
Market risk (8)
  Normal distribution
Interest rate risk Europe, Asia and America
   
Equity risk Europe, Asia and America
   
FX risk
   
Real estate risk
   
Insurance risk (1)
  Normal distribution
Business risk (1)
  Normal distribution
Operational risk (1)
  Empirical distribution
(Note numbers in parentheses indicates the number of risk types distinguished (total of 13)
A second aggregation step exists between these major risk types at an ING Group level. The Group diversified EaR and CaR figure for each major risk type are aggregated using a Monte Carlo simulation in combination with an inter-risk correlation matrix to obtain the overall EaR and CaR figures for ING Group. The outcomes of the simulation represent the potential losses arising from the major risk types, which are summed together to derive the aggregate potential losses. The diversified Group EaR or CaR is then calculated as the 90th percentile of the simulated aggregate potential losses.
Principal assumptions of EaR and CaR measurement
CaR and EaR figures should always be viewed in the context of principal assumptions made to enable both comparability and updated measurement of ING Group risk profile:
  Risk dynamics are based on historic observation; historical events are used as a proxy for future risk estimates e.g. price changes, defaults, dependencies of markets;
 
  Point-in-time risk profile of in-force business is presented; in general risk measurement does not include future volumes and margins;
 
  Discretionary Management interventions are not explicitly modelled unless their measurement can be based on historical performance tracking (e.g. regular or planned actions);
 
  Correlation factors between risk types used for diversification are based on best estimate assumptions supported by statistical analysis of historical data, ING risk expert judgement, external benchmark study and common logic;
 
  Behavioural assumptions for clients are included in risk measurement where applicable e.g. variable savings, embedded mortgage options or lapse ratios.
Reporting Framework
All data for each risk type and business line, as well as the empirical Group risk distributions, are uploaded to a web-based risk dashboard program. The aggregation and simulation steps, as described above, are performed in a secure server based environment.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL ING BANK
Economic Capital is defined as the amount of capital that a transaction or business unit requires in order to support the economic risks it originates. In general Economic Capital is measured as the unexpected loss above the expected value or loss at a given confidence level. Specific measurement

F-136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
by risk type is described in greater detail in the separate risk type sections; i.e. credit and transfer and operational risk as well as market and business risk bank.
This Economic Capital definition is in line with the net market value (or surplus) definition. The process of Economic Capital modelling enables ING Bank to allocate Economic Capital to the business units and support risk adjusted performance measurement (RAROC). By comparing Economic Capital figures with ING’s available financial resources, adequate capital buffers can be ensured.
The following fundamental principles and definitions have been established for the model:
  ING Bank uses a one-sided confidence level of 99.95% — consistent with ING’s target debt rating (AA) — and a one-year time horizon to calculate Economic Capital;
 
  It is assumed that all currently known measurable sources of risk are included;
 
  The best estimate risk assumptions are as objective as possible and based on proper analysis of statistical data. There is one set of best-estimate assumptions for each risk type to be used at ING Bank;
 
  The Economic Capital calculation is based on fair value principles. Where complete and efficient markets exist, fair value is equal to market value;
 
  The Economic Capital calculations reflect known embedded options and the influence of client behaviour in banking products;
 
  The Economic Capital calculations are on a pre-tax basis and do not consider the effect of regulatory accounting and solvency requirements on capital levels;
 
  The framework does not include any franchise value of the business, discretionary management intervention or future business volumes and margins.
Further details are provided in the relevant model descriptions for each risk area.
Aggregation model
The main processes executed in the ING Bank Economic Capital aggregation model are depicted in the flowchart below. The white boxes show the processes performed by the model while the shaded box indicates inputs from other corporate risk departments.
(FLOW DIAGRAM)
As a foundation the correlations in the risk dashboard are applied based on a 90% confidence level, i.e. they correspond to the correlations observed in the 10% largest downward movements (a ‘1 in 10’ event). As shown in the flow-chart, these correlation factors are stressed upwards where necessary to account for potential measurement inaccuracy in extreme events due to limited historic data observations. For aggregating non-financial risks (business and operational) expert opinion is used.
The Economic Capital for ING Bank involves the aggregation of the underlying Economic Capitals of five distinct risk types, namely credit, transfer, market, operational and business risks. These risk types are aggregated to provide a total diversified ING Bank Economic Capital by applying the variance-covariance approach with a 5 x 5 inter-risk correlation matrix.
For allocation of Economic Capital to units and products, diversification factors are calculated for each risk type. These factors are applied consistently throughout ING Bank. The level of diversification benefit is dependent on both the inter-risk correlations as well as the relative size of the undiversified Economic Capital exposure for each risk type.
Reporting Framework
For each business unit and product line, the gross Economic Capital for each risk type is delivered to MISRAROC — the financial data warehouse for RAROC and Economic Capital reporting of ING Bank. The net Economic Capital figures are calculated by taking the product of the gross Economic Capital with one minus the diversification factor. Total Economic Capital is calculated as the sum of the net Economic Capital for each risk type at all reporting levels.

F-137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
with one minus the diversification factor. Total Economic Capital is calculated as the sum of the net Economic Capital for each risk type at all reporting levels.
CREDIT AND TRANSFER RISK
Economic Capital for credit risk and for transfer risk is the portion of Economic Capital held to withstand unexpected losses inherent in the credit portfolios related to (unexpected) changes in the underlying creditworthiness of debtors, or the recovery value of underlying collateral (if any). Credit risk and transfer risk capital are calculated on all portfolios which contain credit or transfer risk, including investment portfolios. The same methodology is used for both the banking and the insurance operations.
Economic Capital for credit risk and for transfer risk are calculated using internally developed models with a 99.95% confidence level and a time horizon of one year, which represents ING’s desired credit rating.
ING uses a series of credit risk models that can be grouped into three principal categories: Probability of Default (PD) models, which measure the standalone creditworthiness of individual debtors; Exposure at Default models (EAD) which estimate the size of the financial obligation at the moment of default in the future; and Loss Given Default Models (LGD), which estimate the recovery value of the underlying collateral or guarantees received (if any) and the unsecured part. Collectively, ING uses over 100 models for credit risk. The various models can be grouped into three categories: statistical, expert and hybrid. Each model is individually reviewed and validated annually by the Model Validation department (MV), in order to determine the continued viability or need to adjust each individual model.
The Economic Capital formula for credit and transfer risks relies on seven different risk drivers. In addition to the PD, EAD, and LGD models mentioned above, the formula also considers the industry and the country of the debtor as well as the remaining term of the respective underlying transactions. Lastly, the formula considers the correlation of the individual transactions to the portfolio as a whole. ING uses Monte Carlo simulation tools to determine certain parameters which are then applied to individual transactions in determining the level of Economic Capital related to credit and transfer risk in a bottom up approach. The correlations, which are updated quarterly, are determined at a Business Line level, and diversification effects are applied at the transactional level.
The underlying formulas and models that are used for determining Economic Capital for credit and transfer risk are the same as those used for determining the level of regulatory capital that is required under Basel II (Pillar 1). Despite the fact that the same underlying formulas are used, (internal) Economic Capital and regulatory capital are not the same, due to various specific rules imposed by Basel II, such as regulatory caps and floors, and the use of the standardized approach for certain portions of ING’s portfolio. These differences are permitted under the Basel II guidelines.
The table below summarises different capital measures used for different purposes and shows the difference in key elements and purposes.
                         
                   
                   
Credit Risk Capital Measurements   Methodology   Location     Confidence level   Inputs   Purpose
Regulatory Capital
  Basel II Formula   Vortex Basel Engine (‘VBE’) in the Central Risk Database     99.90%   Basel II model outputs   RWA
 
                       
 
                       
Economic Capital
  Risk adjusted
capital Closed
Algebraic Formula
(RAC)
  Vortex Risk Engine (‘VRE’) in the Central Risk Database     99.95%   Basel II model outputs excluding Basel II caps and floors, maturity, repayment schedules, correlation factors, migration matrix. Some inputs come from EC-MC portfolio calculator but with 99.95% confidence level country and industry.   Pricing, Economic Capital for credit at transational level and above
 
                       
Capital and earnings at risk
  Monte Carlo simulation based on aggregate portfolio (‘EC-MC portfolio calculator’)   Stand alone tool
using same data
from Central
Datawarehouse as
VRE
    90.00%   Basel II model outputs excluding Basel II caps and correlation factors, migration matrix country and industry.   Risk Dashboard at Line of Business Level and above
With regard to methodology, the EC-MC Portfolio calculator provides a sophisticated and consistent framework to measure capital numbers for credit risk. Because of its complexity and required calculation time the EC-MC Portfolio calculator is more suited for portfolio calculation, rather than to be

F-138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
implemented in an environment requiring real time reporting at a transactional level for day-to-day management, pricing of new transactions and limit setting. As a result, Economic Capital figures are based on RAC figures that are derived from the EC-MC Portfolio calculator but are not fully equivalent. The main characteristics are:
  RAC is calculated at facility level with closed algebraic formulas rather than from a Monte Carlo Simulation. The RAC algebraic formula includes parameters which incorporate the impact of portfolio dynamics, such as correlations and diversification effects. These parameters are derived through a regression of the outputs of the EC-MC portfolio calculator;
  Due to its proprietary nature the inputs in the EC — MC Portfolio calculator are subject to certain technical caps and floors (LGD/EaD is constant and PD migration matrix is capped) which are not applicable in RAC. Also, due to the implemented mathematical routines the EC-MC portfolio calculator is subject to a minimum PD and maximum tenor, which are not applicable in RAC.
Additionally the banking operations use the RAC model for determining the optimal pricing on (new) lending transactions in order to ensure that ING meets its desired RAROC returns.
During 2007, the Economic Capital levels for credit and transfer risk were calculated on a weekly basis for most of the Wholesale Bank, for ING Direct investment portfolios and for the SME portfolios within the Retail banking operations. For consumer loans, residential mortgages, credit cards, and the insurance portfolios, the calculations are made on a monthly basis. On a quarterly basis, the Economic Capital for credit risk and transfer risk figures are consolidated with the corresponding Economic Capital components from other disciplines.
Governance of Economic Capital for Credit and Transfer Risk
All PD, EAD and LGD models are approved by the Credit Risk Committee (CRC) after thorough review of documentation by the Model Development Steering Committee (MDSG) and MV. In addition, each model is validated on an annual basis by MV. Each model has both a credit risk and a front office co-sponsor. Both the MDSG and the CRC have participation from both credit risk officers as well as the front office to ensure maximum acceptance by the organization.
MARKET RISK BANK
General
Economic Capital for market risk is the Economic Capital necessary to withstand unexpected value movements due to changes in model risks and market variables, such as interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and real estate prices. Economic Capital for market risk is calculated for exposures both in trading portfolios and non-trading portfolios.
Measurement
Economic capital for market risk is calculated using internally developed methodologies with a 99.95% confidence interval and a horizon of one year, which represents extreme events and ING’s rating. The Economic Capital for market risk for non trading portfolios is calculated for each risk type, while for trading portfolios it is calculated on a portfolio level. The calculations for Economic Capital market risk include real estate risk (including development risk), foreign exchange rate risk, equity price risk, interest rate risk and model risks.
Real estate price risk includes both the market risks in the investment portfolio and the development risk of ING Real Estate.
The real estate price risk for ING Real Estate is calculated by stressing the underlying market variables. The stress scenarios at a portfolio level take into account all diversification effects across regions and real estate sectors. Also, the leverage of participations in the real estate investment funds is taken into account.
For the real estate development process, in addition to price risk, the risk drivers of vacancy rate and construction delays are in addition taken into account. Furthermore the risk model differs for each development phase (i.e., research, development, and construction) to appropriately reflect the risk taken in each phase. Using correlations, all risk drivers, and stages are used to calculate a possible market value loss representing the Economic Capital for market risk for the development portfolio.
For the direct market risks, the actual VaR (measured at a 99% confidence interval, a one day holding period and under the assumption of an expected value of zero) of the trading and non-trading portfolios is taken as a starting point for the Economic Capital calculations for market risk. To arrive at the Economic Capital for market risk, a simulation based model is used which includes scaling to the required confidence interval and holding period. In determining this scaling factor, several other factors are also taken into account like the occurrence of large market movements (events) and management interventions.

F-139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Economic Capital for market risk for the large non-trading portfolios within ING Retail Banking and ING Wholesale Banking is calculated for embedded option risk (e.g. the prepayment option in mortgages) and model risk. The model risk is calculated by stressing the underlying assumptions in the models for behavioural assets and liabilities. For example, the hedge for savings portfolios is based on assumptions with respect to developments of volumes and client rates. Deviations in these assumptions can lead to (ex-post) incorrect estimation of the interest rate typical maturity of saving deposits. If there is more outflow than initially modelled, the duration of the savings money may be lower than the duration of the investments, which leads to losses if interest rates go up. The Economic Capital model for market risk is based on estimations of the 99% confidence savings duration error, combined with the 99% adverse interest rate movement. The combined probability represents a 99.95% confidence level. The Economic Capital figure for ING Direct currently does not capture the embedded option risk and the model risk resulting from the mortgages maintained within this line of business. This will be implemented in 2008.
For the model applied to mortgage portfolios a similar rationale is employed. The quality of the hedge depends on assumptions with respect to prepayment behaviour. If these assumptions are wrong, the funding may be either too long or too short term. Similar to the above, the Economic Capital model for market risk is based on the estimated 99% confidence prepayment model error and the 99% confidence adverse interest rate change.
While aggregating the different Economic Capital market risk figures for the different portfolios, diversification benefits are taken into account as it is not expected that all extreme market movements will appear at the same moment.
The nature of market risk economic capital, evaluating the impact of extreme stress with a 99.95% confidence level, can sometimes be difficult to evidence in a statistical sound manner with the available historical data. The economic capital figures disclosed by ING Group are a best effort estimate based on available data and expert opinions.
OPERATIONAL RISK
Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes the risk of reputation loss, as well as legal risk; whereas strategic risks are not included. The main risk drivers are the quality of control and the volume of cash flows or other operational risk control measures, e.g. legal expenditures. While operational risk can be limited through management controls and insurance, many incidents still have a substantial impact on the profit and loss account of financial institutions. Operational risk is more difficult to quantify than other risk types, because of the far-reaching (mostly low probability — high impact) and historic data on business performance is scarce.
The capital model, an actuarial model, consists of a combination of three techniques:
  Loss Distribution approach (LDA), which applies statistical analysis to historical loss data;
 
  Scorecard approach, which focuses on the quality of risk control measures within a specific institution;
 
  ‘Bonus/Malus’ approach, which focuses on the actual operational incidents of a specific institution.
Loss Distribution approach
The main objective of the LDA approach is to derive an objective capital number based on the size and the risk appetite of an institution and its business units. This approach estimates the likely (fat-tailed) distribution of operational risk losses over some future horizon for each combination of business line and loss event type. The main characteristic of the LDA is the explicit derivation of a loss distribution, which is based on separate distributions for event frequency (Poisson) and severity (Inverse Gaussian). The model uses both external and internal loss data above one million EUR.
The calculation of operational risk capitals for the units follows five basic principles:
  Principle 1: If the world gets riskier, the business units need more Economic Capital;
 
  Principle 2: If a business unit’s size increases, so does its capital;
 
  Principle 3: If the business of a business unit is more complex, it needs more capital;
 
  Principle 4: If the level of control of a business unit is higher, it needs less capital;
  Principle 5: If the business units’ losses from internal incidents exceed the level of expected loss accounted for in the first four framework principles, it needs more capital.
The capital calculated according above principles is ‘generic’: if two business units operate in the same markets and have the same size, the resulting capital will be the same. The specific capital adjustments mentioned below adjust the generic capital of a specific institution to its specific operational risk capital.

F-140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Scorecard approach
The scorecard adjustment reflects the level of quality of control in a specific institution. Scorecards aim to measure the quality of key operational risk management processes. The scorecard procedure concerns questions that require quantitative data, qualitative judgements or simple yes/no questions (e.g. indicating compliance with certain group policies). The scorecards are completed by all business units using self-assessment and reviewed by an expert panel who determines the final score. The set of scorecards then leads to an increase or decrease of the capital of the specific institution.
‘Bonus/Malus’ approach
Units are assigned additional capital in case losses from internal incidents exceed the level of expected losses that have been accounted for in the LDA. When actual losses are lower than expected, the capital will be decreased. Only internal incidents above one million EUR from the last five years are used. The Bonus/Malus adjustments are capped at + and — 20% to prevent large capital fluctuations in total ING capital.
ING BANK BUSINESS RISK CAPITAL
The current calculation method applied within ING Bank defines business risk as the ‘residual risk category’ that includes all risks that are not covered by the explicitly defined (and managed/measured) credit/transfer, market and operational risk categories. In accordance with the residual risk definition, the measurement of business risk capital is based on a single risk factor; i.e. the volatility of the ‘residual’ profit and loss figures (for each BU) that are cleansed for the effects of other risk types. As a consequence there is no further gain in insight regarding sub business risks.
The level of the business risk capital is linked to the volatility of (cleansed historical) profit and loss data taking into account observed trends. In practice, this means that more stable earnings over time generally lead to less capital.
Using a T—distribution and the level of confidence, the volatility is then ‘capitalized’ to obtain a business risk capital. The T-distribution is a theoretical probability distribution, is symmetrical, bell-shaped and similar to the standard normal curve. However, the T-distribution has relatively more scores in its tails than the normal distribution.
As relatively short data series are available, a capital floor and cap are included in order to prevent that the business risk capital is under- or overestimated. The minimum (floor: 20%) and maximum (cap: 80%) are specified as a percentage of the operating costs and as such link business risk capital for units that operate at the floor to cost efficiency.
ING INSURANCE ECONOMIC CAPITAL
Economic Capital, ‘EC’, is defined by ING as the amount of assets that needs to be held in addition to the market value of liabilities to assure a non-negative surplus at a 99.95% level of confidence on a 1 year time horizon. ING measures Economic Capital by quantifying the impact on the market value surplus (MVS) as a result of adverse events that occur with a specified probability related to the AA rating. Therefore ING’s Economic Capital model is based on a ‘Surplus-at-Risk’ concept. The confidence level consistent with an AA rating has been defined as the 99.95% one-sided confidence level over a one-year horizon. The change in market value surplus (MVS) is the combined effect of changes in market value of assets (MVA) minus market value of liabilities (MVL).
The MVL consist of the Financial Component of Liabilities (FCL) and a Market Value Margin (MVM) for non-hedgeable risks (e.g. insurance risk). The MVM is calculated using a Cost-of-Capital approach based on an estimate of required shareholder return on Economic Capital.

F-141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The following fundamental principles have been established for the model:
  Economic Capital requirements are calculated to achieve a target AA rating for policyholder liabilities;
 
  All sources of risk should be considered;
  The best estimate actuarial assumptions should be as objective as possible and based on a proper analysis of economic, industry, and company-specific statistical data. There is one set of best-estimate assumptions per product to be used for all purposes at ING;
  Valuation of assets and liabilities is based on fair value principles. Where complete and efficient markets exist, fair value is equal to market value;
  The Economic Capital and valuation calculations should reflect the embedded options in insurance contracts;
  The Economic Capital and valuation calculations do not consider the effect of local regulatory accounting and solvency requirements on capital levels. Capital is assumed to be fully transferable between legal entities;
  The framework does not include any franchise value of the business. It does, however, include the expense risk associated with the possibility of reduced sales volume in the coming year.
ING quantifies the impact of the following types of risk in its Economic Capital model:
  Market risk for ING Insurance is the change in value based on changes in interest rates, equity prices, real estate prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities (interest rate and equity), and foreign exchange rates. It occurs when there is less than perfect matching between assets and liabilities. Market risk may exist in the insurance activities as a result of selling products with guarantees or options (guaranteed crediting rates, surrender options, profit sharing, etc.) that cannot be hedged given the assets available in a certain market. Market risk may also occur when there is an intentional mismatch between asset and liability cash flows even when it is possible to match or hedge the cash flows;
  Credit risk is the risk of changes in the credit quality of issuers due to defaults or credit migration of securities (in the investment portfolio), counter parties (e.g. on reinsurance contracts, derivative contracts or deposits given) and intermediaries to whom ING has an exposure. In addition to credit risk, ING includes a calculation of transfer risk for the risk of being unable to repatriate funds when required due to government restrictions;
  Business risk is defined as the exposure to the possibility that experience differs from expectations with respect to expenses, the run-off of existing business (persistency) and future premium re-rating;
  Operational risk is defined as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk capital is difficult to quantify, since it is driven by infrequent events of high severity, and can be significantly mitigated or exacerbated by the quality of internal controls and guidelines. It may be partially managed through the purchase of insurance;
  Life risk relates to deviations in timing and amount of the cash flows (premium payments and benefits) due to the incidence or non-incidence of death. The risk of non-incidence of death is also referred to as longevity risk to distinguish it from the risk associated with death protection products. ING notes risks due to uncertainty of best estimate assumptions concerning level and trend of mortality rates, volatility around best estimates, and potential calamities and recognizes external reinsurance;
  Morbidity risk is the risk of variations in claims levels and timing due to fluctuations in policyholder morbidity (sickness or disability) recognizing external reinsurance. A wide variety of policy classes are subject to morbidity risk, including disability, accidental death and disability, accelerated death benefits, workers compensation, medical insurance, and long-term care insurance;
  P&C risk comprises the risk of variability of size, frequency and time to payment of future claims, development of outstanding claims and allocated loss adjustment expenses for P&C product lines recognizing external reinsurance.
Liquidity risk and strategic business risk have been excluded from the EC calculations of ING Insurance.
Economic Capital Model
The ING Economic Capital calculation is calculated based on a ‘Surplus-at-Risk’ concept. ‘Surplus-at-Risk’ is calculated based on the steps:
  Calculate the complete balance sheet (all assets and liabilities) on a Market Value basis;
 
  Generate Monte-Carlo shock scenarios for all of the relevant risk factors (market and non-market);
 
  Recalculate the complete balance sheet (all assets and liabilities) on a Market Value basis for each shock scenario. For practical purposes, the MVM is not recalculated under shock scenarios;
 
  Calculate the 99.95% worst case decrease in the Market Value Surplus over all the shock scenarios. This value will be the EC. Note that the shock scenario causing the Economic Capital will differ by business unit, business line, and at an ING Insurance level.

F-142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In 2007, ING Insurance has introduced ECAPS as an intranet-based Economic Capital reporting system utilising replicating portfolio techniques. The ECAPS system provides a well controlled and automated basis for Economic Capital and risk measurement. Each business unit enters the risk characteristics of its assets and liabilities into the ECAPS system on a regular basis. These risk characteristics are then translated to a uniform basis in the form of replicating portfolios of standardized financial instruments. Based on the constellation of replicating portfolios (including representations of non-market risks), the ECAPS system then is capable of calculating Economic Capitals at every level of aggregation. The following is a brief description of the model.

1. Market Data and Scenario Generation
(GRAPHIC)
2. Stochastic Cash flows and Non-market Risk Capital
(GRAPHIC)
3. Replicating Portfolio
(GRAPHIC)
4. Economic Capital Calculation

•   Automated retrieval of all current and historical market data
•   500 Risk scenarios sent to each business unit to locally develop stochastic asset and liability cash flows
•   20,000 Real World Monte-Carlo scenarios for Economic Capital calculation

•   Actuarial software used to produce the stochastic cash flows by scenario
•   Business units upload stochastic asset and liability cash flows for optimized replicating portfolio
•   Non-market risk capitals calculated in accordance with ING Standards of Practice submitted to ECAPS for risk aggregation

•   Capture the risk profile of the financial component of insurance liabilities by mapping onto a small set of standard financial instruments
•   Standard instruments contain discount bond, swaption, equity forward/option and FX option
•   Find a replicating portfolio that matches the cash flows as closely as possible for the 500 paths

•   Replicating portfolio used to capture the risk profile of Insurance assets and liabilities
•   EC market shocks and diversification benefits from Monte-Carlo Scenarios
•   Non-market risk aggregation
•   Total diversified EC


Further details on Economic Capital model
Market Data and Scenario Generation
ING Insurance uses ING Bank’s Global Market Database (GMDB) as a provider of market price and risk data for financial risk drivers. All market data is obtained from reputable data providers such as Reuters and Bloomberg. The GMDB operational team then validates the market data and calculates relevant risk parameters. This validated data is then automatically delivered to the ECAPS system.
Since ING Insurance operates in many developing financial markets, extrapolation algorithms are in place for extending beyond observable market data when this is needed for the calculation of the Market Value Liabilities and the Economic Capital. These algorithms are based on comparable data in mature markets.

F-143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Based on the market data from GMDB, ING calibrates two economic scenario generators:
  Risk Neutral Economic Scenario Generator (RN ESG): capable of generating multiple equity indices and exchange rates, consistent with a multi-currency dynamic term structure model. Scenarios are used in the cash flow projection to determine replicating portfolios. RN ESG scenarios are consistent with observed market prices of equity, FX and interest options;
 
  Real World Economic Scenario Generator (RW ESG): capable of jointly simulating all risk types, i.e. all market risks, credit risk, business risk, operational risk, life risk, morbidity risk and P&C risk. Diversification between risks is taken into account through a Gaussian copula, allowing for different marginal probability distributions at the risk driver level. RW ESG scenarios are consistent with historical time series of the market risk drivers using 5 years of weekly data observations. The volatilities are scaled from weekly to quarterly and the weekly correlations are used directly as estimates of quarterly correlations.
Stochastic Cash Flows and Non-Market Risk Capital
The market risks in assets and liabilities are captured in and represented by stochastic cash flows in 500 scenarios. Business Units are responsible for generating these cash flows, the modelling of embedded options and guarantees and a proper mapping of risk drivers in the scenario set to cash flow determinants such as policyholder behaviour and management actions restricted to dynamic hedge programs and setting of crediting rates/profit sharing. To better capture the behaviour in the tails of the distribution, the set of scenarios consist of 300 Risk Neutral scenarios and 200 ‘Risk Volatile’ scenarios with double volatilities. The average of the 300 Risk Neutral scenarios provides a check on the market value of the replicating portfolio. It should be noted that this serves only as a check, and that the actual market value of liabilities is derived directly from the replicating portfolio. The 200 Risk Volatile scenarios ensure that the replicating portfolio is calibrated against enough extreme scenarios such that it can be used safely in Economic Capital calculations.
Non-market risk Economic Capital is calculated by business units, Corporate Credit Risk Management and Corporate Operational, Information and Security Risk Management and input into ECAPS at the sub risk level. ECAPS than aggregates 21 sub-risk types (e.g. mortality and trend risk) to 9 non market risk types using a bottom-up Economic Capital diversification approach based on a matrix of tail correlations. The information inputs relate to 9 sub risk types:
  Credit risk;
 
  Business risk;
 
  Operational risk;
 
  Life risk catastrophe;
 
  Life risk non-catastrophe;
 
  Morbidity risk catastrophe;
 
  Morbidity risk non-catastrophe;
 
  P&C risk catastrophe;
 
  P&C risk non-catastrophe.
The inputs are used to calibrate marginal distributions for these risk types. These distributions, in combination with the Gaussian copula, are then used in the Economic Capital Calculation to measure diversification between market and non-market risks.
Replicating Portfolios
To handle the full complexity of calculating diversification by Monte Carlo simulation, ING maps its assets and liabilities to a set of standard financial instruments. The set of standard instruments consists of zero coupon bonds, market indices, equity forwards, swaptions, F/X options and equity options. Assets and the financial components of the liabilities are represented by a portfolio of this standard set of instruments. A user interface allows the selection of different types of replicating instruments for different cash flow types. Then an optimal replicating portfolio is created that matches the risk profile of the stochastically generated cash flows as good as possible. The resulting replicating portfolio is used in the calculation of Economic Capital.
Through the inclusion of equity options, F/X options and swaptions in the set of replicating instruments, ING is able to incorporate implied volatility risk in the considered risk types. The same holds for the credit spread risk through the inclusion of credit risk bearing zero coupon bonds in the set of replicating instruments.
The quality of the replicating portfolio is monitored by several statistical criteria including R-squared and benchmarked against market value sensitivities such as duration, convexity, and changes in value for larger interest rate and equity shocks. High quality replicating portfolios are important in several ways. First, they ensure a good reflection of the actual risk profile and an accurate calculation of Economic Capital. Second, they assist Business Units in hedging strategies and management of Economic

F-144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital. Third, the process of replicating portfolio calculations increases the understanding of the complex nature of insurance liabilities in a market consistent environment.
Replicating portfolios are currently determined from a single factor RN ESG interest rate model. This limits the ability of the replicating portfolios to pick up sensitivity to non-parallel shifts of the term structure of interest rates. Hence RW ESG interest rate scenarios for the Value at Risk calculations are generated using a single factor model as well. However both RN ESG and RW ESG models are consistent with respectively, the RN ESG and RW ESG volatility structure of interest rates.
Economic Capital Calculation
ECAPS uses Monte-Carlo simulation to determine diversification benefits for the complete ‘portfolio hierarchy’, from Business Unit level up to an ING Group level. All diversification calculations are done within ECAPS and are driven by the Gaussian copula of all risk drivers using the underlying distributions applicable for each risk type.
For the calculation of Economic Capital, ING uses a one- year time horizon. In practice, the model calculates instantaneous quarterly shocks and then annualizes the resulting VaR statistic to determine an annualized EC. The quarterly shock is used to stabilise the results, to ensure the shocks are within a range that can be more credibly valued for assets and liabilities, to better capture the impact of dynamic hedge strategies, to more reasonably use weekly correlations of risk factors, and to get closer to actual risk practices and reporting cycles.
Using Monte-Carlo simulation, ING’s Economic Capital model generates 20,000 possible ‘states-of-the-world’, by randomly simulating all risk drivers — simultaneously. For each state-of-the-world, the market value of assets and liabilities are recalculated and the change in value of the Market Value Surplus (MVS) is stored. All these changes in MVS are then sorted, and the 99.95% worst-case change in MVS is identified, to provide the Economic Capital level for the given level of aggregation.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL GROUP
ING’s Group Economic Capital and Bank-Insurance diversification benefit is determined by applying one common aggregation approach to the banking and insurance businesses. The starting point is the actual reported Economic Capital figures for ING Bank and ING Insurance, excluding inter-risk diversification. In addition an aligned set of best-estimate correlation assumptions is constructed by applying the weighted average of the Bank and Insurance specific inter-risk correlation assumptions for each of the five major risk types i.e. credit, market, insurance, business, and operational; reference Economic Capital models of Bank and Insurance.
The group diversification benefit is calculated by applying a ‘Gaussian-copula’ simulation approach. Due to the inherent uncertainties around correlation assumptions and changes in risk exposures the results are subjected to extensive sensitivity tests.
2.2.2. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVES
ING Group Capital Management (Capital Management) is responsible for the sufficient capitalization of ING Group entities at all times in order to manage the risk associated with ING’s business activities. This involves the management, planning and allocation of capital within ING Group. ING’s Corporate Treasury is part of Capital Management. It executes the necessary capital market transactions, term (capital) funding and risk management transactions. Capital Management monitors and plans capital adequacy on a consolidated basis at three levels: ING Group, ING Insurance and ING Bank. The rating objective for these three entities is currently AA/Aa2. Capital Management takes into account the metrics and requirements of regulators (EU Solvency, Tier 1 and BIS ratios and limits for hybrid capital), rating agencies (leverage ratios, Adjusted Equity) and internal risk management models and market value balance sheets (economic capital (EC) and available financial resources (AFR)).
ING applies three main capital definitions:
  AFR — This is a market value concept, defined as market value of assets less the market value of liabilities on the balance sheet. The liabilities do not include the hybrid capital which is accounted for as equity. In the absence of a full market value balance sheet for ING Bank, AFR Bank is defined as Tier 1 capital plus the revaluation reserve for equity securities, less the difference between expected loss and loan loss provisions. AFR is used as the measure of available capital in comparison with EC employed. EC or Economic Capital is the amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of severe stress given ING Group’s ‘AA’ target rating.

F-145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  Adjusted Equity — This rating agency concept is defined as shareholders’ equity adjusted for hybrids, prudential filters and the Value in Force and Deferred Acquisition Cost. See ‘Capital Base’ disclosures below. This capital definition is applied in comparing available capital to core debt (leverage) for ING Group and ING Insurance.
  Tier 1 capital — Tier 1 capital and total BIS capital are regulatory concepts applicable to ING Bank. Tier 1 capital is defined as shareholders’ equity plus hybrid capital less certain prudential filters and deductible items. Tier 1 and BIS capital divided by risk weighted assets equals the Tier 1 and BIS ratio respectively.
Increasingly Capital Management considers AFR and EC employed when managing capital. AFR should exceed EC and for ING Group as a whole there should be a prudent buffer. The target for the buffer at Group level is 20%.
POLICIES
The activities of Capital Management are executed on the basis of established policies, guidelines and procedures. The main documents that serve as guidelines for capital planning are the Capital Letter (comprising the approved targets and limits for capital), the Capital Planning Policy, the Dividend Policy and the Capital Request Policy. For the Corporate Treasury there are many policies and limits that guide the management of the balance sheets and the execution of capital market transactions.
The above capital definitions and policies have been approved by the ING Group Executive Board.
PROCESSES FOR MANAGING CAPITAL
In addition to measuring capital adequacy, Capital Management also ensures that sufficient capital is available through setting targets and limits relevant to the above mentioned metrics for ING Bank, ING Insurance and ING Group and ensuring adherence to the set limits and targets through planning and executing capital management transactions. The process is supplemented by stress testing and scenario analysis. The ongoing assessment and monitoring of capital adequacy is embedded in Capital Management’s capital planning process and results in a quarterly Capital Adequacy Assessment Report which is presented to both the ING Group Finance and Risk Committee and the ING Group Executive Board. The main objective of the assessment is to ensure that ING Group as a whole has sufficient capital relative to its risk profile both in the short and the medium term.
CAPITAL ADEQUACY ASSESSMENT
As at December 31, 2007 and 2006, ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance met all major target capital ratios and metrics. As at December 31, 2007 and 2006, ING Group, ING Bank and ING Insurance were adequately capitalized in relation to their risk profile and strategic objectives.
BASEL II
As of January 1, 2008, ING Bank calculates its capital ratios under Basel II. In 2008, ING Bank will publish risk weighted assets (RWA), Tier 1 and BIS capital and the accompanying capital ratios based on Basel II data only. In addition, ING will publish the minimum required capital level according to Basel II and according to the Basel I floor. The Basel I floor is a temporary minimum capital requirement based on 90% of Basel I RWA for 2008 and 80% of Basel I RWA for 2009. The minimum requirements according to Basel II and Basel I will both be compared to total BIS capital according to Basel II.
AVAILABLE FINANCIAL RESOURCES (AFR)
ING Group
AFR ING Group is computed as follows:
Available Financial Resources — ING Group
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Total AFR Bank and Insurance
    54,443       52,984  
less Core debt Group (1)
    4,728       4,210  
     
Total ING Group AFR
    49,715       48,774  
     
 
(1)   Investments in subsidiaries less equity (including hybrid capital) of the Group holding company. This net debt position is provided as equity to ING Insurance and ING Bank.

F-146


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Insurance
AFR insurance is computed as follows:
Available Financial Resources — ING Insurance
                 
    2007     2006  
     
IFRS Equity (1)
    16,835       21,673  
Plus hybrid capital
    2,202       1,665  
Plus Mark-to-Market and tax adjustments
    3,673       3,862  
     
Total ING Insurance AFR
    22,710       27,200  
     
 
(1)   IFRS equity excluding goodwill. Goodwill amounted to EUR 1,076 million at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 245 million).
ING Bank
Available Financial Resources — ING Bank
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Total ING Bank AFR
    31,733       25,784  
     
Beginning in 2007, the AFR mainly constitutes of Tier-1 capital plus the revaluation reserve for equity securities, less the difference between expected loss and loan loss provisions. Until December 31, 2006 AFR equalled Tier-1 capital. The revaluation reserve for equity securities amounted to EUR 2,952 million at December 31, 2007 (2006: EUR 1,256 million).
AFR/EC RECONCILIATION
AFR should exceed EC and for ING Group as a whole there should be a prudent buffer. The target for the buffer at the Group level is 20%. For details regarding the computation of EC see the section entitled ‘Risk management’.
AFR/EC Reconciliation
                 
    2007     2006  
     
ING Group Available Financial Resources (1)
    49,715       48,774  
less Group EC (2)
    35,000       34,500  
less EC Group (3)
    1,000       1,000  
     
Surplus/(deficit)
    13,715       13,274  
     
 
(1)   AFR ING Bank, amounting to EUR 31,733 million (2006: EUR 25,784 million) plus AFR ING Insurance, amounting to EUR 22,710 million (2006: EUR 27,200 million) less core debt ING Group, amounting to EUR 4,728 million (2006: EUR 4,210 million).
 
(2)   EC Insurance plus EC Bank less 15% diversification effect (10% in 2006).
 
(3)   EC of the ING Group parent company mainly includes market risk on share based payment plans and market risk on the assets backing ING Bank equity.

F-147


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital base
                                                 
    Insurance     Bank     Group  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    17,911       21,917       25,511       21,298       37,208       38,266  
Group hybrid capital (1)
    2,202       1,665       6,397       5,726       8,620       7,606  
Group leverage/core debt (2)
                                    4,728       4,210  
     
Total capitalization
    20,113       23,582       31,908       27,024       50,556       50,082  
 
                                               
Adjustments to equity:
                                               
—   Revaluation reserves fixed income & other (3)
    (289 )     (2,097 )     (759 )     (1,350 )     (963 )     (3,352 )
—   Revaluation reserves excluded from Tier-1 (4)
                    (2,952 )     (1,256 )                
—   Insurance hybrid capital (5)
    2,250       2,250                                  
—   Minorities
    891       1,770       1,668       1,367                  
Deductions Tier-1 (as of 2007)
                    (93                          
     
Available regulatory capital
    22,965       25,505       29,772       25,785                  
 
                                               
Other qualifying capital (6)
                    11,792       11,445                  
DAC/ViF adjustments (50%) (7)
    4,070       3,618                                  
Group leverage (core debt)
                                    (4,728 )     (4,210 )
     
Adjusted Equity (a)
    27,035       29,123       41,564       37,230       44,865       42,520  
 
                                               
Ratios
                                               
Core debt (b)
    4,267       4,802                       4,728       4,210  
Debt/Equity ratio (b/(a+b))
    13.63 %     14.15 %                     9.53 %     9.01 %
 
(1)   Tier-1 instruments issued by ING Group (e.g. perpetual debt securities and preference shares), at nominal value. Group hybrid Tier-1 instruments other than preference shares are provided as hybrid capital to ING Insurance or ING Bank.
(2)   Investments in subsidiaries less equity (including hybrid capital) of the Group holding company. This net debt position is provided as equity to ING Insurance and ING Bank.
(3)   Includes for ING Group EUR 1,895 million (2006: EUR (1,709) million) of the revaluation reserve relating to fixed income securities (net of the effect of shadow accounting), EUR (438) million (2006: EUR (1,357) million) cash flow hedge and EUR (2,420) million (2006: EUR (286) million) relating to goodwill. The Dutch banking regulator requires this deduction to be made from Tier-1 capital. ING applies this prudent method to ING Bank, ING Insurance and ING Group.
(4)   Includes EUR (2,138) million (2006: EUR (579) million) in participations (e.g. Kookmin, Bank of Beijing), EUR (595) million (2006: EUR (386) million) for Real Estate for own use and EUR (220) million (2006: EUR (116) million) relating to ING Bank’s investment portfolio. The Dutch banking regulator requires this deduction to be made from Tier-1 capital. This deduction is added back to Tier-2 capital.
(5)   Tier-1 instruments issued by the ING Insurance e.g. perpetual debt securities, at nominal value.
(6)   Includes EUR 14,199 million (2006: EUR 12,366 million) Tier-2 capital and nil (2006: EUR 330 million) Tier-3, offset by EUR 2,407 million (2006: EUR 1,251 million) consisting of financial participations and the residual risk remaining after securitizations.
(7)   Mainly includes EUR 8,565 million (2006: EUR 7,701 million) representing 50% of the present value of future profits generated by policies in force (Value in Force), offset by EUR 4,494 million (2006: EUR 4,183 million) representing 50% of the non-Dutch deferred acquisition costs.
The capitalization of ING Group remained strong throughout 2007. All leverage ratios were within their targets. The debt /equity ratio of ING Group as at year-end 2007 was at 9.53% (2006: 9.01%). The debt/equity ratio of ING Insurance as at year-end 2007 was at 13.63% (2006: 14.15%). The ING Bank Tier-1 ratio ended at 7.39% a slight decrease from 7.63% at December 2006.

F-148


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ING Bank
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (The Basel Committee) and the European Union Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum Tier-1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the BIS ratio) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets including off-balance sheet items and market risk associated with trading portfolios.
Capital position of ING Bank
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    25,511       21,298  
Minority interests
    1,514       1,204  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital (1)
    6,397       5,726  
Goodwill and intangibles deductible from Tier-1
    (1,428 )     (136 )
Minority interest Record Bank
    154       162  
Deductions Tier-1 (as of 2007)
            (93 )
Revaluation reserve (2)
    (2,283 )     (2,470 )
Core capital — Tier-1
    29,772       25,784  
     
 
               
Supplementary capital — Tier-2
    14,199       12,367  
Available Tier-3 funds
            329  
Deductions
    (2,407 )     (1,251 )
     
Qualifying capital
    41,564       37,229  
 
               
Risk-weighted assets
    402,727       337,926  
 
               
Tier-1
    7.39 %     7.63 %
BIS ratio
    10.32 %     11.02 %
 
(1)   Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V.
 
(2)   Revaluation reserve is deducted as it is not part of Tier-1 capital (included in Tier-2) and includes the cumulative revaluations on real estate investments.
ING Insurance
European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The capital position of ING Insurance has been measured on the basis of this European Union requirement.
Capital position of ING Insurance
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Available capital
    22,965       25,505  
Required capital
    9,405       9,296  
     
Surplus capital
    13,560       16,209  
 
               
Ratio of available versus required capital
    244 %     274 %

F-149


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Group
According to an agreement between the Dutch Central Bank and the former Pension and Insurance Board regarding the supervision of financial conglomerates, ING Group is required to have an amount of capital, reserves and subordinated loans which are at least equal to the sum of:
  the required capital for the banking activities; and
 
  the required capital for the insurance activities
Certain subordinated loans of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. qualifying as capital for regulatory purposes are included in the capital base of ING Group. The financial conglomerates agreement (‘protocol’) is applicable as from January 1, 2007.
Regulatory required capital ING Group
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    37,208       38,266  
Excluding: Revaluation reserves
    1,457       (3,066 )
Preference shares
    21       215  
Preference shares issued by group companies
    1,019       1,138  
Goodwill and intangibles deductible from Tier-1
    (2,420 )     (286 )
Subordinated loans
    7,580       6,253  
     
Capital base ING Group
    44,865       42,520  
 
               
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier-2)
    11,154       11,110  
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    2,250       2,250  
     
Capital base including subordinated loans
    58,269       55,880  
 
               
Required capital banking operations
    32,218       27,034  
Required capital insurance operations
    9,405       9,296  
     
Surplus capital
    16,646       19,550  
     
Capital adequacy and ratios
Quantitative disclosures on capital measures and ratios
                                                 
    Group     Insurance     Bank  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
     
Capital
                                               
Available Financial Resources (AFR)
    49,715       48,774       22,710       27,200       31,733       25,784  
Required Economic Capital (EC)
    36,000       35,500       23,199       22,410       17,927       15,876  
Ratio EC vs. AFR
    138 %     137 %     98 %     121 %     177 %     162 %
Target Ratio EC vs. AFR
    120 %     120 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 
                                               
Tier-1 ratio (Bank)
                                               
Year-end actual Tier-1 ratio
                                    7.39       7.63  
Regulatory minimum Tier-1 ratio
                                    4.00       4.00  
Target Tier-1 ratio
                                    7.20       7.20  
 
                                               
BIS ratio (Bank)
                                               
Year-end actual BIS ratio
                                    10.32       11.02  
Regulatory minimum BIS ratio
                                    8.00       8.00  
Target BIS ratio
                                    10.80       10.80  
 
                                               
EU Solvency ratio (Insurance)
                                               
Year-end actual EU Solvency ratio
                    244       274                  
Regulatory minimum EU Solvency ratio
                    100       100                  
Target EU Solvency ratio
                    150       150                  
 
                                               
Debt/Equity ratio
                                               
Debt/Equity ratio
    9.53       9.01       13.63       14.15                  
Target Debt/Equity ratio
    10.00       10.00       15.00       15.00                  

F-150


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Main credit ratings of ING (1)
             
    Standard        
    & Poor’s   Moody’s   Fitch
     
ING Group
  AA-   Aa2   AA-
 
           
ING Insurance
           
— short term
  A-1+   P-1    
— long term
  AA-   Aa3   AA-
 
           
ING Bank
           
— short term
  A-1+   P-1   F1+
— long term
  AA   Aa1   AA
— financial strength
      B    
 
(1)   The Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch ratings all have a stable outlook.
ING’s long-term credit ratings are shown in the table above. Each of these ratings reflects only the view of the applicable rating agency at the time the rating was issued, and any explanation of the significance of a rating may be obtained only from the rating agency.
A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. There is no assurance that any credit rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency if, in the rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. ING accepts no responsibility for the accuracy or reliability of the ratings.
AUTHORIZATION OF ANNUAL ACCOUNTS
Amsterdam, March 17, 2008

THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
Jan H.M. Hommen, chairman
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière, vice-chairman
Henk W. Breukink
Peter A.F.W. Elverding
Luella Gross Goldberg
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
Piet Hoogendoorn
Piet C. Klaver
Wim Kok
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
Karel Vuursteen
THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
Michel J. Tilmant, chairman
Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
Dick H. Harryvan
John C.R. Hele, CFO
Eli P. Leenaars
Tom J. McInerney
Hans van der Noordaa
Koos (J.V.) Timmermans, CRO
Jacques M. de Vaucleroy


F-151


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
The following financial information presents the balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the profit and loss accounts and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 of (i) ING Groep N.V. (parent company only), (ii) subsidiaries, (iii) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for ING on a consolidated basis and (iv) the total for ING Group. See note 2.5.2 for the consolidated reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP. A further description of the adjustments in the reconciliation from IFRS-EU to US GAAP for the years 2006 and 2005 can be found in note 2.5.1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The principles of valuation and determination of results stated in connection with the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are also applicable to the ING Groep N.V. parent only column. Investments in group companies and investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

F-152


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.1. CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
ASSETS
                               
Cash and bank balances with central banks
    162       12,406       (162 )     12,406  
Amounts due from banks
            48,875               48,875  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
— trading assets
            193,213               193,213  
— investments for risk of policyholders
            114,827               114,827  
— non-trading derivatives
    40       7,736       (139 )     7,637  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            11,453               11,453  
— other
                               
Investments
                               
— available-for-sale
            275,897               275,897  
— held-to-maturity
            16,753               16,753  
Loans and advances to customers
            553,019       (55 )     552,964  
Reinsurance contracts
            5,874               5,874  
Investments in associates
    52,253       5,014       (52,253 )     5,014  
Real estate investments
            4,829               4,829  
Property and equipment
            6,237               6,237  
Intangible assets
            5,740               5,740  
Deferred acquisition costs
            10,692               10,692  
Other assets
    112       40,106       (119 )     40,099  
 
                       
Total assets
    52,567       1,312,671       (52,728 )     1,312,510  
 
                       
 
                               
EQUITY
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    37,208       41,864       (41,864 )     37,208  
Minority interest
            2,323               2,323  
 
                       
Total equity
    37,208       44,187       (41,864 )     39,531  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
    21                       21  
Subordinated loans
    8,339               (1,014 )     7,325  
Debt securities in issue
    6,370       60,625               66,995  
Other borrowed funds
            36,488       (9,430 )     27,058  
Insurance and investment contracts
            265,712               265,712  
Amounts due to banks
            166,972               166,972  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            525,378       (162 )     525,216  
Financial liabilities as at fair value through profit and loss
                               
— trading liabilities
            148,988               148,988  
— non-trading liabilities
    98       6,992       (139 )     6,951  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            13,882               13,882  
Other liabilities
    531       43,447       (119 )     43,859  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    15,359       1,268,484       (10,864 )     1,272,979  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    52,567       1,312,671       (52,728 )     1,312,510  
 
                       

F-153


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
ASSETS
                               
Cash and bank balances with central banks
    103       14,326       (103 )     14,326  
Amounts due from banks
            39,868               39,868  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
— trading assets
            193,977               193,977  
— investments for risk of policyholders
            110,547               110,547  
— non-trading derivatives
    28       6,521       (28 )     6,521  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            6,425               6,425  
Investments
                               
— available-for-sale
            293,921               293,921  
— held-to-maturity
            17,660               17,660  
Loans and advances to customers
            474,437               474,437  
Reinsurance contracts
            6,529               6,529  
Investments in associates
    51,304       4,343       (51,304 )     4,343  
Real estate investments
            6,974               6,974  
Property and equipment
            6,031               6,031  
Intangible assets
            3,522               3,522  
Deferred acquisition costs
            10,163               10,163  
Other assets
    70       30,993               31,063  
 
                       
Total assets
    51,505       1,226,237       (51,435 )     1,226,307  
 
                       
 
                               
EQUITY
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    38,266       42,607       (42,607 )     38,266  
Minority interest
            2,949               2,949  
 
                       
Total equity
    38,266       45,556       (42,607 )     41,215  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
    215                       215  
Subordinated loans
    7,146               (1,132 )     6,014  
Debt securities in issue
    5,230       72,903               78,133  
Other borrowed funds
    35       37,180       (7,576 )     29,639  
Insurance and investment contracts
            268,683               268,683  
Amounts due to banks
            120,839               120,839  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            496,680               496,680  
Financial liabilities as at fair value through profit and loss
                               
— trading liabilities
            127,975               127,975  
— non-trading liabilities
    120       4,934       (120 )     4,934  
— designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            13,702               13,702  
Other liabilities
    493       37,785               38,278  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    13,239       1,180,681       (8,828 )     1,185,092  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    51,505       1,226,237       (51,435 )     1,226,307  
 
                       

F-154


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.2. CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENTS
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    parent     Subsi-     dating     consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            76,749               76,749  
Interest expense banking operations
            (67,773 )             (67,773 )
 
                           
Interest result banking operations
            8,976               8,976  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            46,818               46,818  
Investment income
            13,352               13,352  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            430               430  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            7,693               7,693  
Commission expense
            (2,866 )             (2,866 )
 
                           
Commission income
            4,827               4,827  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            (561 )             (561 )
Net trading income
            1,119               1,119  
Share of profit from associates
    9,299       740       (9,299 )     740  
Other income
    (78 )     963               885  
 
                       
Total income
    9,221       76,664       (9,299 )     76,586  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            51,818               51,818  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (1,079 )             (1,079 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (1,906 )             (1,906 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            48,833               48,833  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            125               125  
Other impairments
            (3 )             (3 )
Staff expenses
            8,261               8,261  
Other interest expenses
            1,102               1,102  
Operation expenses
            7,225               7,225  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            65,543               65,543  
 
                           
 
                               
Profit before tax
    9,221       11,121       (9,299 )     11,043  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    (20 )     1,555               1,535  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    9,241       9,566       (9,299 )     9,508  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            9,241  
Minority interest
                            267  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            9,508  
 
                             

F-155


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                 
    ING Groep NV                      
    parent           Consolidating     ING Group  
    company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
 
                               
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            59,170               59,170  
Interest expense banking operations
            (49,978 )             (49,978 )
 
                       
Interest result banking operations
            9,192               9,192  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            46,835               46,835  
Investment income
            10,907               10,907  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            1               1  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            6,867               6,867  
Commission expense
            (2,551 )             (2,551 )
 
                       
Commission income
            4,316               4,316  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            89               89  
Net trading income
            1,172               1,172  
Share of profit from associates
    7,704       638       (7,704 )     638  
Other income
    (17 )     488               471  
 
                       
Total income
    7,687       73,638       (7,704 )     73,621  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            53,065               53,065  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (2,702 )             (2,702 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (2,175 )             (2,175 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            48,188               48,188  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            103               103  
Other impairments
            27               27  
Staff expenses
            7,918               7,918  
Other interest expenses
            1,016               1,016  
Operation expenses
            6,429               6,429  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            63,681               63,681  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                       
Profit before tax
    7,687       9,957       (7,704 )     9,940  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    (5 )     1,912               1,907  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    7,692       8,045       (7,704 )     8,033  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            7,692  
Minority interest
                            341  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            8,033  
 
                             

F-156


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV                      
    parent           Consolidating     ING Group  
    company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            48,176               48,176  
Interest expense banking operations
            (39,109 )             (39,109 )
 
                       
Interest result banking operations
            9,067               9,067  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            45,758               45,758  
Investment income
            10,434               10,434  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            390               390  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            5,845               5,845  
Commission expense
            (2,098 )             (2,098 )
 
                       
Commission income
            3,747               3,747  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            47               47  
Net trading income
            426               426  
Share of profit from associates
    7,194       541       (7,194 )     541  
Other income
    23       687               710  
 
                       
Total income
    7,217       71,097       (7,194 )     71,120  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            54,594               54,594  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (5,074 )             (5,074 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (2,400 )             (2,400 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            47,120               47,120  
Additions to loan loss provision
            88               88  
Other impairments
            76               76  
Staff expenses
            7,646               7,646  
Other interest expenses
            969               969  
Operation expenses
            6,327               6,327  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            62,226               62,226  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                       
Profit before tax
    7,217       8,871       (7,194 )     8,894  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    7       1,372               1,379  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    7,210       7,499       (7,194 )     7,515  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            7,210  
Minority interest
                            305  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            7,515  
 
                             

F-157


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.3. CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended December 31, 2007
                                 
    ING Groep NV                      
    parent           Consolidating     ING Group  
    company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
 
                               
Profit before tax
    9,221       11,121       (9,299 )     11,043  
Adjusted for
                               
— depreciation
            1,382               1,382  
— amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,338 )             (1,338 )
— increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            26,494               26,494  
— additions to the provision for loan losses
            125               125  
— other
    (8,527 )     (3,246 )     7,876       (3,897 )
Taxation paid
    (254 )     (1,093 )             (1,347 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
— amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (8,690 )             (8,690 )
— trading assets
            1,714       1,283       2,997  
— non-trading derivatives
    18       259       (16 )     261  
— other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            (4,878 )             (4,878 )
— loans and advances to customers
    (5,353 )     (74,323 )     4,175       (75,501 )
— other assets
    110       (6,892 )     248       (6,534 )
— amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            15,414               15,414  
— customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            32,748       (4,108 )     28,640  
— trading liabilities
            20,916               20,916  
— other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            87       (43 )     44  
— other liabilities
    253       6,344       (20 )     6,577  
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (4,532 )     16,144       96       11,708  
Investments and advances
                               
— group companies
            (5,470 )     2,255       (3,215 )
— associates
            (1,221 )             (1,221 )
— available-for-sale investments
    (314 )     (283,692 )             (284,006 )
— held-to-maturity investments
                               
— real estate investments
            (876 )             (876 )
— property and equipment
            (575 )             (575 )
— assets subject to operating leases
            (1,393 )             (1,393 )
— investments for risk of policyholders
            (54,438 )             (54,438 )
— other investments
            (316 )             (316 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
— group companies
            1,067       (55 )     1,012  
— associates
            1,049               1,049  
— available-for-sale investments
    25       281,173               281,198  
— held-to-maturity investments
            822               822  
— real estate investments
            309               309  
— property and equipment
            151               151  
— assets subject to operating leases
            417               417  
— investments for risk of policyholders
            47,136               47,136  
— other investments
            13               13  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    (289 )     (15,844 )     2,200       (13,933 )

F-158


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                 
    ING Groep NV                      
    parent           Consolidating     ING Group  
    company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,764       3,329       (3,329 )     1,764  
Repayments of subordinated loans
            (1,028 )     1,028          
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    7,032       458,688       (10,091 )     455,629  
Repayment from borrowed funds and debt securities
    (5,897 )     (472,595 )     13,510       (464,982 )
Issuance of ordinary shares
    397       2,200       (2,200 )     397  
Issuance of preference shares Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (3,446 )     (29 )     29       (3,446 )
Sales of treasury shares
    2,129       24       (1,307 )     846  
Dividends paid
    2,901       (5,940 )             (3,039 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    4,880       (15,351 )     (2,360 )     (12,831 )
 
                               
 
                       
Net cash flow
    59       (15,051 )     (64 )     (15,056 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    103       (1,333 )     (565 )     (1,795 )
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            40               40  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    162       (16,344 )     (629 )     (16,811 )
 
                       

F-159


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                 
    ING Groep NV                      
    parent             Consolidating     ING Group  
    company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Profit before tax
    7,687       9,957       (7,704 )     9,940  
Adjusted for
                               
— depreciation
            1,298               1,298  
— amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,317 )             (1,317 )
— increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            17,689               17,689  
— additions to the provision for loan losses
            103               103  
— other
    (8,148 )     (3,761 )     7,131       (4,778 )
Taxation paid
    48       (1,787 )             (1,739 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
— amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            3,117               3,117  
— trading assets
            (48,168 )             (48,168 )
— non-trading derivatives
            (179 )             (179 )
— other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            3,930               3,930  
— loans and advances to customers
    (1,142 )     (59,292 )     634       (59,800 )
— other assets
    41       1,292       (115 )     1,218  
— amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            1,925               1,925  
— customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            47,521               47,521  
— trading liabilities
            38,821               38,821  
— other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            2,405               2,405  
— other liabilities
    592       (2,981 )     (27 )     (2,416 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (922 )     10,573       (81 )     9,570  
Investments and advances
                               
— group companies
    607       (2,965 )             (2,358 )
— associates
            (449 )             (449 )
— available-for-sale investments
            (295,086 )             (295,086 )
— real estate investments
            (1,588 )             (1,588 )
— property and equipment
            (568 )             (568 )
— assets subject to operating leases
            (1,164 )             (1,164 )
— investments for risk of policyholders
            (44,116 )             (44,116 )
— other investments
            (250 )             (250 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
— group companies
            490               490  
— associates
            459               459  
— available-for-sale investments
            271,983               271,983  
— held-to-maturity investments
            1,343               1,343  
— real estate investments
            1,294               1,294  
— property and equipment
            292               292  
— assets subject to operating leases
            402               402  
— investments for risk of policyholders
            37,945               37,945  
— other investments
            51               51  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    607       (31,927 )             (31,320 )

F-160


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
                                 
    ING Groep NV                      
    parent             Consolidating     ING Group  
    company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    865       7,226       (7,226 )     865  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (600 )     (5,075 )     5,075       (600 )
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    2,488       301,740               304,228  
Repayment from borrowed funds and debt securities
    (1,956 )     (283,983 )     2,211       (283,728 )
Issuance of ordinary shares
    5                       5  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (1,399 )     (23 )             (1,422 )
Sales of treasury shares
    241       132               373  
Dividends paid
    769       (3,485 )             (2,716 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    413       16,532       60       17,005  
 
                               
     
Net cash flow
    98       (4,822 )     (21 )     (4,745 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    5       3,811       (481 )     3,335  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            (322 )     (63 )     (385 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    103       (1,333 )     (565 )     (1,795 )
 
                       

F-161


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    Parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Profit before tax
    7,217       8,871       (7,194 )     8,894  
Adjusted for
                               
— depreciation
            1,278               1,278  
— amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,141 )             (1,141 )
— increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            21,250               21,250  
— additions to the provision for loan losses
            88               88  
— other
    (6,303 )     (3,510 )     8,531       (1,282 )
Taxation paid
            (1,398 )             (1,398 )
 
Changes in
                               
— amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (720 )             (720 )
— trading assets
            (29,925 )             (29,925 )
— non-trading derivatives
            2,596               2,596  
— other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            (2,193 )             (2,193 )
— loans and advances to customers
    (1,183 )     (60,388 )     (1,138 )     (62,709 )
— other assets
    (170 )     (7,231 )     (150 )     (7,551 )
— amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            19,405               19,405  
— customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            60,418       1,671       62,089  
— trading liabilities
            13,442               13,442  
— other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            8,398               8,398  
— other liabilities
    (14 )     6,029       (2,447 )     3,568  
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (453 )     35,269       (727 )     34,089  
 
                               
Investments and advances
                               
— group companies
            (250 )             (250 )
— associates
            (858 )             (858 )
— available-for-sale investments
            (260,769 )             (260,769 )
— held-to-maturity investments
            (1,030 )             (1,030 )
— real estate investments
            (1,156 )             (1,156 )
— property and equipment
            (540 )             (540 )
— assets subject to operating leases
            (991 )             (991 )
— investments for risk of policyholders
            (41,781 )             (41,781 )
— other investments
            (164 )             (164 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
— group companies
    3       700               703  
— associates
            1,058               1,058  
— available-for-sale investments
            218,847               218,847  
— held-to-maturity investments
            245               245  
— real estate investments
            1,030               1,030  
— property and equipment
            483               483  
— assets subject to operating leases
            391               391  
— investments for risk of policyholders
            34,464               34,464  
— other investments
            13               13  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    3       (50,308 )             (50,305 )
 
                               
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,901                       1,901  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (177 )                     (177 )
Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities
    400       236,940               237,340  
Repayment from borrowed funds and debt securities
    (1,438 )     (229,210 )     1,150       (229,498 )
Issuance of ordinary shares
    9       105               114  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
                    (303 )     (303 )
Sales of treasury shares
                    55       55  
Dividends paid
    (165 )     (2,296 )             (2,461 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    530       5,539       902       6,971  
 
                       
 
Net cash flow
            (9,498 )     253       (9,245 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    5       12,317       (734 )     11,588  
Implementation IAS 32/39
            692               692  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            300               300  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    5       3,811       (481 )     3,335  
 
                       

F-162


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.3.4. NOTES TO THE SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
ASSETS
INVESTMENT IN WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIAIRIES
Investment in wholly owned subsidiaries
                                 
            Balance             Balance  
            sheet             sheet  
    Owner-ship     value     Owner-ship     value  
    (%)     2007     (%)     2006  
 
                               
Name of investee:
                               
ING Bank N.V.
    100       24,038       100       20,868  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    100       17,900       100       21,902  
Other
            (74 )             (163 )
 
                           
 
            41,864               42,607  
 
                           
Movement in investment in wholly owned subsidiaries:
                 
    2007     2006  
 
               
Opening balance
    42,607       41,488  
Repayments to group companies
    2,227       24  
Disposal of group companies
            (587 )
Revaluations
    (5,364 )     (2,994 )
Result of the group companies
    9,299       7,704  
Dividend
    (5,900 )     (3,450 )
 
           
 
    42,869       42,185  
 
           
 
               
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (1,005 )     422  
 
           
Closing balance
    41,864       42,607  
 
           
 
               
Receivables from group companies
    10,389       8,697  
 
           
Total
    52,253       51,304  
 
           
SUBORDINATED LOANS
See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
                                 
    Year of             Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   issue     Due date   2007     2006  
7,375%
    2007     Perpetual     988          
6,375%
    2007     Perpetual     690          
5.140%
    2006     Perpetual     810       885  
5.775%
    2005     Perpetual     674       752  
6.125%
    2005     Perpetual     462       515  
4.176%
    2005     Perpetual     497       497  
Variable
    2004     Perpetual     937       926  
6.200%
    2003     Perpetual     330       368  
Variable
    2003     Perpetual     682       669  
7.200%
    2002     Perpetual     726       811  
7.050%
    2002     Perpetual     529       591  
8.439%
    2000     December 31, 2030     1,014       1,132  
 
                           
 
                    8,339       7,146  
 
                           
EUR 6,180 million (2006: EUR 5,506 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.

F-163


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
EUR 2,159 million (2006: EUR 1,640 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in subordinated loans.
DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
                                 
                    Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   Year of issue     Due date   2007     2006  
 
4,699%
    2007     June 1, 2035     117          
4,750%
    2007     May 31, 2017     1,761          
Variable
    2006     June 28, 2011     744       746  
Variable
    2006     April 11, 2016     1,009       995  
4.125%
    2006     April 11, 2017     744       746  
6.125%
    2000     January 4, 2011     998       997  
6.000%
    2000     August 1, 2007             750  
5.500%
    1999     September 14, 2009     997       996  
 
                           
 
                    6,370       5,230  
 
                           
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2007 was 34,892 with a balance sheet value of EUR 34 million (2006: 29,288 with a balance sheet value of EUR 29 million).
Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term:
                 
    2007     2006  
 
               
— up to one year
    174       33  
— one year to five years
            2  
 
           
 
    174       35  
 
           
2.4   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT ON THE BASIS OF IFRS-IASB
All references to IFRS-EU below refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted by the EU.
The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU differs from International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS-IASB”) in respect of certain paragraphs in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.
ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. Under the EU ‘IAS 39 carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied, in respect of fair value macro hedges, to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness is only recognised when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the original designated amount of that bucket and is not recognised when the revised amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount. Under IFRS-IASB, hedge accounting for fair value macro hedges can not be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness arises whenever the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is either more or less than the original designated amount of that bucket.
Effective March 4, 2008, amendments to Form 20-F permit Foreign Private Issuers to include financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS-IASB without reconciliation to US GAAP. The amendments also include a two-year transition provision to accommodate issuers, such as ING Group that apply the EU IAS 39 hedge accounting carve-out and provide a reconciliation of profit and equity under IFRS-EU to IFRS-IASB. This reconciliation is included in sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.2. A

F-164


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
reconciliation of profit under IFRS-EU to US GAAP for the comparative years ending December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and of equity under IFRS-EU to US GAAP for the year ending December 31, 2006, is provided in section 2.5.
2.4.1   RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT TO IFRS-IASB (2007)
                 
    Shareholders’ equity     Net profit  
    2007     2007  
 
               
In accordance with IFRS-EU
    37,208       9,241  
Adjustment of the EU ‘IAS 39 carve out’
    694       511  
Tax effect of the adjustment
    (184 )     (130 )
 
           
Effect of adjustment after tax
    510       381  
 
               
 
           
In accordance with IFRS-IASB
    37,718       9,622  
 
           
The above reconciling items between IFRS-EU and IFRS-IASB relate to the ‘Valuation results on non-trading derivatives’ and ‘Taxation’ line items in the consolidated profit and loss account and the ‘Loans and advances to customers’, Other Liabilities (deferred tax payable) and ‘Share holders’ equity parent’ line items in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Shareholders’ equity and net profit amounts in accordance with IFRS-IASB disclosed above are determined by reversing the hedge accounting impacts that are applied under the EU ‘carve out’ version of IAS 39. The reconciliation to IFRS-IASB accordingly does not take account of the fact that had ING Group applied IFRS-IASB as its primary accounting framework it may have applied alternative hedge strategies where those alternative hedge strategies could have qualified for IFRS-IASB compliant hedge accounting, which could have resulted in different Shareholders’ equity and net profit amounts compared to those disclosed above.
2.4.2   NET PROFIT PER SHARE
         
    2007  
 
       
Net profit determined in accordance with IFRS-EU
    9,241  
Reconciling adjustments to net profit IFRS-IASB
    381  
 
     
Net profit determined in accordance with IFRS-IASB
    9,622  
 
     
 
       
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    2,141.1  
 
       
Basic earnings per share:
       
IFRS-EU
    4.32  
IFRS-IASB
    4.49  
 
       
Diluted earnings per share:
       
IFRS-EU
    4.28  
IFRS-IASB
    4.46  
2.5.   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT ON THE BASIS OF US GAAP (2006 AND 2005)
The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The following information includes a summary of the significant differences between the two frameworks and additional disclosures required under US GAAP.

F-165


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.5.1   VALUATION AND INCOME RECOGNITION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND US GAAP (2006 AND 2005)
Goodwill
Under IFRS-EU, goodwill is capitalized on acquisitions after January 1, 2004; goodwill on acquisitions prior to January 1, 2004 was charged directly to equity. Under US GAAP, goodwill is capitalized on all acquisitions, when the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the identified assets. When a reporting unit or a business is to be disposed of, goodwill associated with that reporting unit or business is included in the carrying amount of the reporting unit or business in determining the gain or loss on disposal. The transition difference as at January 1, 2004 may therefore result in differences in results on disposal in subsequent periods. In addition, the transition difference may result in differences in impairments in future years. The amount of transition difference changes due to foreign currency translation effect.
The timing of the recognition of certain aspects of goodwill may be different under IFRS-EU and US GAAP since IFRS-EU requires that contingent consideration be recorded at the date of acquisition, with subsequent adjustments to contingent consideration reflected in goodwill. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is only recorded when the contingency is resolved and the consideration is issued or becomes issuable.
This item includes intangible assets and related amortization related to acquisitions before January 1, 2004, which under IFRS-EU were charged directly to equity as part of goodwill.
Real estate
Investment property
Under IFRS-EU, investment property is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account. No depreciation is recorded. Under US GAAP, investment property is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account.
Property in own use
Under IFRS-EU, property in own use is measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in equity. Negative revaluation reserves on a property-by-property basis are charged to the profit and loss account. Subsequent recoveries are recognized as income up to the original cost. Depreciation over the fair value is charged to the profit and loss account. On disposal any revaluation reserve remains in equity and any difference between the carrying amount of the property and the sales price is reported in the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, property in own use is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation over the cost basis is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account. Impairments are an adjustment to the cost basis and are not reversed on subsequent recovery.
Sale and leaseback
Under IFRS-EU the gains and losses arising from a sale and operating leaseback transaction are recognized immediately, provided the transaction has been concluded at fair value. Under US GAAP, gains on a sale and operating leaseback transaction are generally amortized over the future period of the lease.
Debt securities
Held to maturity investments
Under IFRS-EU, assets designated as held-to-maturity at the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2005) were recorded at the amortized cost value as at that date. Under US GAAP, these assets were transferred to held-to-maturity from available-for-sale at the January 1, 2005 fair value. The difference between fair value and amortized cost at January 1, 2005 is amortized over the remaining life. For assets designated as held-to-maturity after January 1, 2005 there is no difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP.
Effective interest on prepayment sensitive assets
Under IFRS-EU, in applying the effective yield method to determine amortized cost of prepayment sensitive assets, the original effective yield is maintained and any recognized adjustment, based on changes in future cash flow estimates, is made to the carrying amount of the asset (cumulative catch-up method). Under US GAAP, for investments in highly-leveraged beneficial interests, the prospective

F-166


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
method is used to calculate a new yield. The prospective method discounts projected cashflows to the current carrying amount and utilizes the new yield in future periods. For other prepayment sensitive assets the new yield is calculated using the retrospective method. Under the retrospective method, actual plus projected cash flows are discounted to the original purchase price and the new yield is used to calculate a revised current carrying amount of the asset, with any difference recorded in current period earnings.
Foreign currency translation
Under IFRS-EU, foreign currency translation results on translating the amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities is included in the profit and loss account. The difference between fair value and amortized cost as translated into the functional currency is included in the revaluation reserve in equity. Under US GAAP all foreign currency translation results on available-for-sale debt securities are recognized in shareholders’ equity as part of the fair value adjustment (revaluation reserve).
Impairments
Under IFRS-EU interest related unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities, which are fully related to fluctuations in risk free market interest rates, do not result in an impairment loss. Under US GAAP, interest related impairment losses are recognized based on certain factors including the intent and ability to hold the security to recovery.
Reversals of impairments
Under IFRS-EU, prior impairments on debt securities may be reversed if there is an increase in fair value that can be objectively related to a new event. Under US GAAP, impairments on debt securities are not reversed.
Derivatives and hedge accounting
Under IFRS-EU, hedge accounting is applied where possible. Accordingly, under IFRS-EU gains and losses on derivatives are deferred in equity when hedging relationships are designated as cash flow hedges. Adjustments are made to hedged items when hedging relationships are designated as fair value hedges. Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not apply hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Fair value option
Under IFRS-EU, certain financial instruments are designated as “at fair value through profit and loss”. For US GAAP, these financial instruments are reported as either available-for-sale instruments with movements in fair value recognized in shareholders’ equity or as loans and receivables which are carried at amortized cost.
Deferred acquisition costs
Under IFRS-EU, acquisition costs of certain life insurance business involving the receipt of regular premiums are recognized and amortized to the profit and loss account in proportion to future premiums. Under US GAAP, deferred acquisition costs of traditional insurance contracts are likewise amortized in proportion to future premiums. For universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and for participating individual life insurance contracts, deferred acquisition costs are amortized at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross profit margins expected to be realized over the life of the book of contracts. Changes in estimated gross profits result in a retroactive adjustment recorded in the period the estimate of future gross profits change. Both under IFRS-EU and US GAAP deferred acquisition costs are adjusted, where applicable, (through equity) to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities had been realized. However, the amounts may be different due to differences in underlying accounting principles.
Provision for insurance liabilities
Under IFRS-EU the provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, having regard to the conditions of current insurance contracts. Under IFRS-EU specific methodologies may differ between business units as they may reflect local regulatory requirements and local practices. The differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP mainly relates to reserve adequacy and the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on the investments.

F-167


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
Reserve adequacy
Adequacy testing of the provisions for life policy liabilities, net of unamortized policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired, is performed similarly under both IFRS-EU and US GAAP. A reserve inadequacy (under US GAAP: a “premium deficiency”) exists if the life policy liabilities plus the present value of expected future gross premiums are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses and to recover any unamortized policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired. Reserve strengthening is recognised as an additional provision for insurance liabilities under IFRS-EU. Premium deficiencies are recognised under US GAAP as a reduction of the unamortized value of business acquired or deferred acquisition costs, as applicable, and then as an increase in the provision for life policy liabilities. Based on the differences in the life policy liabilities under IFRS-EU and US GAAP and the different confidence levels used in testing reserve adequacy, a premium deficiency may be recognised differently under US GAAP.
Furthermore, a shadow premium deficiency may arise under US GAAP when unrealised investment gains related to available-for-sale securities are included in the US GAAP adequacy testing as if the gains had been realised. This approach results in an adjustment to equity for any shadow premium deficiency calculated and an adjustment to the current year’s value of business acquired, deferred acquisition costs, or provision for life policy liabilities as above. This adjustment is recorded under US GAAP but is not recorded for IFRS-EU purposes.
Treatment of initial expenses and assumptions with regard to yield on investments
Several differences exist between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on investments. The most significant are as follows:
  some business units use a statutory interest rate in calculating the insurance provision under IFRS-EU, whereas under US GAAP a best estimate investment yield less a provision for adverse deviation is used; and
  some business units defer a lower or higher amount of initial expenses to future periods under IFRS-EU compared to US GAAP; which also produces a partially offsetting reconciling item for DAC.
Deferred profit sharing
Under IFRS-EU, a deferred policyholder profit sharing liability is established for the realized and unrealized investment results allocated to insurance contracts with discretionary participation or with a legal/constructive obligation to share investment results with policyholders. Under US GAAP, such deferred liability is only recognized for legal obligations.
Employee benefits (2006)
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses
Under IFRS-EU, all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to equity at January 1, 2004. Under US GAAP, no reset of actuarial gains and losses was applied at January 1, 2004. However, as from December 31, 2006 all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses have been recognized on the balance sheet as explained below.
Funded status
Under US GAAP, the funded status of defined pension plans is fully recognized in the balance sheet. That amount is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. Actuarial gains and losses and prior service cost or credits that have not yet been recognized through earnings as net periodic pension cost are recognized in shareholders’ equity until they are amortized. IFRS-EU does not require that all gains or losses are recognized in the balance sheet.
Employee benefits (2005)
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses
Under IFRS-EU, all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to equity at January 1, 2004. Under US GAAP, no reset of actuarial gains and losses was applied at January 1, 2004.
Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of the plan assets
Under US GAAP, an additional liability is recognized immediately in a situation where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets and that exceeds the amount of the recorded unfunded accrued pension cost. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit

F-168


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
obligation in that it does not take into account future salary increases. Under IFRS-EU, such additional liability is not recognized.
Equity instruments
Under IFRS-EU, instruments with the legal form of equity but with fixed or determinable repayments or dividends are classified as ‘liabilities’. Under US GAAP, these instruments are classified as ‘equity’.
Provision for restructuring
Under IFRS-EU, certain restructuring costs relating to employee terminations are recognized when a restructuring plan has been announced. Under US GAAP, liabilities related to termination benefits are recognized when incurred. Employee termination costs are generally considered to be incurred when certain criteria have been met and the plan has been communicated to employees (communication date). Liabilities are recognized on the communication date unless further service (beyond a minimum retention period) is required from the employee in which case costs are recognized as benefits are earned.
Associates and other equity investments
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Loan loss provisioning
Under IFRS-EU, loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis. Accordingly, the alignment of US GAAP reporting with the change in estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005 has resulted in a release of EUR 623 million (before tax) of the provision through the 2005 US GAAP profit.
Taxation
The impact of changes in tax rates result from fluctuations in certain tax jurisdictions’ tax rates, as well as from changes in organizational structure, which result in changes in tax regimes with different tax rates. Under IFRS-EU, the impact of changes in tax rates which are applied to temporary differences which were initially established through the revaluation reserve are also reflected through the revaluation reserve. Under US GAAP, the effect of changes in tax rates is reported in net income.
A tax difference arises between IFRS-EU and US GAAP from the tax effect of the IFRS-EU and US GAAP reconciling adjustments.
Other
Other includes the effect of certain other differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP, which both individually and in aggregate have no significant effect on shareholders’ equity and net profit for the period.

F-169


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.5.2   RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT TO US GAAP (2006 AND 2005)
Amounts in accordance with IFRS-EU
                         
    Shareholders’ equity     Net profit  
    2006     2006     2005  
Group equity / Profit for the period
    41,215       8,033       7,515  
Third-party interests
    (2,949 )     (341 )     (305 )
     
 
Equity / Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
    38,266       7,692       7,210  
 
                       
Adjustments in respect of Goodwill
    3,641       (62 )     (445 )
Real estate
    (2,004 )     (12 )     (76 )
Debt securities
    328       208       (405 )
Valuation of equity securities
                       
Derivatives and hedge accounting
    237       (1,074 )     794  
Fair value option
    107       (37 )     29  
Deferred acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    272       454       (329 )
Provision for insurance liabilities
    81       (161 )     151  
Deferred profit sharing
    1,427       (29 )     11  
Employee benefits
    1,711       (153 )     (120 )
Equity instruments
    215       9       14  
Provision for restructuring
    93       (19 )     60  
Associates and other equity investments
    (1,717 )     (447 )     (424 )
Loan loss provisioning
                    623  
Other
    (6 )     7       (28 )
     
Subtotal
    4,385       (1,316 )     (145 )
 
                       
Tax effect of the adjustments
    434       (464 )     188  
Third-party interests in adjustments (after tax)
    233       (13 )     99  
     
Total adjustments after tax
    4,184       (865 )     (234 )
 
                       
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)
    42,450       6,827       6,976  
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles(1)
    (1,803 )                
     
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP
    40,647       6,827       6,976  
     
 
(1)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2006 is EUR 1,803 (after tax) as explained in note 2.5.8 (e).
2.5.3   NET PROFIT PER SHARE (2006 AND 2005)
                 
    2006     2005  
Net profit determined in accordance with IFRS-EU
    7,692       7,210  
Reconciling adjustments to net profit US GAAP
    (865 )     (234 )
     
Net profit/(loss) determined in accordance with US GAAP
    6,827       6,976  
     
 
               
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    2,155.0       2,169.5  
 
               
Basic earnings/(loss) per share:
               
IFRS-EU
    3.57       3.32  
US GAAP
    3.17       3.21  
 
               
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share:
               
IFRS-EU
    3.53       3.32  
US GAAP
    3.14       3.21  

F-170


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.5.4   PRESENTATION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND US GAAP (2006 AND 2005)
In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles, other differences, essentially related to presentation, exist between IFRS-EU and US GAAP. Although these differences do not cause differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP reported net profit and/or shareholders’ equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the financial statements presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. The following is a summary of significant classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.
a.   Certain financial assets and liabilities are designated as assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. Under US GAAP, the assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss designation do not exist and accordingly those assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss under IFRS-EU are classified based on their underlying characteristics.
b.   Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares (whether or not in conjunction with common shares) to banks are presented as Amounts due to Banks. Under US GAAP, such funds are presented as minority interest as the legal definition of equity is met.
c.   Premium income of the non-life operations is presented on a written basis, with the change in unearned premiums reported as an underwriting expenditure. Under US GAAP, non-life premium income is presented on an as earned basis.
d.   Premiums collected on universal-life type contracts and insurance contracts that are not classified as investment contracts under IFRS-EU are reported as premium income and the allocation of these premiums to the provision for life policy benefits as an underwriting expense. Under US GAAP, premiums collected on these types of products are not reported as revenue in the profit and loss accounts; revenues from these products are the amounts assessed against policyholders and are reported in the period that the amounts are assessed unless evidence indicates that the amounts are designed to compensate for services provided over more than one period.
e.   Death and surrender benefits paid on universal-life type contracts and the corresponding release of the provision for life policy benefits are reported separately as underwriting expenses in the profit and loss accounts. Under US GAAP, these items are not reported separately; the amount of expense reported for these products is the amounts paid in excess of the related release of the provision for life policy benefits.
f.   Special Purpose Entities (SPEs) are consolidated when it is determined that an entity is controlled by ING Group. Determination of whether ING controls an SPE depends on substance and is based on a consideration of such factors as voting interests, risks and rewards and benefits and the sponsor of the SPE. Under US GAAP, the approach to identifying whether an entity should consolidate a special purpose entity is different and is focused on which party, if any, holds interests that expose that party to a majority of the potential variability in expected losses or expected residual returns.
g.   Investments for the risk of policyholders, interest in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Investments. Under US GAAP, investments for the risk of policyholders that meets the definition of separate accounts and the corresponding liabilities are reported as such. Interests in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Other assets.
h.   Short-term and long-term borrowings are included in the following captions: funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and other liabilities. Under US GAAP, short-term borrowings are presented separately from long-term borrowings.
2.5.5   CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP (2006)
The following is a condensed consolidated balance sheet of ING Group under US GAAP and IFRS-EU, for the year ended December 31, 2006 , restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income

F-171


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
recognition differences as discussed in note 2.5.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.5.4.
                 
    2006     2006  
    US GAAP     IFRS-EU  
Assets
               
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,326       14,326  
Amounts due from banks
    39,868       39,868  
Trading account assets
    193,977       193,977  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    44,248       110,547  
Separate accounts assets
    66,299          
Total investments
    311,909       311,581  
Loans and advances to customers
    474,472       474,437  
Reinsurance contracts
    6,529       6,529  
Goodwill
    4,146       504  
Deferred policy acquisition costs
    13,076       12,804  
Property and equipment
    11,001       13,005  
Participating interests
    2,529       4,343  
Other assets/receivables
    46,053       44,386  
     
Total assets
    1,228,433       1,226,307  
     
 
               
Liabilities
               
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long term debt
    63,038          
Long-term borrowings, excluding current maturities
    50,745          
Deposits
    496,680       496,680  
Future policy benefits, claims reserves, other policyholder funds and unearned premiums
    200,876       268,683  
Amounts due to Banks
    120,839       120,839  
Trading account liabilities
    127,975       127,975  
Separate accounts liabilities
    66,299          
Other liabilities
    57,401       170,915  
     
Total liabilities
    1,183,853       1,185,092  
     
 
               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    40,647       38,266  
Minority interests
    3,933       2,949  
     
Group equity
    44,580       41,215  
     
 
               
     
Total equity and liabilities
    1,228,433       1,226,307  
     

F-172


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
2.5.6 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP (2006 AND 2005)
The following is a condensed consolidated income statement of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.5.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.5.4.
                                 
    2006     2006     2005     2005  
    US GAAP     IFRS-EU     US GAAP     IFRS-EU  
Income
                               
Premium income
    22,145       46,835       22,670       45,758  
Investment income
    10,787       10,907       10,311       10,434  
Interest result banking operations
    9,192       9,192       9,067       9,067  
Commission income
    4,316       4,316       3,747       3,747  
Other income
    1,148       2,371       2,1144       2,1145  
     
Total income
    47,588       73,621       47,939       71,120  
 
                               
Expenses
                               
Underwriting expenditure 1)
    23,234       48,188       24,199       47,120  
Other interest expenses
    1,016       1,016       969       969  
Operating expenses
    14,522       14,347       14,036       13,973  
 
                               
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    192       130       (14 )     164  
     
Total expenditure
    38,964       63,681       39,190       62,226  
 
                               
     
Profit before tax
    8,624       9,940       8,749       8,894  
     
 
                               
Taxation
    1,443       1,907       1,567       1,379  
Third-party interest
    354       341       206       305  
     
Net profit
    6,827       7,692       6,976       7,210  
     
 
(1)   The main differences between IFRS-EU and the US-GAAP in Premium income and Underwriting expenditure relates to universal-life type contracts as explained under 2.5.4 and 2.5.4e.
2.5.7 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP
The following information represents additional disclosures required under US GAAP. The information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU unless it specifically states that it is based on US GAAP.
(a) Investments
The following tables show the (amortized) cost, the gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of ING’s investments in marketable securities aggregated by type of security for the year ended December 31, 2006 . The debt and equity securities consist of investments with various issuers over several industry and geographical sectors. Debt securities include fixed-interest securities, with the exception of mortgage loans and policy loans.
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized        
Amounts in millions of euros   cost     gains     losses     Fair value  
December 31, 2006
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    17,660       71       237       17,494  
 
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
- Dutch Government
    7,382       251       40       7,593  
- Foreign Government
    89,272       3,476       563       92,185  
- Corporate debt securities
    78,910       1,015       792       79,133  
- Asset-backed securities
    87,763       397       878       87,282  
- Other
    9,420       173       90       9,503  
     
Sub-total debt securities available-for-sale
    272,747       5,312       2,363       275,696  
 
                               
Equity securities
    12,067       6,257       99       18,225  
     
Total
    302,474       11,640       2,699       311,415  
     

F-173


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
The following table shows the duration of unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired for the year ended December 31, 2006 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:
                                 
            Between              
    Less than     6 and 12     More than        
    6 months     months below     12 months        
Amounts in millions of euros   below cost     cost     below cost     Total  
December 31, 2006
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    17       212       8       237  
 
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
- Dutch Government
    1       41       (2 )     40  
- Foreign Government
    149       246       168       563  
- Corporate debt securities
    136       277       379       792  
- Asset-backed securities
    113       62       703       878  
- Other
    7       9       74       90  
     
Sub-total debt securities available-for-sale
    406       635       1,322       2,363  
 
                               
Equity securities
    44       30       25       99  
     
Total
    467       877       1,355       2,699  
     
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset is impaired. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding the financial condition of the issuer, taking into account the Group’s intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses as at year-end until anticipated full recovery. Other factors considered in determining whether the assets are impaired include the evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired.
In accordance with Group policy, an impairment of EUR 42 million and EUR 91 million, for December 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively, for both IFRS-EU and US GAAP was recognized for unrealized losses related to equity securities classified as available-for-sale that had a significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost.
Further for US GAAP an additional impairment of EUR 133 million was recognized relating to available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses for which it was determined that the Group as at December 31, 2006 did not have the intent to hold the securities until anticipated full recovery.
The Group has determined that the remaining unrealized losses on the company’s investments in debt securities and equity securities at December 31, 2006, are temporary in nature.
The Group does not consider the securities with unrealized losses for over 12 months as of December 31, 2006 to be impaired, due to one, or a combination, of the following factors:
  the market values securities are insignificantly lower than the cost price
 
  the unrealized loss arose due to changes interest rates, however this has not effected the expected future cash flows and the Group has the intent and ability to hold these securities to anticipated full recovery, or
 
  the issuers of debt securities are not considered to be in financial difficulty, despite the fact that their credit rating has been lowered, reducing the market value of their securities.
Under IFRS, if, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP impairments may not be reversed in future periods.
Impairment losses recognized in the profit and loss account on equity instruments are not reversed through the profit and loss account under both IFRS and US GAAP.

F-174


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
Contractual maturities of the investments in debt securities:
                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity  
    debt securities     debt securities  
    Fair value     Amortized cost  
 
               
December 31, 2006
               
— Within one year
    21,341       779  
— After 1 year through 5 years
    64,823       7,384  
— After 5 years through 10 years
    63,223       8,347  
— After 10 years
    38,852       100  
— Without maturity
    175          
— Mortgage-backed securities
    87,282       1,050  
     
Total
    275,696       17,660  
     
(b) Loans and advances to customers
Refer to “Additional Information” page 127 of the “Selection statistical information on banking operations” for the summary of ING Group’s investments in impaired loans prepared in accordance with SFAS 114,” Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan”. This disclosure is incorporated by reference into these consolidated financial statements.
(c) Goodwill
Goodwill capitalized net of impairment for US GAAP purposes in 2006 and 2005 amounted to EUR 4,146 million and EUR 4,099 million, respectively.
ING Group performs the goodwill impairment test if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. Evaluating whether or not the indication of impairment is significant enough to require an impairment test to be performed involves significant judgment. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all segments. In the first half-year ING Group evaluated the reporting units within the reporting segments and determined that Taiwan within the Insurance Asia/Pacific Greater China segment, which was previously aggregated will be classified as a separate reporting unit. The change has not affected the outcome of the goodwill impairment review as at December 31, 2006.
The difference as at January 1, 2004 as disclosed in note 2.5.1 on page F 166 may result in differences in impairments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP in future years.
The annual goodwill impairment test is performed in two steps:
In Step 1, ING Group determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares this fair value to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If that carrying amount exceeds the calculated fair value, ING Group is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test.
In Step 2, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with FAS 141, Business Combinations. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill that is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recorded to the extent that carrying value of goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value of goodwill.
There is no indication that goodwill is impaired for the year ended December 31, 2006. The outcome of the goodwill impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2005 is discussed below.
The goodwill for the reporting unit Latin America primarily relates to SulAmérica. The 49% interest in SulAmérica was acquired in 2002 and is accounted for under the equity method under IFRS-EU. In 2005, a valuation was performed on the business to determine the extent of future capital requirements of the Brazilian joint venture. The valuation incorporates continued deterioration of the health business and further worsening of the claims payment experience. Based on this study, the valuation was below the carrying value, supporting an impairment of EUR 311 million in 2005 to write-off all remaining

F-175


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
goodwill for SulAmérica.The impairment charge had no impact on net income under IFRS since the goodwill relates to an acquisition prior to January 1, 2004 and was therefore not capitalized under IFRS.
The following tables show the carrying amount of goodwill recognized under US GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2006:
                                                         
                    Insurance                          
    Insurance Europe     Insurance Americas     Asia/Pacific     Whole-sale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    381       268       927       892       549       684       3,701  
Additions
    35       28       41       59                       163  
Impairments
                    (43 )                             (43 )
Changes in the composition of the Group
    (17 )             (56 )     9       44               (20 )
Exchange differences
    (7 )     (29 )     (75 )     5       (4 )             (110 )
Disposals
                                                       
     
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    392       267       794       965       589       684       3,691  
     
Goodwill capitalized net of impairments for US GAAP purposes in 2006 includes intangible assets of EUR 455 million which are amortized over twenty years under US GAAP. Gross amount of intangible assets recognized under US GAAP is EUR 732 million, the accumulated amortization is EUR 157 million as of December 31, 2006. The accumulated exchange differences amount to EUR (120) million as of December 31, 2006.
The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2006 is as follows:
         
    2006  
 
       
Opening balance
    398  
Additions
    59  
Amortization
    (27 )
Impairments
       
Changes in the composition of the Group
    61  
Exchange differences
    (36 )
Disposals
       
 
     
Closing balance
    455  
 
     
(d) Other borrowed funds — preference shares of Group companies
In December 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust III (the “Trust III”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 1.5 million 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “8.439% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 1,000 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding III LLC (“LLC III”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC III has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.
Trust III may redeem the trust preference shares for cash after December 31, 2010 or if certain special events occur. The company preference shares have substantially the same terms as the trust preference shares. ING Group has issued subordinated guarantees for the payment of the redemption price and the liquidation distribution on the trust preference shares and the company preference shares.

F-176


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
(e) Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of the plan assets
The projected benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was EUR 16,242 million at December 31, 2006.
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was EUR 14,081 million at December 31, 2006.
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
         
    2006  
 
       
Projected benefit obligations
    14,978  
Fair value of the plan assets
    12,800  
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
         
    2006  
 
       
Accumulated benefit obligations
    2,747  
Fair value of the plan assets
    2,118  
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation exceeds plan assets for all of ING’s other postretirement plans since they are unfunded.

F-177


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless otherwise stated
Incremental effect of applying FAS 158 (2006)
The reconciling item between IFRS and US GAAP is analysed as follows:
                 
    Before     After  
    application of     application of  
31 December 2006   FAS 158     FAS 158  
 
               
DBO(IFRS)/PBO(US GAAP)
    16,243       16,243  
Fair value of plan assets
    14,361       14,361  
     
Shortage
    (1,882 )     (1,882 )
Items not yet recognised as a component of net periodic pension cost:
               
Unrecognised past service costs
    163          
Unrecognised actuarial loss
    2,570          
 
             
 
    2,733          
 
             
Surplus
    851          
 
               
Additional Minimum Liability
    (349 )        
Intangible assets
    5          
 
             
 
    (344 )        
 
               
Pension liability / balance sheet US GAAP
    507       (1,882 )
 
               
Pension liability / balance sheet IFRS
    (1,204 )     (1,204 )
     
 
               
Reconciling item
    1,711       (678 )
     
— of which regular recurring reconciling item
            (1,711 )
 
             
 
            2,389  
Tax
            586  
 
             
— of which presented as cumulative change in accounting principles
            1,803  
Incremental effect of applying FAS 158 on individual line items in the condensed consolidated balance sheet in accordance with US GAAP as presented in note 2.5.5:
                         
    Before application             After application  
Line item   of FAS 158     Adjustments     of FAS 158  
 
Assets
                       
Other assets
    46,189       (136 )     46,053  
Total assets
    1,228,569       (136 )     1,228,433  
Liabilities
                       
Other liabilities
    55,734       1,667       57,401  
Total liabilities
    1,186,119       1,667       1,187,786  
Group equity
                       
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    42,450       (1,803 )     40,647  

F-178


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We serve as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position, we did not audit total assets constituting 19% in 2007 and 22% in 2006, and total net profit constituting 25% in 2007, 23% in 2006 and 22% in 2005 of the related consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the parts not audited by us, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
March 17, 2008
KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N.V.

F-179


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA
ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
In accordance with the legal requirements, we report to you on the performance of our mandate of statutory auditor. This report contains our opinion on the consolidated financial statements as well as the required additional comments.
Unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Belgium NV/SA and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘the Group’) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, as well as the summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes. These consolidated financial statements (not presented separately herein) are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium.
Responsibility of the board of directors for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
The board of directors is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements. This responsibility includes: designing, implementing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Responsibility of the statutory auditor
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the legal requirements and the auditing standards applicable in Belgium, as issued by the Institute of Registered Auditors (Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut van de Bedrijfsrevisoren) and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
In accordance with these standards, we have performed procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we have considered internal control relevant to the Group’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. We have evaluated the appropriateness of accounting policies used, the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Group and the presentation of the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole. Finally, we have obtained from the board of directors and the Group’s officials the explanations and information necessary for executing our audit procedures. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the Group’s financial position as at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium.

F-180


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA
ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
Additional comments
The preparation and the assessment of the information that should be included in the directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the board of directors.
Our responsibility is to include in our report the following additional comments, which do not modify the scope of our opinion on the consolidated financial statements:
  The directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements deals with the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. We are, however, unable to comment on the description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the entities included in the consolidation are facing, and on their financial situation, their foreseeable evolution or the significant influence of certain facts on their future development. We can nevertheless confirm that the matters disclosed do not present any obvious inconsistencies with the information that we became aware of during the performance of our mandate.
Brussels, March 10, 2008
Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entreprises SCCRL
Statutory auditor
represented by
     
Marc Van Steenvoort
  Pierre Anciaux
Partner
  Partner

F-181


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISKS
Emerge from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. Actuaries play a key role in determining insurance premium rate levels and in ensuring that insurance companies have set aside enough provisions to pay claims. Actuarial risk is the risk that assumptions that actuaries input into a model to determine premium rate levels and provisions may turn out somewhat inaccurate. Underwriting risk is the risk that an issuer will receive a claim under an insurance policy it issues/underwrites. Maximum underwriting exposures are limited through exclusions, cover limits and reinsurance.
ALT-A MORTGAGE
A type of US residential mortgage which is considered riskier than ‘prime’ and less risky than ‘sub-prime’ mortgages. Parameters generally taken into account are borrower credit scores, residential property values and loan-to-value ratios. Alt-A mortgages are further characterized by a limited degree of income and / or asset verification.
AMORTIZED COST
The amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility.
ASSET AND LIABILITY COMMITTEE (ALCO)
Manages the balance sheet of ING, especially with regard to strategic non-trading risk. These risks comprise interest rate exposures, equity risk, real estate risk, liquidity, solvency and foreign exchange risk and fluctuations.
ASSET LIABILITY MANAGEMENT (ALM)
The practice of managing a business such that decisions on assets and liabilities are coordinated. It involves the ongoing process of formulating, implementing, monitoring and revising strategies related to assets and liabilities.
ASSET BACKED SECURITIES (ABS)
A type of bond or note that is based on pools of assets, or collateralized by the cash flows from a specified pool of underlying assets.
ASSOCIATE
An entity over which the Group has significant influence, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, and that is not a subsidiary not a joint venture.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments, or (c) financial assets at fair value through profit and loss.
BASEL I
Basel I is the first Basel Accord, which includes recommendations on banking regulations issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. These are, for ING, superseded by Basel II from 2008 onwards.
BASEL II
Basel II is the second Basel Accord. Basel II is an international standard for how much capital banks need to put aside for the financial and operational risks they face. Basel II introduced the possibility for banks to measure those risks based on their own internal models.
BASIS POINT VALUE (BPV)
The change in the Net Present Value of a cash flow or a pool of cash flows due to a one basis point change of the yield curve.
BASIS RISK
Arises from imperfect correlation in the adjustment of the rates earned and paid on different financial instruments. Examples of products in which these risks are inherent are demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages with prepayment options.
BIS
An international organization which fosters international monetary and financial co-operation and serves as a bank for central banks. BIS has set a minimum for the solvency ratio reflecting the relationship between capital and risk weighted assets. The ratio should at least be 8%.

F-182


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
CAPITAL AT RISK (CAR)
The maximum negative impact on ING Group’s economic surplus over a one year forward looking horizon under normal market conditions. CaR is calculated at a 90% confidence interval.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.
CLAIM
A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurrence of a surety loss.
CLAIMS RATIO
Claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.
COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATION (CDO)
A type of asset-backed security which provide investors exposure to the credit risk of a pool of fixed income assets.
COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATION
A type of CDO which are backed primarily by leveraged bank loans.
COMBINED RATIO
The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
COMPLIANCE RISK
The risk of impairment of ING Group’s integrity, leading to damage to ING’s reputation, legal or regulatory sanctions, or financial loss, as a result of a failure (or perceived failure) to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards.
CONCENTRATIONS
Of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Possible obligations that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity; or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognized because:
  it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or
  the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.
CONTROL
The power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
Debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.
CONVEXITY
The non-linear relationship between changes in the interest rates and changes in bond prices and their NPV. It is a very important measure for portfolios containing (embedded) options.
COST RATIO
Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.
COUNTRY RISK
The risk that a foreign government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (e.g. political risk).

F-183


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
All institutions which are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
CREDIT RISK
The risk of loss from the default by borrowers (including bond issuers) or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING’s lending, pre-settlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of taxable temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
DELTA HEDGE
Minimizes the exposure of the employee option scheme by holding an appropriate number of (depository receipts for) ordinary shares. The exposure is reassessed every quarter and, if necessary, ordinary shares are bought from the market (or employees).
DEPOSITORY RECEIPT
For ordinary and preference shares, issued by the Trust, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.
DERIVATIVES
Financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.
DISCOUNTED BILLS
Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.
DISCRETIONARY PARTICIPATION FEATURE
A contractual right to receive, as a supplement to guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that: are likely to be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, whose amount or timing is contractually at the discretion of the insurer, that are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool or type of contract, (un)realized investment returns on a specified pool of assets held by the insurer, or the profit of the company, fund, or other entity that issues the contract.
EARNINGS AT RISK (EAR)
Measures the impact on IFRS earnings resulting from changes in market rates over a one year horizon.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL
The minimum amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of severe stress. Given ING Group’s AA target rating, ING calculates economic capital requirements at a 99.95% level of confidence. This confidence level is derived from the historical default frequency of AA-rated companies (probability of default in 2000 years or 0.05%).
EFFECTIVE INTEREST METHOD
A method of calculating amortized cost of a financial asset or liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period.

F-184


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
ELIMINATION
A process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (former) employees.
FAIR VALUE
The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.
FINANCE LEASE
A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.
FINANCIAL ASSET
Any asset that is:
  cash
 
  an equity instrument of another company.
 
  a contractual right to:
    receive cash or another financial asset from another company; or
 
    exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially favourable; or
  certain contract that will or may be settled in ING’s own equity instruments.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.
FINANCIAL LIABILITY
Any liability that is a contractual obligation:
  to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
 
  to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable; or
 
  certain contracts that will or may be settled in ING’s own equity instruments.
FORWARD CONTRACTS
Commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.
FUTURE CONTRACTS
Commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.
GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that ING Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity other than:
a.   those that ING Group upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit and loss;
 
b.   those that ING Group designates as available for sale; and
 
c.   those that meet the definition of loans and receivables.
HISTORICAL SIMULATION
A model to calculate Value at Risk, assuming that future changes in risk factors will have the same distribution as they had in the past taking into account the non-linear behaviour of financial products.
IMPAIRMENT LOSS
The amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
INTEREST BEARING INSTRUMENT
A financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compensation is paid or received, in relation to a notional amount.
INTEREST-RATE REBATES
Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used for calculating the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.
IN THE MONEY
A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.

F-185


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
Comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.
IRREVOCABLE FACILITIES
Mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
IRREVOCABLE LETTERS OF CREDIT
Concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to, within certain conditions, pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange. An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.
JOINT VENTURE
A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.
LIQUIDITY RISK
The risk that ING Group or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they fall due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner.
MARKET VALUE AT RISK (MVAR)
A calculation method which measures the decrease in the market value surplus caused by movements in financial markets, at a 99.95% confidence level over a 1 year horizon.
MARKET RISK
The potential loss (value or earnings) due to adverse movements in market rates, including equity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
MINORITY INTERESTS
That part of the profit or loss and net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent.
MONETARY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Assets and liabilities whose amounts are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash, short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.
MONTE CARLO SIMULATION
A model to calculate Value at Risk, assuming that changes in risk factors are (jointly) normally distributed taking into account non-linear behaviour of financial products.
MORTGAGE BACKED SECURITIES (MBS)
A security whose cash flows are backed by typically the principal and/ or interest payments of a pool of mortgages.
NET ASSET VALUE
Used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting policies of the investor. The profit and loss account reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.
NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during such period.
NET PRESENT VALUE AT RISK (NPV-AT-RISK)
Establishes what the value of future cash flows is in terms of today’s monetary value. NPV-at-Risk establishes the change in value of future cash flows as a result of interest rate changes in terms of today’s monetary value.
NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
Represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.
OPERATING LEASE
A lease other than a finance lease.
OPERATIONAL RISK
The risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events.

F-186


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
OPTION CONTRACTS
Give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options are subject to market risk, but not to credit risk since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.
ORDINARY SHARE
An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.
OUT OF THE MONEY
A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.
OVER-THE-COUNTER INSTRUMENT
Non-standardized financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.
PLAN ASSETS
Comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies. Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:
  are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
  are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
A qualifying insurance policy is an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:
  can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and
  are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Post-employment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compensation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.
PREFERENCE SHARE
Similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.
PREMIUMS EARNED
That portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by subtracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.
PRIVATE LOAN
Loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.
PRIVATE PLACEMENT
A placement where newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.
PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT METHOD
An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.
QUALIFYING ASSET (WITHIN THE MEANING OF BORROWING COSTS)
An asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale.

F-187


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
RECOGNITION
The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:
  it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
 
  the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.
RECOVERABLE AMOUNT
The higher of an asset’s net selling price and its value in use.
REDEMPTION VALUE
With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.
REINSURANCE
The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.
RISK ADJUSTED RETURN ON CAPITAL (RAROC)
An advanced business performance measurement tool that enables management to view its revenues in the perspective of the risks that had to be taken to obtain that revenue. RAROC is calculated by dividing the risk-adjusted-return by economic capital.
SETTLEMENT RISK
Arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates or times and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty.
SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE
The power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity, but not control over these policies.
Significant influence may be gained by share ownership, statute or agreement.
SUB-PRIME MORTGAGES
Mortgage loans made to borrowers who cannot get a regular mortgage because they have a bad credit history or limited income.
SUBSIDIARY
An entity that is controlled by another entity.
SURRENDER
The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.
SWAP CONTRACTS
Commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to -a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.
TIER-1 CAPITAL
Also referred to as the core capital of ING Bank. It comprises paid up share capital, reserves excluding revaluation reserves, fund for general banking risks, retained earnings, minority interests.
TIER-1 RATIO
Reflecting the tier-1 capital of ING Bank as a percentage of its total risk weighted assets. The minimum set by the Dutch central bank is 4%.
TRADING PORTFOLIO
Comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.
TREASURY BILLS
Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.
TREASURY SHARES
An entity’s own equity instruments, held by the entity or other members of the consolidated group.
VALUE AT RISK (VAR)
Quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of at least 99%, the maximum overnight loss in Net Present Value that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day.

F-188


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
VALUE IN USE
The present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of an asset and from its disposal at the end of its useful life.
VARIANCE-COVARIANCE
A model to calculate Value at Risk, assuming that changes in risk factors are (jointly) normally distributed and that the change in portfolio value is linearly dependent on all risk factor changes.
WARRANT
A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares.

F-189


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I — SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS
IN RELATED PARTIES
Amounts are in millions of euros
                         
                    Column D  
                    Amount at  
                    which  
                    shown  
                    in the  
Column A   Column B     Column C     balance  
Type of investment   Cost     Fair value     sheet  
 
                       
DEBT SECURITIES
                       
Debt securities held to maturity
    16,753       16,354       16,753  
Debentures/available-for-sale
                       
— Dutch governments
    6,260       6,295       6,295  
— Foreign governments
    80,464       80,612       80,612  
— Public utilities
    5,836       5,765       5,765  
— Asset-backed securities
    85,316       83,170       83,170  
— Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
    415       391       391  
— All other corporate bonds
    80,861       79,717       79,717  
 
                       
SHARES AND CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
                       
Ordinary shares
                       
— Public utilities
    356       392       392  
— Banks, trusts and insurance companies
    4,214       6,617       6,617  
— Industrial and all others
    8,134       11,589       11,589  
Preference shares
    1,362       1,349       1,349  
     
Total investments
    289,971       292,251       292,650  
     

F-190


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III—SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                                                 
                                            Column G                          
                                            Net                          
                                            investment                          
                                            income                          
                                            (including                          
                            Column E             other     Column H                    
            Column C             Other             income     Benefits,     Column I              
    Column B     Future policy             policy             and other     claims,     Amortization              
    Deferred     benefits,             and             expenses)     losses     of deferred     Column J        
    policy     losses, claims,     Column D     claims     Column F     allocated     and     policy     Other     Column K  
Column A   acquisition     and loss     Unearned     benefits     Premium     to underwriting     settlement     acquisition     operating     Premiums  
Segment   costs     expenses     premiums     payable     revenue     accounts     expenses     costs     expenses     written  
 
                                                                               
2007
                                                                               
Life
    10,284       249,199               1,601       38,764       12,813       40,546       1,278       4,357       38,764  
Non-life
    408       6,172       2,564       302       5,701       1,276       3,430       274       2,054       5,780  
     
Total
    10,692       255,371       2,564       1,903       44,465       14,089       43,976       1,552       6,411       44,544  
     
 
                                                                               
2006
                                                                               
Life
    9,728       249,740               2,956       38,498       10,743       40,090       1,189       4,577       38,498  
Non-life
    435       6,651       2,631       176       5,929       857       3,184       255       1,775       5,994  
     
Total
    10,163       256,391       2,631       3,132       44,427       11,600       43,274       1,444       6,352       44,492  
     

F-191


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                         
                                    Column F  
            Column C     Column D             Percentage  
    Column B     Ceded to     Assumed     Column E     of amount  
    Gross     other     from other     Net     assumed  
Column A   amount     companies     companies     amount     to net  
 
                                       
2007 Premiums
                                       
— Life
    39,170       1,968       1,562       38,764       4.0 %
— Non-life
    6,062       306       24       5,780       .4 %
     
Total Premiums
    45,232       2,274       1,586       44,544       3.6 %
     
 
                                       
Life insurance in force
    1,015,999       258,304       139,155       896,850       15.5 %
 
                                       
2006 Premiums
                                       
— Life
    38,838       2,004       1,664       38,498       4.3 %
— Non-life
    6,279       339       54       5,994       0.9 %
     
Total Premiums
    45,117       2,343       1,718       44,492       3.9 %
     
 
                                       
Life insurance in force
    1,054,179       282,936       152,659       923,902       16.5 %
 
                                       
2005 Premiums
                                       
— Life
    37,644       2,031       1,501       37,114       4.0 %
— Non-life
    6,556       526       57       6,087       0.9 %
     
Total Premiums
    44,200       2,557       1,558       43,201       3.6 %
     

F-192


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI — SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                                                         
                                            Column G                            
                                            Net                            
                                            investment                            
                                            income                            
                                            (including                            
            Column C                             other     Column H                      
            Reserves                             income     Claims and claims             Column J        
    Column B     for unpaid     Column D                     and other     adjustment             Paid        
    Deferred     claims &     Discount,                     expenses)     expenses incurred     Column I     claims &        
Column A   policy     claims     if any,     Column E     Column F     allocated to     related to     Amortization     claims     Column K  
Affiliation with   acquisition     adjusted     deducted     Unearned     Earned     non-life     accident years     of     adjusted     Premiums  
the registrant   costs     expenses     in Column C     premiums     premiums     operations     Current     prior     DPAC(1)     expenses     written  
 
                                                                                       
2007
                                                                                       
Consolidated
                                                                                       
Non-life entities
    408       6,172       229       2,564       5,701       1,276       3,356       (250 )     274       3,432       5,780  
 
                                                                                       
2006
                                                                                       
Consolidated
                                                                                       
Non-life entities
    435       6,651       273       2,631       5,929       857       3,261       (471 )     255       3,378       5,994  
 
(1)   DPAC: Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-193